Circuses - Brief Bits

F

Fair Bros. & Wonder Tip Top Shows - 1923

    See Billboard, January 20, 1923. Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Fairyland Circus - 1962-65   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1962-1965

• An article on the 1962 Fairyland Circus, Obert Miller, owner, is online in Bandwagon, Jan-Feb 1963 (scroll down or use find).

• Brief information in this show, 1962-65, is online in "High Grass and Miller Magic," in Bandwagon, Jan-Feb 1969 (scroll down or use find).

• In 1980 the Fairyland title was used at times by the John Davenport (Gopher) show, Jungle Wonders. Bandwagon, January-February, 1981, p. 9.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Fanchon & Marco's Great American

• Show listed in Chindahl's History of the Circus in America, 1939.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Fanning's Pacific - 1891

    Performers and musicians wanted for T. Fanning's Pacific R. R. Shows, Circus and Menagerie, performers in all branches with novel and sensational acts; sideshow and concert people. Musicians that double in string. Boss canvasman. Boss hostler and workmen of all kinds. Man with balloon and parachute. Candy stands for sale. T. F. Fanning, Travelers' Hotel, Jacksonville, Fla. Also want advance people, a contracting agent, man to take charge of car, one for paper, and ten(?) billposters. Agents and billposters, address T. B.(?) Long, general agent, Walnut Street House(?), Cincinnati, O. New York Clipper, February 28, 1891, p. 815.

    Birmingham, Alabama. King & Franklin's Circus, 20, 21. T. F. Fanning's, 23(?). New York Clipper, April 25, 1891, p. 118.

    On the road, circuses: Fanning's Terre Haute, Ind. May 14, 15. New York Clipper, May 16, 1891, p. 171.

    St. Louis, Missouri. T. B.(?) Long, advance agent for T. F. Fanning's Pacific Railroad Show has been here all week . . . All the arrangements are perfected for Forepaugh's Shows this week. New York Clipper, May 23, 1891, p. 183.

    St. Louis, Missouri. T. F. Fanning's Pacific Railroad Shows did a good business last week. New York Clipper, June 6, 1891, p. 215.

    Roster of the T. F. Fanning Pacific R. R. Shows: T. F. Fanning, proprietor; Theo. Long, general agent . . . The show carries six cars and two sleepers . . . eight cages and 40(?) head of horses. Col. Humphrey, with a band of ten mouthpieces, and Prof. Howard's Continental Band. Robert Hodge is equestrian director, with Hasamboura(?) Sam . . . Ida Showers, Mrs. R. Taylor, Mrs. R. Hodge, Little Johnny . . . Master Cavanaugh, Henry J. Fowler . . . and Nat Comstock; Bob Taylor, boss canvasman, with twenty-five assistants; Frank King, boss hostler, and six assistants. . . . New York Clipper, June 27, 1891, p. 268.

    St. Louis, Missouri. T. F. Fanning's Pacific Railroad Show has been doing a fair business in the Western part of the city. New York Clipper, July 4, 1891, p. 284.

    Fanning's Trained Animal Show is reported to have played in hard luck since its start from Jacksonville, Fla., several months ago. Salary day came with great infrequency, while fly by night moves to escape greedy constables were of frequent occurrence. Matters came to a crisis June 25(26?), at St. Louis, Mo., when several of the performers visited Judge Hart's court, and filed attachments against the show for back salaary. Constables Hyde and Bejorne(Rejorne?) placed a detail of watchmen to guard the property, and let the show continue. On 27, Mr. Fanning went to Judge Hart's court and deposited $___. This resulted in the withdrawl of the watchmen. Then he attempted to spirit away all the property under attachment. He had succeeded in getting four carloads of stuff down on the railroad tracks as far as Salisbury Street, when Constable Hyde, who had gotten wind of his movements, swooped down on him. On 28, some person who had an unsatisfied claim against the show succeeded in getting eleven trained horses, which he carried over to East St. Louis. These have not yet been recovered. When the collapse appeared inevitable, J. B. Long, the agent of the company, filed attachments amounting to $350(?). His example was followed by other members of the company, and, as a result, $1,400 worth of attachments were registered. Constable Hyde now has a large sized circus on his hands. New York Clipper, July 11, 1891, p. 296.

    St. Louis, Missouri. T. F. Fanning's Railroad Shows will be sold by auction . . . New York Clipper, July 25, 1891, p. 329.

    T. F. Fanning's Circus and Menagerie were sold by the constable at St. Louis 23(?). E.(F.?) R. Campbell, on behalf of Lemen Bros., purchased part of the outfit . . . Mr. and Mrs. Arthur Love and their ten year old daughter, Nina(?) Love, left 25(?) for a two week's trip through Southwest Missouri. They give musical sketches, and play on twelve different instruments. New York Clipper, August 1, 1891, p. 346.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Circus Fantasy - 1990-92

1990: Circus Fantasy began its inaugural season playing West Virginia from March 25 to April 7, and a fall run from mid-October to early December. Owner Byron Bowman was ringmaster. Bandwagon, January-February, 1991, pp. 18-19.

David Hale and Tom Demry put on a show titled Circus Fantasy in Cape Girardeau, Missouri in February 1990. Bandwagon, January-February, 1991, p. 21.

1991: Circus Fantasy was in Ohio, West Virginia and Kentucky in the Fall. Owner Byron Bowman was ringmaster. Bandwagon, January-February, 1992, p. 16.

1992: The show was in West Virginia in October and November. Owner Byron Bowman performed magic in the performance. Bandwagon, January-February, 1993, p. 15.

• Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1990, Alberto Zoppe, owner; 1991, Byron Bowman, owner.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Faranta's Pavilion Show - 1883, 1885

1883:

    On the reopening of Faranta's Pavilion, New Orleans, La., March 21, the canvas was brimful. The gasoline lights had been replaced by electric lights. . . . In a few days a sideshow will be added, containing a fire eater, a magician and a Punch-and-Judy. New York Clipper, March 31, 1883, p. 22.

    At Faranta's Pavilion, New Orleans, La., involuntary acrobatic and contortion feats were participated in by Sig. Faranta and several attaches of his show on the night of March 24. After the performance the lowering of a part of the tent caused the wires of the electric lights to touch the ground, which acted as a conductor. Sig. Faranta was thrown about six feet, and others were shocked. Opened, Chas. Mahews, clog and song-and-dance. Sig. Faranta has engaged Harry Dressel to paint a prosceniumand garden scene. New York Clipper, April 1, 1883, p. 38.

1885:

    New Orleans, Louisiana. Faranta's Circus, which has been organized here by Sig. Faranta, embraces the following: Nellie Monroe, menage act; Ida Van Amburg, aerial; Miss Dioncourt and Laura Shields; Fred Barclay, bareback rider; Sam McFlinn, clown; Larry Dooley, Chinese clown; Ed. Meary, knockabout clown; Patterson Brothers, gymnasts; J. H. Shields, equestrian director . . . Krest Brothers, song-and-dance; acrobats and leapers; Matamo, an East-Indian who walks on ladder of swords; also the entire stock of horses late with Monroe & Co.'s Circus, riding dogs, performing monkeys, ponies, goats and the trick horse Gilford. The stable, which in in the iron amphitheatre, will be open to the audience free. . . . New York Clipper, January 17, 1885, pp. 694-695.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Farini & McMahon's Consolidated Circuses - 1889

    At Spokane Falls, Washington Territory, june 14, 15. Eddie Barnell joined to do balloon ascensions. Wm. Gaylord joined. New York Clipper, June 29, 1889, p. 255; July 20, 1887, p. 309.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Farley Bros. Circus - 1980

• This show, operated by Jack Farley, played exclusively the Pacific Northwest. Bandwagon, January-February, 1981, p. 15.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Farnum Bros. Circus - 1987-89

1987: The show opened under a tent at Baldwin Park, California in May. They played fair and festival dates in California. The show sometimes exhibited as a petting zoo. Bandwagon, January-February, 1988, p. 15.

1988: Farnum Bros. played at California fairs and festivals. Owner Chuck Farnum was ringmaster and his wife, Sue Farnum, had a dog act and liberty ponies. Bandwagon, January-February, 1989, p. .

1989: Based in Bakersfield, the show again played California dates. Bandwagon, January-February, 1990, p. 19.

• Farnum Bros. is listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1990, Sue Farnum, owner.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Fay Bros. - 1951

Fay Bros. circus, James D. Forrets and Eddie Billetti, owners, lasted only a few weeks in 1951. Brief information on this show is in Bandwagon, May-June, 1988, Vol. 32, No. 3, p. 33.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Eugene Feralto & Co.'s Circus - 1888-89   Eugene Feralto's Pavilion Show

    1888: Organized at Providence, Rhode Island. Large crowds at Westerly, Rhode Island. Harry M. Price has given up the concert privileges with the show. New York Clipper, May 19, 1888, p. 151; June 16, 1888, p. 215; July 21, 1888, p. 299.

    1889: Show advertised for 50 performers in all branches, except riders. New York Clipper, September 14, 1889, p. 454.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Fergaurason's Two Ringed Circus, Wild West and Roman Hippodrome - 1894

    Roster and notes of Fergaurason's Supendous Two Ringed Circus, Wild West and Roman Hippodrome. Judge Fergaurason, sole proprietor; ??? Carboisle(?), manager, and five assistants. The advance brigade will be under the personal director of the Evans Bros., with twenty bill posters. There will be on hundred and twenty head of stock and one hundred persons in Mr. Fergaurason's employ. A principal feature will be a twelve round top with a two and a half side wall, under which the somersault riding dog, Tiny, will give a riding exhibition. Tiny is the smallest dog that ever turned a somersault riding a large Newfoundland. There will also be a complete miniature circus performance under the miniature top. The management expects to produce an entirely new exhibition, which will be heard of in the future. The show opens in Buffalo, and will tour New York and Canada. New York Clipper, April 7, 1894, p. 71.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Ferguson's New York and New England - 1884

    New York and New England Circus, Museum and Menagerie, late Cooper and Jackson's. Officers: proprietor, O. J. Ferguson; manager C. Cooper; treasurer, S. Howard . . . Advance manager, Wash. Blodgett; superintendent of advance brigade No. 1, Sam Gladstone; chief billposter, Chas. Holcomb; chief lithographer, Harry Glick, programme agent, C. B. Cissell. Company: riders - Lottie Aymar, Wm. Aymar, W. B. Aymar. Clowns: W. H. Quinnett and Del Knowston. Specialists: M. and Frank Quinnett, trapeze; Ed Gutting, trapeze; Tony Van Gapa, contortion; with ten others. Concert people are the Quinnetts, Dorand and Ryan, Harry Pearce, Rose St. Claire and Lollie Elise. Sideshow people: wild boy, Walter Allen and wife, Punch and Judy, with snakes, birds, etc. Number of horses, 150; eight head of ring stock; circus tent, 110ft. round top; menagerie tent, __ft. top with two 40ft. middle pieces; cages 10, two bands, with wagons, etc. The show started out May 5 from Randolph, Kas. New York Clipper, May 17, 1884, p. 134.

    A correct list of the people in advance of the New York and New England Circus and Menagerie: Harry A. Kanpp, general agent; Chas. Lampier, assistant agent; Rox Moore, chief billposter with ten assistants; Harry Gray, lithograph and programme agent. The show opened at Valley Falls, Kan., April 26, instead of as reported, Randolph, May 5. New York Clipper, May 31, 1884, p. 166.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Ferguson's New Feature Circus & the London Coliseum - 1888

    Roster of Ferguson's London Coliseum Circus, which began the season at Montgomery, Mo., June 13: Felix McDonald and wife, Theo. Baretta and Steve Lamont, Blairstone and wife, George Ritchie, Billy Lee and wife, Oscar Hall and Charles Lewis. The show travels by rail, with its own cars. New York Clipper, June 30, 1888, p. 251.

    Notes from Ferguson's New Feature Circus. Mrs. Geo. Ritchie presented her husband with a baby girl July 4. Mrs. Blair Stone rejoined the show at Ottumwa, Iowa. Hall and Ritchie are practicing a new acrobatic act. New York Clipper, July 21, 1888, p. 299.

    The Barretta Bros. and Blair Stone have left Ferguson's New Feature Show on account of unpaid salaries, as a letter signed by Blair Stone informs us. The performers put an attachment on the show. New York Clipper, August 18, 1888, p. 358.

    Ed L. Brannon, general agent. Hall & Ritchie are practicing a new acrobatic act. Large business at Burlington, Iowa, week of July 23. Good business at Ottumwa, July 19-21. Show has its own sleeping car. Barretta Bros. and Blair Stone leave the show on account of unpaid salaries, performers attach the show. At Quincy, Illinois, Phineas McDonald, manager, stranded here on August 8. Mr. Ferguson settled in full those named in the attachment and paid 50 cents on the dollar to the rest. New York Clipper, June 23, 1888, p. 231; August 4, 1888, p. 326; August 25, 1888, p. 375.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Ferguson & Fontaine - 1888   Ferguson & Fontaine Museum, Arenic Carnival & Great Western Show; show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1888

    Advertised for male and female riders with their own stock, a man to break horses, a lady with a good act that must ride entree, and a chandelier man. Opens at Montgomery, Missouri about April 28, travels by rail. Wm. Fontaine is ahead of the show. New York Clipper, March 31, 1888, p. 48; April 14, 1888, p. 75; April 28, 1888, p. 107.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Ferguson & Williams' Shows - 1888   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1888

    Appleton, Wisconsin. Ferguson & Williams' Double United Monster Shows and Trained Animal Exhibition is the title of a circus that starts from here this season. Prof. E. Williams will be manager; Dell Ferguson, treasurer; C. H. Hanbaker, advance man with four assistants; Chas. D. Barrett, boss canvasman with ten assistants, and a band of eight men. People already engaged are: Skerbeck Family, Antonetto Bralin (female contortionist), Wilson and Cook, Effiain Bros., Frank Thompson and his troupe of dogs, and Prof. E. Williams and his school of educated horses and mules. They will travel by wagon and use a 110ft. round top canvas. New York Clipper, April 7, 1888, p. 57.

    Opened at Appleton, Wisconsin May 10 for two days. Has two beautiful spotted horses to be trained by the professor. Stranded July 6th at Dubuque, Iowa, forclosure. Material sent to Appleton. Prof. Williams & Sherbeck Family are showing in small towns with a dressing room canvas. New York Clipper, May 12, 1888, p. 135; May 19, 1888, p. 153; July 28, 1888, p. 311.

    Dubuque, Iowa. Ferguson & William's circus was seized to satisfy two mortages on horses, tent and other property. Goshen Weekly News (Goshen, IN), July 13, 1888, n.p.n.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Ferleman Bros. - 1896

Advertisement: Ferleman Bros.' Show, wants performers. Address Ferleman Bros., Shelbyville, Ind. New York Clipper, March 28, 1896, p. 59.

Note: One or more of the Ferleman brothers may have been with Barnum & Bailey and other circuses. Also see Ashton & Ferleman.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

E. K. Fernandez Circus - 1940-41, 1952   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1928-1999

    1940-41: Located in Honolulu. In 1940 did a good business at Mani, Honolulu and Hilo, but then began playing small communities around Honolulu and did poorly. Returned to Honolulu during the holidays, was a flop. By January 3rd most of the acts returned to the mainland. Show went to Kauai on January 6th with smaller canvas, one ring, one stage, girl show, side show and concessions. "Fan Notes," White Tops, Vol. 14, Nos. 4-5 (Feb-Mar), 1941, p. 8.

1952: Brief article on the 1952 show in Japan is online at Bandwagon, April-May 1952.

• An article on the career of showman E. K. Fernandez and his show is in White Tops, July-August, 1947, Vol. 20, Nos. 7-8, pp. 17-18.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Cirque Fernando - 1882

    Cirque Fernando opened in Lille, France, Aug. 27. Romeo Sebastian continues a leading feature. New York Clipper, September 16, 1882, p. 424.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Carlos Ferrari's - 1889-90

    Carlos Ferrari's Oriental Circus will tour Mexico with twenty-two horses, fifteen ponies, two elephants, one sacred bull and a full company of acrobats, riders, clowns, a troupe of Japs, etc. They do the country by rail. New York Clipper, December 21, 1889, p. 685.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Ferrell Bros. Equine Arabian Wonders - 1890   Ferrell Brothers' Equine Paradox

    Advertised for musicians - John Dean, Paducah, Kentucky. Paducah, April 24-26, a home attractions, will draw well. New York Clipper, March 29, 1890, p. 47; April 26, 1890, p. 103. Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Norton Ferris' - 1929, 1931-32, 1935

1929:

    The Ferris Circus and Wild Animal Show starts on tour about July 1. Norton H. Ferris is sole owner and proprietor. Mr. Ferris has been assembling his wagons, tent, animals and acts. It will be a new experience for him. When the Miller Brothers Shows played the Niagara County Fair two years ago, they left several of their wagons at the fair graounds. When Mr. Miller gave orders to the Fair management to sell them, Mr. Ferris purchased the four wagons. He acquired six more wagons built to carry the animals of the shows in cages. He has acquired two monkeys, a wildcat and a badger. He has other wild animals, including bears and wolves, ordered from dealers. The show will be a one-ring affair. His show will be placed under a 70 by 100 tent wiht ten-foot sidewalls. There will be a cook tent and tents where the performers will sleep at night. His advance man will try to find clubs and lodges who will back the show for a cut on the gate receipts. This will guarantee a certain part of the show's expenses before they open. The Ferris shows will travel by wagon and automobile. Lockport Union-Sun and Journal (Lockport, NY), June 13, 1929, p. 12.

    The start of the opening night of the Norton H. Ferris Circus and Wild Animal Shows had several "breaks" on opening night, none of them serious. The start was delayed when the band engaged for the circus failed to put in an appearance and Mr. Ferris was forced to seek other musicians at the last minute. Plenty of seats were ordered, but part of them did not arrive. During the performance the lighting plant went out of commission, but the delay was only five minutes. Acts included Wolford and Mae, novelty hoop rollers. Al Emerson provided thrills on the trapeze and flying rings and then came the Hoefling troupe of wild animals. Billed as double trapeze and chair balancing artists, Martin and Martin provided one of the best acts of the show. Also was Lady White, the educated horse. Al Smith, the funny fellow on the silver wire, was announcer. The Ups and Downs family concluded the show with acrobatic and tumbling stunts. During a short intermission, two Lockport performers held the center of the ring, Joe and Clara Note on Hawaiian stringed instruments. In place of the band hired for the circus, Archie DeFabio and his daughter provided music for the various acts with their accordians. The show will pitch their tent at Lancaster, then Alden, Middleport and Albion. Lockport Union-Sun and Journal (Lockport, NY), July 2, 1929, p. 12.

    1931: The Norton H. Ferris Shows inaugurate the season at Lockport, New York on May 16, the hometown of Norton Ferris. The circus was organized two years ago by Mr. Ferris, a taxi owner and driver, who bought up several second-hand circus wagons, acquired a menagerie and booked several circus acts. The show then took to the road, playing smaller towns. This year the route he has mapped out takes in Akron, Middleport, Newfarie, Ransomville and other villages. Norton says the length of his tour will depend upon the financial outcome. He has arranged a short route to start out, but will continue as long as the proposition continues to pay. Acts include trapeze artists, jugglers, etc. A headliner is a trained dog act. Lockport Union-Sun and Journal (Lockport, NY), May 14, 1931, p. 3.

    1932: The Ferris circus and animal show opened in Lockport under the auspices of the American Legion, June 27. Features included the Archie Cilvernale trio, trapeze and ring act; "Al" Emerson, slack wire; Miss Lake, high ring act; Captain Emerson, performing dogs and ponies; Miss "Billie" Laglenn, swinging ladder; the West family, jugglers and high wire; Major, educated and "talking" pony; John Uonites heads the clown group; Emerson's high diving dogs; and Jack Irwin's circus band, formerly with the Wheeler and Sautelle circus. Lockport Union-Sun and Journal (Lockport, NY), June 28, 1932, p. 6.

    1935: The Ferris Society Circus begins its sixth annual Eastern tour July 2, at Lockport, New York. The Ferris circus is being considerably enlarged this season with the addition of the Sparton Bros.' circus, which is bring together a large circus, sideshow and concessions, which will form a midway, a new feature this season with the Ferris Society circus. The show requires fifteen trucks and trailers to transport the show. Captain Miller's military ponies go through many difficult routines. "Cupid," the pony with a human brain, adds, subtracts and tells time by the watch. Another headliner is Obert's Troupe of "Canine Marvels." The act includes two wire-walking dogs that pass each other in the middle of a single wire. Other attractions include a monkey that draws hearty laughs; the Great Delzaros, novelty gymnasts and aerialists; double ring and double trapeze acts; Cailey(?), slack wire artist and juggler, and a real circus band. Lockport Union-Sun and Journal (Lockport, NY), July 1, 1935, p. 11.

• Norton H. Ferris, who owned the Norton H. Ferris Shows, a small circus, was first a livery store owner at Lockport, New York. He abandoned this business to engage in the taxicab business, except for the six years he toured the state with his circus. Niagara Falls Gazette (Niagara Falls, NY), December 26, 1939, p. 14.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Ferron's North American Circus and Trained Animal Exhibit - 1896 (South America)

    C. H. Ferron's North American Circus and Trained Animal Exhibit, with Col. Jess Foster as representative, is nearly completed and will sail about Feb. 5 for South America. Mr. Ferron, the owner of the show, states that he will take eighteen horses and ponies for the various acts, Robert Stickney having been employed several months in their training. New York Clipper, February 1, 1896, p. 761.

    Fred Whillock has been engaged for Chas. Yieter's band with Ferron's North American Circus, which sails for South America, February 5. New York Clipper, February 8, 1896, p. 777.

    Chas. H. Ferron has purchased the horse Neptune, for his North American Circus, which sails shortly for South America. New York Clipper, February 15, 1896, p. 793.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Adam Fetzer's Shows - 1904, 1906-12, 1914, 1919

1904: Get into town early and see the big parade Saturday, Sept. 3d. Fetzer Bros. Show. Coming to Francesville, Fetzer Bros.' great shows and congress of trained wild animals will exhibit here, Saturday, Sept. 3d. This mammoth tent exhibition is one of the best, most popular and successful of the many shows that are touring the state this season, this being the 19th year of its perpetual prosperity. During that time these shows have exhibited in every metropolitan city as well as the smaller towns throughout the United States and the provinces of Canada, and are always a welcome visitor, receiving a liberal patronage because the show is deserving and worth of it. These great shows will exhibit at Francesville Saturday, Sept. 3. Francesville Tribune (Francesville, IN), September 1, 1904, p. 1.

1906: Lions for sale. Two trained lions, both females, five and seven years old, healthy and in good condition. Address Adam Fetzer, Boswell, Ind. Billboard, December 15, 1906, p. 70.

1907:

    Adam Fetzer has purchased the Star Show which is wintering at Boswell, Ind. He will remodel the same and open early in April to play Indiana, Illinois and Wisconsin. Mr. and Mrs. Fetzer spent Christmas with Mr. and Mrs. Charles Alderfer. Billboard, January 12, 1907, p. 39.
    Wanted for Adam Fetzer's Shows. Musicians, performers; also good singing clown. P. S. All privileges for sale. Address all letters to Adam Fetzer, Baswell, Ind. Billboard, April 6, 1907, p. 46.

    The Adam Fetzer circus, a one ring show, gave two shows here on Friday of last week. In the afternoon there were 14 attended and 12 of these went in complementary tickets. In the evening the crowd was about the same size. Nevertheless it is claimed that it was a good little show but the weather was so cold and rainy that people did not care to attend. Bert Gravel and Jim Andrews developed a rather severe case of show fever last Friday when the Adam Fetzer circus was in town and they both followed the outfit away. Bert, we understand, had secured the lucrative position of first corinetest and leader of the band and Jim was tent foreman. Bert's fun was spoit last Monday, however, when Al Gravel slipped over to Wolcott in his automobile and captured the young chap and brought him home, only to have him return the following morning. Goodland Herald (Goodland, IN), May 11, 1907, n.p.n.

    Since opening at Boswell, Ind., six weeks ago, the Adam Fetzer Big One-Ring Shows have been doing good business in the Hoosier State. The roster: Adam Fetzer, proprietor and manager; Mrs. Fetzer, treasurer; M. W. McQuigg, general agent; Herschel Dore, programmer; Ed. Smith, billposter. Some of the performers are: Robert Landore, Ada Merdell, Forest DeCleo, Bert Renzo and Ida McQuigg. A band of twelve and two concert teams are carried. Billboard, June 15, 1907, p. 24.

    Wanted - For Adam Fetzer's One Ring Shows - cornet or baritone and performers, comedy perferred. Those who have written, write again, as former mail was delayed by mails. Roy Fortune and Stephen La Carter write again. Address all letters to Adam Fetzer, Mecca, Indiana. Billboard, August 10, 1907, p. 37.

    Trained dogs, horses, mules, goats and ponies with the Adam Fetzer Big one ring shows, Advance, Monday night, Aug. 10. Advance Hustler (Advance, IN), August 16, 1907, p. 1.

    The Adam Fetzer's one ring circus showed here Monday night to a large crowd. Tuesday morning they started out bright and early bound for Silverwood. They were nearing Silyerwood and were going down the big hill just west of Jas. Lewis' place when an aged man who had given his name as Geo. Williams, driving the head wagon dropped his right line and in pulling on the left one caused the wagon to go down an embankment of about seven feet, spiling all the contents, throwing the driver over against the fence, inflicting a wound on the head and body from the eflfects of which the aged man died in about 15 minutes after the accident.
    Adam Fetzer, manager of the show, was riding towards the back of the same wagon holding the break while going down the hill. He saw the man drop the right line and as they were trying to turn to the right he tried to pursuade the old man to let go of the other and allow the horses to get in the road, but it seems that the man was excited and hung onto the line until the wagon was over turned. Mr. Fetzer jumped and was uninjured. The man who was killed had joined the show about Sept. 4th at Michigantown and gave his name as Geo. Williams, and said he was from the Soldiers' Home at Lafayette. He was a man about 65 years of age and said that he had served in the civil war. One of the troup hurried to the home of Elmer Lewis and called Dr. Williamson who was soon on the scene and after careful examination of the wounded man pronounced him dead. The physician and Mr. Fetzer then came back to Spencer's undertaking establishment in this place where the coroner was telephoned. In due time the coroner accompanied by editor Berry arrived and were joined here by undertaker Spencer and son, Gilbert, Dr. A. A. Williamson Adam Fetzer and The Star.
    When they arrived at the place where the sad accident had taken place the wagon and its contents consisting of lumber and a bale of hay were piled on and over the fence and the dead man lay covered up under a tree short distance away. The coroner at once began to search the man's clothing for information as to relatives and his home. Three pocket books, one containing $3.35 in silver, and the other some cards, an old watch, a pocket knife, a handkerchief, some smoking tobacco and a pipe, his pention papers and a few minor trunkets (sic) were found on his person. The pention papers were examined and showed that he was a soldier in the 23rd Indiana Regiment Battery. This being done the coroner ordered Spencer to bring the body to this place and prepare it for burial. . . . Kingman Star (Kingman, IN), Friday, September 27, 1907, p. 1.

    [Advertisement] To Linwood Flint, North Waterford, Mo. Dear Sir - The porcupines are doing fine and making good. A great attraction everywhere. Respectfully, Adam Fetzer Shows. Billboard, December 7, 1907, p. 57.

1908:

    Wanted - For Adam Fetzer's Shows, performers of all kinds that can do two or more acts. Also clowns and concert people. All privileges for sale. Have for sale - 8 red band coats, in good condition. Address Adam Fetzer, Box 5, (Coles Co.) Bushton, Ill. Billboard, March 21, 1908, p. 28.

    Adam Fetzer's One Ring Circus will open their season April 27. The roster is as follows: Adam Fetzer, sole owner and manager; Mrs. A. Fetzer, treasurer; Edward Spencer, advance agent; Marzello Trio, acrobats; Fred Bagamehl, gymnast and acrobat; Ray Milva, balancing traps; Geo. Jennier, juggler and swinging perch; Jack Vampner, contortionist; Renzo and Milva, grotesque gymnasts and equilibrists; Dale and Hanover, comedy revolving ladder; Major D. Ortello, comedy juggler; Gun and Baton, manipulators; Rita Sisters, novelty high wire artists; Fetzer's Educated Ponies, Dogs and Goats; Bagshaw Brothers, bar artists, and Mlle. Francis, snake enchantress. Billboard, May 2, 1908, p. 42.

    Adam Fetzer's One Ring Circus is touring the Central States and playing to big business. The roster: Adam Fetzer, owner and manager; Mrs. Fetzer, treasurer; Wm. McCurdy, advance agent; Renzo and Milva, grotesque gymnasts and equilibrists; Rita Sisters, wire artists; Jack Vamper, contortionist and rings; Ray Milva, balancing traps; the Three Craigs, acrobats; Harry Sidell, comedy juggler and flying perch; Bert Renzo and Ray Milva, double traps; Mlle. Marietta, snake enchantress; Wm. Anderson's trained Esquimo dogs; Al W. Fish and Wm. Knight, clowns, and Fetzer's ponies, dogs and goats. Billboard, July 18, 1908, p. 21.

    Wanted - For Adam Fetzer's Wagon Shows. Slack wire performer, juggler, and other performers doing two or more acts. Also concert people. Address all letters to Adam Fetzer, July 25, Toneca, Ill.; July 26-27, Lostant. Billboard, July 25(?), 1908, p. 29.

    Wanted - For Adam Fetzer Wagon Shows - Performers doing two or more acts to strentgthen show for long season South. Also, advance agent. Slim St. Belmo please write. Address Adam Fetzer Shows, Sept. 24, Smithboro, Ill. Billboard, September 26, 1908, p. 37.

    The Adam Fetzer Combined Shows are now in the South, doing good business. At Brookland and Harrisburg, Ark., S. R. O. business was recorded. Billboard, November 21, 1908, p. 20.

    Frank X. Mack, slack wire artist and juggler, has just closed a season with the Adam Fetzer Shows. Billboard, December 19, 1908, p. 18.

1909:

    The Adam Fetzer Show closed a successful season of thirty-five weeks on December 22, and is now in winter quarters in Hope, Ark. Billboard, January 9, 1909, p. 19.

    Adam Fetzer Shows opened the season at Hope, Ark., March 11-13. Mr. Fetzer is managing the show this season. Billboard, March 20, 1909, p. 46.

    In the Circus Arenas. Among the early openings this season was that of the Adam Fetzer Show, which opened March 11 at Hope, Ark. New York Dramatic Mirror, May 1, 1909, p. 14.

    Wanted - For Adam Fetzer's Wagon Shows, performers of all kinds doing two or more acts. State lowest in first letter. Eat on lot, sleep in hotels. Long season, salary sure. Address all letters to Adam Fetzer, Marble City, Okla. Billboard, April 24, 1909, p. 29.

    Adam Fetzer's Shows opened their season at Hope, Ark., on March 12. Billboard, May 8, 1909, p. 19.

    Wanted - For Adam Fetzer's Shows, advance agent, one or two more performers to strengthen show. This is a wagon show. State very lowest in first letter. Jack Bledsoe, write. Adam Fetzer, Golden City, Barton Co., Mo. Billboard, June 26, 1909, p. 30.

    Wanted - For Adam Fetzer's Shows - Performers doing two or more acts, to strengthen show. Wagon show; eat on lot, sleep in hotels; long season South; salary sure; those who answered last ad, write again, mail got lost; state lowest first letter. Address Adam Fetzer, Irwin, Mo. Billboard, July 10, 1909, p. 37.

    Wanted - For Adam Fetzer's Shows - Performers and concert people doing two or more turns, comedy preferred. Long season South; salary low but sure. Address Adam Fetzer, Red Fork, Tulsa County, Oklahoma. Billboard, August 21, 1909, p. 40.

1910: Wanted - For Adam Fetzer's Wagon Shows. Performers and concert people doing two or more turns; prefer magicians, ventriloquist and Punch and Judy man that can make openings and concert announcements. State lowest in first letter. Address Adam Fetzer, Oldenburg, Fayette Co., Texas. Billboard, May 14, 1910, p. 40.

1911:

    Sealy(?), Tex., Jan. 20. The Adam Fetzer Shows closed a season of forty-seven weeks here in Jan. 12. The show will winter at this place and open again March 5. The following performers were with the show at its closing stand: Hodge and Scroggins, Lamont Bros., The Glens(?), Jas. Corley, McGinness Brothers, Prof. Seem's Military Band. General agent Jack L. Bledsoe will spend the winter in Houston, while Mr. and Mrs. Fetzer will spend a few weeks at their farm near San Antonio. Billboard, January 28, 1911, p. 33.

    . . . Adam Fetzer Shows. Billboard, Sep. 23, 1911.

1912:

    Wanted - For Adam Fetzer's R. R. Shows. Musicians and performers of all kinds; also concert people. Address Adam Fetzer, Carmine, Texas (Fayette Co.) Billboard, March 9, 1912, p. 37.

    Wanted - For Adam Fetzer's Railroad Shows: A few more musicians to strengthen band; tuba, baritone and slide trombone. Also wire and aerial performers and concert people. Address Adam Fetzer, Alleyton, Tex., Colorado Co. Billboard, April 6, 1912, p. 55.

    Of all the bum shows that ever exhibited in Weimar, the Adam Fetzer aggreation, which held forth here last Friday night takes the cake. It was so rotten that some of the colored audience left before the show was over. Weimar Mercury (Weimar, TX), April 12, 1912, n.p.n.

    Wanted - For Adam Fetzer's R. R. Shows; a few more musicians and performers. P. S. for sale cheap, one large organ in good condition, suitable for side show or merry-go-round. Address, Adam Fetzer, Rochester, Haskell Co., Texas. Billboard, June 15, 1912, p. 59.

    Wanted - For Adam Fetzer's R. R. Shows - Baritone, Clarinet, performers doing two or more acts, and concert people. Long season South. Fred Wilmarth write. Lyon & Healy Band Organ, in good condition, for sale cheap. Address Mendon, Mo. Billboard, August 31, 1912, p. 50.

1914:

    Wanted. For Adam Fetzer's R. R. Show, trombone, tuba, baritone, also performers; aerial people preferred. Address Adam Fetzer, Herrick, S. D. Billboard, August 1, 1914, p. 54.

    LeGrand seems to be getting its share of traveling amusement companies this summer. . . . the Adam Fetzer circus . . . LeGrand Reporter, August 28, 1914, p. 1.

1919: . . . . W. B. Jones, ventriloquist and magician has closed with the Adam Fetzer Show . . . Billboard, December 22, 1919.

• Show listed for 1905-10 in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses; for 1907-09 in Sturtevant's List of Circuses and for 1905-08 in Chindahl's History of the Circus in America

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Fiesta de Circo - 1980

• Big John Strong's Circus was leased to the Hedwig Equipment Co., headed by Ed Russell. Russell changed the title to Fiesta de Circo and opened March 13 at Corona, California. By June 10 the show was again using the Big John Strong title. Bandwagon, January-February, 1981, p. 10.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Frank E. Fillis' - 1919 (South Africa)

    Wanted for Frank E. Fillis' Great South African Circus, now in its eighth consecutive year in the orient. Acts of all descriptions, suitable for a tented show, for a final tour of Asia, prior to returning to South Africa. Can place a troupe of aerialists, also sensational act. Frank E. Fillis, of Boer War Fame. Permanent Eastern address, Abram's Horse Repository, Orchard Road, Singapore, Straits Settlements. [Advertisement] Billboard, February 22, 1919, p. 31.

    In a letter dated May 19, Col. F. E. Fillis, pioneer showman of South Africa, writes that he intends to return to South Africa next year with a show based on American principles. At the time the letter was written, Col. Fillis was making the Sumatra Tour, Dutch East Indies. Billboard, August 23, 1919, p. 44.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Thomas L. Finn's - 1906, 1913   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1913

1906:

    Notes from Thos. L. Finn & Co.'s New United Shows. Thos. L. Finn, manager; Geo. Pickering, general agent; Leslie Smith, in charge of second advance with two assistants; A. C. Orcutt, general supt.; Will Breenan, boss canvasman with eight assistants; Frank Fitzgerald, in charge of cook tent. Those already signed are: Louis Beauvias, one armed acrobat; Canfield and Van Horn, aerialists and jugglers; Gordonand Hayes, aerialists an jugglers; Sylvester Newman, clown and concert; Nat Lewis, wire act; . . . Mr. Finn's troupe of performing dogs and ponies will be a feature. The sideshow, under the management of Robt. Gordon: Flash, magic and ventriloquism; Mrs. Robt. Gordon, mind reader; Miss La Rue, sword swallower; a vaudeville performance by singers, dancers and comedians . . . and four miniature cages. The street parade will be a feature this season with the band wagon, tableaux and floats. We will carry about thirty horses and ponies and about forty people. New York Clipper, April 7, 1906, p. 186.

    Thos. L. Finn & Co. New Big One Ring Circus. Wanted at once, clarionet and double drums and other musicians; a few more performers doing two or more act, another billposter, can place a wire act, troupe of dogs and novelty acts. Wagon show, lodging and breakfast at hotels. July 14, Copenhagen, N.Y.; July 16, Adams Centre; July 17, adams; July 18, Sandy Creek. Permanent address, Hossick Falls, N.Y. [Advertisement] New York Clipper, July 14, 1906, p. 557.

1913:

    Thomas L. Finn's Shows - Thos. L. Finn, proprietor and manager; Ed. L. Dunne, assistant manager; Fred J. Newell, general agent; J. B. King, special agent. Billboard, March 22, 1913.

    Thomas L. Finn's Great Eastern Shows, in winter quarters at Hoosick Falls, N.Y., will go out this season with 60 or more head of stock. Several new cages have been built. A shipment of parade wagons purchased from the Sparks Show arrived. Four men, two wagons and an automobile will constitute the advance. Several side show features and two bands will be carried. The executive staff is Thomas L. Finn, owner and manager; Edward L. Dunne, assistant manager; Fred J. Newell, general agent and J. B. King, special agent. Billboard, April 12, 1913, p. 39.

    Thos. L. Finn's Great Eastern Shows are in their ninth week doing capacity business. The noon-day parade consists of three bands, five open dens, seven cages, three camels and Cracker Jack (kangaroo). The show carries 108 head of stock and 96 people. The roster: T. L. Finn, owner and manager; Mrs. T. L. Finn, treasurer; Edw. Dunn, assistant manager; Phil Holden, superintendent; Jack Conden, equestrian director; Jack Ryan, in charge of big top with eleven men; Jack Lewis, boss hostler; Skip Mathews, assistant, with 22 men; Kid Show Whitie has the sideshow top with six men, and Dode O'Brian, cook house with three assistants. Billboard, July 12, 1913, p. 45.

    Thos. L. Finn's Great Eastern Shows, Circus, Museum and Trained Animal Exhibition will exhibit at Amenia, August 11, Sharon, Aug. 12. Acrobats, athletic and aerial feats, performing ponies, dogs and monkeys, high wire walkers, jugglers, tumblers, contortionists, strong men, clowns, cyclists, etc. Grand street parade. [Advertisement] Harlem Valley Times or Amenia Times, (Amenia, NY), August 9, 1913, p. 5.

    Notes from the Great Eastern Show. We are touring Connecticut to big business. At Danbury, Conn., our contracting agent, J. B. King, came back to the show to get the new 60(?) h.p. Packard car, to be used in advance. Sharon, Conn., the streets were lined with people watching for the arrival of the Great Eastern. At Lakeville, Conn., our kid top blew down, one of the quarter poles killing our large female lion. Manager T. L. Finn purchased eight large dapple grays, to be used on our number two band wagon. Howard Trace is leader of our colored band. Dan De Land is our singing and talking clown. Whitie, calliope player, was called home on account of sickness, and Prof. James Brown is now the calliope player. The noon day street parade has three bands, seven open dens, nine cages, three camels, four elephants, and "Cracker Jack," the boxing kangaroo. Roster: T. L. Finn, owner and manager; Mrs. T. L. Finn, treasurer; J. B. King, general agent; F. J. Newell, boss billposter; Frank Sweeney, special agent; Jack Carlton, equestrian director; Dutch Whitie, kid show; Ed Mathews, cook house . . . New York Clipper, August 30, 1913, p. 26.

1914: For sale, circus property. Band wagon covered with carving and mirrors, will carry 12 to 15 people, price $150, cost $800. Tableaux wagon covered with carving, seats on top for No. 2 band, looks when closed like animal den, price $125, cost $700. Forty foot middle piece for 70 foot round top, used one season, $35; 30 foot middle piece for 60 foot top, used one season, $30. 45 foot round top, push pole, laces (no wall), used one season, $25. Ten band uniforms, green trimmed with gold, $25. Thos. L. Finn, Hoosick Falls, N.Y. Billboard, February 28, 1914, p. 40.

1942: Death has ended the career of Thomas L. Finn, Hoosick Falls native who started in the show business with the old Sig Sautelle Circus and later travled with his own tent show. An infection of the jaw led to his death in Troy Hospital. In recent years he had visited schools and entertained pupils with his tricks. Knickerbocker News (Albany, NY), May 5, 1942, Second Section, p. 1.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Fish's Champion Circus - 1884

    Circus performers. The following attractions are wanted for C. W. Fish's Champion Circus for the weeks of Nov. 17, Nov. 23, Dec. 1 and Dec. 10, changes weekly. Acrobatic, horizontal bar, aerial and slack wire performers, performing ponies, donkeys, dogs, monkeys, goats. Old time performing mules, etc. Address Harris & Fish, Harris' Mammoth Museum, Pittsburg, Pa. New York Clipper, October 25, 1884, p. 510.

    John Foster, clown, has been engaged by Harris & Fish for a season of two weeks in Pittsburg, Pa., for their circus. New York Clipper, November 15, 1884, p. 557.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Fisher Bros. - 1904

    Fisher Bros.' Circus, which has been showing in Michigan for several weeks, disbanded at Midland, May 22. Billboard, June 11, 1904, p. 9.

Fisher Bros. - 1931

• This show was touring in 1931. Bandwagon, September-October, 1983, p. 15.

Fisher Bros. (1971-74, Mel Silverlake)

• In 1976 Fisher Bros. was showing in Texas. The show was sold to Johnny Frazier, who kept the show out until winter. Bandwagon, January-February, 1977, p. 18.

Fisher Bros. - 1977-78

• In 1977, John Frazier, of the Royal Bros. Circus in Canada, purchased Fisher Bros. Circus and opened the season in Florida. Bandwagon, March-April, 1978, p. 33.

• In 1978 Johnny Frazier had sold out, but there was still Fisher Bros. out for a short time. It was said that it was operated by Mel Silverlake. Bandwagon, January-February, 1979, p. 16.

Fisher Bros. - 1990

In 1990 the show was backed by Torchy Townsend and headed by Mel Silverlake. After opening in Florida in April, the show played southern and border states before closing early. For the first time in American circuses, the clown alley was all female. Bandwagon, January-February, 1991, p. 10.

• Fisher Bros. Circus listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1923, 1934-35, 1971-74, 1978, 1989.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Col. Bert Fisher's - 1907

    Col. Bert Fisher's Big Shows opened their season May 2, at Phillipsburg, Kansas, during a snow storm, but played to good business. It is said to be onew of the swellest small shows, having every feature up to date. They travel in five cars and the big show is under a hundred foot round top with three forty foot middle pieces. Among the principal acts are the Three Kebers, Prof. Woods' troupe of performing dogs and ponies, the Great Renows in a novelty living doll act, the Weber Family, Count DeRobeo, cyclist; the Kings, German sketch artists; Prof. Bartholomew and his educated horse, and other features. Billboard, May 18, 1907, p. 23.

• Show listed in Chindahl's History of the Circus in America, circa 1907

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Fisher Circus & Wild West Show - 1925-1939   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1925, 1931-32

    J. C. Fisher, owner. See Bannerline, September, 1947, p. 6; Bandwagon, Jan-Feb, 1951, p. 6. Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Fisher & Aiken - 1890   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1890

    Wanted, for Fisher & Aiken's New Monster R. R. Shows, circus wild west, hippodrome, side show and concert people, and performers in all branches. Band, trained horses, ponies, dogs. . . . Address Fisher & Aiken, Madisonville, Hamilton Co., Ohio. New York Clipper, February 15, 1890, p. 815.

    Ohio, Cincinnati. Fisher & Aiken's Show. The work of organization is all under way. The new circus will be billed as "Fisher & Aiken's New Monster Shows, Trained Animals, Wild West and Hippodrome." George T. Fisher was with the John Robinson Show twenty seven years, and George W. Aiken counts twenty-two years of service with the same people. There has been no misunderstanding between them and their old employers. They have gone into winter quarters at the Madisonville Rink(?). A 100ft. round top and two 50ft.(?) middle pieces will be carried. Every vehicle used will be a tableau wagon. There will be a score of horses among the stock. Walter Fisher, a son of George T., is to be the general agent of the show. the specialty people already signed include Marx(?) (wrestler), George and Nellie Coupe(?) . . . Mons. . . . The first stand will be made at Madisonville, O., about May 1. New York Clipper, February 22, 1890, p. 821.

    Notes from Fisher & Aiken's Monster Show. This show will travel by railroad, using twelve cars, fifty-two head of horses, two brass bands and a drum and fife corps. We will have a 120ft. round top, with three 50ft.(?) middle pieces. The management will own and control its own sideshow, concert and reserve seats, candy stands, etc. The race stock is now being broken at Madisonville, O. in the hippodrome will be introduced some features never before used by any combination. The Wild West attraction has been engaged, and it will be strong. Among the people engaged are: Geo. and Nillie Coupe, the three Hill Bros., Dening Bros., Coster Melvin, Trover and McDonald, Anzo, Delvelde and Zolo, Taylor, Marx (the wrestler), McQuinn . . . Zerarde and Zongo (Japs), Maj. Littlefinger(?), J. W. Kerepps and wife, two Vans, Murry and Cain. The show will be managed by Geo. T. Fisher, the advance by Geo. W. Aiken. Everything will be brand new. New York Clipper, March 15, 1890, p. 5.

    News from the Fisher & Aiken's Shows. C. W. O'Dell will have charge of the hippodrome, and has already commenced to break a twenty-six horse team for the hippodrome track . . . Jockeys Charles Gray and ___ have signed. . . . A handsome fourteen foot band wagon has arrived. O'Dell and Quinlan are busy working on a novelty for the races. Squire, McCary and Jones, leapers and tumblers, have signed. The Roman chariots are well on the way, and a fine new ticket wagon is now in the paint shop. Colorado Frank and wife (Pearl(?) of Nebraska), champion shots and all 'round Wild West people, will be here April __, with six(?) bronchos. . . . New York Clipper, March 29, 1890, p. 46.

    Musicians want for circus. . . . Address Geo. ?. Coupe. Leader(?) Fisher & Aiken's Wonder(?) Show. New York Clipper, March 29, 1890, p. 47.

    Notes from Fisher & Aiken's New Shows. Ten head of racing horses have been added in the last week, making a total of racing stock nineteen head. Our train arrived April 8(?). Every car is new and equipped with automatic air and Jenny couplers. The advertising car is a beauty, finished inside in black walnut, with an upright piano in the office. Every sheet of paper, including programmes, window and wall work, is lithographed. C. W. Odell has his big team(?) for the hippodrome track working splendidly. One of our features will be a three tandem hurdle. the new Roman chariots are beauties. Every working man with the show will be uniformed - canvas men in one kind, grooms in another, property men in another. Every centre pole, quarter pole and side pole will have a ___, and every quarter will have a banner on it. Roman standing races, hurdle, flat races and ostrich races will be given; in fact, our feature will be our hippodrome. This will be the only twenty-five cent show giving a full and complete hippodrome. The parade will be unique and strong, and very horse purchased is of the best. The show opens at Madisonville, May 1, but begins rehearsals April 24(?). New York Clipper, April 19, 1890, p. 91.

    Call. Fisher & Aiken's New Monster R. R. Shows. All performers, sideshow and concert people will report at Madisonville, Hamiton Co., Ohio, on Thursday, April 24(?). Wanted troupe of performing ponies or horses. Would like to hear from Tom Samuels. New York Clipper, April 19, 1890, p. 92.

    Notes from Fisher & Aiken's Show. Many people from the surrounding districts of Madisonville, Ind., and several experienced showmen flocked April 2(?) to see the new train of twelve cars, which arrived early that morninng, and the verdict was that they were the ___ cars ever seen before with a circus. Every car is new, and the Pullman sleeper is a beauty. The dining car is fitted inside with black walnut. The tables are ___ with polished mahogany top, and the lounges and charis are upholstered with plush. Fisher & Aiken are determined to have their people comfortable. Advertising car No. 2(?) is handsomer than No. 1. Wally Fisher was presented with a handsome piano by the ___ of Maidsonville. Car No. 1 left for Lebanon. Our calliope will arrive at Walnut(?) Hills May _. . . . There will be two races by bronchos, and a four horse broncho race, the riders being O'Dell and Quinlan. The four-horse ladies standing and the Roman standing races will be done by Nellie Coupe(?) and ___. The latter will also do the four horse chariot race. Mr. O'Dell deserves great credit for the manner in which he has broken these horses in so short a time. W. E. McCoy and ___ will do the flying trapeze. The band will commence rehearsal under the leadership of Geo. R. Coupe, cornet soloist. Coupe, the spriter, will also run against a thoroughbred once around the track. George ___, John Lewis, Bob McGregor, W. E. McCoy and ___ arrived 19(?) . . . New York Clipper, May 3, 1890, p. 126.

    George T. Fisher and George W. Aiken, for a quarter of a century the able lieutenants of "Uncle" John Robinson, opened their season under favorable auspices, at Madisonville, O., May 1. Our Cincinnati correspondent says: This is the roster of the new show: George T. Fisher, general manager; George W. Aiken, advance agent; Walter Fisher(?), general agent, in charge of advertising car, with ten men; George A. ___, treasurer and press representative; C. W. Odell, hippodrome manager . . . John Lewis, sideshow manager; George Coupe,leader of band and concert manager . . . Robert McCormack, boss canvasman; Jas. Wilson, boss hostler; Jas. McGuire, director of show train. All privileges are owned by the proprietors of the show. . . . The train consists of four flat cars, four stock cars, one dining coach, one advertising car and one Pullman sleeper. There are ___ head of stock, twenty of which are bronchos and thoroughbred race horses. Two separate and distinct acts will be on at all times. The features are sixteen hippodrome races, including Roman standing races, flat races, donkey races, pony express and stage coach robbery, barrel and obstacle, and chariot races, ending with C. W. Odell riding and driving twenty-two horses. The features are . . . McCoy and Develde, flying bars; Denny(Penny?) Bros. . . . the three Hill Brothers, Roman ladders . . . Develde and Zola, double trapeze, flying rings and trapeze; Profs. Marks and Schmidt . . . Chas. Watson, pyramid of tables . . . Watson and Devine, high wire bicycle and ceiling walkers; and Prof. Ed. Long's troupe of trained dogs, goats and monkeys. In the concert are the Coupes, George and Nellie . . . Murray and Kane; Blanche Flaber(?) and Nellie Coupe menage riders and rolling globes; and George Sanders. In the sideshow are Wm. Krebbs, Mme. Phillips (bearded lady), Major Littlefinger and wife (midgets) . . . Prof. Scott (fire king); Prof. Mack (Punch and Judy) . . . New York Clipper, May 10, 1890, p. 139.

    Notes from Fisher & Aiken's Circus. . . . The show has been on the road now ___ days, and, though it rained nearly every day and mud was knee deep on the lot . . . Charley Murray, of Murray and Kane, is playing clown, and he is a splendid one, too. . . . Murray's partner, Kane, is ill with pneumonia, and left the show at Hillsboro. George Aiken spends most of his time ahead of the show, making railroad contracts, as he once did for John Robinson. Prof. Geo. Wood and his troupe of twenty performing Shetland ponies will arrive May __. . . . Fisher & Aiken secured something of a prize in Geo. ___. He is treasurer, press agent, master of transportation and anything else that may be needed. New York Clipper, May 17, 1890, p. 155.

    Columbus, Ohio. . . . Fisher & Aiken's Circus was there 16, 17. New York Clipper, May 24, 1890, p. 166.

    Few circuses that have spread canvas here have kept faith with the public as did Fisher and Aiken whose show exhibited in Athens on Saturday. The rain and threatening weather prevented many persons from attending but the afternoon and evening performances were well patronized everything considered. The circus is good - in fact far above the average of shows that charge double the price of admission. The features were many and strong. There is a grand dazzling entree, a dozen star leapers, 4 wire acts, 2 juggling acts, the Marx Bros., strong men, who break stones with their fists and bend iron bars over each others arms, Develde and McCoy in a daring flying bar brother act, the 3 Hill brothers leapers and Roman ladder tumblers and last but not least the great Airzo, a contortionist whose equal it would be difficult to produce. His feat of bending backward from two tables and picking up a handkerchief from the ground is a wonderful piece of work. The Hippodrome races consisting of sack, barrel, obstacle, man against horse, hurdle, flat and chariot races were very exciting and are well worth witnessing. The horses are fine blooded animals and are a feature in themselves. Fisher and Aiken ought to do well with their new circus. Athens Messenger (Athens, OH), Thursday, May 15, 1890, p. 1.

    Notes from Fisher & Aiken's Show. Business so far has been very good. At several Ohio towns the ticket wagon had to be closed just after the opening of the doors. Managers Fisher and Aiken are more than pleased with the prospects for their new show. New side show banners arrived from Cincinnati last week. Charley Murray(?) is one of the hits of the show in his very clever clown act. The Marx Brothers in feats of heavy lifting and Roman statuary are pleasing the people. They also do a clever sparring turn in the concert. Fisher and Aiken purchased seven new wagons at Columbus. They are canvas, pole, stringer and plank wagons, and were built for the Riddle & Atcherson Show, which never took the road. George Fisher has almsot entirely recovered from the effects of the injury to his head. His skull, above the forehead, was fractured and several splinters of bone were extracted, but the wound has healed, and he is as good as ever. Dick and Ida Rai?er are doing a clever character sketch in the concert. The show exhibited at Mount Vernon on Decoration Day, and every seat in the big top was filled. It is expected that the show will leave Ohio within the next week. Boss hostler Charley Odell is doing some good work in the way of training a troupe of colts. New York Clipper, June 7, 1890, p. 197.

    Notes from Fisher & Aiken's Show. This is our eighth week on the road, and business is growing better every day. All the Ohio stands turned out better than we expected, and we are now in Indiana. H. F.(?) Hecker joined at Cleveland. He brought with him ten illusions, which the management put in a canvas in front of the hippodrome tent. In this tent will be the Indians in their tepee tents, with appropriate surroundings, the cowboys, glass blowers and two Japanese women doing Japanese needle work. Thorn(?), juggler, Apache Frank and Montana Jim's Troupe of cowboays and Indians, with their bronchos, also joined at Cleveland, which now gives us a full Wild West. Montana Jim was injured while riding a bucking broncho several days ago. The show now gives three acts at a time, sixteen hippodrome acts and ten Wild West performances. Peter Lyons is assistant manager now. George Cohen, formerly of The Cincinnati Enquirer, is press agent and ticket seller. Manager Geo. Fisher has almost recovered from the injury he received last Fall, and is getting the rest that he needed. Everyone said we could not give a hippodrome in a canvas the size of ours, but it goes in every day just the same. Mr. Aiken spends most of his time with the show now. He and Mr. Fisher will go to Chicago to look after things, as the show goes there. . . . "Frenchy" Haley is boss canvasman. Charley O'Dell has shown his ability as a trainer with two horses named "Alice" and "___." The horses were green when he got them, but after a month's work he has made treasures of them. He is also doing a fine twenty horse act. The show makes nine stands in Indiana, and then goes to Chicago. New York Clipper, June 28, 1890, p. 243.

    Following is the roster of the advance of Fisher & Aiken's Railroad Shows: George W. Aiken, railroad contractor; Walter Fisher, general agent in charge of car No. 1, with the following men: Cap Taylor, boss billposter; E. O. Redman, lithographer . . . Henry Caylor, Sam Sherler, billposters; Charles Riley, cook; James Parker, porter. The second brigade is in charge of Wm. Sherman, with Chas. Roland, Harry Preston . . . billposters. Everything is lively ahead. E. J. Baker(?) has charge of the advertising programe, and is with car No. 1. Business with him is big, and he now sports a four carat "spark" in his shirt button. We are now up in the Northwest, and are going farther West. Prospects for big business are good. The upright piano presented to Walter Fisher by his friends at home is a beauty, and is attracting much attention on the road. New York Clipper, July 12, 1890, p. 275.

    . . . Fisher & Aiken have effected a satisfactory deal with the Chicago and Northwestern Railway for sixty runs. . . . New York Clipper, August 2, 1890, p. 323.

    The Fisher & Aiken Circus stranded at Baraboo, Wis., July 31. Nearly all the people were left in very straitened circumstances, and it is even told that cruel treatment and the privations were experienced by several members of the troupe, while the management lived in comparative luxury. The troupe was organized at Cincinnati in May, and the proprietors were formerly members of the Robinson Show. George R. Edgeley secured a third interest in the circus after it had been on the road a few weeks, but he soon found it necessary to attach the show for money advanced. This seemed to be the beginning of the end, for, what with bad business and a series of attachments for salaries, hotel bills and other debts, the show soon reached such a condition that for three days the troupe traveled without horses. All kinds of promises were made, only to be broken day after day. Several times it was only with the greatest difficulty that trouble with the unpaid canvasmen was averted. On Thursday night, July 31, the latter refused to take down the canvas . . . salaries were forthcoming. Manager Fisher failed to produce any money. Early next morning George H.(?) Coupe, leader of the band; George A. ___, press agent; Anzo(?), contortionist; Dick and Ida Rainer(?) and others levied on the show for their wages. The trouble was adjusted for a few days, however, and manager Fisher, with ___ performers - Albert De Velde and wife, William Link and wife, William McC?? and Prof. Long(?) and his dogs - made their way to La Crosse, where the latter went their separate ways as best they could. The performers who remained at Baraboo gave an entertainment in the G. A. R. Hall the first of last week, in order to raise sufficient funds to transport them to Chicago. John and George Pfeiffer, George Sanders . . . Thomas Flynn and Dick and Ida Rainer were among the principal people placed in a truly pitiable condition. With death and sicness in their families, they were repeatedly refused money, it is said, with which to buy medicine and food, and attend the death beds of dear ones. New York Clipper, August 16, 1890, p. 355.

    The baby girl of Dick and Ida Rainer died recently at Baraboo, Wis. New York Clipper, August 16, 1890, p. 355.

    Ringling Bros.: The Coupes Family, concert people, and Anzo, contortionist, from the Fisher & Aiken Show, recently joined . . . New York Clipper, August 23, 1890, p. 373.

    The Fisher & Aiken Show are still moving, notwithstanding the report to the contrary. They take the side wheel steamer White Beaver Iron Rock Island, Ill. Everybody is well and happy. The performers include Wm. Batcheler(Batchelor?) . . . Wm. Link and wife, Prof. Ed. Long's educated dogs, Mons. Z??a and wife, U.(?) W. Odell and others. Geo Aiken is not connected with the show, Mr. Fisher having the full management. New York Clipper, August 30, 1890, p. 387.

    Fisher & Aiken’s New Monster Railroad Show was billed for Madison, Wisconsin, July 29, 1890, but the show got into financial difficulty, and did not show up. Barnum & Bailey showed there on August 30, 1890. “Circus Days in Madison, Wisconsin,” Sverre O. Braathen, White Tops, Vol. 21, Nos. 9-10 (Sep-Oct), 1948, p. 8.

    James Carlton, of Fisher's Circus, was drowned while bathing(?) at ___, July __. New York Clipper, September 6, 1890, p. 411.

    Burlington, Iowa. The Fisher & Aiken Hippodrome Circus succumbed to the inevitable 4(?). The collapse was superinduced by the sudden departure of Mr. Fisher, who went away with the horses, leaving the company in a bad shape, as no salaries had been paid for weeks. A benefit was given, enabling most of the people to get out of town. Mr. Batchelor has possession of the remains. New York Clipper, September 13, 1890, p. 419.

    George W. Aiken, of the lately disbanded Fisher & Aiken Shows, is now occupying a responsible position with the Sells & Barrett advance department. New York Clipper, October 18, 1890, 503.

    1892: $___ buys all of the following show property, the biggest bargain ever offered in the show business. . . . young horses . . . 1 new harness, 1 light double harness, . . . and beautiful young donkeys, 1 spotted Shetland pony mare, 3 yrs old . . . set of elegant band uniforms, helmets, coats, pants, and music and drum major suit, nearly new . . . 1 ticket wagon, 1 pole wagon, 1 seat and plank wagon. These wagons are for R. R. Show and nearly new, formerly the property of Fisher & Aiken. Write Max Zimmerman, Topeka, Kansas. Above property will all be delivered at Davenport, Iowa. Might trade for circus top and seats. New York Clipper, January 2, 1892, p. 722.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Fisher, Guthrie & Walters - 1897

    George W. Derious, George H. Stevens, Mrs. Dollie Stevens, and W. Burk have joined the Fisher, Gutherie & Walters Circus. New York Clipper, May 29, 1897, p. 203.

    Notes from the Fisher, Guthrie & Walters Ten and Twenty Cent Cicus. We opened our season in Alleghany, Pennsylvania. . . . The Three Rexfords joined us last Monday. P. L. Ryan is in advance with five billposters, two lithographers and one programmer. Harry Mellinger is in charge of paper; Dick Fisher, treasurer and press agent; Ed Guthrie, equestrian director; Frank Walters, orator and charge of concert. We are preparing to add a menagerie to the big show. New York Clipper, June 12, 1897, p. 235.

    Notes from Fisher, Guthrie & Walter's Circus. We closed our season at Tyrone, Pennsylvania, July 23, on account of bad weather. It did nothing but rain and hail for the last two weeks, and the coal strike also affecting us, we found it impossible to make money. We instend, however, to start our next season on a larger scale. New York Clipper, July 31, 1897, p. 349.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Dode Fisk - 1910, 1911   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1906-10

1910:

• See the article on the 1910 show, online in Bandwagon, April 1946 (pdf file, page down).

• Route for the Dode Fisk Great Combined Shows, 1910, is online in Bandwagon, Sep-Oct 1959 (scroll down or use find).

1911: "Brenham, Tex., Feb. 17 - The Dode Fisk circus, which has been wintering here, has been sold to Jerry Megavin [sic] of Terre Haute, Ind., owner of Howe's London Shows." San Antonio (TX) Light and Gazette, February 17, 1911.

• Dode Fisk died January, 1941, at age 81. White Tops, February-March, 1941, Vol. 14, Nos. 4-5, p. 2.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

H. A. Fistler's South American Circus and Menagerie - 1867

• 1867: online at Clipper, October 5 (scroll down)

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Fladeland's Great British - 1891-1893, 1895-96

1891:

    Wanted, at once, for E. G. Fladeland's Grand Winter Carnival, Spectacular Pantomime and London Town Band, performers in all branches, also 20 good musicians. New York Clipper, September 19, 1891, p. 480.

    One of the features of E. G. Flandeland's Great British Shows next season will be a large octupus or devil fish from the Pacific Coast. New York Clipper, December 26, 1891, p. 699.

1892:

    A lot of animals have arrived at the Winter quarters of E. G. Fladeland's British Circus at St. Paul. Harry Whynacht(?), the old time circus scene painter, has the cages nearly all decorated. New Wagons are being turned out every week. Ed. Peris has signed as equestrian director. The La Mont Family, the California aerialists, have also signed. New York Clipper, March 12, 1892, p. 9(?).

    Geo. W. Barlow and Jennie Cook have signed with Fladeland's Great British Shows. New York Clipper, March 12, 1892, p. 3.

    C. F. Fladeland's British Shows. A?ak, the contortionist, has signed with C. F. Fladeland's British Shows. New York Clipper, April 2,1892, p. 50.

    Call. People booked for E. G. Fladeland's Great British Circus report for rehearsal at the show grounds, corner Western and Martin Streets, St. Paul, Minn., Saturday morning, April 30(?). Show opens at St. Paul May 2(?) for two weeks. Wanted a few more performers in all branches. Would like to hear from a Jap Troupe, also fife and drum corps. Address ___ University Avenue, St. Paul, Minn. New York Clipper, April 23, 1892, p. 112.

    On the road, circuses: E. G. Fladeland's, Minneapolis, MN, indefinite. New York Clipper, June 4, 1892, p. 195.

    On the road, circuses: E. G. Fladeland's, Minneapolis, Minn June 6, indefinite. New York Clipper, June 11, 1892, p. 214.

    E. G. Fladeland's Great British Circus. We have not turned people away so far this season, but we have played to winning business ever since the opening at St. Paul, May ?. We have now left the cities, and are playing one day stands through Northern Minnesota. We are showing a town at this writing (Prin?ton, Minn.) that has never had a circus. The people were out on the country roads looking for the elephant six hours before the show was due. We run a first class wagon show, and carry seventy-five head of stock. The main canvas seats 3,000(?) people, and we have a 70ft. menagerie. Kirk ?art runs the dime museum, and is doing well. Lenord(?) and Hart, two New York boys, are the principal clowns. The show carries 125(126?) people, and is one of the finest and neatest wagon shows on the road. New York Clipper, July 2, 1892, p. 261.

    On the road, circuses: Fladeland's, Buffalo MN June 30, Armandale July 1, Kimball 2, New London 4, Belgrade 5, Glenwood 6, Harbuck 7, Elbow Lake 8, Oakes N.D. 9. New York Clipper, July 2, 1892, p. 265.

    On the road, circuses: Fladeland's, Glenwood MN July 6, Har?ock 7, Elbow Lake 8, Oakes ND 9, James town 11, Carrington 12, Devil's Lake 1, Lakota 14, Larimore 15, Grand Forks 16, Fargo 18. New York Clipper, July 9, 1892, p. 281.

    On the road, circuses: Fladeland's, Devil's Lake ND July 13, Lakota 14, Larimore 15, Grand Forks 16, Fargo 1?. New York Clipper, July 16, 1892, p. 296.

    Wanted, all kinds of second hand sideshow stuff at once, for spot cash. Curios, freaks, etc. E. G. Fladeland, ___ University Ave., St. Paul, Minn. New York Clipper, August 27, 1892, p. 400.

    E. G. Fladeland's Fair Ground Co. closed their season at Hammond, Wis., Oct. 12. New York Clipper, October 22, 1892, p. 527.

    1893: Everything around the E. G. Fladeland's Great British Circus will be new for the coming season. A number of new cages will be added. The show opened at White Bear Lake, Minn., Jan. 5. They carry fourteen people, including a brass band and orchestra. New York Clipper, January 21, 1893, p. 734.

1893:

    E. G. Fladeland's Great British Circus opens at St. Paul, Minn., May 1?. They will carry one hundred people, and not sixteeen as was recently stated. E. S. Fladeland's Parlor Circus and Pantomime Co. opened at White Bear Lake, Minn., Jan. ?. New York Clipper, February 4, 1893, p. 766.

    J. M. Smith, an employe of E. G. Fladeland's Great British Circus, was [unreadable text] at the winter quarters of the show. The wound was painful, though not serious. Prof. Jerome Smith will furnish a band of twenty-five pieces with the show this season. A female clown will be one of the features. New York Clipper, March 11, 1893, p. 2.

    Uniformly good business is reported by E. G. Fladeland for his new Australian Show since its opening, May 1. New York Clipper, July 15, 1893, p. 296.

1895: Notes from E. G. Flandeland's Shows. We have been exhibiting in Canada for the past six weeks to big business. Mr. Fladeland and family have been visiting near Turtle Mountains, N.D. New York Clipper, August 3, 1895, p. 341.

1896: E. G. Fladeland's Great Giant Show played at St. Paul, Minnesotra, during the G.A.R. Encampment. New York Clipper, September 19, 1895, p. 457.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Flagg & Aymar's - 1856

• Stuart Thayer's Annals of the American Circus, 1793-1860 lists Flagg & Aymar's International Circus, Mr. Flagg and Walter Aymar, owners, 1856.

1856:

    [Advertisement] Flagg & Aymar's International Circus will visit Bangor Friday and Saturday, June 6th and 7th. Confessed by all the veteran managers and showmen in the United States to be the most extensive and attractive union of artists and horses ever known in North or South America, independent of the triumphal fact that its whole paraphernalia of sumptuous costumes, styles of trappings, and properties, chariots, cars, carriages, and grand imperial pavilion (the largest ever spread in America), are all entirely new.
    The entree into the principal towns and cities will be made at about 10 1/2 in the morning, the glittering and highly picturesque procession being preceded by the Swan Chariot of Musicians, conveying the great band, led by their renowned chief, Harry Gaul. This band is admitted by the public to be the best in the United States. The chariot, crowned by two beautiful swans, will be drawn by ten gray Syrian steeds! The hues of this exquisite specimen of carriage building are of snow white, blue and gold - they being the adopted colors of the establishment. Following will come the artists in their uniform vehicles of fanciful ornaments and construction, and with model harness. Succeeding these, will be the splendid body cars of the cortege, containing the extensive baggage, etc., of the entire concern, the whole forming an eclipse pagent for novelty, extent, beauty and completeness, challenging language to paint it in too highly wrought terms.
    The fame of the artists, male and female, precludes the necessity of a specification of their genius and attainments - The are known. Among them are the distinguished M. Marianna, Mrs. Walter Aymar, Mrs. William Aymar, and Mrs. William R. Derr, Messrs. Walter B. Aymar, Arthur Sylvester, Masters John Derr, Eugene Fernando, Lewis Moor, Henry Harris, John Butler, Samuel Jackson, and the mysterious Silas Baldwin. Three clowns furnish the mirth, W. Aymar, Mons. Cans, and George Knapp, the orator, successor to Henry Clay.
    Among the grand pageants will be the romantic Spanish Spectacle illustrative of a Festal Journey to Grenada, after the expulsion of the Moors from Spain, by the knights and dames of the Court of Seville. See programme for a list of other great performances. Doors open at 1 1/2 and 7 1/2 o'clock. Admission 25 cents. No half price. The International Circus will visit Rockland May 30th, Camden May 31st, Belfast June 2d, Frankfort June 3d, ___ June 4th, Oldtown June 5th. Bangor Daily Whig and Courier (ME), May 24, 1856, n.p.n.

    Flagg & Aymar's Circus company was overtaken by a thunder storm on Friday morning week, while travelling between Nashua and Concord, N. Y., and took shelter beneath some large trees, where four of their horses were killed by the lightning, and six members of the company thrown down, but not materially injured. Adams Sentinal (Gettysburg, PA), July 7, 1856, n.p.n.

• 1856: online at Clipper, May 3,   Clipper, June 14 (scroll down)

    Flagg & Aymar's International Circus will exhibit in Albany August 13th and 14th. The company will enter the town at 10 1/2 a.m., led by a magnificent Swan Chariot, containing Harry Gaul's bugle band and pass through the principal streets in grand procession. A few of the leading performers among which are M'lle Marianna, Mrs. William Aymar, Mrs. Walter B. Aymar and Mrs. William R. Derr, female equestrians. Mr. Walter B. Aymar, bareback and Quatre Cheval Rider; Mr. Arthur Sylvester, the young lions from London; Master John Derr, juvenile horseman; Master Eugene Frenando, equestrian; Mr. Lewis Moor, equestrian and gymnast; Mr. Henry Harris, aerial flights; Mr. John Butler, strength astonishes; Mr. Samuel Jackson, tumbler; Mr. Silas Baldwin, prestidigitadore, &c. Three clowns, William Aymar, Mons. Cane and George Knapp. Each performance will commence with a cavalcade of knights and ames of the Court of Seville. Admission 25 cents, no half price. Evening Journal (Albany, NY), August 8, 1856, n.p.n.

    During the thunder shower Monday morning, Flagg & Aymar's circus company were on the road between Nashua and Concord, N.H., and four of their best horses were struck dead by lightning; six of the men were also prostrated, but sustained no permanent injury. Utica Morning Herald (Utica, NY), July 3, 1856, n.p.n.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Flamante's

• Show listed in Chindahl's History of the Circus in America, in Mexico and on the West coast, 1947-1954

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Fleckles Circus

• L. N. Fleckles' Circus listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1971-1980.

Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Circus Flora - 1986-87

1986: Organized in Camden, South Carolina by Ivor David Balding, the show advertised itself as "an authentic re-creation of an early 19th century circus." Framed as a non-profit corporation, it was a tented one-ring show. The 1986 show opened in Charleston, South Carolina in May, and after a few spot dates closed the summer season in Denver in early July. Bandwagon, January-February, 1987, p. 9.

1987: Produced by David Balding, the show only appeared in St. Louis from May 9-16. Bandwagon, January-February, 1988, p. 16.

• Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1988-1998, 2000.

Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Flores Family Circus - 1989, 1994

1989: The show played fairs in Mississippi and Louisiana in May and June. Bandwagon, January-February, 1990, p. 19.

1994: The Victor Flores Family Circus played fairs in the South and Canada in 1994. Bandwagon, March-April, 1995, p. 16.

• A Flores Circus is listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1999

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Floto Shows - 1905   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1902-05

• An article on the 1902 Otto Floto Shows is in Bandwagon, September-October, 1982, Vol. 26, No. 5, pp. 21-25.

1905: Parade of the Great Floto Show for 1905 is online in Bandwagon, Bandwagon, February 1954 (scroll down).

• An article on the Otto Floto and the Great Floto shows, 1902-05, is in Bandwagon, July-August, 1972, Vol. 16, No. 4, pp. 4-10.
• An article on the Floto Shows, 1903, is in Bandwagon, March-April, 1983, Vol. 27, No. 2, pp. 22-29.
• An article on the Great Floto Shows, 1904, is in Bandwagon, July-August, 1983, Vol. 27, No. 4, pp. 20-27.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Flynn's Great Western - 1896

    Will Levon, aerialist, has signed with Flynn's Great Western Shows, and Arthur King has signed to do flying rings and outside exhibitions. New York Clipper, April 25, 1896, p. 117.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Fogg & Carlos - 1914   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1914

    The Howard Fogg & Don Carlos Shows have been at Portland, Ore., for six weeks, working nights, re-building and repairing in the daytime, and breaking in some new acts. Messrs. Fogg and Carlos recently purchased the educated mare, "Trixie Queen," for Prof. Charini, and have secured street and stage equipment for the act, and Mrs. Margaret Fogg has learned to work her perfectly. They will present her in the future, in "Red Riding-hood," account of a horse becoming famous in the past by the name of Trixie, hence the reason for changing her name. Prof. Carlos has showed one of the acts each week here and featured the Monkey Hotel. They recently bought eight new monkeys and a cub bear that are kept in a cage lit up by electric lights in front of theatre, with ten dogs on top of cage. The show closes in Portland July __ and hits the road, playing all cities en route to 'Frisco for the fair. The company is composed of Howard Fogg, general manager; Don Carlos, producer and trainer; F. Powers, advance; Charles Emmett, stage manager; Roy Cahill, electrician; B. F. Tipton, props. New York Clipper, July 25, 1914, p. 20.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Fogg & Stickney - 1838   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1828-1842

    In Kentucky, we understand, the drought is unusually disastrous. We learn that Messrs. Fogg and Stickney, were in Flemingsburg last week, with their circus horses and that water was so scarce in that place that it cost them $12 per day for a sufficient quantity for their horses - none could be had within three miles of the place. The farmers in the neighborhood were becoming alarmed at the great scarcity of water, and expected (if the dry weather continued much longer), to be compelled to remove all their cattle from that section of the State to some place where water could be had. Republican Compiler (Gettysburg, PA), October 23, 1838, n.p.n.

• Information on the 1841-42 Fogg & Stickney Circus is in Bandwagon, September-October, 1983, Vol. 27, No. 5, pp. 28-34.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

J. G. Foley's - 1890

    List of circuses needing performers: J. G. Foley. New York Clipper, April 19, 1890, p. 91.

    Wanted for J. G. Foley's Big Ten Cent Circus, performers in all branches of circus business, except riders. People who can do two or more acts and double in concert or band. . . . Side show, candy stand and other legitimate privileges to let. . . . Show opens May 5(?), Columbus, O. Travel by rail, using three cars. Address J. G. Foley, Columbus, O., U. S. Hotel. New York Clipper, April 19, 1890, p. 95.

    Wanted, for J. G. Foley's Big Ten Cent Circus, performers in all branches of circus business, except riders. People who can do two or more acts and double in concert or band. Side show, candy stand and other legitimate privileges to let. Would like to hear from good, reliable agent; one who has had experience in ten cent circus. Also want a good band of six mouth pieces. Travel by rail. Address J. G. Foley, Columbus, O. U. S. Hotel. New York Clipper, April 26, 1890, p. 112.

    The following people have been engaged for John G. Foley's Ten Cent Circus: The Livingston Bros. . . . Farnum and Maynard; Nichols and Houston; John Misenger; Hill and Daly; Prof. Seigrist and troupe of fifty(?) performing dogs; Gus Gun; the Gannon Bros. and Prof. Anderson's Military band of fourteen pieces. New York Clipper, May 3, 1890, p. 126.

    [probably Gus Gun], equilibrist and juggler, has signed for the summer season with J. G. Foley's Railroad Show. New York Clipper, May 3, 1890, p. 126.

    Call. All people engaged for John G. Foley's Big Show report for rehearsal at Columbus, Ohio, May 8. Wanted, a few more first class people that can do two or more acts. New York Clipper, May 3, 1890, p. 128.

    The Gannon Bros., Jno. and James, joined J. G. Foley's Circus at Columbus, O., May ??, for the season. The team contemplate taking out an Irish comedy next season, to be called "M??bary's Reception at Muldon's Picnic." New York Clipper, May 17, 1890, p. 155.

    Columbus, Ohio. J. G. Foley's Ten Cent Show which opened its season in this city 12(?). This is Mr. Foley's first attempt in the circus line, and if this week, which closed 17(?), is a criterion, success may be predicted for him. Fisher & Aiken's Circus was there 16, 17. New York Clipper, May 24, 1890, p. 166.

    The roster of J. G. Foley's Ten Cent Circus is as follows: J. G. Foley, sole proprietor; Frank E. Willis, manager; Gus Gun, treasurer; Nic(?) Grapewin(?), assistant treasurer; Jo. Hepp, advance representataive with two assistants . . . Chas. Green, boss chandelier man with two assistants; Frank Rodgers, boss property man with three assistants. Prof. D.(?) A. McDonald's band of twelve men, as follows: D.(?) A. McDonald, M. A. McAdams, ?. W. Davis, P. A. Nichols . . . R. Wilson, Geo. Barnes . . . Chas. Powell . . . C. A. Crawford. The following performers are with the show: Gus Gun, Floyd Trover, Nic Grapewin, Harry King, James Gannon, Frank Leray . . . Eddie Silbon . . . Charles Crawford, Arthur Mondo, Dick Turner, Geo. Parents, W. A. Myers, Fred Donaldson, Billy Bryan, Maud Leon, . . . Lizzie Evans . . . The show opened at Columbus, O., for one week May ??, and for three nights turned people away nightly. . . . They travel by rail, and make from three days to one week stands. J. G. Foley controls all the privileges. New York Clipper, May 31, 1890, p. 183.

    Roster of the J. G. Foley R. R. Show. J. G. Foley, proprietor and manager; Frank E. Willis, assistant manager; Gus Gun, treasurer; Nik Grapewin, assistant manager . . . Gannon Bros. . . . Nic Grapewin; Frank LeRay [poss. LeRoy]; Chas. Crawford; Arthur Mondo; Harry King; George Parento; Floyd Trover; Dick Turner; Mrs. Turner; J. P. Hickey; Lilly Adams . . . May Howe . . . D.(?) A. McDonald is the leader with these musicians: W. H. Davis; S. B. Davis; F. O'Hara . . . M. A. McAdams; Bert Niles, boss canvasman with twelve assistants. New York Clipper, May 31, 1890, p. 183.

    Bertie Atwood states that she is not with the Foley bros.' Show, as stated in their roster. New York Clipper, June 14, 1890, p. 215.

    Pittsburg, Pennsylvania. Foley's Circus will inaugurate a short season on the South Side, commencing 16(?). New York Clipper, June 21, 1890, p. 230.

    Gus Gun and Frank Leroy [poss. LeRay] have entered into co-partnership under the name of Gun and Ray(?). The team are now with J. G. Foley's Railroad Shows, and next season they will do a new juggling act, entitle "Japanese Fair." New York Clipper, June 21, 1890, p. 230.

    J. G. Foley's Show is traveling through Pennsylvania and ___ with satisfactory results. Gus Gun has his hands always busy juggling the coin at the "wagon." Everybody is contented, even to "Happy Dick" Turner. Frank Leroy is making quite a hit with his newest act. ___ and King have secured a new top mounter. New York Clipper, June 28, 1890, p. 243.

    Sheriff's Sale. By virtue of a writ . . . issued ___ the Court of Common Pleas and to the Sheriff of Crawford County, Pa., directed, there will be exposed to public sale on Friday, the 11th day of July, 1890, at the corner Spring and Petroleum Streets, Titusville, Pa., at 1(?) o'clock p. m. the following described property, to wit: A ___ round top tent, two middle pieces, __ length seats, __ft. dressing tent, jacks and stringers, seat planks, 6(?) Gale light chandeliers and all attachments, 3(?) bale rings, seat carpets, tent poles, and all other prersonal property belonging to defendant, which was seized and taken in execution as the property of John G. Foley at the suit of D. A. McDonald and others, July 3(?), A. D. 1890, to be sold by S. C. McDowell. ___ Rouse, Deputy Sheriff. New York Clipper, July 12, 1890, p. 286.

    Gannon Bros., John and James, write from Cleveland, O., that they obtained an attachment against J. G. Foley's Show July ? for salaries due. New York Clipper, July 19, 1890, p. 294.

    Gus Gun, Frank Leroy, Nix Grapevine, Victoria Caste?an, Dick Turner, Eddie Silbon, Harry King and Floyd Trevor forward from Titusville, Pa., and letter, bearing their signatures, in which they complain that J. G. Foley, with whose ten cent circus they started out from Columbus, O., May 1?, left his performers and employes at that place last week, with four weeks' salaries and board bills unpaid. They also state that, under a promise from Mr. Foley that he would keep the show on the road, they were induced to sign an agreement whereby he obtained full ownership of the canvas, properties, etc. But, they add, immediately upon the conveyance of the fixtures(?), Mr. Foley informed them that he would not continue the tour, and "the people would have to shift for themselves." Several members of the company are said to be in very straitened circumstances. New York Clipper, July 19, 1890, p. 295.

    Gus Gun and Frank Gold (formerly Frank Leroy) are spending their vacation at Mr. Gun's home, Toledo, O. They will shortly introduce their novel juggling act, entitled "A Japanese Fair." New York Clipper, July 26, 1890, p. 309.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

William H. Foley's

• Show listed in Chindahl's History of the Circus in America, in California, 1850-51.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Foote's Menagerie & Circus - 1881   Foote's listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1881

    Foot's [sic Foote's] Menagerie and Circus is due in Marathon, N.Y., Sept. 15, Cincinnatus 16, Beaver Meadows 17, Cazenovia 18, Morrisville 19, Oriskana Falls, 20, West Winfield 22, Richfield Springs, 23, Cherry Valley 24, Port Plains 25. New York Clipper, August 13, 1881, p. 327.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

F. W. Ford's - 1895

    Notes from F. W. Ford's New Southern Shows. We closed a successful season of nine weeks, carried twenty-one people, twenty head of stock, a 70ft. top with a 30ft. middle, and made a record in Texas. The Lehmans, knockabout clowns; the four Burns Bros., tumblers; Edwards and Bruggman, bars; the Del ___, trapeze. Mr. Ford is getting ready for next season, which opens April 2. We are having two new wagon sleepers built. Mr. Ford says winter quarters will be changed next season to San Antonio, Texas. New York Clipper, January 26, 1895, p. 751.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Ford Bros. Circus - 1981, 1984-86

1981: Owned by John "Gopher" Davenport, in past years it was titled Jungle Wonders Circus. In 1981 Ford Bros. Circus performance was in two rings, mostly by 18 Mexicans. Ken "Turtle" Benson worked the elephants. Owner Davenport also worked worked the elephants and the lion act. Bandwagon, January-February, 1982, p. 9.

1984: The show opened in Conroe, Texas, February 29. The show toured the upper Midwest, plains states and Pacific Northwest. It closed in Texas in early November. Charles "Termite" Davenport took the smaller unit for a tour of Alaska and the Canadian northwest territories, using the Dailey Bros. title. Bandwagon, January-February, 1985, p. 7.

1985: The show opened early in the year in Texas. After playing its usual dates in the South and Midwest, it played new territory in New England in July. It then played Canada in August. In mid-December it was loaded on a boat to tour Hawaii. It was presumably the first circus to ever play Maine and Hawaii on a single tour. When the show went into Canada, some of the equipment remained behind and toured using the title Ryder Bros. Bandwagon, January-February, 1986, p. 7.

1986: After returning from Hawaii in mid-February, John Davenport's Ford Bros. exhibited in the Southwest and Plains states before moving into the Pacific Northwest in June. The show exhibited in Alaska from July to at least August 25. It was billed as the Texas Sesquicentennial Circus in some Alaska towns. Bandwagon, January-February, 1987, p. 9.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Ford & Kough Circus

• Ford & Kough Circus was out of Austin, Minnesota, Garner Kough and Doc. Ford, owners. Bandwagon, July-August, 2010, p. 8.

• Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1941.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Forde's - 1893

    Wanted, for F. J. Forde & Co.'s Circus, Museum, Menagerie, Wild West and Real Roman Hippodrome, Combined with the Great American Racing Association. People in all branches of the business, including aerial and return acts. Riders with their own stock, hippodrome people, lady riders and chariot drivers, also Wild West people and Indians and band of twelve people. Side show curiosities, railroad contractors, thirty billposters. Must join at once, as this will be a first class railroad show. Everybody must be ladies and gentlemen. Wire, F. J. Forde, Acme Hotel, Evansville, Ind., July 8, Union Depot Hotel, Vincennes, Ind., July 16(?). New York Clipper, July 8, 1893, p. 294.

    Wanted, T. J. Forde's All New Shows. Circus people in all branches, band, to be featured; concert, hippodrome, Wild West, and Indians. Must join at once. Wire Middleton, Ohio July 2?, Dayton, O. 31 . . . T. J. Forde. New York Clipper, July 29, 1893, p. 339.

Note: Probably T. J. Forde.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Forepaugh & Samwells - 1886

    Forepaugh & Samwells closed a two weeks' engagement in Richmond, Va., April 17. The Wheelers (Harry and Florence) join them in Washington, where they next pitch their tents. The organization: W. R. Forepaugh & Thomas Samwells, proprietors; E. C. Cullen, general agent; Fred Irwin, privileges; Ed. Willis, treasurer; Chas. Bailey, boss canvas; Chas. Smith, boss hostler. Performers: Forepaugh Family (eight people), Samwells and wife, Millie Sola, Harry Harrison (contortionist), Jerry Messenger, Allen and Werlen, Thos. Bell, Wm. Gilmore (clown), Zanobia and J. H. Humphries, leader, band of nine pieces. New York Clipper, April 24, 1886, p. 83.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Luella Forepaugh-Fish Wild West   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1903

• Show was attached on July 25 at Janesville, WI. Re-organized and opened at Appleton, WI on September 4, lasting only a few days. Went to pieces at Ishpeming, MI. Bandwagon, May-June, 1968, p. 24.

• An article on the 1903 Luella Forepaugh-Fish Wild West show is in Bandwagon, July-August, 2006, Vol. 50, No. 4, pp. 3-8.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Forepaugh-Sells - 1900, 1905, 1910

1900: Bert Davis has been retained by the Forepaugh-Sells Circus as press agent, and will be with them the balance of the season. F. O. Miller and James De Wolfe look after advance press work. Billboard, June 23, 1900, p. 5.

1905: See the article on the 1905 auction of this show, online in Bandwagon, April 1943 (scroll down). Also, a brief article on the 1905 auction of this show is in White Tops, February-March, 1943, Vol 16, Nos. 3-4, p. 8.

1910: Side Show Notes of Forepaugh-Sells Shows. H. L. Rawles, general manager of the Annex Band and Minstrels, states that the band and minstrels are making good this season with this show. J. L. Holmes is making a hit singing "That Mesmerizing Mendelsson Tune." Ben W. Lee is going big with "Summertime." W. T. Howard is a sure applause winner with "We All Are Here to See You On(?)." Logan Kitchen is getting plaudits with "Grizzly Bear Rag." The band is holding its own. Alex N. Parker is leader of orchestra; Thomas May, leader of band; Logan Kitchen, stage manager; H. L. Rawles, general manager. New York Clipper, July 23, 1910, p. 582.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Forest City Circus - 1872 (Newton brothers)

    [Advertisement] Forest City Circus. Will exhibit at Punxsutawney, Tuesday, June 4th, Marion, Wednesday, June 5th, Indiana, Thursday, June 6th. The arenic display comprises equestrians, gymnasts, acrobats, lady gymnasts, vaultigeurs, modern Olympiads, trick horses, liliputan ponies, and an array of artists:

    Levi J. North, equestrian, will ride his comic act of "Bachus." Mr. W. T. Aymer, clown, will appear in his character of Pete Jenkins' Visit to a Circus. M'lle Jennie Watson, equestrienne from Batty's Royal Amphitheatre, London, who has been for the last three years with the Great European Circus, in her principal act. Professor Richards, the only man fish in the world, illustration of living under water, eating, drinking and smoking a pipe under water from an immense aquarium.

    The magnificent band chariot devoted to the use of Prof. Miller's Silver Cornet Band. Two performances each day, afternoon and evening. Doors open at 1:30 and 7:00 p.m. Admission, 50 cents. Children under 10 years, 25 cents. L. L. Newton, advance agent. Indiana Democrat (Indiana, PA), May 30, 1872, n.p.n.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Forrest & Co.'s Combined Show - 1889

    Advertisement - wanted people in all branches, six piece band. Wire Vienna, Illinois. New York Clipper, September 14, 1889, p. 455.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Dr. Foster's - 1861

    [Advertisement] Great Union Circus! D. S. Foster, proprietor. This new and extensive circus will perform in Placerville, for one night only, tonight (Saturday) Aug. 3, '61. The performers are par excellence, the acts chaste and elegant. The performers stand at the head of the profession, most of them having gained professional honors in the great Atlantic cities. Miss Emma Pastor (late of Niblo's), is the bright particular star of the troupe, never having had an equal on this coast. The performances of the trained pony, "Wonder," is beyond belief, and must be seen to be appreciated. Two sterling clowns in the arena. Admission - Dress circle $1. Pit 50 cents. Doors open at 7 1/2 o'clock, performance to commence at 8 o'clock. J. Alexander, agent. Weekly Mountain Democrat (Placerville, CA), August 3, 1861, n.p.n.

• 1861: is online at Clipper, August 31,   Clipper, October 5 (scroll down)

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Col. Foster's New York Circus & Museum - 1885

1885:

    Col. B. A. Foster has purchased the Jas. T. Johnson & Co. Show at Downs, Kas., June 17, and the concern will be known in the future as Col. Foster's New York Circus and Museum. T. B. Sadler still manages both advance brigades, and there has bee no material alteration in the company except the addition of a few attractions to the circus department. New York Clipper, July 4, 1885, p. 248.

    Jas. J. Murray, singing clown and black-face comedian, left Jas. T. Johnson & Co.'s Circus at New Elder, Kas., June 22, and joined Col. Foster's New York Circus at Alma, Neb., July 4. New York Clipper, July 18, 1885, p. 280.

    Col. Foster's New York Circus and Mammoth Museum, at Harrison, Sept. 17th. Signor Harris, high wire performer of Foster's Circus, will give a free exhibition on a high wire stretched from the ground to the top of the center pole, daily at one and seven p.m. Murphy, the Irish clown of Foster's circus and his performing baby elephant, Bolivar. Harrison Times (Harrison, AR), September 12, 1885, n.p.n.

    Col. Foster's New York Circus, we hear, is meeting with poor business in southern Kansas. New York Clipper, September 19, 1885, p. 424.

• Information on Col. Foster's New York Circus is in Bandwagon, November-December, 1989, Vol. 33, No. 6, pp. 82-83.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Foster & Cordray's Consolidated Shows - 1888   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1888

    Advertisement - wanted performers in all branches, brother team, double on bar, contortionist, and a troupe of dogs. New York Clipper, April 28, 1888, p. 113.

    Wanted, circus features, leapers, brother acts, trained animals, dog circus, sideshow attractions, Punch and Judy, magic, ventriloquist, performing birds, sideshow paintings, musicians, for a season's engagement. Travel by rail. Address Foster & Cordray, Denver, Col. New York Clipper, May 19, 1888, p. 163.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Foster & LaRosa's Consolidated Shows - 1888   Foster & LaRosa Circus & Carnival of Novelties

    Wanted for Foster & La Rosa's Consolidated Show. People in all branches of circus business except riders, leapers, tumblers, contortionists, singing and knockabout clown, jugglers, gymnasts, concert people, band that have their own uniforms, agent, boss canvasman and chandelier man. We travel by rail and put up at hotels. Address Frank Foster & George W. La Rosa, Theatre Comique, Aspen, Col. New York Clipper, March 3, 1888, p. 825.

    Foster & La Rosa Circus and Carnival of Novelties opened its season April 30 in Denver, Col. The troupe will travel by rail through Colorado, Utah, Montana and the Northwest. Joseph Madden, G. W. La Rosa . . . William Gibbs, Cushing and Adams, Jack Sheenan, Mons. Lavarde, George Hastings, Billy Davenport, Foster and Fowler, George La Rosa, Robinson and Eldridge, Mrs. J. Madden, Walker and West, Prof. E. A. Church and band, Jack Callahan, John Gee(?) and J. J. Holland, advance agent with five assistants. New York Clipper, May 12, 1888, p. 134.

    Opened at Denver, Colorado on April 30. At Leadville, Colorado, June 15, 16, has gymnasts, acrobats and concert people, poor business. New York Clipper, June 23, 1888, p. 233; June 30, 1888, p. 247.

    Foster & La Rosa's Consolidated circus will exhibit in Colorado Spring next Friday and Saturday. The Denver Republican said the it has no menagerie but claims to give a first-class ring performance. Colorado Springs Gazette (Colorado Springs, CO), May 27, 1888, n.p.n.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Foster & Wilkins' Great London - 1900 (M. L. Foster, F. C. Wilkins, owners)

    Mr. Trout has left the Trout and Foster Great London Shows, having retired from the business. The firm will hereafter be known as Foster & Wilkins' Great London Shows. It will open the season at Montour Falls, N. Y., May 18 and 19. Billboard, May 1, 1900, p. 31.

    Roster: M. L. Foster and F. C. Wilkins, sole owners and managers; Charles Thomas, general director; Prof. Al. De Barry, band master; Prof. Claude May and his dog circus; Eddie and Josie Simpson, breakaway ladder; Frank La Vell, contortionist; Fred and Geo. La Plants, acrobats; Ella Reynolds, female clown; D. Taylor, juggler; Mable Loretta, trapeze; Dan C. and Ida Mauning, Dan Pomeroy, Wm. and Hazel Adell. New York Clipper, May 19, 1900.

    Newark, N. Y., June 6. A large audience was present in the opera house last night to witness the performance to be given by Foster Wilkins' "Great London Show Company." The curtain had been up a few minutes when the actors and actresses were greatly excited. They stopped in the middle of their lines and rushed off the stage. In a few minutes one of the actors announced that it had just been learned the Manager Foster, who had sold the tickets for the evening, had skipped out with the receipts. . . . Geneva Daily Times (Geneva, NY), June 6, 1900, p. 1.

    Foster & Wilkins' Great London show was billed to appear in Fairport, yesterday, but failed to get here, as the aggregation went to pieces at Newark, the manager skipping out with all the available funds. Monroe County Mail (Fairport, NY), June 7, 1900, p. 6.

• Show is listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1900.

• Show listed in Chindahl's History of the Circus in America, circa 1900.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Foster Bros.

• Foster Bros. was an overland show out in 1927. Bandwagon, May-June, 1988, p. 7.

• Show listed in Chindahl's History of the Circus in America, A. E. Root and Arthur Eldridge, proprietors, 1927.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Bobby Fountain Shows - 1909-11   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1906-11

• This was a two car circus that traveled Western United States. After the disposal of his show, Fountain joined the Al G. Barnes Circus. He died while on the Barnes show in 1920. Bandwagon, November-December, 1982, Vol. 26, No. 6, p. 44.

1909: On Dec. 8, 1909, at Eldorado, Ark., the band played Home, Sweet Home for the Bobby Fountain Shows, marking the close of tbe most profitable season the organization has ever experienced. The season lasted over a period of thirty-three weeks, starting at Pueblo, Colo., during which time 9,879 miles were traveled. The train was shipped to Clinton, Mo., where commodious quarters have been secured to house the growing institution. Next season's tour will open at Kansas City, Mo., early in May. Billboard, January 1, 1910, p. 19.

1910: Bobby Fountain Railroad Show. Bobby Fountain, prop. & mgr.; Ed A. Mitchell, treas.; Omer J. Kenyon, gen. agt. and railroad contractor; Peter Snelling, local contractor; Harry Walters, special agent; John Banks, advance press agent; Ed A. Mitchell, agent with show; Joe Edwards, manager sideshow; Harry Clark, equestrian director; J. Will Piper, supt. privileges; A. D. McCampbell, musical director; Doc Renzo, supt. reserved seat tickets; Andres L. Haley, supt. canvas; Slim Reynolds, boss hostler; Ben F. Webster, supt. commissary dept.; Henry ___, supt. lights; John Carrollton, supt. privileges; Thos. Loomis, supt. animals; show opens at Clinton, Mo., April 15. Billboard, March 19, 1910, p. 92.

1911: Roster of Bobby Fountain Shows: Bobby Fountain, manager; Ben S. Benson, general agent; Dick White, contracting agetn; M. A. Bentley, assistant manager; Jack Bentley, treasurer; Charles Cross, in charge of dressing room; Frank Lank, boss canvasman big top; Slim Oatman, side show; William Reily, boss hostler; William Miller, band leader of fourteen pieces. Billboard, July 15, 1911, p. 26.

• Article on Bobby Fountain's shows, 1907, 1909-1911, is online in Bandwagon, Jan-Feb 1962 (scroll down or use find).

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Fowler Bros. Circus - 1935

Fowler Bros. had a short season in 1935, closing in May. Bandwagon, November-December, 1995, p. 26.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Fowler & Clark's - 1913, 1915   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1913-16

1913: Fowler and Clark's Famous Dog & Pony Show - Fred D. Fowler and Carl H. Clark, proprietors and managers; Carl H. Clark, treasurer; Fred D. Fowler, secretary; Frederick Docre, auditor; E. E. Fowler, general agent; W. B. Webster, local contractor; Walter Floyd, contracting press agent; Geo. H. Emory, sideshow manager; D. King, equestrian director; Water [sic?] Firth, general superintendent; Chas. (Jake) Embree, superintendent privileges; Roy E. Cook, musical director; Arthur Thron, superintendent reserved seat tickets; Clarence Mitchell, superintendent canvas; Wm. Hamilton, boss hostler; C. B. Everett, superintendent commissary dept.; J. E. Benefiel [Benefel?], superintendent lights; Chas. Cross, manager advertising wagon No. 1; Newton Corbett, manager advertising wagon No. 2; C. A. Hibbard, announcer. Show opens at Belleville, Ill., April 14. Billboard, March 22, 1913.

1915:

    Colony, Feb. 9. Readers will be interested in the success of a former Colony boy, Carl H. Clark. Three years ago this spring, he started from Colony with a small dog and pony show. The outfit consisted of two large horses, twenty ponies, eight of which were trained, nine dogs, four wagons, a cart and about a dozen people. The performance was given in a fifty-foot wild west canopy, covering a space of ground 50 by 50 feet. Business at the opening here was light, owing to bad weather, and continued anything but promising until the middle of August. No real "pay dirt" was struck until the show reached Illinois. Soon after invading Illinois, Carl sold a half interest in the show the Fred D. Fowler and the title was changed to "Fowler and Clark's Famous Dog and Pony Shows." Each year the added to the small beginning until now they boast of forty people, sixty head of fine baggage horses and ponies and twenty-five dogs. Twenty-three trained ring ponies are in arena displays, a street parade six city blocks in length with forty people and fifty-two equines. Tents to the number of nine, covering an area of 150 by 250 feet, with fifteen show wagons, illuminated by electric light plants. Last year $20,000 was left in their ticket wagons. Iola Daily Register (Iola, KS), February 9, 1915, p. 5.

    The opening date of Fowler & Clark's Famous Dog and Pony Shows has been set for May 1 at Liberty, Mo. The show this year is considerably larger than in previous seasons, carrying sixty head of horses and ponies, twenty five trained dogs and about forty people. An electric light plant, several new parade wagons and eighteen head of stock have been added. J. E. Woodard, the veteran harness maker, has been busy all winter, making new harness and trappings at the winter quarters in Randolph, Mo. The following people have signed contracts: E. E. Fowler, general agent; Chas. Cross, manager advertising department; Thos. Murphy, superintendent stock; "Pop" Zintz,. superintendent canvas; Earl Freer, chief cook; Chas. Embree, superintendent privileges; Carl Kimberlin, chief electrician; J. Kincade, producing clown; Chappell and Prother, concert artists. Billboard, February 27, 1915, p. 56.

1916:

    Messrs. Barrett & Zimmerman recently purchased the Fowler & Clark Dog & Pony Show. . . . Billboard, October 7, 1916, p. 27.

    Fowler & Clark Show Again Changes Hands. St. Paul, Minn. Nov. 11. — Emmett Mark, known as E. Z. Mark, but by no means an "easy mark," has tossed his hat into the circus ring. The dog and pony circus which Moses Zimmerman of the Midway Arm of Barrett & Zimmerman bought from Messrs. Fowler and Clark the past season has been purcbaaed by Mr. Mark, who will place it on the road next season under tbe title of E. Z. Mark Show. Tbe outfit will be greatly enlarged, and already Mr. Mark has contracted for a number of dapple gray horses, elephants and wagons. Bill McCarty, who conducts the round-up at Miles City, Mont., will be a partner with Mr. Mark in the circus, and will look after the Wild West features of tbe show. The outfit will soon be removed to Willow River, Minn., where Mr. Mark is erecting stables and training quarters. Mr. Mark, for a number of years, was sheriff of Mille Lacs County, Minn. He is a well-known stockman and horse dealer, having headquarters in Miles City, Mont., and Princeton and Willow River, Minn. He served three terms as a member of the Minnesota Legislature. He will have his business office in St. Paul. The show will tour the Northwest, probably opening in St. Paul. Billboard, November 18, 1916, p. 22.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Fletch Fowler Shows - 1916

    Fletch Fowler, proprietor & manager; Al Leverne, asst. manager; Mrs. F. Fowler, treasurer & secretary; E. J. Brown, general agent & press agent; Chas. Fowler, general supt.; Fletch Fowler, supt. privileges; Prof. L. J. Moss, musical director; Jake Artz, supt. lights; Al Leverne, announcer; six motor trucks (overland). Show opens at Muskegon, Michigan, May 1. Billboard, March 18, 1916, p. 114.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Rolla Fox's

• Show listed in Chindahl's History of the Circus in America, 1903-06

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Fralando's Great British Pavilion Show - 1886-87   (Ed. Fralando, proprietor)

1886: Opens at Postville, Iowa on May 10 with 40 people on the show and an eight piece band. New York Clipper, May 15, 1886, p. 136. Doing good in the West, Johnson Sisters recently joined. New York Clipper, July 10, 1886, p. 266.

1887: Big hit at Fargo, Dakota, six people in company. New York Clipper, April 23, 1887, p. 87.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Fralando's Pantomime Co. & Parlor Circus - 1889   Fralando's Great Fair Ground Show

    In Iowa. Prof. Estes, snake king, is a feature of the show. Opens October 20 with D'Estra in den of snakes and three clowns. New York Clipper, September 28, 1889, p. 478; October 12, 1889, p. 513.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Franco Mexican Circus - 1885

    A correspondent at Guatemala, S. C., writes as follows, under date of Nov. 28: The Franco Mexican Circus has just concluded an engagement here and left today for San Salvador. Edward Cordona is their principal card. New York Clipper, December 26, 1885, p. 644.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Franconi's Hippodrome - 1853-55   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1853-54

• 1853, Franconi's Colossal Hippodrome visited Hartford, Connecticut on May 30 & 31, 1853. It featured festivals and games of ancient Greece, chariot races, etc., advertising fifty male and female charioteers. The show had racing camels, ostrichs, chariot and hurdle races, a trained elephant, and liberty horses, and Gaul's Elean band. The advertisement claimed their tent could seat 4,000, admission 25 cents, box seats 50 cents. The program: 1 - stag hunt chased by lady mounted hunters; 2 - the Condemed Gladioator; 3 - Ostrich of the desert hunted by Arabs; 4 - camels mounted by Bedonins; 5 - chariot race driving two horses standing; 6 - perch equipoise by Lesters Seigrist on a 30 foot pole; 7 - female horse race; 8 - liberty horses; 9 - lady charioteers driving 4 hourses abreast; 10 - race on the hippodrome track by Arabs standing on 2 horses; 11 - Hassen, the trained elephant, with Hindoo keeper; 12 - racing ostrichs harnessed in teams, Mons. Chernie with trained Arabian horses dancing and marching; 13 - steeple chase, ladies and gents; 14 - monkeys on racing ponies. Closing with Spec Scipio's Triumphant Return to Rome after Conquest of Carthage. Band chariot with 10 horses, equestrian corps of men and women in costume, elephants, camels, ponies, stags, ostrichs in a grand march on the hippodrome track. White Tops, November-December, 1945, Vol. 18, Nos. 11-12, p. 14.

• An article on the 1853 New York Hippodrome is in Bandwagon, September-October, 1975, pp. 13-17.

1854:

    The Hippodrome. The great concern of Franconi is announced to visit Madison on the 4th of July, with the whole of the troupe that created so much enthusiasm last summer in New York. Notwithstanding the efforts of some interested parties to prejudice the public mind against this corps of artists, we are well advised it is all it is claimed to be, and well worthy public patronage. The Hippodrome is by no means a mere circus affair, but is gotten up on a scale of expense and such a degree of elaborateness as to throw completely in the shade the ordinary travelling shows. The performances are chaste and attractive and free from all vulgarity. Wisconsin State Journal (Madison, WI), July 3, 1854, n.p.n.

    [Advertisement] Franconi's Hippodrome, second season in America. Restoration of the festivals, games and amusement of the ancient Greeks and Romans. With all its animated splendors, its daring chariot races, gorgeous tournaments, exhilarating field and desert sports, and other exciting and novel exercises of the Olympean Arena and Middle ages, compreheading the stadium, the course, the arena, the chase, the tilting ground, and the camp.
    Under one immense canopy, covering upwards of two acres of ground, with ample accommodations for seating 9,000 spectators, is now on its way to the West, and will exhibit in the city of Madison on Tuesday, July 4th, 1854, afternoon and evening.
    Two hundred horses and ponies, fifty carriages and cars, racing ostriches, hunting camels, trained elephants, and reindeer broke for the chase, will be introduced in the course of the entertainment. Sixty male and female charioteers, steeple chasers, fox and stag hunters, hurdle jumpers, with a full troupe of riders and gymanstic artistes - the elite of both hemispheres, will appear in successive and animated scenes.
    Admission - Box 50 cents. Pit 25 cents. Doors open at 1 and 6. To commence at 2 and 7 o'clock, p.m. Will exhibit in Mineral Point, July 1st, at Blue Mounds, July 3d. Wisconsin State Journal (Madison, WI), July 3, 1854, n.p.n.

1855:

    New York, July 24. There was much excitement in Brooklyn yesterday, in consequence of the determination expressed by Franconi's circus company to perform in that city without having first got out a license. The Mayor had forbidden them by proclamation, but at the eleventh hour it was found that the clause in the license law had been annulled in consequence of not being published. The Board of Health was then called to the rescue, which declared the circus company a nuisance and dangerous to the health of the community, and the booths erected by the company were ordered to be destroyed.
    The mayor attempted to execute the order but the police refused to assist, having been warned that they would be held individually responsible. The affair was finally compromised by the company being allowed to erect near the Hall instead of the spot they had first chosen. All the police who refused to obey the Mayor's orders have been suspended. Daily Wisconsin Patriot (Madison, WI), July 26, 1855, n.p.n.

• See New York Clipper, April 26, 1890, p. 100. Also Bannerline, December 15, 1955, p. 4; June 15, 1965, pp. 1, 9.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Franklin Bros.' - 1921   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1920-21

    Franklin Bros.' Circus . . . Among the acts in the show are the Hanson Family, Roman rings, hand balancing, iron jaw, featuring Little Theo., also furnishing magic, sword cabinet and Hawaiian steel guitar in concert; LaRose and Getz, revolving ladder and double trapeze; Leo LaRose, producing clown; Adeline Getz, swinging ladder; Ed Walton, swinging slack wire, and the "Juggling Jew." S. B. Russell has the canvas with five assistants; Bill Nickerson the props; Neil Blaylock, lights; Hank LaRose, mechanic on trucks; E. O. LaRose, culinary department, with "Snowball" as assistant. . . . Billboard, November 26, 1921, p. 69.

    Franklin Bros.' Shows, motorized show, consisting of ten motor cars and trucks, opened eight weeks ago at Chester, Neb. It has not missed a stand and has traversed some of the worst roads in Oklahoma, entering Texas on November 28. The company now has thirty-two people and a ten piece band. The show is under the management of Harry Hugo and Frank Gretencord. Charles Parker closed at Loveland, Ok., Nobember 21. S. F. Hewitt is now directing the advance. The Hanson Family closed at Devol, Ok., November 26. Eddie Walton, slack wire artist and juggler, has gone to his home on account of illness. Their places have been filled by Schepp's Society Circus, consisting of dogs, ponies and monkeys. Otto Hodgini joined following the closing of the Sells-Floto Circus. He is clowning all the acts. - Bert Chipman (sideshow manager). Billboard, December 17, 1921, p. 66.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Franzen Bros. - 1979, 1984-87, 1997   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1974-1998

1979: Owned by Wayne and Kathy Franzen, the show wintered in Webster, Florida and opened the season at Lacoochee, Florida, April 19. Bandwagon, January-February, 1980, p. 14.

1984: The one-ring Franzen Bros. circus opened in March in Florida. Their performance featured Wayne Franzen's cat, elephant and Appaloosa horse acts. Bandwagon, January-February, 1985, p. 8.

1985: The one-ring show opened its 12th season in Florida in mid-March, toured the Atlantic coast and midwest, closing in Florida in early December. Owner Wayne Franzen put on much of the performance. Bandwagon, January-February, 1986, p. 8.

1986: The show opened in Eustis, Florida in mid-February and re-opened for the regular season in early March. They played mostly in the Midwest and Mid-Atlantic regions, all East of the Mississippi. The show closed in Groveland, Florida on December 6. Owner Franzen again worked cat, camel and llama and elephant acts. Bandwagon, January-February, 1987, pp. 8-9.

1987: The fourteenth tour, this one-ring show opened in Texas in early February and moved into the Midwest in late April, remaining there through October. Art Cooksey was manager. Bandwagon, January-February, 1988, p. 10.

1997: Owner Wayne Franzen died on May 7, 1997 in Carrolltown, Pennsylvania. While the show did tour in 1997, at the end of the season son Brian Franzen closed the show because he could not meet expenses. Bandwagon, March-April, 1998, p. 10.

• Wayne Franzen, an industrial arts teacher in Wisconsin, framed the Franzen Bros. show in 1974. Information on the 1982 show is in Bandwagon, January-February, 1982, Vol. 26, No. 1, pp. 7-8.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Frazier Bros. Circus - 1988

The 1988 show had a September 14-23 run in Texas. E. J. McDaniel set the dates and John Frazier Sr. supplied the show and equipment. Bandwagon, January-February, 1989, p. 10.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Freed & Perrine's New United Show - 1906   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1906-07

    Notes from the Freed & Perrine Show. - A. W. Freed [H. W. Freed] and Dave W. Perrine have joined hands, and are putting out a ten wagon show, to be known as Freed & Perrine's New United Show, and they will make a strong bid for business in the wagon show field. The acting mule, Maud, will be a feature. Mr. Freed's beautiful spotted Shetlands are working in conjunction with Perrine's high school horse and pony act. Our trained animal display will be second to none. New harness, trappings and wardrobe have been added. The show opens at Winter quarters, Eaton Rapids, Mich., early in May. New York Clipper, March 17, 1906, p. 114.

    The Freed & Perrine Show opened at Eaton Rapids, Mich., on May 12. They carry twenty head of stock, for which they use a 30x50 tent, and the main tent is a sixty foot round top with a 30 foot middle piece. The show travels in ten wagons and will make the principal towns in Michigan. The Great LaDeal, aerial artist; Lee Parmale, contortionist; Freed, the juggler; Perrine and his dogs; W. G. Mack, clown; Mrs. D. W. Perrine, ticket seller, and Miss Sellick, front door tender. The ten piece band is under the direction of G. E. Brown. Billboard, May 26, 1906, p. 26.

• See H. W. Freed show.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Freed & Hanaford - 1919

    The Freed & Hanaford Shows United, since opening the season at Batesville, Ark., March 4, has been doing good business despite bad weather. There are about thirty-two people in the troupe. On the staff are Hanaford and Freed, owners; George S. (Yorkie) Freed, manager; W. H. Hanaford, secretary-treasurer; Shelly Garrett, bandmaster; Mack Hardy, advance agent; Martin Cross, in charge of elephants; Bard Jones, chandelier man; Jim Jones, in charge of seats, Charles Boone, boss canvasman. Billboard, April 19, 1919, p. 34.

More on the 1919 Freed & Hanaford show, see Billboard, 1919 - scroll down or use find.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

H. W. Freed's - 1909, 1912-14, 1916-17   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1909-1912

1909: H. W. Freed's New Show: H. W. Freed, manager; Mrs. Anna Freed, treasurer; Elmer White, advance agent; Pete Meller, supt. of canvas; Joe Owen, boss hostler. Billboard, March 20, 1909, p. 80.

1912:

    H. W. Freed's Dog and Pony Show - H. W. Freed, prop and mgr.; Mrs. H. W. Freed, treas.; Chas. Alderfer, equestrian director; Sam Olsen, musical director; Mrs. Chas. Alderfer, supt. reserved seat tickets; John Reagan, supt. canvas; Joe Owen, boss hostler; Homer J. Whitmarsh, supt. lights; Frank Carter, supt. ring stock. Show opens at Niles, Mich., April 27. Billboard, March 23, 1912.

    The H. W. Freed Dog and Pony Show will open May 4, instead of April 27, as previously announced. Billboard, April 6, 1912, p. 27.

1913: H. W. Freed Dog & Pony Show - H. W. Freed, proprietor and manager; Mrs. H. W. Freed, treasurer and secretary; P. D. Miller, general agent and contracting press agent; Chas. Alderfer, press agent back with the show, equestrian director and general superintendent; Mrs. H. W. Freed, superintendent privileges; Sam Freet, musical director; Mrs. Emma Alderfer, superintendent reserved seat tickets; John Reagan, superintendent canvas; John Wilkinson, boss hostler; H. W. Freed, superintendent commissary department; H. J. Whitmarsh, superintendent lights; Nick Carter, superintendent props; Will Sherwood, superintendent ring stock. Billboard, March 22, 1913.

1914: H. W. Freed Show. H. W. Freed, proprietor & manager; Mrs. H. W. Freed, treasurer & secretary; Peter Miller, genera agent; Clarence Walters, equestrian director; Mrs. H. W. Freed, supt. privileges; Wm. Sherwood, boss hostler; H. J. Whitmarsh, supt. lights; Harry Belford, supt. animals. Show opens at Niles, Michigan, April 25. Billboard, March 28, 1914, p. 48.

1916: H. W. Freed Show. H. W. Freed, proprietor & manager; Mrs. H. W. Freed, secretary & treasurer; P. D. Miller, general agent; Frank Haskell, equestrian director & general supt.; Roy Woodworth, supt. privileges; Prof. Earl Stowe, musical director; George Spurgeon, boss hostler; Mrs. H. W. Freed, supt. commissary dept.; B. F. Tannehill, supt. lights; Pete McRill, supt. properties; Chas. Knight, supt. ring stock & animas; Roy Woodworth, boss carpenter; Al Nolan, blacksmith; twelve wagons. Show opens at Niles, Michigan, April 29. Billboard, March 18, 1916, p. 114.

1917: H. W. Freed Show - H. W. Freed, prop. and mgr.; Mrs. H. W. Freed, treas.; John Bramble, gen. agt.; Rube Perkins, equestrian dir.; Carlton Maloon, gen. supt.; Chas. Knight, boss hostler; Frank Leon, supt. lights; Joe Dokes, supt. props.; Chas. Silva, supt. ring stock. Show opens at Niles, Mich. Billboard, March 24, 1917, pp. 141, 143.

• 1918: Winter quarters. H. W. Freed's Trained Animal Show, H. W. Freed, proprietor, 605 Grant st., Niles, Mich. Billboard, January 12, 1918, p. 55.

• 1918: The H. W. Freed Show will not go out this season. Billboard, March 2, 1918, p. 33.

• See Freed & Perrine.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

J. M. French's Circus - 1867-68, 1870, 1879   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1867-70

1867:

    [Advertisement] J. M. French's Oriental Circus Egyptian Caravan and Indian Exhibition will perform in the city of Milwaukee on the Second Ward Park lot on Thursday & Friday, June 20 and 21. Two performances daily. Admission 50 cents. Children 25 cents. Daily Milwaukee News (WI), June 19, 1867, p. 5.

• 1867: online at:
Clipper, March 16,   Clipper, April, no date,   Clipper, May 18 (scroll down)
Clipper, June 1,   Clipper, June 8,   Clipper, June 15 (scroll down)
Clipper, June 22,   Clipper, October 26 (scroll down)

• 1868: online at:
Clipper, March 28,   Clipper, May 2,   Clipper, May 23 (scroll down)
Clipper, May 30,   Clipper, June 27,   Clipper, July 18 (scroll down)
Clipper, October 31 (scroll down)

• 1868: French's Great Oriental Circus and Egyptian Caravan Combination was in Kansas in July, 1868. They had on exhibition a troupe of Indians, equestriennes, equestrians, gymnasts, arerialist, leapers, acrobats and others. More information on the show is in Bandwagon, May-June, 1987, Vol. 31, No. 3, pp. 15-16.

1870:

    A Revolution in the Circus Business. - Of late years the hotel and stable bills of the showmen have run up to such enormous figures as to devour nearly all their receipts. In order to overcome this enfeebling drain, Mr. J. M. French, of New Orleans, who had to take a circus in self defense, and run it in order to get back money which he had loaned to the proprietors last season, hit upon the expedient of camping his men and horses on the ground on which they performed. This worked so well that Mr. French has gone into the business systematically, and will this season run his show independently of landlords and stable-keepers altogether.
    Mr. French has had a kitchen built eight feet wide, ten feet high and eighteen feet long, with all the modern improvements, which is mounted on wheels and in which cooking can be done for 100 men with economy and celerity. This kitchen will be a big show in itself, and the performances of the cook and his assistants will be apt to divide the interest of the country housewives with the performance under the canvas.
    Mr. French has also devised a portable canvas stable for his horses, thirty-five feet wide, eighty-five feet long, and fifteen feet high. Portable stalls, troughs and other stable gear have also been provided in abundance, and provender has been engaged at convenient points so that the horses of the concern may have all possible equine comforts. Defiance (OH) Democrat, April 16, 1870.

    Sale of French's Oriental Circus at Trenton, N. J. From the New York World, 4th. Yesterday morning an event of rare occurence attracted an immense crowd to the circus grounds at Trenton, New Jersey. The event was the sale of French's Oriental Circus and Caravan, which was disposed of by the proprietor on account of the pressing business engagements in New Orleans. The sale was conducted by Alfred M. Horkness. Elephants, camels, performing donkeys, Shetland ponies, and other "living curiosities" were successively put up under the hammer, and were sold at good prices. The large elephant "Empress" was sold to John O'Brien, of Philadelphia, for $5,000. A baby elephant was put up, but the bids rose no higher than $3,400, and the proprietor reserved the animal, demanding $5,000 for her. The train of double humped camels, thirteen in number, were sold for $5,200 to Jacob Reed, of Philadelphia. The same purchaser bought a baby camel for $160. James H. McGuire, of Trenton, bought a performing pony for $55 that had been held at $400 by Mr. French, and two Shetland ponies were sold to two Trenton men, $125 and $75. The "star" horse of the establishment brought $925. John O'Brien, of Philadelphia, being the purchaser. Other performing horses were sold at prices ranging from 4200 to $375. Janesville Gazette (WI), November 11, 1870, p. 1.

1877: For sale or rent. __ cages of assorted animals, with the performing den of four lions. Also two elephants and two camels. Cages nearly new. J. M. French, Detroit, Mich. [Advertisment] New York Clipper, January 27, 1877, p. 347.

1879:

    Detroit, May 22. The menagerie establishment owned by J. M. French, five miles north of this city, was destroyed by fire this morning. The elephant, "Sultana," five lions, a zebra, leopard, stag and many other valuable animals were cremated. Loss heavy; insurance small.
    Detroit, May 22. When the fire was first discovered, Mr. French and his men were at work in an adjoining field, and before any efforts could be made to stay the progress of the flames, the whole establishment, consisting of the animal barn, two dwellings, and a blacksmith shop, was a mass of flames. While endeavoring to rescue the trick elephant Sultana, Mr. French was knocked senseless by the frightened animal, and barely escapted with his life. The loss on animals, circus paraphernalia and buildings is about $15,000; insurned for about $12,000. Lawrence Republican Daily Journal (KS), May 23, 1879, p. 1.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

French's - 1890-93

1890:

    Frank B. Hubin closed with French’s Railroad Show at New Orleans, La., Jan. 3. New York Clipper, January 11, 1890, p. 732.

    Complete Railroad Circus for sale. The following property will be sold at New Orleans, La., Jan. 11, 1890, unless previously sold at private sale. Show complete in every particular; much of it new. Now en route and nearing the end of a highly successful season. Three Pullman sleeping cars, three stock and five flat cars, one advertising car, big show, menagerie, dressing rooms, cook and horse tents, seats, light, properties, wardrobe, etc. etc.; baggage wagons, cross cages, pen dens, two band wagons, ticket wagon, etc. etc.; performing lions, elephants, camels, small animals, etc.; fifty(?) head of very fine draft horses, ring, stock and ponies. L. H. French. Fort Gibson, Miss., Dec. 23, Natchez, 24, Gloster, 25 . . . Woodville, Miss. 28 . . . Baton Rouge, 31 . . . New Orleans, 3. New York Clipper, January 4, 1890, p. 718.

    Frank B. Hubin closed with French's Railroad Show at New Orleans, La., Jan. 3. New York Clipper, January 11, 1890, p. 732.

    French's Circus closed its tour Jan. 1 at Baton Rouge, La., and shipped to winter quarters at New Orleans. New York Clipper, January 11, 1890, p. 732.

    W. H. Benson, an employee of French's circus, and whose home was at Norway, this state, died the other day at Bayou Sara, La. He was shot by a colored man named Henry Ward. Jackson Sentinel (Maquoketa, IA), January 16, 1890.

    L. H. French's Circus, Hippodrome and Menagerie, now wintering in New Orleans, having just closed its most successful season, will reopen in New Orleans, March 1?, 1890, entirely new in every particular. Wanted, performers of all kinds, musicians for three bands, riders, male and female, with or without stock. Boss canvasman and assistants, boss hostler, master of transportation, four and six horse drivers, chandelier men, animal men, etc. Address L. H. French, care Lafayette Hotel, New Orleans, La. Also want 30 first class bill posters. Address H. W. Link, general agent, care Empire Printing Co., 75 Third Avenue, Chicago. Ill. New York Clipper, January 18, 1890, p. 751.

    Frank B. Hubin has been engaged for French’s Railroad Circus for the season of 1890. New York Clipper, January 25, 1890, p. 759.

    Sam and Charlie Morris, after a long and successful season with French's Show, are enjoying a rest at their home, Youngstown, O. New York Clipper, February 1, 1890, p. 781.

    New Orleans, Louisiana. French's Circus opened 23(?), with a benefit performance for the New Orleans Lodge of Elks, which was a great success. Sig. Faranta, a prominent Elk, appeared as a lion tamer, and other brothers of the order were to be seen in the parade. Ed. Curtis appeared as master of ceremonies. It is safe to add that this generous donation of L. H. French will prove a financial benefit to him. New York Clipper, March 29, 1890, p. 39.

    On the Road. Circus: French's New Sensation, Cairo, Ill. April __. New York Clipper, April 5, 1890, p. 49.

    Wanted for French & Co.'s R. R. Shows. . . . female riders, lady gymnasts good sideshow and concert people. . . . Burr Robbins, care of Empire Show Printing Co., Chicago, Ill. New York Clipper, May 24, 1890, p. 175.

    French & Co.'s advance consists of the following: H. W. Link, general agent; C. C. Cilson, general contracting agent; H. B.(?) Hopgood, press agent. On car No. 1 are Geo. Steele, manager; J. M. Buckner, in charge of paper; H. W. Moore, lithographer and programmer; Andy Hamilton, Harry Fisher, Monte Davidson, A. Franks . . . Frank Le Vere . . . On No. 2. (box brigade) are . . . W. L. Bird, J. B. Cook . . . New York Clipper, June 14, 1890, p. 215.

    Wanted, first class billposters for French & Co.'s Circus and Menageire. . . H. W. Link, general agent, Chicago, Ill. New York Clipper, June 21, 1890, p. 236.

    . . . French & Co.'s Circus is also likely to fall into the hands of a well known and experienced showman of means. . . . New York Clipper, August 2, 1890, p. 323.

    Birmingham, Alabama. At Warrior, French & Co.'s Circus drew well 4(?). A drunken ___ wanted to do up the doorkeepr, and a general fight occurred, in which John Atkinson, a detective, was shot dead. The circus men are all free from blame. New York Clipper, November 15, 1890, 565.

    French's Show will close season Nov. 30, at Eastman, Ga. They report a very successful season. Cincinnati is the proposed winter quarters. New York Clipper, November 22, 1890, 581.

    John Beers (contortionist) goes with French's New Sensation. New York Clipper, December 27, 1890, p. 661.

1891:

    The Cousins Brothers, bareback riders, with the L. H. French Circus last season, are in Chicago. New York Dramatic News, January 13, 1891, p. 10.

    Twenty old time show people visited French's New Sensation at Gretna, La., recently. Among them were W. H. Harris and family, of the Nickel Plate Circus; Capt. Orton and family; Pete Conklin, the clown; Agent Bowers; Frank Sparks, equestrian director; and Wm. Queen, lecturer. Stone's Circus is wintering at Gretna. De Arley & O'Brien's Circus has gone on the Tache. Smith and Fuller are with French's New Sensation. The albino mind reader joined at Gretna. New York Clipper, January 17, 1891, p. 709.

    French & Co.'s Circus was almost completely destroyed by fire at Chicago, Jan. 12(?). A few cats and ___ animals that had luckily been wintered at Lincoln(?) Park are all that is left of the show. The wagons, cages, tents, seats, poles, wardrobe, harness, and, in fact, every bit of paraphernalia in the old winter quarters went up in smoke. The loss is placed at upwards of $___, which is partly covered by an insurance of $21,000. The circus will be immediately reorganized and rebuilt, rising from the ashes larger and grander than ever. Everything will be brand new, from the stakes to the centre poles, and no expense will be spared to make it one of the great shows of the class traveling . . . New York Clipper, January 24, 1891, p. 726.

Note: the show below may not have been a circus; also note that the owner is A. B. French, not L. H. French.

    French's New Sensation has all the old people - J. E. McNair, the Armstrongs, the Bellringers, Smith and Fuller, Sid Allen, Billy and Victoria Queen(?) (mind readers), Lizzie Gelding, La Bella Lillian, P. W. Rowan(?) (musical director), Harry Armstrong Jr. and twelve colored people and two brass bands. Business is good. New York Clipper, February 14, 1891, p. 779.

    Roster of French's New Sensation, now on the Monogahela River: A. B. French, manager and proprietor . . . Harry Armstrong, leader of brass band; Lizzie ___, treasurer; J. Green, stage manager . . . Ida McNair and Orke . . . Lizette Armstrong . . . New York Clipper, July 11, 1891, p. 296.

    Harry Armstrong, leader of band with French's New Sensation, was presented on his birthday, July 10, with an elegant meerschaum pipe by the manager, A. B. French, a toilet set by J. E. McNair and a handsome tobacco pouch from his wife, Lizzie Armstrong. New York Clipper, July 25, 1891, p. 328.

    Wanted, good people that can double in brass, with features for first class specialty company. Must do two strong turns. Address A. B. French, Pittsburg, Pa., care French's New Sensation. New York Clipper, July 25, 1891, p. 342.

    Notes of French’s New Senation from McKeesport, Pa.: The show returned here after six weeks tour of the Monongahela River. It was a pleasant and profitable trip. Smith and Fuller and James Green and wife recently closed, having secured engagements for the winter. Orke, a juggler, and Wilde Hale(?), a contortionist, were recently added. The show laid up in Pittsburg, 3-9, to strengthen the co. before the trip up the Kenawha River. Everthing bears a prosperous look, and the people seem to be satisfied. New York Dramatic News, August 15, 1891, p. 10.

    John and ___ Patten have joined French's New Sensation, opening at Winnefred, W. Va., Sept. 8(?), for a tour of the South. Mr. Patten saved Mrs. Annie West from a watery grave recently. The lady fell into the Kanawa River, and would certainly have drowned had not Mr. Patten jumped in after her. New York Clipper, September 19, 1891, p. 469.

    French's New Sensation wants a musical team and specialty people that can double in band. Address Point Pleasant, W. Va., care New Sensation. A. ?. French. New York Clipper, September 26, 1891, p. 500.

    Holmes & Waldon joined French's New Sensation Show . . . Lizette Armstrong, leasing Swiss bellringer of the Sensation, will sojourn at her mother's home, Louisville, for a few weeks before going South . . . Business is reported good. New York Clipper, October 31, 1891, p. 569.

    Wanted, for French New Sensation, first class specialty people who can double in brass. Write to Paducah, Ky., to A. B. French, care of New Sensation. New York Clipper, November 7, 1891, p. 597.

    . . . Wm. Queen, late manager of French's New Sensation . . . New York Clipper, November 28, 1891, p. 632.

1892:

    Roster of French's New Sensation: J. E. McNair, Wambold and son, W. B. Orke, Ace Levoy, Lon West, Johnny Patten, Eddie Day, Poley Gean, Harry Armstrong, W. Gonzales, Dennis Dunham, Georgie Patten, Lizzie Biller(Hiller?), Frenchie McNair, Little Clarkle(?), Ida McNair, Callie French, Annie West, and Laura Carlton. New York Clipper, January 2, 1892, p. 715.

    Roster of French's New Sensation, en route to New Orleans: J. E. McNair, John Patten, Porter(?) and Gonzales, Harry Armstrong Sr. and Jr., W. B. Orke, Poley Gaw, John Wambold Sr. and Jr., Dennis Dunham, Mohring Bros., Ida McNair, the Carlton Sisters, Lizzie Biller, Eunice Patten, Frenchie McNair, Georgie Patten, Olivia Carlton, Lon West and Ace Levoy. Eddie Day has left to join the Defenbaugh's Museum at Moore. The Mohring Bros. of Harris' New Nickel Plate Circus have joined. Orke and McNair close at New Orleans to open a new show, "The Voyagers." New York Clipper, February 20, 1892, p. 827.

    French's New Sensation opens at Pittsburg, Pa., May first. Wanted, first class specialties; also trombone and clarionet players. A. B. French. New York Clipper, April 30, 1892, p. 124.

    Roster of French's New Sensation, en route up the Monogahela River: A. B. French, manager; Jas. Gray, Al. Shaw, Smith and Fuller, Laura Carlton, Hallett and Raymond, the Carlton(?) Sisters, Lillian Carroll, the Frenches . . . and L. B. Biller, Sig. Anderson, the Fitzpatrick Family, F. K. Knox, Poley Gaw, Willie Gonzales, John D. Dunham, Jim Donaldson and Mons. Stevens. New York Clipper, May 28, 1892, p. 181.

    Long engagements on French's New Sensation, Pittsburg, Pa. Cornet and violin players write quick. New York Clipper, June 18, 1892, p. 239.

    Roster of French's New Sensation: L. B. Biller, treasurer; Geo. Wambold, John Wambold, Smith and Fuller, Hallett and Raymond, Fitzpatrick Family, Lillian Carroll, Stevens, Lewis Children, Poley Gaw, leader of orchestra . . . Wm. Gonzales, Joe Newhart, Jules Greenbaum, E.(F.?) K. Know, Callie French, calliopist, and A. B. French, proprietor. New York Clipper, July 16, 1892, p. 292.

    F.(P.?) V. Browning closed with French's Sensation July 18(?). He will be at home, Owensboro, Ky., for a short time. Stevens the jugggler, also closed with the show on that date, and will rest at Buffalo. New York Clipper, July 23, 1892, p. 308.

    The postmaster at Hanesville, Ky., had the only Clipper in town, and twenty six people of French's New Sensation borrowed it. Zella, the man frog, has joined the show. George Wambold and on are re-engaged for next season. New York Clipper, October 1, 1892, p. 472.

1893:

    A. B. French and wife, of the "New Sensation," gave a reception on board Mr. French's show boat at Brownsville, Pa., on the anniversary of their marriage, June 1?, and were presented with beautiful and costly presents by members of the company. New York Clipper, July 1, 1893, p. 264.

    Wanted, for French's New Sensation (boat show), musical act, acrobatic knockabout song and dance man. A. B. French, care New Senation, Point Pleasant, West Virginia. New York Clipper, July 29, 1893, p. 342.

    The Sexton Bros., acrobats, joined French's New Sensation at Mt. Vernon, Ind. New York Clipper, October 7, 1893, p. 496.

1894: The show boat built by Eugene Robinson was sold by the C. S. Marshall at New Albany, Ind., for eleven hundred dollars to A. B. French. New York Clipper, February 17, 1894, p. 810.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

French & Co. - 1883

    Fred Moffatt is leading the orchestra in French & Co.'s circus, lately organized at Sabula. He goes South with them. Jackson Sentinel (Maquoketa, IA), October 25, 1883, n.p.n.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

French & Monroe

• Show listed in Chindahl's History of the Circus in America, circa 1885.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Friday & Hoffman - 1893

    Circuses. Friday & Hoffman's: Brooklyn, N.Y., April 17-22. New York Dramatic Mirror, April 22, 1893.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Friendly Bros. Circus - 1984-85, 1987

1984: A new show in 1984, the show played some dates in New York state from May to September, put out by Dr. John Schoonbeck. Bandwagon, January-February, 1985, p. 11.

1985: Owner John Schoonbeck, of Gariner, New York, played indoor dates at resorts in New York in March. The Spring and Summer tour was in the East, mostly New York. Bandwagon, January-February, 1986, p. 9.

1987: Owner John Schoonbeck began his fifth season at Poughkeepsie, New York, May 15. Bandwagon, January-February, 1988, p. 11.

• Friendly Bros. did not go out in 1989. Bandwagon, January-February, 1990, p. 13.

• Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1987-89, John Schoonbeck, owner.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Frisbee Bros.

• Show listed in Chindahl's History of the Circus in America, 1903-04.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Frisco Bros. Circus - 1990

Frisco Bros. Circus & Petting Zoo played the Waco, Texas fair, September 28 to October 6. Owner Joe Frisco worked an elephant act in the show and Jenny Frisco had a mixed animal act. Bandwagon, January-February, 1991, p. 18.

• Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1990-94, also Frisco-Morton Circus, Joe Frisco and Jorge Russell, owners, 1994.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Frost's Royal Coloseum - 1873

    For Frost's Royal Coloseum, and entirely new establishment, the Langlois troupe, the Kirkoff family, . . . and the Siegrist and Zanfretta troupe have already been engaged. New York Clipper, February 15, 1873, p. 367.

    Frost's Royal Coloseum will take the road early in April with one elephant, eighteen four-horse cages of animals. About one hundred men will be placed at hotels; the balance, with two hundred and forty-six horses, will camp. New York Clipper, February 22, 1873, p. 375.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Frost, Husted & Co. - 1836   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1836

    Great Attraction. Frost, Husted & Co's Great Gymnastic Arena, and Circus Company. The proprietors of this immense establishment, (which requires the services of upwards of 70 men and horses, to complete its operations) take this method of informing the citizens of Huron county and vicnity, that the company will perform in Norwalk on Tuesday and Wednesday, the 16th and 17th of August, when such a variety of splendid performances will take place us cannot fail to please, and they assure those who may favor them with their patronage, that nothing will be introduced that can offend the most delicate or fastidious. The following celebrated performers are attached to the establishment, viz. Mr. Rockwell, the great American Rider - Mr. Conklin, the Herculean horseman, and acknowledged to be the greatest vaulter in the United States, he having thrown 61 summersets at two trials - Mr. Langley, the celebrated Dramatic Equestrian - Mr. Walter the horseman of all works - Mr. Gilkison, the Modern Hercules - Mr. Burgess, the Comic Singer - Mr. Calender, the Pasturist - Messrs. Teets, Johnson, Williams, the two Master Dales, the Clown, Stone, and the undaunted female equestrian, Mrs. Bensel. The Band of Music, consisting of 12 members, will duly announce the arrival of the Company in town, by playing several popular airs, conveyed in a splendid Barrouche carriage, made expressly for the purpose and drawn by four horses - the whole at enormous expense. The Stud of Horses attached to the establishment are not surpassed by those of any other in he country. Doors open at one o'clock, P. M. and the performance will commence at half past one o'clock. Admittance to the Boxes 50 cents—Pit 25 cts. Children under 10 half price. Huron Reflector (Norwalk, Ohio), August 2, 1836.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Frost & Co. Van Amburg Circus - 1886

    Ned Foster and a Mr. Buckley are to own the "Frost & Co. Van Amberg Circus," which, on March 1, will get the first whack at Pacific Coast tent business. They open in California. Allstair Fitzgerald is the treasurer of Frost & Co.'s Circus. The company starts on a Western tour early in March. New York Clipper, February 27, 1886, p. 788.

    Hyatt Frost writes that the Frost & Van Amberg Show, now touring California, has nothing to do with him or his name. New York Clipper, March 6, 1886, p. 804.

    John Holtum this week opens his seven months engagement with the Van Ambergh Circus, through California and Mexico. New York Clipper, March 13, 1886, p. 830.

    The roster of Frost & Co.'s Van Ambergh Railroad Circus, now in California, comprises Mlle. Zoe, Prof. Wm. Organ's educated horses, Harding (clown), Zaroni (juggler), Emily Zola, Frank Munroe, Eva Hewett, Minnie Zola, Heeley Bros. and a Sioux Indian. New York Clipper, March 27, 1886, p. 20.

    John Holtum, the cannon king, left the Frost-Van Amberg Circus April 14, in California, owing, as he writes, to the scarcity of salary days. Later advices from him indicate that the Frost-Van Amberg snap collapsed 8, at Vernalia, Cal. New York Clipper, April 24, 1886, p. 83.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Frush's Oriental Circus - 1886

Winter quarters were at Tombstone, Arizona. New York Clipper, February 6, 1886, p. 740.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

R. W. Fryer's - 1885-88   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1885-87

1885:

    Pacific Coast. J. B. Gaylord and Robt. Fryer open in San Francisco at the Wigwam with an educated animal and acrobatic exhibition, after which they make a tour of California with teams. New York Clipper, May 9, 1885, p. 120.

    Dan Fitzgerald, of R. W. Fryer's circus, who introduces entirely new features, is in the city. He states that the company will go on the road in June and will reach here about July 1. Morning Oregonian (Portland, OR), May 16, 1885, p. 3.

    A member of Fryer's Circus and Trained Animals Show writes from Auckland, N.Z., Oct. 6. "We left San Francisco Aug. 1 for Australia, via Honolulu and New Zealand. We remained in Honolulu two weeks to good business. We also visited the other islands. We arrived at Auckland 10, as as the steamer wished to proceed to Sidney, Aus., and it being Sunday, no business could be done with the importation of our animals, they were transferred to an old coal hulk until Monday morning. But we learned Monday that the stock could not be landed on New Zealand soil under any circumstances. A late law prohibits the landing of any animals from Europe, Asia, Africa and America. The same laws prevail in all the Australian colonies. We go from here to Java and work all the islands, then India, Burma and Siam. We played with our gymnasts only at the Royal Theatre." New York Clipper, November 14, 1885, p. 551.

• The 1883 Fryer's Circus opened in Kansas City, then traveled to the West Coast. After a month in San Francisco, it jumped to Hawaii for a month in Honolulu. The route included Auckland, New Zealand, Australia, Java, the Malay Penninsula, Singapore, Penang, Bangkok, Hongkong, Shanghai, and Japan. By September 1886 the show was in Buenos Aires where it went broke and was sold to Carlos Bros., the big South American show. White Tops, November-December, 1948, Vol. 21, Nos. 11-12, p. 15.

1886:

    From Fryer's Circus, Equescurriculum and Trained Animal Show, Sydney, N.S.W., Nov. 8: "I wrote you from Auckland regarding the prohibiting of Fryer's Circus from landing in New Zealand. We were compelled to leave Auckland without showing. We came to Sydney and were allowed to land by giving a bond. The Hudson Bros., manufacturers and friends of Mr. Gaylord (oneof the firm of Fryer's Circus), gave the bond, requiring as to keep all our animals on the circus grounds and now allow them to come in contact with any local animals. We opened here and remain three weeks' longer and then proceed to Melbourne, where we open Dec. __, remaining until the holidays, about Jan. 6, then we go to Adelaide. New York Clipper, January 9, 1886, p. 676.

    The Fryer Show has made many an eye open wide by the reputed earnings in Australia. The proprietors, besides Fryer, are Barney Gaylord of white elephant fame, Dan Fitzgerald and Harry Lyons. New York Clipper, February 13, 1886, p. 756.

    Fryer's Circus and Equine Paradox for the last twenty-eight weeks have been traveling through New South Wales, Victoria, South Australia and Queensland by rail and boat, stopping at the principal towns. Their Australian season closed at Townsville, Queensland, May 20, and the show sailed for Java 22, expecting to return to Australia about next October, opening in Sydney and playing the principal towns by wagon. Next season the show will comprise two elephants, six camels, ten cages of animals and museum stuff, and eighty head of horses, and will be known as Fryer, Gaylord & Fitzgerald's Circus, Museum and Menagerie. New York Clipper, June 26, 1886, p. 232.

1887: Burt Willison [Williams ?], writing from Buenos Ayres, S. A. ament(?) the business of Fryer's United Shows, says: "For the past year, under name of Fryer's New United Shows, we have made a most successful tour, financially and artistically, of the East India Islands, including Siam, where the managers were presented with a baby elephant from His Majesty, the King of Siam. Returning to Australia last January, the show was run in conjunction with Willard's Japanese Village, playing Melbourne, Sydney and the show towns of New Zealand, leaving the latter colony May 25(?) for Rio de Janeiro with a company of nearly sixty people, opening in that city the end of June, inside a building as would be a credit to any large city in the States, and having a magnificent garden attached, where the beautiful Japanese houses were erected. "S. R. O." was the order of things the first two weeks, the place being literally besieged on Sundays - the great holiday. Closing a brilliant four weeks' season the show opened in Buenos Ayres the first week of August in the Garden Florida, and has just closed a brief by financially successful season. During the stay here the ponies, dogs, and goats were considered such a novelty, being a new departure on the old circus routine, and many liberal offers were made for their purchase, eventually being sold to the Carlo Brothers' Circus for a good sum, this event naturally altering the arrangements of the show, which in the future will only comprise the Japanese and Lew [Len] Shillito, the musical clown, showing in theatres in coast towns, working their way to New York, where they expect to arrive early in November. J. B. Gaylord, as manager in advance, with D. J. Fitzgerald, are running the show, with P. W. Willard as a silent partner. They trust to the novelty of the Japanese Village for success. R. W. Fryer sails today (Aug. 22) for New York, going right to his home in Iowa for the Winter. The boys belonging to Australia return via England; those from the States return there. All are loud in their praises of the liberal treatment they have received at the hands of Managers Gaylord & Fitzgerald, hearty God-speeds being freely exchanged on the departure of the company for Montevideo. I found myself the possessor of a new silk hat, a necktie and gold pin presented by J. B. Gaylord and Len Shillito as slight mementoes of the pleasant relations exhisting between us. Shillito is doing a great act, being a favorite everywhere. Though he had a bad spell of illness here, he has regained his health, and hopes to continue improving. As for myself, I intend remaining here two months longer, completing my Spanish studies, with the intention of returning here at some future date. The Carlo Brothers - George and Fred - both well known through the States, have been located in South America the past four years, dividing their time between Rio and here. At present they control a neat and compact show, doing a good business in a new theatre built to their order. Charles Connelli's Troupe of Japanese, and Frank Brown, an English clown speaking Spanish fluently, form the principal attractions this month. They expect to conclude their season in Buenos Ayers about November, and are busy fitting up for the road, proposing to show the interior towns, as everything in the Argentine Republic is booming, putting fossilized members of humanity in mind of the gold days in California. Two splendid Italian-opera companies are at the Colon and Polithcama Theatres, a Spanish dramatic company at the National, a French opera-bouffe company at the Varieties, and sundry small shows, all doing good business. I expect to arrive in New York in November." New York Clipper, October 22, 1887, p. 504.

1888: Steamer Zealandia sailed from Sydney, Sept. 5th, arrived at Honolulu Sept. 21st. . . . Mr. J. B. Gaylord, who was here [Honolulu] as agent of Fryer's Circus is also on board. Hawaiian Gazette (Honolulu, Hawaii), September 25, 1888, p. 7.

• Note - RE: R.W. Fryer was friends with Frank Megow of Independence, Iowa and traveled to Independence every chance to see the Megow family. Trained circus animals and wintered in Independence, Iowa in the 1870's. His father-in-law was P.A. Older of circus fame. J. B. Gaylord was also a partner at one time. Check 1914 Buchanan Co., Iowa history book for further. - From Leanne Harrison, Pres., Buchanan Co., Iowa Historical Society

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Fulford & Co. - 1890   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1890

1890:

    Wanted for Fulford Bros. & Co. Road Circus and Menagerie, riders and performers of all descriptions, . . . sideshow freaks, also band of ? pieces, for season of 90, and a first class advance agent. . . . also a few more animals at low cash prices. George Bleden please write. Fulford Bros. ___ West Fifth Street, Topeka, Kas. New York Clipper, January 4, 1890, p. 721.

    Louis Sells and A. K. Fulford & Co. consummated a large deal Jan. 28 for animals to place in the menagerie of Fulford & Co.'s new show. The people already signed are: Mme. Cordelia [poss. Cordelia Morrison below], Minnie Patterson, Will Dorr and wife . . . Harry Ringo . . . Geo. W. La Rosa and Ed. L. Brannan, advance. New York Clipper, February 8, 1890, p. 791.

    Fulford & Co.'s Circus and Menagerie. Want people in all branches of the circus business. Sensational aerial acts, good singing and talking clown, leapers, tumblers, gymnasts and concert people, address James Stowe, equestrian director. Animal men, grooms, four, six and eight horse drivers, chandelier men, property men and canvass men, address A. K. Fulford. Bill posters and man with stereopticon for free street exhibition, address E. L. Brannan, general agent. Address all communications to ___ West Fifth Street, Topeka, Kas. New York Clipper, March 29, 1890, p. 45.

    Call. All people engaged with A. K. Fulford & Co.'s New London Combined Shows, report at Topeka, Kansas, Monday, April 28(?). Season opens May 2(?). A. K. Fulford & Co. New York Clipper, April 19, 1890, p. 94.

    Topeka, Kansas. A full fledged circus has been organized here, and will take the road about May 1(?). It will be known as the A. K. Fulford & Co’s New London Shows. . . . New York Clipper, April 26, 1890, p. 99.

    Topeka, Kansas. Cordelia Morrison, bareback rider, of Fulford & Co.' Circus, has brought suit in the district court against them for $___. In her petition she says she was hired for the season of 1890, and was to receive $50(?) a week. She was discharged, and now wants damages. New York Clipper, May 31, 1890, p. 179.

    Fulford & Co's great show that will exhibit in Humeston on Tuesday July 22 was here 8 years ago known then as Cooper & Co. This is then [sic] 21st year on the road. Ad: The Only Big Show Coming This Year (By agreement of Showman's Pooled League). Humeston, Tuesday, July 22, '89 [sic]. Fulford & Co's United Monster Shows! London Museum and World's Menagerie. Sampson, the Monster War Elephant, covered with costliest cloth of Gold, and led by African and Indian Keepers. Huge Caravans of Camels, in charge of Arabian and Asiatic Keepers. Triple Circus Company. Admission 50 cents, children under 12, 25 cents. New Era (Humeston, IA), July 16, 1890.

    The advance of Fulton & Co.'s New London Shows includes Ed. L. Brannan, general agent; J. F. Thompson, contractor; H. M. Robbins, lithographer; Lew Martin, programmer; ___, boss billposter with . . . J. G. Fileding . . . Ed. Lewis and Frank Kettering(?) assistants. New York Clipper, July 5, 1890, p. 261.

    On the Road, Circuses: Fulford & Co.'s, Osceola, Ia. July 24, Murrya 25 . . . New York Clipper, July 26, 1890, p. 306.

    Notes from Fulford & Co.'s New London Shows. This show opened at Topeka, Kas., May 2, 3, where it did an exceedingly large business, and has had a most successful career this season. It was built entirely new at Topeka, by self made capitalists of that city. They have lately purchased twenty-seven head of fine dapple grey horses, making in all one hundred and twenty-two head, with seven ring horses. They had the misfortune to lose their principal horse, Prince, purchased from Louis Sells last Spring, but have replaced him with a beautiful bright bay which, under the handling and training of Will Door, is now capable of giving a first class performance. They have also purchased two more cages of animals from the Schiller Show which increases their menagerie to ten cages. They have a new 100ft. round top purchased a few weeks ago, also a new sideshow top so that their spread of canvas is large and pleasing. The performers are so well pleased with the management that they have only had to make but two changes so far this season. Agent Ed. L. Brannan (with him seven assistants) has routed the show well, he having completed twelve stands in Iowa. They are once more in the great old show state of Missouri. A. K. Fulford is at present at Topeka, shaking hands with old friends and attending to business. It was his intention to take in the sale of the Sells & Andress Show at St. Joseph 4, and he counted upon securing all that was worth carrying away. The roster consists of A. K. Fulford & Co., sole owners; W. M. Lyttle, treasurer and manager; Jesse C. Elliott, ticket seller; J. Fulford, door keeper; Jas. Stowe, equestrian director, and four horse and hurdle rider; Mrs. Jas. Stowe, Will Door and wife, Harry Potter and wife, Dill and wife, Lavan and Vidora(?), Juggler Delano, Frank Taylor, leader of band with 1? pieces; S. B. Howe, manipulator of refreshments with five assistants; T. McGrath, concert and reserve seats with six assistants . . . In all this show carries ninety people, and the ghost walks every Monday. New York Clipper, August 16, 1890, p. 357.

    Thomas McGrath, of Fulford & Co.'s Circus, was shot and killed at Concordia, Mo., Sept. ?, by W. M. Lyttle, of the Fulford & Co. Circus. Mr. McGrath had charge of the privileges, reserved seats, etc. He was for years connected with the Sells Bros.' Circus, as ticket seller. The jury brought a verdict that the shooting was accidental(?). Mr. McGrath leaves a wife and three children. New York Clipper, September 20, 1890, p. 446.

    Ed. L. Brannan has closed with Fulford & Co.'s New London Shows, and joined Mac Flinn & Hall's New York Circus and Menagerie, as general agent. The latter show is reported doing well in Texas, and a trip through Mexico is contemplated. New York Clipper, November 15, 1890, p. 568.

• Information on the 1890 Fulford & Co.'s Great United London Shows is in Bandwagon, September-October, 1991, Vol. 35, No. 5, pp. 43-49,   and in Bandwagon, November-December, 1991, Vol. 35, No. 6, pp. 74-79.

1891:

    Fulford and Co.’s circus are in their usual winter quarters in Topeka, Kas. Everything points to an early start and a somewhat enlarged show. New York Dramatic News, January 10, 1891.

    Circus property at auction. The property of the Fulford & Co.'s Circus and Menagerie will be sold at auction for cash by the undersigned receiver, on the 2? day of October, 1891, at Topeka, Kansas. Property consists of one 1?0 foot round top tent; ___ foot round top tent with __ foot middle piece; two 40(?) foot round top tents, with __ foot middle piece; one __ foot cook tent; one __ foot horse tent; one ticket wagon, one band wagon . . . six(?) animal cage wagons, two advance wagons, property, chariot(?), jack, canvas and other wagons . . . eight large boxes of show paper, posters, etc., together with seats, wardrobes, banners and other paraphernalia belongin to and used in a circus and menagerie. Also . . . large Macaw birds, one cinnamon bear, etc., etc. . . . New York Clipper, October 17, 1891, p. 547.

In the Spring of 1891 Abe Fulford wanted to go on the road again, but his partners, William Lyttle and Jesse C. Elliott couldn't agree and Elliott forced the auction of the show to recover what he could. Bandwagon, May-June, 1992, Vol. 36, No. 3, p. 35.

Note: also see King, Orin C., The Circus World of Willie Sells, Topeka, KS: Shawnee County Historical Society, 1983.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Funs-A-Poppin Circus - 1978, 1983-84

1978: The Funs-A-Poppin has been signed to appear at the Indio, California Festival in February. [February, 1979]. Circus Report, October 16, 1978, p. 4.

1983: Heidi Wendany had this show out in 1983 after her mother's death in 1982. Show was managed by Ed Russell. Bandwagon, January-February, 1984, p. 14.

1984: Heidi Wendany titled her circus Falkenburg's Royal European Circus for April arena dates in California and Oregon, but used the Funs-A-Poppin title for some later California dates. She called it the Christmas Circus in December. Bandwagon, January-February, 1985, p. 15.

• Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1980-89, Betty Wendeny, owner.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Fursman & Co. - 1885

    Fursman & Co.'s Allied Shows open April 18, the large chimpanzee left here March 26 in a special car for the show. New York Clipper, April 4, 1885, p. 36.

    George H. Irving and Herbert Donnelly (contortionist) join Fursman & Co.'s Allied Shows. New York Clipper, April 25, 1885, p. 88.

    George Irving says that he will not have charge of the sideshow with Lee & Scribner's Show, as announced, but will be engaged with Fursman & Co.'s Allied Shows. New York Clipper, April 11, 1885, p. 55.

    The Fursman & Co. 25 cent circus show will visit Decatur on Wednesday, May 27. It is a circus and variety combination. Decatur Weekly Republican (Decatur, IL), May 14, 1885, p. 1.

    From the Fursman Show. We have been out on the road four months and have just returned from a trip through the lake regions of Michigan. Business was good. E. J. Gosney, late manager of Oglesby's Troubadours, joined us as lecturer. George Patterson, of the Patterson Bros., has been laid up the past week with a sore hand. Joe Garrett and Harry Thorpe, late of the Forepaugh Show, are now with us. Hugh Barton and wife and G. M. Judd are the fishermen, and are lucky. The most quiet man in the show is Andy Burtch, but he is deaf and dumb. Geo. Rexford is breaking a new top-mounter, his late partner, Frank, having gone away. Neil Smith is training some new canine pupils. Jas. West is getting over a slight attack of hay fever. Manager Fursman and his wife, Mlle. Georgia, are favorites with us all. New York Clipper, August 22, 1885, p. 360.

• Show listed in Chindahl's History of the Circus in America and Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, circa 1885.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Top

G

Gainesville Community Circus - 1941, 1954   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1930-1941, 1946-1956

1941: Opened in April. Rehersals started February 1st with Mr. & Mrs. Arthur Henry and Mr. & Mrs. Jimmy Conners, performers, in charge. Breaking in the animal acts were Verne Brewer, Portis Sims and Jimmy Odell. Program director was A. Morton Smith, secretary G. D. Bell. "Gainsville Circus to Open in April," White Tops, Vol. 14, Nos. 4-5 (Feb-Mar), 1941, p. 9.

1954: An article on the 1954 fire at their winter quarters is online in Bandwagon, Christmas 1954; and in March 1955 (scroll down).

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Circus Galaxy - 1985-86

• Show was to debut in 1976. Circus Report, December 8, 1975, p. 1.

1985: Circus Galaxy, also called Royal Palace Circus, was in Florida in March, New York in June and July, and the midwest from September to December. The show was produced by Mearl Johnson. Bandwagon, January-February, 1986, p. 14.

1986: Harry Dubusky's Circus Galaxy played dates in the East and Midwest from at least April through late December. Bandwagon, January-February, 1987, p. 15.

• Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1987 - circa 1990.

Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

J. P. Gallagher - 1893, 1895, Gallagher & Smith - 1894

1893:

    Doings at Downie & Gallagher's winter quarters. J. P. Gallagher has purchased Mr. Downie's interest, and the show will hereafter be known as J. P. Gallagher's New Columbian Shows, Circus, Museum, Hippodrome and Wild West. They will open at Median N.Y., about May 1 . . . Everything in and about the quarters is in a perfect ___, and all the wagons, chariots, etc., will wear a new color this season. Heretofore everything with the shows was white, but this season ___ will be red, and it will be a regular "red letter day" where Gallagher "lets er go." The hippodrome stock and the Indian ponies for the Wild West are looking fine . . . The following have already signed: J. B. Swafford . . . Geo. Parker, Harry Livingston . . . C. Davis . . . All contracts made by the firm of Downie & Gallagher will be holding(?). New York Clipper, March 4, 1893, p. 832.

    Among the recent additions to J. P. Gallagher's New Columbian show are Lula Eller, Carr and Ingram, La Echelle, Brown Bros., revolving ladder . . . White and De Wooda, Jep Hatten . . . and Wm. Thompson. New York Clipper, March 25, 1893, p. 34.

    Downie & Gallagher's Shows, dissolved, and there is no(?) interest for sale. Shows will hereafter be known as J. P. Gallagher's New Columbian Shows. . . . New York Clipper, March 25, 1893, p. 44.

    Doings at the winter quarters of J. P. Gallagher's New Columbian Show. Everything is now well under way, and looks circus all over. The entire outfit is brand new. John Weaver is superintending the fitting out . . . The Wild West will be a strong feature the coming season. The show will carry twenty(?) Indians, including an Indian brass band. The hippodrome will be complete(?). New York Clipper, April 1, 1893, p. 50.

    Doings of J. P. Gallagher's Columbian Shows. Notwithstanding the rain of the past two weeks the show has been doing a nice business. The roster: J. P. Gallagher, proprietor and manager; John Weaver, superintendent; Frank Dever, equestrian director; Florentine, Mrs. Wallace, Mlle. Retta, Mexican Bill and his school of educated ponies, W. F. Wallace, Jno. Alvers, Mons. Durell, Geo. Parker, Burt Bishop, Alexis, Frank Brown, Fred Durell, T. Devers, Brown and Bishop, Geo. Lasson, Marinello, Daisy Mosher, Dever and Retia, J. Augustus Jones, Prof. C. L. Alspaugh's silver cornet band and orchestra, T. Le Roy, boss canvas man; Frenchy, boss hostler. New York Clipper, June 3, 1893, p. 198.

    On the road, circuses: Downie & Gallagher, Rochester NY May 31, Brighton June 1 . . . Fairport 3. New York Clipper, June 3, 1893, p. 198.

    Doings of J. P. Gallagher's New Columbian Shows. Seven cages of animals have been added, and, as there was not sufficient room on the ___ to accommodate them, manager Gallagher has secured twenty head more of heavy draft horses, and the show will take the road at Syracuse, touring the southern part of New York and then into Connecticut and Massachusetts. Manager Gallagher is absent from the show just now on business. New York Clipper, June 17, 1893, p. 230.

    Doings of the J. P. Gallagher's Shows. Good weather and big business . . . Our new menagerie top has arrived, making our lot look like a veritable city of canvas. The roster has been increased by the addition of Chief Black Wolf and a band of ___ braves and three squaws with papooses. Joe Quinlan has taken charge of our canvas, and manager Gallagher and supt. Jack Weaver were visitors to the Pawnee Bill Show . . . New York Clipper, June 24, 1893, p. 248.

    On the road, circuses: Gallagher's, Jamesville NY June 21 . . . Morrisville 23, Syracuse 24, Norwich 26(?). New York Clipper, June 24, 1893, p. 248.

    Manager Gallagher, of Gallagher's All United Shows, was called home suddely last week, on account of the serious illness of his son. New York Clipper, July 1, 1893, p. 264.

    On the road, circuses: Gallagher's, . . . Williamstown, NY 5, Sand Bank 6, Mexico 7, Pulaski 8. New York Clipper, July 1, 1893, p. 265.

    The Great Gallagher Shows wants to buy five more light(?) two horse cages, all kinds of circus wardrobe, a steam calliope and horse tents. Also want to enlarge shows, singing and talking clown to work in concert, brother team, Cowboy, Indians, and any good circus act, and a slide trombone. . . . New York Clipper, July 1, 1893, p. 277.

    On the road, circuses: Gallagher's, Williamstown NY July 5, Sand Bank 6, Mexico 7, Pulaski 8. New York Clipper, July 8, 1893, p. 281.

    Notes of Lee's London Shows. . . . Our advance were all back to bill the show at Mexico, N.Y., where, but the way, the Gallagher Show went to pieces. New York Clipper, July 22, 1893, p. 312.

    The statement that the Gallagher Show had gone to the wall recently is denied by Mr. Gallagher, who states that there was a temporary break in their tour, which was easily adjusted. New York Clipper, July 29, 1893, p. 328.

    J. P. Gallagher's Shows have combined with W. C. Coup's Circus and Canine and Equine Paradox for the remainder of the season. The shows travel by rail. New York Clipper, August 5, 1893, p. 346.

    For sale, one half interest in J. P. Gallagher's New Columbian Shows, one of the most complete, thoroughly equipped circus on the road, now playing Buffalo, N.Y. to big business. Reason for selling ___ to the early opening of my winter show, to which I [am] devoting my entire time. Permanent address, Median, N.Y. This show goes South until February. . . . New York Clipper, August 5, 1893, p. 359.

    J. C. Gallagher's circus of Medina has disbanded, not having done a profitable business this season. Holley Standard (Holley, NY), September 7, 1893, p. 1.

1894:

    For sale, half interest in J. P. Gallagher's New Shows. __ft. round top . . . dressing room, __ft. horse tent, horse harness, wagons, lights, wardrobe, two show boats(?) __ ft. long. Everything to complete a first class show. . . . Would sell the boats(?) separate. Address J. P. Gallagher, Medina, N.Y. New York Clipper, January 20, 1894, p. 746.

    For sale, an interest in J. P. Gallagher's New Shows. Will sell interest to suit purchaser. I'm not particular how much, but I want partner for important position to have financial interest. I have band, ticket, advance and baggage wagons, horses, harness, seats, lights. New ___ft. top, with __ft. centere, 40ft. dressing room and __ft. horse tent. In fact, everything to complete a first class show, and all in perfect order. J. P. Gallagher, Medina, N.Y. I also have for sale at great sacrifice 2 new show boats, 1 stock and wagon boat __ft. long, 1 hotel boat __ft. long, will accommodate __ people. State rooms, office, dining room, kitchen, range, all bedding and dished and tables to furnish same; all kinds of circus wardrobe, also minstrel property, chair covers, plush banners and pictorial paper cheap. Wanted, people in all branches of circus business. Side show and candy stand for sale. J. P. Gallagher, Medina, N.Y. New York Clipper, February 24, 1894, p. 825.

    Notes from J. P. Gallagher. J. P. Gallagher's New Columbian Shows and G. S. Smith's South American Circus have consolidated for the season of 1894, and will be among the strongest and best equipped shows on the road. They have under contract a number of circus celebrities, and will have all new wardrobe, chariots, etc. . . . New York Clipper, May 5, 1894, p. 133.

    Call. J. P. Gallagher's New Columbian Shows and G. S. Smith's American Circus Consolidated for season of '94. All people engaged report at Medina, N.Y., May 16(?). Show opens 19(?). Gents trunks 18x21(?), ladies 24x30(?). New York Clipper, May 5, 1894, p. 143.

    Wanted, to enlarge shows, male and female riders, and people in all branches of circus and concert business. Musicians for another band, five more billposters and all other agents. Wanted to buy, a handsome carved band wagon, ___ chariots, a manage horse for lady, and a performing elephant, and any good circus property that can be bought cheap for spot cash. Address Gallagher & Smith, Medina, N.Y. New York Clipper, May 5, 1894, p. 143.

1894: Notes from J. P. Gallagher's winter quarters. The greater portion of J. P. Gallagher's winter quarters at Medina, New York, were burned January 26, with a loss of $10,000. The entire wagon and property sheds was destroyed. In this building was the tableau, band, ticket and baggage wagons, chariots, canvas, seats, lights, poles, properties, wardrobes, et. Fortunately the horses, harness, trappings, etc., were in a separate barn. Although the loss is heavy, the show will go out brand new in every department. New York Clipper, February 2, 1895, p. 767.

• Note: Also see Downie & Gallagher.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Circo Garcia - 1995-96

1995: This show appeared on midways from at least February to August in 1995. Owner Jaime Garcia performed on the wheel and globe of death. The Garcia family also had a small thrill show for fairs. Bandwagon, March-April, 1996, p. 16.

1996: Jaime Garcia's Circo de Espectacular Garcia toured from at least February to October. Bandwagon, March-April, 1997, p. 17.

• Show is listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 2000.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Garden Bros. - 1977, 1984-85

1977: Ian Garden and his Garden Bros. Circus combined with John Cueno's Hawthorne Circus Corp. for the season of 1977. Bandwagon, March-April, 1978, p. 36.

1984: This Canadian circus also played a few dates in the U.S. Their September date in Princeton, Minnesota was on a hockey rink. Bandwagon, January-February, 1985, p. 13.

1985: Ian Garden's Garden Bros. played Shrine dates from February to May. In August they played under various auspices in Ontario. Bandwagon, January-February, 1986, p. 13.

• Show listed in Chindahl's History of the Circus in America, 1939-1955.

• Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1938-

Do you have information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Frank A. Gardner's - 1884-89, 1890, 1896

1884:

    Chas. McCarty arrived from Central America. He reports that the Frank Gardner Show had failed. New York Clipper, April 19, 1884, p. 71.

    Guatemala, March 27, 1884. . . . Frank Gardner & Co.'s Circus, which went on the shoals through unfortunate management. They have had a bad break where they ought to have made a fortune. There was plenty of talent to give a strong show; but the company is now all split up. Some members are waiting to join another circus troupe, which is coming up the coast from Costa Rica; others may hae to foot their way back to sweet America. In the meantime, Frank Gardner and his partner, McMahon, are supposed to owe salary to every member of the company. New York Clipper, April 19, 1884, p. 76.

    New Orleans, La., April 29: "Frank Gardner and his wife, Castello and wife, Mrs. Lawrence and daughter, John McMahon, James Messinger, Chas. Benner and Chas. Dunsworth have just arrived from Guatemala via British Honduras. Mr. Gardner states that the statement made in the Clipper that his people were not paid is incorrect; he claims that he owes none of them. Gardner sold eight horses to the President of Guatemala for $4,000, but brought his wife's manege horse back. Rainy season and not having any country to go to caused his failure. He states that he will positively show in Guatemala next Fall. New York Clipper, May 3, 1884, p. 102.

1885:

    Panama, New Granada, Feb. 2. Frank Gardner's Show. "We opened Jan. 21, and have had big business. . . . We leave here the latter part of next week, make four stands on the railroad, and from Colon we go to Jamaica. If everything is quiet in Cuba, we will enter at Santiago and come out in Havana. But if Cuba is not right, we will go home from Jamaica." New York Clipper, February 28, 1885, p. 789.

1886:

    Caracas, S.A., Jan. 11. The Gardner-Lambkin Circus in Venezuela are giving a good show. They are enroute to the Isthmus. New York Clipper, January 16, 1886, p. 692.

    Advices from the Gardner & Lamkin Circus in South America, tell of continued good business. The show was at Caracoa Jan. __. New York Clipper, January 30, 1886, p. 724.

    Advices from the Gardner, Lamkin & Co. Show state that it has done well in Panama. It should be at Port au Prince, Hayti, about this time. New York Clipper, March 13, 1886, p. 830.

    The Gardner Lamkin Circus were to have sailed from Isthmus of Panama, March 5, for this city. New York Clipper, March 13, 1886, p. 830.

    Frank A. Gardner has not let the grass grow under his feet since he came back with a pocketful of South American ducats. He and Nick D. Roberts have formed a partnership and will take out the United Nick Roberts-Gardner Circus, starting April 26 and playing large rinks and leading theatres with capacious stages. Their show will embrace riding, trick horses, leaping, specialties, etc. In theatres a curb ring will be used. Mr. Gardner is to be equestrian director, and Mr. Roberts general manager. New York Clipper, March 27, 1886, p. 27.

    The Nick Roberts-Frank Gardner Show is to open season in Brooklyn, N.Y., April 26. The following have been engaged: Julia Lowande, Clarinda Lambkin, Edward Shipp Charles Dansworth, Charles Maurittius, Fred Runnells, John Foster, and Frank A. and Mrs. Mildred Gardner. New York Clipper, April 10, 1886, pp. 55, 59.

    The Nick Roberts-Gardner Two-ring Circus spreads its canvas for the first time April 26 at Flatbush and Fifth avenues, Brooklyn, N.Y. Roster: F. A. Gardner, Julia Lowande, Mildred Gardner, Mlle. Viola, Chas. Dunsworth, Mrs. Clarinda Lamkin, Edward Shipp, Nelsoni, Ella Zera, Mlle. Antonio, Prince Pharoah, three Donaldson Bros., two Victorelli Bros., Jos. B. Sonders, Jos. Walton, Murello Bros., La Rose and French, Benjamin and Elmer, John Foster, Fred Runnells, Chas. Maurittius, Mlle. Georgina, Mlle. Beatrice, etc. New York Clipper, April 24, 1886, p. 83.

    The Nick Roberts-Gardner Circus appears to be prospering on its Nova Scotian and New Brunswick route. It is now headed for Cape Breton. New York Clipper, July 24, 1886, p. 296.

    George D. Melville, Snow Bros., Donaldson Bros. and M. Rider have left the Roberts-Gardner Circus. New York Clipper, July 31, 1886, p. 312.

    The Nick Roberts-Gardner Circus closed the season after a week's stay at South Boston, Mass., Oct. 2. The company was re-organized by Frank A. Gardner, and will hereafter play theatres and rinks as Gardner's Old-fashioned One-ring Circus. New York Clipper, October 9, 1886, p. 475.

    Frank Gardner's Circus, under the management of Bancroft & Hathaway, play week of Oct. 18 in the Adelphi Rink, New Bedford, Mass. Nick Roberts told us that he was in no way connected with the Frank Gardner Circus. New York Clipper, October 23, 1886, p. 498.

    Gardner & Donovan's American Circus sailed for South America Nov. 2 with the following artists, most of whom were formerly with the Nick Roberts-Gardner Circus. Frank Gardner and wife, Frank Ashton and wife . . . Clarinda Lamkin, Sig. Sebastian, James Murray, Frank Avery. Georgetown, Demarora is the prospective point where they will first pith their tents. New York Clipper, November 6, 1886, p. 539.

    Nick Roberts made an application to Judge Bartlett of Brooklyn, N.Y., to have the partnership between Frank Gardner and himself dissolved and an injunction issued restraining Gardner from selling the property. Judge Bartlett granted the injunction and appointed D. H. Costello receiver. Despite the injunction, Gardner has taken most of the "stuff" with him to South America. The only things left are some debts and a few articles of no value. New York Clipper, November 13, 1886, p. 555.

1887:

    Frank Gardner and James Donovan, his partner, were on April 9 to have sailed for London, Eng. They have bought the bar and other privileges of the "American Exhibition" and Wild West Show in Londona for six months. New York Clipper, April 16, 1887, p. 68.

    Frank A. Gardner and James Donovan sold their privileges with the Wild West Show abroad. A private letter assures us that Messrs. G. and D. made a clear profit of not far from ten thousand dollars by the sale. New York Clipper, May 21, 1887, p. 151.

    Frank Gardner and James Donovan arrived from London May 31. Mr. D. remains in town to fit up the Gardner & Donovan Show for a South American tour. New York Clipper, June 4, 1887, p. 178.

    Circus people wanted for Frank A. Gardner & Co. Great North American Two-ring Circus for its fifth annual tour of South and Central America. Riders, with or without their own stock, brothers and aerial teams that can work on bars, and leap and tumble; contortionist, all kinds of acts done by ladies, knockabout clowns who can speak English and Spanish, troupe of performing dogs, performing ponies and two performing donkesy. Want all kinds of acts done in a circus. - Frank A. Gardner & Co. New York Clipper, October 29, 1887, p. 531.

    People engaged for F. A. Gardner's Circus for Central and South America are Mrs. Viola Rivers, George and Ed. Haron, William Scott and Miss and Charles M. Dunsworth. New York Clipper, November 12, 1887, p. 561.

1888:

    Notes from Frank A. Gardner & Co.'s Circus. The first performance of the show in Central America was on the last day of the old year at Port Limon, Costa Rica. Roster: Frank A. Gardner and wife, Sallie Marks . . . Nelsonia, Alfred Dorian, George Scott and wife, James E. Cooke, Howard and Meinhard, Frisbie and Olcott, Philo Nathas, Rixford Bros., James Neary and John Saunders. New York Clipper, January 14, 1888, p. 709.

    Gardner's American Circus have made a successful tour through Costa Rica, and now are exhibiting to good business on the Isthmus. Several of the members of the stranded Donovan Circus have recently joined the company. New York Clipper, March 10, 1888, p. 839.

    Manager Frank A. Gardner has, through a late purchase, assumed entire control of Gardner's American Circus, which closed its season on the Isthmus of Panama, March 23. From Colon the troupe will go to Caracas, Venezuela, by steamer, and in turn will exhibit in Damarara, British and Dutch India, Trinidad, and all the principal countries of South America before returning to the States. New York Clipper, March 31, 1888, p. 47.

    Nelsonia writes from Caracas, Venezuela, April 9, ament the Gardner Show: The company arrived here from the Isthmus of Panama. We will play Valencia, Porto Cabello and a few interior towns, and expect to open in Trinidad on or about May 10. . . . New York Clipper, April 28, 1888, p. 105.

    South America. The Frank A. Gardner Show closed its season in Georgetown, Demarara, after a seven months' tour. Manager Gardner has rented a government building in Georgetown. It has been repaired and repainted. The horses and donkeys are practicing daily. The show has ordered a 120ft. round top with a 50ft. middle piece for next season. Mrs. Mildred Gardner has bought a stallin and is having him broken for her menage act. Sallie Marks has been re-engaged for another season. Mr. Gardner will send a larger circus company to South America next season, and take in all of the largest cities. Twenty-five performances were sold to the government of one of the large cities this season. New York Clipper, July 28, 1888, p. 315.

    The Frank A. Gardner South American Circus is made up of the following people: Sallie Marks, Ducrow Family, Decoma Family, Willie Aymar . . . J. Mendoza, Willie Mendoza, William De Lacy, and Prof. Carl. New York Clipper, September 22, 1888, p. 445.

1889:

    South America. Jessie W. Foster, of Frank A. Gardner's Circus, writes from Chili, May 24: "Frank A. Gardner's company includes Frank A. Gardner, proprietor; Col. J. W. Foster, director; Manuel S. Lee, agent; James Murray, clown; Fred Leslie's troupe of dogs, Lou [Lon?] Leslie, Louis Du Crow, Dan Du Crow's educated donkeys, Harry Carey, Arthur De Coma, Frank Long, Harry Van Anken, Eugene Kennebel, Mildred Gardner and her two horses - Wonder and Peacock, Linda Jeal, Sallie Marks, Eleana Jeal, Nellie Ryland, Bellota Ducrow, Mlle. Marietta's doves, Lydia De Coma and Nina Viola. Mr. Gardner's outfit is new: 110 foot round top, twenty-six lenghts of seats, eight tier high, four hundred and twenty-three reserved chairs, thirty-six private boxes, with seating capacity of six in each, equal to two hundred and sixteen chairs, ten horses, two donkeys, three ponies and a troupe of dogs, all of which, except two horse and the dogs, Mr. Gardner owns. He gave twenty-six performances in Valparaiso, then thirty-five in Santiago, then returned to Valparaiso and gave seventeen more. Route: Callao, Guayaqwuil, Lima, Iquique, Valparaiso and Buenos Ayers. New York Clipper, June 22, 1889, p. 238.

    South America. Frank A. Gardner Double Circo has returned to Lima and Callao. Lima and Callao are only seven miles apart, Callao the seaport, and both places are played at the same time. Lima in the Politcana(?) and CAllao under canvas. The Government made him a tempting offer and he consented to give a performance afternoon of Sunday, July 28 (Peru's Fourth of July). A 44ft. curb ring was built in the picadero (bull ring). It is 254ft. in diameter, and outside of this are boxes and seats for over 10,000 people. . . . Since my last the changes are: Gone to the United States - Harry Van Auken and Mr. and Mrs. De Coma. Joined - H. Kralee and Geo. Wolffe. New York Clipper, August 31, 1889, p. 406.

    South America. Frank A. Gardner's Circus has concluded a successful tour of the Republic of Chili after giving forty-two performances at Santiago. His company is now at Valparaiso. New York Clipper, December 21, 1889, p. 685.

    South American Circus News. A correspondent writes as follows from Valparasio, Chili, under date of Dec. __; Frank A. Gardner and his happy circus people are homeward bound, after perhaps the longest (one year and four months), and certainly the most successful, season ever passed here. Mr. Gardner, with his wife, Mildred Gardner, and the following members of the company: Mr. and Mrs. Harry Carye, Mlle. Marietta and Nina Viola, Frank Long, Louis Leslie . . . Emma Lynden, whom Mr. Gardner secured to perform in conjunction with his company . . . Mr. Gardner informs me that he will immediately commence reorganizing, with headquarters at __ Centre Street, New York City. From time to time, the performrs have assured me of the kind consideration received at his and his wife's hands. . . . Valparasio, Chile, Dec. __ - Frank Gardner. The long successful and pleasant season which you have just given notice of terminating, after the liberal manner in which every obligation was fulfilled . . . to express to you personally in this letter, and through the New York Clipper to all professionals, our heartfelt thanks for your untiting efforts . . . signed: ___ Ducrow, Linda Jeal, Eleana Jeal, Mrs. Harry Carey, Nellie Ryland, Marrieta, Nina(?) Viola, Nellie(Nettie?) Marks, James Murray, Harry Carey, Louis Leslie, Dan Ducrow, ___ Ducrow, Harry Warner . . . Balabrega and wife, Emma Lynden, were very successful in Equador. They have just closed their Peru contracts, and are now en route for the States with Frank A. Gardner's Circus. . . . The Ducrows (Dan, Lou and ___) and the Jeals (Linda, Eleana and Nellie), with James Murray and Robert ___, together with some native talent, have formed a company, and remain in Chili, the Jeals deeming it ___ to return home with ther stock during the cold weather. They have a fair company, and get along nicely. . . . Prof. Harry Warner, the aeronaut, returns to New Orleans, La., and, after a thorough re-equipment of balloons, parachutes, etc., goes to Argentine. Louis Leslie returns to his home at Baltimore for a short rest, and then rejoins Frank Gardner. Mr. and Mrs. Harry Carey, after a visit to Mrs. Barney Carroll's country seat at Westchester(?), N. Y., rejoins the Gardner Circus. Frank Long, who met with such flattering success in South America, after securing a partner, sails again with Gardner's Circus. The horses, ponies, donkey and dogs, Mr. Gardner informs me, will remain South, in view of the cold weather. New York Clipper, March 22, 1890, p. 23.

1890:

    Frank A. Gardner Great American Circus now reorganizing for a grand two years' tour of the world. Wanted for tour of the world, artists in every branch of the circus and variety profession, male and female riders, with or without stock (without horses preferred), acrobats, gymnasts, bar performers, bicycle riders, roller skaters, musical teams, a three brother act, a good clown that can speak Spanish, or any act suitable for stage or ring, not dependent on the English language for success. Want a good first class band of ten pieces. (Carl Clare and Prof. Jones, write) Want a good boss canvasman, would buy a number of trained stallions or broncho horses and a good troupe of dogs, also a somersault dog or any kind of performing animals doing acts. Frank A. Gardner, sole proprietor and manager of Gran Circo Gardner. New York Clipper, March 22, 1890, p. 31.

    Gran Circo Gardner, Frank A. Gardner, champion leaper and rider of the world, sole propietor. Seventh annual tour of South American. Now reorganizing for two years' tour of the world. Wanted, artists in every branch of the circus and variety profession, male and female riders. New York Clipper, March 29, 1890, p. 47.

    The members of the Gran Circo Gardner sailed June __ for Colon, where they take the rail for Panama(?), and thence go by steamer to Guayaquil, Ecuador, their first stand. The list of people is unusually large, considering the trip, and includes Frank A. Gardner, Mildred Gardener, William Marks, Josie Marks, Harry Carey, Mlle. Marietta, Louis Leslie . . . Emily Zora, French Family (five in number); Arthur Nelson, Birdie Nelson . . . Frank Long, Will Karl . . . Fred Ronaldo . . . Manager Gardner has presented his wife, Mildred Gardner, with the celebrated jumping horse, Salisbury. New York Clipper, June 14, 1890, p. 215.

    Frank A. Gardner's Circus has combined with Murray & Ducrow's and Quir?? & Williams' and they are now making a successful tour of South America. New York Clipper, August 2, 1890, p. 323.

    Elena Jeal, of the Jeal Sisters, has returned from a successful season in South America. After a fortnight's rest she will leave for the West Indies to join F. A. Gardner's Circus. New York Clipper, August 9, 1890, p. 339.

    The Ducrow Family . . . have been re-engaged by Frank A. Gardner's Circus and are now en route [for] a one(?) year's tour through South and Central America. New York Clipper, August 9, 1890, p. 339.

    Bertie Nelson (Dashing Berti) has returned from South America, where she had been with the Frank A. Gardner Show. Miss Nelson does not speak very well of the show business in South America. Several American performers are down with yellow fever. New York Clipper, August 16, 1890, p. 357.

    This is the roster of the Frank A. Gardner Circus, as it played at Kingston, Jamaica, recently: Nellie Ryland, Master Romeo . . . Ducrow Bros., Josie Marks . . .Harry Carey, Linda Jeal, Harry French, Jas. Murray, Frank Long, Mrs. Mildred Gardner, Wm. Marks, Belotta(?) Gardner, etc. New York Clipper, August 23, 1890, p. 373.

    Frank A. Gardner's Circus arrived at Bridgetown, Barbados, W. I., Aug. 14(?), from Jamaica. All hands are well, so Jesse W. Foster(?) writes us. New York Clipper, August 30, 1890, p. 387.

    On the Road, Circuses and Miscellaneous: F. A. Gardner's, Carracas, Ven, S. A., Nov. 24-Dec 1?. New York Clipper, November 29, 1890, 595.

    Notes from Frank A. Gardner's Circus. My show has been meeting with success all though the West Indies. At Valencia and Puerto Pabello business was exceptionally large. We left La Gua?ra, Venezuela, Nov. 13 for Carracas. Quite a pleasant affair took place at Puerto Cabello, 3. It was the marriage of James Murray and Linda Jeal, of the Jeal Sisters. On the steamer champagne flowed rfreely, and a general good time was had. . . . My entire company is enjoying the best of health, and everything is peace and harmony. The company now consists of myself and wife, Linda Jeal, Elena Ryland, Nellie Ryland, Bell Ducrow, Lillie French, Lottie French . . . Mildred Gardner, Dan Ducrow . . . Harry Carey, Frank Long, Harry French . . . Fred Cardner, George French, Louie Ducrow . . . James Murray, Alfred Smith . . . and Prof. Griffith, band leader with nine assistants. New York Clipper, November 29, 1890, 599.

    On the Road, Circuses and Miscellaneous: F. A. Gardner's, Carracas, Ven., S. A. Dec. 1-13. New York Clipper, December 6, 1890, p. 611.

1896: Frank Gardner's English Circus, we are informed, is doing fair business in the Lesser Antilles. Lulu Moran, the little colored apprentice, of British Guiana, is the feature of the show, creating a sensation as the Colored Princess of the Air. New York Clipper, January 18, 1896, p. 725.

• Note: also see “Frank Gardner and the Great Leapers,” Steve Gossard, Bandwagon, Vol. 34, No. 4 (Jul-Aug), 1990, p. 23.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Gardner & Donovan; Gardner, Donovan & Lambkin - 1886

• Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1887, Frank A. Gardner and James Donovan, proprietors, 1887

    Caracas, S.A., Jan. 11. The Gardner-Lambkin Circus in Venezuela are giving a good show. They are enroute to the Isthmus. New York Clipper, January 16, 1886, p. 692.

Sailed for South America on November 2, 1886. New York Clipper, November 6, 1886, p. 539.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Gardner & Hemmings - 1860-67

• 1860: information is online at Clipper, September 8,   Clipper, September 15 (scroll down)

• Information on Gardner & Hemmings, during the Civil War, is in Slout's Clowns and Cannons.

• 1861: information is online at:
Clipper, March 30,   Clipper, April 20,   Clipper, June 22 (scroll down)
Clipper, July 6,   Clipper, July 13,   Clipper, August 10 (scroll down)
Clipper, September 14,   Clipper, September 21,   Clipper, October 12 (scroll down)

1862:

    [Advertisement] Gardner & Hemmings Great American Circus. The largest and most completely equipped equestrian establishment in the world; comprising a better collection of beautiful trained horses & ponies, and a larger number of performers than any company extant. Will exhibit at Indiana, Saturday, August 16th, afternoon and evening. Doors open at 2 and 7 o'clock p.m. Performance to commence half an hour later. Admission 25 cents.
    The management take pleasure in announcing to the public that they are able to cater for their amusement, this season of '62, in a most superior manner. The wagons have been newly painted and decorated, the harness is entirely new, the wardrobe is fo the most costly description, manufactured from Paris during the past winter; the band wagon is a triumph of art, manufactured in the highest style of art.
    Among the features of this establishment, is the Zouave Halt, illustrating with striking vividness scenes in the present war; first the march and then the halt (in which all the horses lay down and sit up at the word of command), concluding with the grand charge. English Steeple Chase is also another feature and is introduced this season for the first time in any traveling arena. The acting mules Pete and Barney, will be introduced at each exhibition, and illustrate the old motto "That some things can be done as well as others."
    The horses and ponies are the best trained in the profession, foremost among which is the great talking horse, Washington, who will be introduced by his trainer, Dan Gardner, the people's favorite clown, who will appear at each entertainment in all his songs anecdotes, witticisms, &c., &c.
    The performers comprise the stars of Europe and America, among whom will be found the names of R. Hemmings, George Derious, John Foster, Signor Parker, Mon. Moreste, W. Hill, W. King, J. King, W. Green, C. Ricker, L. Levon, R. Hall, Miss Eliza Gardner, Madame Camilla, La Petite Camilla, Master Ed. And those three great clowns, Dan Gardner, John Foster, Young Dan.
    On the morning of exhibition, the company will enter town in grand procession, headed by Britner's Brass Band, seated in their beautiful band coach and drawn by a line of splendid horses, followed by all the horses, ponies, carriages, luggage, vans, &c., &c. W. H. Gardner agent. At Elderton, Friday, Aug. 15. At Blairsville, Monday, Aug. 18. Indiana Weekly Democrat (Indiana, PA), August 7, 1862, n.p.n.

• 1862: online at:
Clipper, April 5,   Clipper, May 31,   Clipper, July 5 (scroll down)
Clipper, August 2,   Clipper, August 23,   Clipper, August 30 (scroll down)
Clipper, September 20,   Clipper, November 29,   Clipper, December 6 (scroll down)

• 1863: online at:
Clipper, January 3,   Clipper, January 17,   Clipper, January 31 (scroll down)
Clipper, February 7,   Clipper, February 28,   Clipper, March 14 (scroll down)
Clipper, April 4,   Clipper, May 23,   Clipper, June 6 (scroll down)
Clipper, June 20,   Clipper, June 27,   Clipper, July 4 (scroll down)
Clipper, July 18,   Clipper, July 25,   Clipper, August 1 (scroll down)
Clipper, August 15,   Clipper, October 3,   Clipper, October 10 (scroll down)
Clipper, November 7 (scroll down)

• 1864: online at:
Clipper, March 26,   Clipper, June 4,   Clipper, July 9 (scroll down)
Clipper, August 6,   Clipper, August 13,   Clipper, September 17 (scroll down)
Clipper, September 24 (scroll down)

• 1865: online at:
Clipper, February 11,   Clipper, March 4,   Clipper, March 25 (scroll down)
Clipper, April 1,   Clipper, May 13,   Clipper, May 27 (scroll down)
Clipper, June 24,   Clipper, August 19,   Clipper, November 4 (scroll down)

1866:

    [Advertisement] Gardner, Hemmings & Co.'s American Circus, and Van Amburgh & Co.'s Mammoth Menagerie, and Egyptian Caravan. Comprising the only real menagerie in America, with the baby elephant, 2 humped camel, Royal Bengal tigers, and host of lions, tigers, leopards, &c., &c., and the best circus troupe in America, with better horses and ponies, better performers and better clowns than are comprised in any similar exhibition. Two performances each day, afternoon and night. Doors open at 1 and 6 1/2 o'clock. One price of admission to both shows. Hagerstown, Wednesday, 30, Clearspring, Thurday, 31, Hancock, Friday, June 1st. Admission - adults 50 cents. Children under 10 years old, 25 cents. Herald and Torch Light (Hagerstown, MD), May 30, 1866, n.p.n.

• 1866: online at:
Clipper, January 6,   Clipper, January 27,   Clipper, March 31 (scroll down)
Clipper, May 19,   Clipper, June 23,   Clipper, July 28 (scroll down)
Clipper, August 11,   Clipper, October 20,   Clipper, October 27 (scroll down)

• 1867: online at:
Clipper, April, no date (scroll down)

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Gardner & Kenyon - 1868

    [Advertisement] Dan Gardner & Kenyon's United Circuses. Now upon their regular tour through the Middle, Western and Southern States. Two great shows consolidated will exhibit under one mammoth pavilion for one price of admission. Old Dan Gardner's Philadelphia Circus and Charles Kenyon's Great North American Circus. Consolidated for the season of 1868-'69.
    This immense establishment has more money invested, finest wagons, better horses and ponies, larger canvas, better trappings, the finest band chariot, the best musical organization, the best leapers and vaulters, the best tumblers and gymnasts, the best male and female riders, the best hurdle riders, the best talking horse, comic trick mules and acting monkeys in the world.
    A grand procession, daiy,at 10 o'clock a.m., will be the largest and most gorgeous pageant ever given as a public gratuity. Giving a grand allegorical representation of the four quarters of the globe - America, Europe, Asia and Africa. Following this will be the carriages, vans, and 150 men, women and horses, necessary for the transportation of this mammoth combination. . . .
    Stars of matchless skill: Miss Eliza Gardner, premiere female equestrienne. M'me Camile, M'lle Margaretta. Wm. Morgan, champion hurdle rider. George Derious, the bare-back rider. Harris and Philips, fearless gymnasts. Master Eddie Gardner, challenge boy rider. James Campbell, trick pad rider. Mr. George Cutler, cannon-ball juggler and great horizontalist. And the four funny clowns, Dan Gardner, Sam Sanford, Jim Maguire and Bobby Williams, the musical momus, with solos on his penny trumpet, and clog hornpipe.
    The equine wonder, Ingomar, the horse of 1000, the only thorough-bred Arabian now on exhibition, trained and introduced by Mr. Charles Kenyon, the most accomplished horseman of the age. A large troupe of educated monkeys & ponies for the especial amusement of the juvenile patrons of this establishment. Admission, 50 cents. Children under 9 years, 25 cents. Charles Whitney, gen'l business agent. R. G. Ball, advertising agent. Will exhibit at Veruilyon's, August 15, Wellsboro, Aug. 17, Tioga, Aug. 18, and Blossburg, Aug. 19. Tioga County Agitator (Wellsboro, PA), August 12, 1868, n.p.n.

• 1868: online at:
Clipper, March 28,   Clipper, May 2,   Clipper, May 23 (scroll down)
Clipper, May 30,   Clipper, June 27,   Clipper, July 11 (scroll down)
Clipper, July 18,   Clipper, October 31 (scroll down)

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Gardner & Lamkin - 1885

    Julia Lowande and Clarinda Lamkin, bareback equestrians, Edward Shipp, hurdle rider, and H. G. Lamkin, equestrian and equilibrist. Lamkin & Gardner's Circus is said to be doing excellent business at Aspinwall. They will perform shortly at Panama and San Jose. New York Clipper, February 7, 1885, p. 752.

    Writing from Colon, Isthmus of Panama, Prof. Francisco Mobley, prestidigitateur and ventriloquist, informs us that Gardner & Lamkins' Circus left there Feb. 21, after a successful season of five or six weeks. They sailed for Kingston, Jam., and from there go to Cuba and later return to the States. Mlle. Minnetta was the big card with them in Colon. New York Clipper, March 14, 1885, p. 821.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Gardner & McMahon's - 1883

    Gardner & McMahon's North American Circus sailed Dec. 15 from New Orleans, La., in the steamship City of Dallas, with 15 horses and a 90 foot top, with three 40 foot middle pieces and the following performers: Frank A. Gardner, Mrs. Mildred Gardner, John S. McMahon, Dave Castello and wife, Mrs. Lawrence and daughter, James Messenger(?), Alford Dorian, Charles Benner, Charles Dunsworth, Leon Soulie . . . Daniel Smith and George Castello. The first stand will be made in Balize, British Hondouras, thence to Central America and the Pacific coast. New York Clipper, December 22, 1883, p. 670.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Garwood & Co. - 1888

    Wanted for Garwood & Co.'s Great Ten Cent Circus, performers in all branches of the business except riders. Also troupe of dogs. Address C. H. Garwood, Redmond Grand Opera House, Grand Rapids, Mich. New York Clipper, May 5, 1888, p. 131.

    Grand Rapids, Michigan. Show had an 80 foot round top. To go on the road the last of May. New York Clipper, May 12, 1888, p. 135.

    Grand Rapids, Michigan. Garwood's Ten Cent Circus may not go out after all, manager Garwood's time being pretty much occupied directing the firm's various road companies and opera houses. New York Clipper, June 9, 1888, p. 199.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Gatini Circus - 1978-79 (Canada)

• Owned by Michael Gatien who had two units in 1978, Gatini Circus and Puck's Circus. Bandwagon, January-February, 1979, p. 19.

• In 1979 Circus Gatini had two units, both under canvas, playing Canada. Bandwagon, January-February, 1980, p. 15.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Gatti-Charles Circus 1967

• 1967 Program, reviewed by David Reid at Lebanon Oregon, Apr. 20. 1. National Anthem by Milonga Cline and 3 female flag bearers. 2. Clines Ponies (4). 3. Ken Willer plate spinning. 4. Clowns, sword box gag. Clowns are good, work hard, wardrobe fine. 5. Trapeze, Sequera, an imported Mexican gal. 6. Clowns (4) washboard skit. 7. Bentley's Poodles. 8. Clowns, magic number. 9. Spanish web (4). 10. Juggling, Betty Gorham. 11. Nicollini Chimps. 12. Clowns. 13. Aerial Pinsons, cradle act. 14. Clowns, firecracker gag. 15. Clines elephants (3). Sponsor was the JC's. Played in the local high school gym. Good crowds for both shows. They opened in Hayward, calif. Two acts were left out because the building did not lend itself to guying out the rigging. They were the Ray-Dens, casting act and the wire act of Armeda. A Mexican troupe is to join but were held up at the border because of quarantine regulations on their stock. They will present two numbers when they join, a riding number and a teeterboard act. Tommy Bentley is announcer and equestrian director. Don Rey has the band of 3 pieces. Banner Line, May 15, 1967, p. 8.

• Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1969-1973

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Gay's One-Horse Circus - 1906   listed in Chindahl's History of the Circus in America, circa 1906, in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1904

    Wanted for Gay's One Horse Circus. Musicians for band, a troop of dogs, circus acts of all kinds except riders. A wagon show. Show opens May 10th at Bellevue, Iowa. Gay Billings, Bellevue, Iowa. Billboard, March 31, 1906.

    Notes from Gay's One Horse Circus: We opened at Belleville, Iowa, May 10, for three nights to capacity business. We will play the smaller towns through Iowa and Illinois. We carry a 55 foot round top with a 40 foot middle piece and a 50 foot horse top. We carry ten wagons, three chariots, a clown cart and twenty-six head of stock. Our roster: Gay Billings, proprietor and manager; Mrs. Essa Billings, treasurer; Chas. Barnes, advance; Roy Cook, band leader with seven men; Ralph Talbot, boss canvasman with five assistants; Perry Daman, boss hostler with two assistants; Bill Spiven, props; Mrs. Farrel, cook with two assistants; the Three Nickelson, head and hand balancers; Prof. Carl Clark and his trained ponies and dogs; Grover Ranck, contortionist; Myron Bacon, slack wire; Ralph Talbot, traps; Eva Billings, contortionist; Eva Billings, buck and wing dancer; Bacon and Bacon, sketch team; Ethel Billings, skirt dancer; Gay Billings, motion pictures; Elmer Henn, Perry Lewis, Ross Brading, Claude Daniels, Finley Morrison and Charlie Farrel, band men. Billboard, June 2, 1906, p. 24.

• Organized in 1904 and grew to 50 horses and performers. Founder, Gay Billings, was the father of Mrs. Eva Davenport. Banner Line, September 1, 1953, p. 1.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

J. F. Gaylor's - 1885

    San Francisco, Cal., April 14. J. F. Gaylor's Circus opens in this city April 27. New York Clipper, April 18, 1885, p. 70.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Geary's - 1891-92

1891:

    On the road, circuses: Geary's Consolidated Shows, Elkhart, Ind. June 24, 2?, Goshen, 26, 27. New York Clipper, June 27, 1891, p. 269.

    On the road, circuses: Geary's Consolidated Shows, Goshen, Ind. July 1, Logonier 2, Kendallville 3, Garrett 4, Edgerton, O. 6, Bryan 7,8, Defiance 9, 10, Napoleon 11. New York Clipper, July 4, 1891, p. 281.

    The roster of Geary's Consolidated Shows and World's Museum is: James Geary, proprietor; E. K. Franklin, business manager; Max Rosenthal, treasurer; Milt Hogan, advance agent; Young Samson, Walters, Grey and Llewellyn . . . Master Fred Kratz . . . Theodore, Young Frederick, Master Harry White, Wilcox Family Susie Conrad, Loleta . . . New York Clipper, July 4, 1891, p. 285.

    On the road, circuses: Geary's Consolidated Shows, Byran, O. July 8, Defiance 9, 10, Napolean 11. New York Clipper, July 11, 1891, p. 301.

    On the road, circuses: Geary's Consolidated Shows, Van Wert, O. July 22, Scott 23 . . . New York Clipper, July 25, 1891, p. 332.

    On the road, circuses: Geary's Consolidated, Spencerville, Ind. July 29 . . . Antwerp 31, Paulding Augs 1, Sherwood 3, Defiance 4, Napoleon 5, Liberty Centre 6, White House 7, Maumee 8. New York Clipper, August 1, 1891, p. 347.

    On the road, circuses: Geary's Consolidated Shows, Toledo, O., Aug 10-15. New York Clipper, August 15, 1891, p. 386.

1892:

    Wild West and circus people wanted. One to two week's work, according to ability. Will play organized circus. Address James Geary, World's Olympia, Minneapolis, Minn. Season opens May 2. New York Clipper, April 23, 1892, p. 111.

    Minneapolis, Minnesota. World's Theatre. Geary's Show, a dime circus, opened 2 to good houses. New York Clipper, May 15, 1892, p. 150.

    Minneapolis, Minnesota. Mr. Geary, who opened the Dime Circus 2, in the old Panorama building, left the company about a week ago with salaries unpaid, as claimed by some of his performers who continued the show on the commonwealth plan. It is still running. Mr. Geary has since written for a ___ of all his indebtedness, from which it is ___ that he intends to pay in full. New York Clipper, May 28, 1892, p. 178.

    James Geary has thrown up his World's Olympia venture at Minneapolis, Minn., and returned discouraged to Fort Wayne, Ind. Capt. Bogardus and his son, and Lane and Verona complain of unpaid salaries and unprofessional treatment in general. New York Clipper, May 28, 1892, p. 181.

    E. K. Franklin, manager of Geary's World Museum and Theatre, has closed his engagement and signed with Downie & Gallagher's Circus for the summer. New York Clipper, June 4, 1892, p. 194.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Circus Genoa - 1979

    Perry. A few hundred area residents turned out for the Genoa Circus Sunday, making some $200 for the local sponsor. Incessant rain dampened attendance. Water flowed through the big top in scores of holes in the roof. According to its manger, John Fraser [sic], during the previous week a storm blew over much of the 360 by 120 foot tent. Some 90 people travel with his circus, Fraser said. . . . Argus Press (Owosso, MI), July 2, 1979, p. 13.

    Cherokee, Iowa - Circus Genoa - 100 employees, 25 motor vehicles and a menagerie that includes seven elephants - is missing somewhere in South Dakota. Cherokee residents lured to the Cherokee County fairgrounds by reports the Circus Genoa was coming to town Monday were disappointed. So were the people who showed up in Flandreau, S.D., where the traveling show was slated to show up Saturday. The last that is known of Circus Genoa is that it struck its big top Friday night in Watertown, S.D. It failed to show up at Flandreau 60 miles away, as scheduled Saturday. By Tuesday, the missing entertainers and their collection of lions, tigers and elephants had sparked the curiosity of officials at the circus' home office in Hugo, Okla. "They're not playing this week. They're in South Dakota at a fairground somewhere," employee Lorraine Jessen said when asked the circus' whereabouts. Adding to the mystery were conflicting reports concerning the circus' recent play dates. The circus' home office said its itinerary called for a stop in Flandreau Saturday, but Moody County, S.D., Sheriff Kenneth Bain said the circus never was supposed to play Flandreau. Bain hinted the circus' style of doing business might be at the heart of the unexplained cancellation in Iowa. "They came in and misrepresented themselves but they couldn't get a sponsoring organization," Bain said. The situation was similar in Cherokee, where a circus advance man had made arrangements for use of the fairgrounds in exchange for a share of the gate receipts. Four businesses that had acted as ticket outlets in Cherokee were making refunds Tuesday, the disappointment remained. Galveston Daily News (Galveston, TX), September 12, 1979, p. 8.

• The Circus Genoa was a new title in 1979, used on the Carson & Barnes second unit that toured in 1978. Johnny Frazier purchased Dorey Miller's interest in the Carson & Barnes number two show and changed the title to Circus Genoa. The show opened March 19 at Robertsdale, Florida, Bandwagon, January-February, 1980, pp. 10, 12.

• Circus Genoa title was not used in 1980. Bandwagon, January-February, 1981, p. .

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Gentry's Dog & Pony Show - 1889, 1891, 1897

• Henry B., Wallace W., J. W., Frank H. Gentry, owners.

• The 1889 Prof. Gentry Dog & Pony Show played in halls and traveled on one railroad car. In 1891 the Gentry's Equine and Canine Paradox was on two cars, and by 1895 the Gentry brothers operated two, two car shows. In 1898 there were four Gentry units, each on four railroad cars. By 1906 the Gentry show was a fifteen car train. In 1907 W. W. Gentry went out with his own two car show. Bandwagon, July-August, 1987, Vol. 31, No. 4, p. 6.

• Information on the 1890 Prof. Gentry's Equine and Canine Paradox is in Bandwagon, January-February, 1992, Vol. 36, No. 1, pp. 46.

• 1891: Prof. Gentry's dog and pony show played an opera house at Topeka, January 16-17, 1891. Bandwagon, May-June, 1992, Vol. 36, No. 3, p. 32.

• Information on the 1894 Prof. Gentry's Dog & Pony show is in Bandwagon, July-August, 1994, Vol. 38, No. 4, p. 36.
• Information on the 1895 Prof. H. B. Gentry's Dog & Pony show is in Bandwagon, March-April, 1995, Vol. 39, No. 2, pp. 38-39.
• Information on the 1896 F. J. Gentry's Dog & Pony show is in Bandwagon, November-December, 1995, Vol. 39, No. 6, pp. 71-72.
• Information on the 1898 Prof. Gentry's Dog & Pony show is in Bandwagon, September-October, 1998, Vol. 42, No. 5, pp. 36-37.

1897: The F. J. Gentry Dog & Pony Show arrived at their winter quarters in Wichita, Kansas, as reported on November 5, 1897. The newspaper stated that "Mr. Gentry is an old time Wichita man and left here two years ago with his troup of trained animals. He now has 25 ponies and a pack of finely trained dogs." The show toured the Eastern states in 1897, with their Pullman and baggage car in their train. • Bandwagon, September-October, 1997, Vol. 41, No. 5, p. 31.

Gentry Bros. - 1907, 1912, 1914   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1887-1922, 1926-1934, 1941

• History of the Gentry Bros. show, 1887-1934 is in Bandwagon, January-February, Vol. 15, No. 1, 1971, pp. 4-9.

• From 1900 to 1904 the Gentrys operated four different shows. In 1905-06 they toured two units and by 1915 and 1916 the original brothers had only one show. Bandwagon, January-February, 1982, Vol. 26, No. 1, p. 2.

1907:

    E. A. Roby. manager of the Casino Skating Rink, Xenia, O., left for San Antonio, Texas, Feb. 25 to take charge of the No. 2 car in advance of the Gentry Brothers' Show. It will make Mr. Roby's fifth season with this show. Billboard, March 2, 1907, p. 26.

1912:

    Gentry Bros.' Show - Gentry Bros., props. and mgrs.; Sam B. Dill, treas.; H. B. Gentry, suditor; J. B. Austin, general agent; Harry R. Overton, local contractor; Wink W. Weaver, special agent; Beverly White, contracting press agent; W. E. Wells, equestrian director; Roy Kraig, supt. privileges; Harry Crigier/Criglier(?), musical director; John H. DelVecho, supt. reserved seat tickets; James L. Williams, supt. canvas; Thos. Macy, trainmaster; Will H. Carpenter, boss hostler; George Spencer, supt. commissary dept.; J. F. Sweeney, supt. lights; Robt. Hampton, supt. properties; Frank Moore, supt. stock; Joseph Metcalfe, supt. animals; James Montgomery, mgr. advertising car No. 1; E. E. Bailey, checker-up; Frank H. Gentry, legal adjuster; W. W. Weaver, announcer. Show opens at San Antonio, Tex., March 28. Billboard, March 23, 1912.

    Gentry Bros.' advertising car No. 1 is in charge of Harry Overton. The crew is composed of fourteen men this year and includes Frank Stinnett, boss billposter; R. L. Hayes, boss banner man; Walt Wallace, in charge of lithographs; Jack Middleton, Fritz Rorden, C. L. Fisher, John Owen, Fred Adams, Frank ___, James Flannagan, William Cadoret, Dutch Beardsely and Johnnie Cosgrove, all members of the L. A. B. P. & B. Texas locals and native sons, with the exception of manager Overton, who comes from the land of wooden nutmegs and famous showmen. Billboard, April 6, 1912, p. 27.

1914:

    Gentry Bros.' Show No. 1 - Gentry Bros., proprietors and managers; C. W. Fennen, assistant manager; H. A. Lepitre, treasurer; H. C. Bruner, auditor; J. B. Austin, general agent and railroad contractor; Beverly White, contracting press agent; W. F. Palmer, sideshow manager; W. H. Wells and W. W. Weaver, equestrian directors; R. F. Craig, superintendent privileges; E. P. Hodshire, musical director; J. H. DelVecho, superintendent reserved seat tickets; Jas. Williams, superintendent canvas; Wm. Carpenter, boss hostler; A. C. Boyd, superintendent commissary department; J. F. Sweeney, superintendent lights; C. Allen, superintendent props; Pete Kline, superintendent stock; Joe Metcalf, superintendent elephants. Show opens at San Antonio, Tex. Billboard, March 28, 1914.

    Gentry Bros.' Show No. 2 - Gentry Bros., proprietors and managers; Jack Wright, treasurer; H. B. Gentry, auditor; L. B. Williams, general agent and railroad contractor; Bert Misner, sideshow manager; Ray Rush, equestrian director; B. Franklin, superintendent privileges; J. E. Richardson, musical director; E. E. Bailey, superintendent reserved seat tickets; Bob Hampton, superintendent canvas; S. Owens, boss hostler; E. E. Bailey, superintendent commissary department; E(?) Java, superintendent lights. Billboard, March 28, 1914.

    Brief article on the 1914 Gentry Bros. Famous Shows is online in Bandwagon, Bandwagon, Jul-Aug-Sep 1954.

Gentry Bros. - 1918-19, 1922-23   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1917-1922

• J. Ben Austin and Jake D. Newman, 1917-1922.

1918:

    Winter quarters. Gentry Bros.' Show, Jake Newman & J. B. Austin, proprietors, Fair grounds, Memphis, Tenn. Billboard, January 12, 1918, p. 55.

    Gentry Bros.' Famous Shows will be a fifteen-car size, and will begin its tour in Memphis, Tenn., April 25. Roster: J. D. Newman, manager; Frank McGuyre, assistant manager and legal adjuster; Wm. Johnson, treasurer; J. B. Austin, secretary, general agent and railroad contractor; W. H. Rainey, local contractor; L. Terleman, special agent; Billy Exton, advance press agent; Henry Emgard, manager sideshow; Walter Hinds, general superintendent; C. Sheldon, supt. privileges; Billy Rabble, musical director; Tom Tucker, supt. canvas; J. H. Harper, trainmaster; Wm. Carpenter, boss hostler; H. H. Franklin, supt. commissary dept.; Frank Irvine, supt. lights; W. H. Lewis, supt. properties; Jack LaMar, supt. ring stock; Wm. VanCamp, 24-hour agent; O. Ramage, manager advertising car. Billboard, April 27, 1918, p. 29.

    Billy Exton will not be advance press representative of the Gentry Bros.' Circus, as stated last week. Billboard, May 4, 1918, p. 29.

    Route, Gentry Bros.', Vncennes, Ind., 8; Evansville 9; Henderson, Ky., 10; Owensboro 11; New Albany, Ind., 13; Jeffersonville 14; Rushville 15; Connersville 16. Billboard, May 11, 1918, p. 63.

    H. H. Franklin, after two years in repertoire field, is this season secretary-treasurer of the Gentry Bros.' Show. Billboard, June 1, 1918, p. 27.

    Route, Gentry Bros.: Nokomis, Ill., 29; Granite City 30; Collinsville 31; Hillsboro, June 1; Livingston 2. Billboard, June 1, 1918, p. 47.

    H. Tim Carey, for three years chef on the Cole Bros.' Show, is now steward on the Gentry Bros.' Shows, succeeding Wm. Baird. His line-up consists of Frank Fields, second cook; Albert Gheto, baker, and "Happy" Orris, head waiter, with twelve assistants. Billboard, August 31, 1918, p. 27.

    Owing to the influenza epidemic, the Gentry Show abandonded its tour and arrived in Houston, Tex. October 15, where it will remain in quarters during the winter. In case the epidemic conditions become settled, the show will fill a few of the engagements originally intended. The winter quarters is given as the Henke & Pillot stables and cotton yard in Houston. Billboard, October 26, 1918, p. 54.

1919:

    It is stated that Mrs. A. Lee Hinckley is the banner solicitor with the Gentry Show the coming season. Mr. Hinckley will be with the same attraction as musician. Billboard, February 8, 1919, p. 29.

    Harry B. Overton, for many years with the Gentry Bros. Famous Shows in various capacities, including advertising car manager, contracting agent, superintendent and manager, has been tendered an offer for a position in the advance department with this organization for the coming season. During the past several summers Mr. Overton has been with Barnum & Bailey as 24-hour agent. Billboard, February 22, 1919, p. 76.

    Gentry Bros. Shows opened the season April 14 in Houston, Tex., where they have been wintering since the influenza closed the season in October last year. The show consists of fourteen cars back and one ahead. Tom Tucker is superintendent and the band is under the direction of Earl Moss. The performance is directed by Ralph Houser. Billboard, April 26, 1919, p. 14.

    Henry Emgard is manager and principal orator on the sideshow with Gentry Bros. Circus. Jack Sampson is assistant manager and handles second openings, while inside are Brown & Gray's Minstrels (12 people), featuring Mrs. Effie Gray, vocalist; Gonzales, Cuban lion, fighting the lion, Sultano; Sampson also does Punch and magic and lectures; Mrs. Carlye and her den of reptiles; Raloo, fire king, and Oriental department featuring Mrs. Murray and Mrs. Sampson. Billboard, May 24, 1919, p. 38.

    Gentry Bros. Shows. Tom Hibbert joined in Chattanooga, also Deacon Albright, calliope player. Hibbert and stile have a new walkaround. Ralph Houser is equestrian director. The program: No. 1: grand entree. No. 2: pony act with forty ponies, worked by Ralph Houser. No. 3: single traps by Harry Rhodes, Myrtle Rhodes and Joe Roser. No. 4: clown number (snake dance). No. 5: Bill Farmer's Barnyard circus. No. 6: military pony drill by Ralph Houser. No. 7: swinging ladders by Misses Fowler, Jones and Rhodes; also four clown walkarounds by Tom Hibbert, Billy Stiles, Bill Farmer and Punk Moss. No. 8: riding dogs and leaping greyhounds. No. 9: clown number; baseball game by Hibbert, Stiles, Farmer and Moss. No. 10: Gentry Bros.' herd of elephants worked by Miss Rozell. No. 11: Fern Moss, prima donna, and her pigeons. No. 12: comedy wire act by Mr. and Mrs. Harry Rhodes and Bill Farler, also three clown walkarounds by Hibbert, Stiles and Moss. No. 13: menage act worked by Ralph Houser, Miss Jones and Miss Rozell. No. 14: clown number. No. 15: contortion act by Myrtle Rhodes and Miss Fowler, also clown walkarounds. No. 16: dogs and monkeys, working fifty dogs in one act. No. 17: iron jaw by Misses Jones, Robell and Rhodes. No. 18: Darktown and his bucking mule.
    Staff: J. D. Newman, manager; J. B. Austin, general agent and railroad contractor; Tom Tucker, superintendent; H. Franklin, secretary-treasurer; Dan Ryan, trainmaster; Charles Brown, boss canvasman; Ralph Houser, equestrian director; Red Johnson, boss hostler; Bill Carpenter, boss ring stock; Henry Embard, manager sideshow; Bill Jones, pit show; T. F. Everett, candy stands; H. Franklin, No. 1 ticket wagon; D. Wiggins, No. 2 ticket wagon; Wm. Baird, steward; J. G. Goodwin, boss props. T. F. Everett is manager of the candy stands, with V. Boice boss butcher, assisted by Frank Everett, Mark Albright, C. C. Smith, Henry Nichols, Gaby Floyd and Sam Justice. Grover Lee has the outside stand. - Zap. Billboard, May 31, 1919, p. 38.

    Gentry Bros. Shows. Zelma Rozell pulled a surprise May 21 at Bristol, Tenn., when she married W. D. Hearn. Mr. Hearn joined the show in the morning and they were married in the afternoon. George and George joined here and are doing their trampoline and revolving ladder act. Bill Farmer is breaking in a new walkaround in the dressing room with his hen and rooster. Claude Orton joined at Johnson City to act as boss hostler. Billboard, June 7, 1919, pp. 75, 82.

    George Losson, of the team of George and George (also known as the Bounding Georges), and Fern Moss, of the well known Moss Family Band, were married at Mountain City, Tenn., July 12. Both are connected with the Gentry Bros. Shows. Billboard, August 9, 1919, p. 38.

    Recent additions to Gentry Bros. Shows are Rodney Harris and wife, Riley Matheys [Mathews?], Gus Barnes and F. McKinney. Rodney Harris is directing the band, and Etta Harris is doing three acts in the big show, including iron jaw and wire. Mathews offers a trapeze and swinging perch act. Billboard, August 16, 1919, p. 44.

    The sideshow of the Gentry Brothers Circus is under the management of Henry Engard. Jack Sampson is handling the inside and cleaning up with the oriental departmen. Jim Anderson joined at Murray, Ky., as manager of the Brown All-Star Minstrels, making fourteen people. Jaibo and Bob Robinson joined at Owensboro; also Frank Oram and wife, as ticket sellers. Mrs. Oram is in the oriental department. Madam Clarita is doing her clever palmistry. - W. R. Arnold. Billboard, August 30, 1919, p. 43.

More on Gentry Bros. show, 1919, see Billboard, 1919 - scroll down or use find.

1922: Information on the 1922 equipment and animals is online in Bandwagon, May-Jun 1958 (scroll down).

Gentry Bros. & James Patterson Circus

• Gentry Bros. Famous Shows were sold at Receiver's sale January, 1923, to James Patterson. Sale included 15 cars, good will and title. Combined with Patterson Trained Animal Show. "Circus Changes of the Past," C. E. Duble, Note Sheet No. 5 (Circus Historical Society), November 16, 1942.

1925: Chicago, June 16. The Patterson-Gentry circus is charging a 50 and 35 cent admission charge. In spite of this low entrance cost the show has not won any money since leaving Pennsylvania. At present it is heading west. It will play Indiana Harbor on June 30 and Kankakee July 1. The show is following a great deal of the route of the Christy Show. This last named drcus won money in the western towns at 75 cents admission. Variety, June 17, 1925, p. 45.

• James Patterson operated this show until it was taken over by the bank and sold to Floyd and Howard King in October, 1925. Bandwagon, September-October, 1977, p. 4.

• Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1923-25, James Patterson, owner.

• Show listed in Chindahl's History of the Circus in America, James Patterson, owner, 1923-24

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Gentry Bros. - 1927   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1926-1929

• 1926: Floyd and Howard King and John Pluto, owners, Gentry Bros.

1927: Route for the 1927 show is online in Bandwagon, February 1952 (scroll down).

Brief information on the history of the Gentry Bros. shows is online in Bandwagon, Nov-Dec 1960 (scroll down or use find).

• Article on the 1926 Gentry Bros. show is in Bandwagon, September-October, 1977, Vol. 21, No. 5, pp. 4-20.
• Article on the 1927 Gentry Bros. show is in Bandwagon, January-February, 1978, Vol. 22, No. 1, pp. 4-14.
• Article on the 1928 Gentry Bros. show is in Bandwagon, May-June, 1978, Vol. 22, No. 3, pp. 4-14.
• Article on the 1929 Gentry Bros. show is in Bandwagon, September-October, 1978, Vol. 22, No. 5, pp. 4-20.

• Information on the 1931-33 Gentry Bros. show is in Bandwagon, July-August, 1983, Vol. 27, No. 4, pp. 7-10. Sam Dill, owner.

• 1934 was the last year the Gentry Bros. title was used. The show was sold to Fred Bays, who took it out as Bays Bros.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Fred Gerner's Hippodrome - 1918

    Fred Gerner's Hippodrome Society Circus wants for season, circus acts of all kinds. Under the direction of Burns O'Sullivan. Billboard, March 30, 1918, p. 31.

    A. W. Flynn will be treasurer of Gerner's Hippodrome and Society Circus. Billboard, April 6, 1918, p. 29.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

J. A. Gerrish's American Museum and Zoological Exposition - 1874

    The proprietors and officers are as follows: Proprietor and manager, J. A. Gerrish; assistant, J. Greenleaf; advance agent, A. K. Moore; master of canvas, a. Conley. Number of tents used, two. Proprietors of privileges: T. Hoff and B. Lewis & Co. The Museum: Superintendent, D. J. Moore. Number of cages, 25, containing a rare assortment of ancient and modern curiosities, animate and inanimate objects of interest; also, an ornithological entomological, conchological, geological and botanical collection, and a large number of scientific instruments. The Menagerie: Superintendent, T. S. Hobbs. This department will contain a fine collection of animals, including Prof. Hobbs' troupe of performing dogs, goats and monkeys; also, a collection of birds. New York Clipper (Supplement), April 18, 1874, p. 2.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Gibbons & Chapman's - 1889

• Gibbins & Chapman listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1889

    Gibbons & Chapman Combined R. R. Circus desires performers in all branches, except riders. Also band. Address J. A. Hammond, manager, Janesville, Wis. New York Clipper, April 13, 1889, p. 85.

    The Gibbin & Chapman's Combined Railroad Show gave two exhibitions in this city yesterday. The Wood Bros. colored acrobats are good. They have a good band and orchestra. Daily Independent (Monroe, WI), May 9, 1889, n.p.n.

    Darlington, Wis., May 17. Gibbons & Chapman's circus, which showed here Friday, left with unpaid hotel bill at the Proctor house. Yesterday the proprietor drove to Mineral Point, loaded the entire outfit on three lumber wagons, and will hold the same until the bill is paid. The company has disbanded with about $400 wages still due them. Marshfield Times (Marshfield, WI), May 17, 1889, n.p.n.

    Gibbons & Chapman's Circus closed last week at Memorial Point [sic probably Mineral Point, Wisconsin], a result of poor business. New York Clipper, May 25, 1889, p. 176.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Gibbons - 1890

    Memphis, Tennessee. The J. F. Wood's Circus drove stakes on the Bluff __, and remained during the week. Andy Showers reports that Mr. Woods quit the show and people at San Antonio, Feb. 11(?), leaving unpaid salaries and other debts behind him. The company took charge, and have been running the show in their own interest, with Mr. Showers as manager. They disbanded 15(?), and will store all the paraphernalia, etc. in this city. . . . the La Rue(?) Brothers [go] with Gibbons' Circus. New York Clipper, March 22, 1890, p. 19.

    Gibbon's Circus collapsed at Corry, Pa., Sept. 21(?). All of the effects were seized by creditors and stored away. The circus had only one elephant, and that belonged to the Forepaugh Show. No salaries had been paid for a number of weeks, and the company is in very destitute circumstances. At last accounts the canvasmen and some of the performers were camping on the circus lot at Corry and living on the charity of the residents. The show is said to be a complete wreck. New York Clipper, October 4, 1890, 468.

    Wanted, good specialty people, trapeze bar performers, contortionists and a good clown that can do in leap and tumble. Address Howard Gibons, New Holland, Pickaway County, O. New York Clipper, June 27, 1891, p. 276.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Gibbs & McGregor's - 1898

    Wanted, for Gibbs & McGregor's 25c R. R. Show, circus acts of all kinds except riding, prefer men and lady performers that double concert; band men. Doc. Gibbs, Detroit, Michigan. [Advertisement] New York Clipper, March 19, 1898, p. 51.

    The Smiths, Chas. L. and Mable A., have signed with Gibbs and McGregor's Shows, to do clowning and give the concert. New York Clipper, March 19, 1898, p. 44.

    Wabash, Indiana. Gibbs and McGregor's Railroad Shows on the 17th to packed tents. New York Dramatic Mirror, May 28, 1898, p. 6.

    Gibbs & McGregor Show notes. This show is now in their eleventh week. The band is under the leadership of C. E. Welles. Mr. Welles' cornet solos are a feature. New York Clipper, July 9, 1898, p. 308.

    Notes from the Gibbs & McGregor Show. Our season and partnership closed at Marysville, Ohio, July 14, with salaries paid by Doc Gibbs, who bought the entire outfit, which was all new this Spring. It was shipped to Wapakoneta, Ohio, where it will be put into shape next Spring, and will go out under the old name, Gibbs Olympic Railroad Show, and will use three cars, with Doc Gibbs as sole owner and manager. New York Clipper, August 13, 1898, p. 385.

    John McGregor writes" "After dissolving partnership with Doc Gibbs, I have reorganized, and will open at Detroit, August 25, playing one and two days' stands through Michigan. My main top is an eighty, with a forty middle piece, dressing tent, thirty-five by seventy-five; cook tent, thirty by fifty, all new. I have a band of eight pieces, and re-engaged a number of performers late of the Gibbs & McGregor Show." New York Clipper, August 27, 1898, p. 425.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Gibson's - 1890-94

1890:

    On the Road, Circuses: Howard Gibson's. New York Clipper, May 24, 1890, p. 162.

    Howard Gibsons' International Circus opened on May __ at Plain City, O. The tent, which is a 100ft.(?) round top with two 30ft.(?) middle piece, was packed to its utmost. The show is comprised of the following people: Howard Gibson, proprietor; George Edgerton, business manager . . . Prof. F.(P.?) M. Williamson is the leader of a brass band of twelve pieces . . . Adel is the manager of the sideshow . . . Prof. Greeno's dog circus; the Gantz Bros., Roman ladder and bars . . . Hickey's trained dog show. . . . The concert people are as follows: . . . May Edgerton's trained birds . . . New York Clipper, May 31, 1890, p. 183.

1891: Wanted, good specialty people, trapeze bar performers, contortionists and a good clown that can do in leap and tumble. Address Howard Gibons, New Holland, Pickaway County, O. New York Clipper, June 27, 1891, p. 276.

1892: Master Ollie Young, juggler, has signed with Gibson's International Shows for next season, making his second season with that show. New York Clipper, March 5, 1892, p. 859.

1893: Billy Hammond, talking and singing clown, has signed with the Howard Gibson Great Consolidated Shows. New York Clipper, March 11, 1893, p. 2.

1894:

    Wanted, circus people in all branches, cornet player and baritone to double first violin. J. Howard Gibson, London, O., March 9 and __ West Jefferson, O., 12 and 13, Milford Center, O., 14, and 15. New York Clipper, March 10, 1894, p. 11.

    Wanted, for ___ & ___ Great Railroad Shows, people in all branches. Cornet to double first violin and lead band. Side show and candy privileges for sale. Address J. Howard Gibson, __ North Ashland Ave., Chicago, Ill. New York Clipper, May 12, 1894, p. 158.

    On the road, circuses: J. Howard Gibson's . . . Rochelle IL 19, Ashton 21. New York Clipper, May 19, 1894, p. 162.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Gifford & Culbertson - 1897

    Notes from Gifford & Culbertson Shows. We opened in Elsworth, Wisconsin, August 3, after laying over in Red Wing to reorganize, with the following people. Band: M. Sonlehson, leader; F. B. Bryan, Fred Vayon, J. W. Elstrom, H. C. Hall, Ed Bean, Harry Maxwell, E. Foster, T. Bishop, and Robt. Fontinelle, drum major. Performers: Fontinelle and Willis, double traps, wire perch, rings, tumbling and wire; Earnest Foster, contortion and bars; Sam Culbertson, triple bars and leaps; Foster and Becker, revolving ladder and clowns; Mr. Perkins, clown and concert; W. H. Coleman, assistant and bears; H. Tremert and dogs, Laaura McManus, concert; Frankie Hulti, and George Wanzer, director. New York Clipper, August 14, 1897, p. 380.

    Gifford & Culbertson's circus disbanded at Trempealeau, Wis., the goods of the show being stored previously to shipment by steamer to Red Wing. Waterloo Daily Courier (Waterloo, IA), August 24, 1897, p. 2.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Gilbert's Dog & Pony Show - 1897

Gilbert's Dog & Pony Show played the Wichita state fair [Kansas], with the main features of an old one ring circus, September 27 to October 2, 1897. • Bandwagon, September-October, 1997, Vol. 41, No. 5, p. 31.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Gilbert Bros. - 1943   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1943

    Terrell Jacobs Wild Animal Circus is now connected with the Gilbert Bros. Combined Circus, playing the New England States. Bandwagon, June, 1943, Vol 2, No. 4, p. 8.

    Show opened at Clifton, N.J., May 26, folded up at Hartford, Conn., June 26. See articles on this short-lived show in Bandwagon, October, 1943, Vol. 2, No. 6, p. 3; and Bandwagon, July-August, 1971, Vol. 15, No. 4, pp. 14-17.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

G. W. Gilchrist Circus - 1887

Opened at Evansville, Indiana, April 11. Came to grief on April 16, when proprietors had a disagreement. New York Clipper, April 30, 1887, p. 101. Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Gilchrist & Armstrong - 1916   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1916

    According to present indications the Gilchrist & Armstrong Shows will probably remain on the road until December 15. The show carries about twenty-eight performers and a number of working men, and is in its sixteenth week, doing fairly well considering the wind and rainy weather. The outfit has covered Kansas, Oklahoma and Texas, and is now routes northwest into Colorado. The roster includes: A. F. Gilchrist, manager; L. E. Armstrong, secretary; Mrs. A. F. Gilchrist, treasurer; A. G. Ford, press representative; Mrs. Grace Armstrong, concessions; Roy Blackwood, equestrian director; Jack Cavanaugh, sideshow; __ Majors, illusions; Clyde Wright, concert; Dell Simmons, musical director; Bill Farris, boss canvasman; Pat Scribner, boss hostler; Pat Kelly, lot man; Frank Kelly, 24-hour man; Clarence Halstead, property man; Mell Keeble, transportation manager. Billboard, July 22, 1916, p. 22.

    The Gilchrist & Armstrong United Wagon Shows, after closing a successful circus season in Oklahoma, opened a stock company under the management of George W. Harper. The roster: Al F. Gilchrist and George W. Harper, owners and managers . . . Billboard, December 23, 1916, p. 17.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Col. Giles' World's Fair - 1885   (Formerly Hilliard & Main Show) M. M. Hilliard, H. B. Carroll, Harry Mack, proprietors. May be Pullman & Dingess show

    Should any of our people visit "Col" Giles circus at Spirit Lake on the 25th inst., we advise them to keep one eye on their pocket books and the other on the circus employes. The newspapers in many towns where they have exhibited declare they will bear watching. Northern Vindicator (Estherville, IA), July 17, 1885, n.p.n.

    Mr. Cal. Towers, a rider in Giles' circus, lay on a cot in the depot, Monday night, waiting for the eastern train. Over a week ago he was taken sick but continued at work. He grew worse, and his wife was wired and came at once, meeting him at Wall Lake. They were making an effort to gt him to his home near Muscatine. The couple were accompanied by R. S. Terry, general business manager of the show. Carroll Sentinel (Carroll, IA), July 24, 1885, n.p.n.

    Monroe, Ga., Jan. 7. The Giles Circus here brought to this little place many of the most distinguished circus men in the country today, among them A. J. Forepaugh, Lewis Sells, W. W. Cole and Jack Robinson. The circus started out from Chetopa, Kan., in April, carrying a mortgage, and reaching here in December was unable to carry the load further, and the animals were levied on. At the sale the bidding was lively. E. K. Campbell, of Chicago, bought a five-thousand dollar elephant for $1,300. Forepaugh bought the two lions for $400, and Campbell two camels for $325. The animals will be shipped to St. Louis tonight. New York Times, January 8, 1886, p. 4.

    Show opens next week at Chetopa, Kansas. Walter LeRoy and wife leave Indianapolis to join. New York Clipper, April 25, 1885, p. 88. Show passed through Keokuk, Iowa on September 30, enroute to Montrose, Iowa. Will close there on September 22. New York Clipper, October 3, 1885, p. 453. At Monroe, Georgia, to be sold at Sheriff's sale. New York Clipper, December 19, 1885, pp. 638, 639. Details of Sheriff's sale at Monroe on January 7, 1886. New York Clipper, January 16, 1886, p. 692.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Dave Gillespie's - 1903, 1912-15   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1909-1914

1903:

    Wanted for D. H. Gillespie & Co.'s Shows. Circus, side show and concert people of all kinds. Address D. A. Gillespie, Rendville, O. [Advertisement] Billboard, May 16, 1903, p. 22.

1912:

    Wanted, to buy trained dogs and ponies or will place man with same. Man for balloon ascensions. I have outfit. Small family and lady performers, and others that do several acts. Boss canvasman and useful people. Show runs all winter. Address care General Delivery, Jacksonville, Florida. D. H. Gillespie. [Advertisement] Billboard, January 13, 1912, p. 41.

    Fred Adkins and Seymour Walker left the Peerless Show Band at Blocton, Alabama, to join Gillespie's Wagon Show, now touring Georgia. Billboard, May 4, 1912, p. 27.

1913:

    Wanted for Dave H. Gillespie Show. Boss hostler and boss canvasman. Show runs winter and summer. Must have wagon show experience. No night drives. Would also like to hear from musicians and performers. Address Hampton, Fla. [Advertisement] Billboard, March 8, 1913, p. 50.
    Dave Gillespie is down in the "Teets Brothers Country" (Mountains of Virginia, Kentucky, Tennessee and North Carolina) with a neat little wagon show, and getting the money. There's one thing about that region; after you've toured it, you don't have to pay out all you've taken in to the printers. Billboard, July 26, 1913, p. 51.

1914

    Dave H. Gillespie Show. Dave H. Gillespie, proprietor & manager; J. M. White, asst. manager; Mrs. D. H. Gillespie, treasurer, secretary & auditor; T. A. McGinnis, general agent; Joe White, local contractor; Jim Greer, press agent; N. S. Gillespie, manager sideshow; Edgar Day, equestrian director; Dave Gillespie, general supt.; John Whiting, supt. privileges; W. S. Larrison, musical director; J. Pat Greer, supt. reserved seat tickets; Ed Westbrook, supt. canvas; Shorty Boykin, boss hostler; Tom Vanters, supt. commissary dept.; John Whiting, supt. lights; Shorty Matthews, supt. props; B. Johnson, supt. ring stock; Jas. Mitchell, supt. stock; Blackie Dungam, supt. elephants; Charley Dungam, supt. animals; Shorty Thomas, blacksmith; T. A. McGinnis, manager advance wagon; Dave Hamilton, legal adjuster. Show opened at Camden, South Carolina, March 7. Billboard, March 28, 1914, p. 48.

    Wanted, musicians and performers of all kinds for big show, side show and concert. Cornet player to lead small band. Man to do untableable lion act; man to work dogs and ponies; man to make balloon ascension; I will furnish balloon. Will also place mother or father with two or three children, to ride ponies and other acts. Will place light privilege and candy butchers. This is a successful wagon show, makes long seasons. Address Dave H. Gellespie's [sic] Show, Richmond, Va. [Advertisement] Billboard, June 13, 1914, p. 24.

    Dave Gillespie and his wagon show is still plugging along. His agent "blowed" a few days ago, leaving the automobile by the roadside and most of the paper in the ditch. Dave got wise quick, went on and got his Ford and started in billing like a real old timer. New York Clipper, October 24, 1914, p. 5.

1915

    News from mountainous regions between Kentucky and Virginia leaks out slowly. On June 20. while en route from St. Paul to Coaburn, Va., one of the wagons with the Dave Gillespie Shows got stuck in the mud. The driver, a North Carolina cracker, was ordered to get down from it while effort was made to move it. He refused and grew abusive. Gillespie struck him with his bare fist and broke his neck. Then becoming panic stricken he tore for the woods and made a getaway.
    He had a fine little wagon show, consisting of thirty head of excellent horses, a dozen ponies and several camels, lions and other animals which are in the hands of the sheriff at Coeburn. The people are scattered far and wide long ere this. Only Mrs. Gillespie and her baby remain. Gillespie made a fearful blunder in beating it. Had he given himself up he would have hardly drawn anything worse than a light fine. He had plenty of witnesses that would have testified that the blow was struck with the bare fist and the death was an accident. Bill Todd got all the data from the Mayor and Chief of Police at St. Paul. He ways these are fine men, and that they declare that he would have stood a fine chance of being freed. As it is, he is a fugitive from justice and is almost certain to lose his show, and with it the earnings of a lifetime.
    Dave Gillespie had the side-show with Sparks for years. He was also with Young Buffalo. He is a real showman, a hard worker, a square man and a good fellow. His credit was excellent. Later advices have it that the coroner and a jury decided that the driver whom Gillespie struck had died of heart disease and that his neck had not been broken by the blow. The show is tied up, but it develops that Gillespie's backer owns it and will be able to prove the title. Thus it will not be scattered and dissipated. The dead driver's father has filed suit against Dave, but service has not been had on him. They have been having as much rain down in these mountains as elsewhere. Billboard, July 24, 1915, pp. 3, 62.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Gillett's - 1895

    Joe H. McIntyre, baritone singing clown, late of Cooper & Co.'s Circus, joined the Gillette Family Circus at Nashville, Tennessee. Andy Morris, clown, reports success with his trick and shadow pantomime with Gillett's Railroad Circus. New York Clipper, June 1, 1895, p. 195.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Gilliam Family - 1896

    Wanted, for the Gilliam Family Little Tent Show, a family band of five pieces. Address Frank A. Gilliam, Springfield, Mo. [Advertisement] New York Clipper, April 11, 1896 [1897?], p. 85.

    Gilliam Family notes. We are wintering at Red Wing, Minnesota, and busy making a 75ft. round top tent, a 30ft. round top dressing room and horse tents. We are building new transformation wagons in such a manner that they can be used in parade as cages, tableau floats and band wagons. Everything will be new for the season of 1897. New York Clipper, November 7, 1896, p. 571.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Gilliam, Gifford & Culbertson - 1897

    The Gilliam, Gifford & Culbertson One Ring Circus opened at Red Wing, Minnesota, May 17, 18. They carry an 80ft round top with 30ft. middle piece; one dressing top, and two horse tents. Roster: Franklin A. Gilliam, Lew Gifford & Samuel Culbertson, proprietors; Franklin A. Gilliam, manager; the Gilliam Family, four in number; Frank A. Gilliam, Lydia L. Gilliam, Maude M. Gilliam, Master Primrose Gilliam, G. M. Peterson, Chas. C. Hughes, Sam Culberton, Lawrence Johnson, Joe Malloy, Lew Gifford, Harry Fitzgerald, Max Brinkhaus, George Hurley and Lew Freeman. The carry a band of ten pieces. Chas. C. Hughes is equestrian director; Fred Meincke, in charge of stock; C. Reisch, property man; Jack Hennings, boss canvasman, and D. A. Meincke, advance agent. New York Clipper, June 5, 1897, p. 219.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Gillmeyer’s - 1900

    Geo. H. Calvin writes: "I visited the opening of the Wm. H. Gillmeyer Show, in Camden, N.J., on May 12. His round top is 90ft., 50ft. middle piece. W. H. Gillmeyer is sole owner, George T. Golt(?), manager; Robt. Whitaker, equestrian director; Mamie Forepaugh, principal lady riding act; the Three Valentines, aerial act; Walberta(?), introducing his horse, Dahl; Frank Pirrung(?), pedallatic manipulator; Robt. Whittaker, jockey rider; Wm. Tressler, slack wire; Ycca, strong woman; Mamie Forepaugh, with her troupe of performing ponies; Chas. Valenteen, high wire act. E. J. Holland gives a free exhibition of head balancing on a wire extending from centre pole 200ft. New York Clipper, May 19, 1900, p. 267.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Gillmeyer, Bryson & Co.’s - 1888-89

1888: Roster of Gillmeyer, Bryson & Co.'s Great Eastern Circus: Executive staff - W. H Gillmeyer (general manager), W. H. Bryson (assistant manager), and E. Z. Shewell (treasurer), proprietors; Frank Carvello, contracting agent; H. Spiegal, boss canvasman with ten assistants. Performers: May Antonio, King Sato, ___ Lerado, the McGinleys, Jennie Morosco, Mlle. Lotto, De Lacy, Frank Kennedy, Hook Bros., Fred Ladell, Williams and West, Prof. Wm. Pollock's dogs and ponies, and Prof James McCann's silver cornet band of ten pieces. The show will open in Philadelphia early in May. New York Clipper, April 21, 1888, p. 89.

1889:

    W. H. Bryson writes from Philadelphia, Pa., that in conjunction with his former partner, W. H. Gillmeyer, he is organizing the Great Eastern Circus on a much larger scale than last season. He adds that he expects to have everything in readiness to put on the road about the first of May. New York Clipper, February 23, 1889, p. 805.

    Wm. H. Gillmeyer's letter will explain itself: "In last week's Clipper W. H. Bryson states that, in conjunction with myself, he is going to put the Great Eastern Circus on the road this coming season. I would state that Mr. Bryson called to see me in regard to putting out the show, but I did not give him any definite answer in regard to the same. I suppose he took it for granted that I would take an interest in the same. I wish you would contradict that statement, as I have decided not to go on the road this season. Though I am not connected with the show business, I eagerly look for the Clipper each week." New York Clipper, March 2, 1889, p. 821.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Gilmore, Clark & Co.'s - 1898

    Gilmore, Clark & Co.'s Circus. Roster: the Berry Children, Scott and Adams, Markham Brothers, John Williams, Sallie Scott, Signor Boscoe, Will Lee, Thos. Berry, and the Berry Sisters. The band is led by Prof. Young. New York Clipper, May 7, 1898, p. 160.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Gilson's Pavilion Show - 1888

    Gilson's Pavilion Show will open in Kansas City in April. Want a specialty team that can do living pictures, lightning change artists, concert people who double in brass, band leader, leapers, tumblers and general performers. Address D. D. Gilson, Kansas City, Mo. New York Clipper, April 7, 1888, p. 67.

    Orion Springer will be with the Gilson Pavilion Show the coming season. They open season April 23 at Kansas City, Mo. New York Clipper, April 21, 1888, p. 89.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Circus Girard - 1979

• 1979: Operated by Carl Conley, Gerard Soules and Steve Schumacher. The show opened June 11 at Stow, Ohio. It was reported that at the end of the season Soules had sold his equipment to Conley, who announced he would tour in 1980 under the title Circus Williams. Bandwagon, January-February, 1980, p. 15.

• Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1978-79, Girard Soules, owner.

Do you have information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Gissenger Bros. & Holland - 1897

    Gissenger Bros. and Holland expect to open a new circus July 2, at Thomson, Illinois. Gissenger Bros. have conducted privileges in various circuses, and Mr. Holland is a well known horseman. New York Clipper, June 26, 1897, p. 269.

    Notes from Gissenger Bros. & Holland Great New York Shows. . . . We have about seventy head of baggage stock, including ring stock and trained stock, something like one hundred horses. Wm. Mayo arrived with ten trained horses, including several trained calico ponies, performing January mule, etc. All told, we will number about one hundred people. We open July 12, at Thomson, Illinois. New York Clipper, July 10, 1897, p. 301.

    Gisinger Bros. & Holland, managers of the Great New York Circus, write: "We have Frank B. Miller and wife, equestrians; Al Norton and wife, Madame Cordelia, Al Fostor, clown; Madame Parks, the Howe Brothers, Prof. Parks and his military band; Doc Holland, master of transportation; Capt. Stewart and museum; Gisinger Brothers, general managers of tents and grounds. Col. Chas. Holton, with three teams and six men, are in advance. Frank B. Miller has four trained horses, with two grooms. There are about fifty people on hand, and more to come awaiting our opening at Thomson, July 17. New York Clipper, July 24, 1897, p. 335.

    The Great New York Circus opened to big business in Thomson, Illinois. They have Frank B. Miller and wife, equestrians; Al Norton and wife, Cordelia, Howe Bros., C. A. Hibbard, equilibrist; Dollie Miller, flying trapeze, and other first class people. Prof. Park and a military band of twelve are with the show. New York Clipper, July 31, 1897, p. 349.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Givens - 1890, 1892

1890:

    Wanted for European Show, Menagerie and Wild West Combined, cowboys and Indians, performing horses or ponies, performing dogs, lady trapeze performers, gymnasts of all kinds, sideshow curiosities, a boss canvasman, few billposters. Balloon man, a good one with parachute. . . . Wagon show. Open about the middle of April. Address . . . Samuel F. Givens, ___ North Broad Street, Philadelphia, Pa. New York Clipper, January 18, 1890, p. 753.

    Thos. Boscoe(Roscoe?), juggler and slack wire performer . . . has signed with Given's Circus and Wild West Show for the coming tenting season. New York Clipper, February 8, 1890, p. 791.

    Wanted, with Great European Show, Wild West and Trained Animals a few privilege people. Will rent candy privileges. Samuel F. Givens, proprietor, Philadelphia, Pa. New York Clipper, March 8, 1890, p. 865.

    Wanted, with Great European Wagon Show, one or two performing or trick horses or ponies. Will rent candy stands. Open April 28(?). Samuel Givens, ___ North Broad Stret, Philadelphia, Pa. New York Clipper, April 12, 1890, p. 76.

    Pittsburg, Pennsylvania. S. F. Given's Wild West Show is doing the East End and other Pittsburg suburbs. New York Clipper, August 23, 1890, p. 374.

    Given's Circus exhibited in the East End, Pittsburg, last week. Night of Aug. 19(?) the tent was ___ almost to suffocation, when a storm came up. It was noticed that the elephant was very nervous, swinging his huge trunk from side to side, and his trumpeting was heard for half a mile. His keeper tried in vain to pacify him. About midnight Joseph Weaver, who lives on Lowell Street, five(?) squares from the circus lot, heard a noise in his garden. Securing an ordinary stick, he sallied forth. As he entered the garden he was confronted by the elephant, which at once charged at the frightened man. The elephant chased him around the grounds three or four times, when Mr. Weaver finally escaped through the fence, leaving the animal in full possession, while he went to the circus lot for help. The keeper of the elephant was nowhere to be found. A couple of policemen and as many canvasmen, after some deliberation, accompanied Mr. Weaver to his residence. When they arrived at their destination the elephant could not be seen. The garden, however, was evidence enough that the animal had been in charge. Corn stalks, tomator plants and tomato vines has been trampled into the ground. The party of hunters had given up their chase and were about to return when the animal, with a loud trumpet, emerged from behind a hay stack. The men began to scatter, all of them taking positions at a safe distance. The police stationed themselves outside the fence, and began to throw cobble stones, thinking in that way to drive the elephant away. Finally tiring of this the elephant headed in the direction of the policemen. The animal started in pursuit of the fleeing bluecoats, breaking down a high fence and uprooting a pump(?) in his course. After chasing about in this manner for half and hour or more, and amusing all the neighbors in the vicinity, the elephant was driven into a small shed, which had been used as a carriage house. After confining the elephant in a shed for an hour, the keeper appeared. He found little trouble in taking his charge to the circus tent, where he fastened him with a number of chains. New York Clipper, August 30, 1890, p. 387.

1892:

    Wanted, for the Great European Railroad Show, people in all branches of the profession except riders, troupe of dogs, band of eight mouth pieces, performing horse, boss canvas man, lady to make outside ascension, agent that can do good city work. Will rent sideshow and candy stands reasonable to reliable party, to be run straight. Concert people. Address Samuel F. Givens, manager, ___ North Thirty-first Street, Philadelphia, Pa. New York Clipper, April 2, 1892, p. 62.

    The Three La Rue Bros., acrobats and high perch performers. . . have signed with Samuel R. Given's Great European Show. New York Clipper, April 30, 1892, p. 114.

    Prof. Geo. T. Golt opened with S. F. Given's European Circus June ?0, for the season. New York Clipper, July 2, 1892, p. 260.
    The Lewis Bros. say that Sam Givens' Circus went to pieces at Phoenixville, Pa., July ?, and claim unpaid salaries. Wm. Lewis has been quite ill, but has fully recovered. They are resting at Philadelphia. New York Clipper, July 16, 1892, p. 292.

Note: This may be the Samuel Fowler Giveans/Givens who married Cecelia Thomas Miller on September 3, 1882 in Philadelphia. Online at PHILLY-ROOTS-L Archives.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Glasgow's - 1894

    Wanted for J. G. Glasgow's New Olympic Shows and Trained Animal Exhibiton, people in all branches, except riders; also a good band. Will buy band wagon and coats. Privileges for sale. Answer quick. J. G. Glasgow, Chillicothe, O. New York Clipper, May 12, 1894, p. 159.

    Prof. ?. S. Adell, with his performing dogs, goats and monkeys, has signed with J. G. Glasgow's New Olympic Show and Trained Animal Exhibition. New York Clipper, May 19, 1894, p. 164.

    Notes from J. G. Glasgow's New Olympic Shows and Trained Animal Exhibition. We opened the season at Kingston, O., May 19 to S. R. O. Show carries __ft. top with two 30ft. middle pieces, 50ft. horse tent, 30ft. dressing room top, 30 by 40ft. cook tent, twenty head of horses, eight wagons, and two two-horse advance wagons. The roster: Two original Lucken Bros., Geo. Parento, on pyramid of tables, doing a backward drop of twenty feet; Lovell Bros., horizontal bar; Fred Ranch, flying trapeze, W. Jones and Lee Kramer, slack wire balancing trapeze and contortionists; C. E. Jones, principal clown; Chas. Fair, hand balancer; Geo. Staley, perche; ___, Japanese juggler; the Snell Sisters, aerial return act; and Prof. E. S. Adel, educated dogs, goats and monkeys. Concert: Harry Robinson, Irene De Lon(?), Tony Foster(?), Maj. Rolly Hyde, E. Porterfiield and C. E. Jones. F. G. Adkin's miliarty band; F. G. Adkins, Chas. ___, G. L. Shore, A. G. Wilson, __ Mathews, Harvey Briggs, Chas. King, S. Short, Sandford Ferguson, R. Hyde and H. Robison. C. Lorel(?) boss canvas man with eight assistants; W. M. Danridge, boss hostler with three assistants; Sheman Tompson, chief cook with two assistants; John Morris, master of properties with two assistants; Chas. ___, chandelier man with one assistant; S. F. Adell, advance, with three assistants; E. S. Adell, equestrian director; Ed . Glasgow, treasurer, and J. G. Glasgow, sole proprietor and manager. New York Clipper, June 2, 1894, p. 197.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Alex Glasscock's - 1903-04, 1906, 1909, 1915

1903:

    Alex Glasscock's Dog and Pony Show is touring Southern Louisiana, to reported good business. The show will run all Winter. Alex Glasscock, sole owner and manager; Foster Glasscock, in charge of side show; Doc Everton, advance, with three assistants; W. L. Brown, with band of six mouthpieces; Clarence Everton, in charge of privileges; Harry Monto(?), equestrian director. Leon Donagan has joined to play tuba. New York Clipper, January 24, 1903, p. 1056.

    Notes from Alex Glasscock's Big Combined Shows. This show is steadily growing. We started out last spring on our sixteenth season with twelve wagons, raising an eighty foot round top. At the present time we have a seventy foot top with two forty foot middle pieces, carry a menagerie of five cages and also the only snow white camel in the country. Our menagerie top is a forty with a thirty and 28 wagons are necessary to transport the show. We have about forty people all told, and band of ten mouthpieces and put on a strong ring performance - 22 acts in the big show and 8 in the concert. The program contains a large diversity of acts, including Joe Richards, Shirley Morton, Foster Glasscock, Tom Samwells, Chas. Arnold and wife, Harry Monteo, the Costello Family, F. S. Moncayo, Nellie Richards and the great Shinarro troupe of Japs, also two troupes of trained ponies. The acts include bars, single and double traps, casting and carrying, wire, both slack and hig, juggling, tumbling, barrel kicking, knife throwing and riding, single and double. Our advance is in charge of Edwyn J. Buford, with two bill posters. Billboard, October 10, 1903, p. 10.

1904:

    Notes from Alex. Glasscock's Big Combined Shows: We are now in winter quarters at Longview, Texas, after having the most successful season in our history. When we took the road we had a 65 foot round top and a 30 foot side show top, carried about twenty people and had ten wagons. We closed using an 85 foot round top with two 40 foot middle pieces, a side show top 30x70 feet, carrying over fifty people and thirty wagons, including five cages. Our arrangements for next season are fully laid out and rapidly maturing. Billboard, January 2, 1904, p. 10.

    The Alexander Glasscock Mammoth Railroad Shows start out the first of next month with six new cars and the following people: Alex Glasscock, owner and manager; D. W. Glasscock, railroad contractor; Foster Glasscock, treasurer; Mike Glasscock, supt. of construction; M. McCarty, general announcer; Red Middleton, boss animal man; Big Tom, canvas man; Mr. Montcayo, leader of band. Willie Wayatt, Sam Fisher, G. Fisher, Will Gettsfore, Harry Hoffmaster, B. Muller, "Dutchie" Cuff, J. Foist, W. Tibbett, Geo. Turner, Bill Smith, Walter Lee, Preston Willison, Dr. M. T. Everton, agent; W. P. Cuff, boss billposter Wil Perry, Hermon Eyest, Mike McDougal and Eugene Harding. The performers are: Tom Samuels, Foster Glasscock, Sweedie Glasscock, Gus Glasscock, Will Samuels, Ruth Glasscock, Loney Glasscock, Toby Glasscock, Eli Lozano, Rose Lozano, Harry Hoffmaster, Charles LaMay, Harry Motto and Burt Myers. C. M. Carson is supt. of privileges. Billboard, December 24, 1904, p. 22.

1905: For sale or lease. The entire of Alex Glasscock's Mammoth R. R. Show, consisting of 8 cages of animals, 1 white camel, 1 leopard, black bear, and other small animals; two spotted mules, 1 trick mule, 5 trick ponies, one 54 ft. flat car, one 64 ft. flat car, one 44 ft. sleeper, one 40 ft. stock car, one advance car. One 100 ft. round top with 50 ft. middle piece, and other show property. E. R. Glasscock, Ruston, La. [Advertisement] Billboard, January 21, 1905, p. 16.

1906: Ruth, the baby elephant with the Alex Glasscock show, died at Eagle Lake, Texas, Sept. 1, of injuries received at Rock Island. Sol. Stephan, the American agent of Carl Hagenbeck, will ship the show two elephants in the near future. Billboard, September 15, 1906, p. 28.

1909: Chicago, Oct. 28. Alex Glasscock opened a wagon show in Hamilton, Texas, Oct. 20, and will spend the winter in the small towns of the South. Variety, October 30, 1909, p. 14.

Alex Glasscock & Ben J. Benschamp - 1915

1915: Wanted, for Alex Glasscock & Ben J. Benschamp Big Combined Shows. Wild west, circus people and musicinas of all kinds. Address General Delivery, San Marcos, Texas. [Advertisement] Billboard, July 24, 1915, p. 63.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Foster Glasscock's - 1909   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1906-1910

    Roster of Foster Glasscock's Wagon Show: Foster Glasscock, manager; Ruth Glasscock, treasurer; Harry Robson, manager side show; Sam Medlin Red, manager big top; A. Wren, boss hostler; Herbert Rumley, charge of animals; Lewis Rothbower, band leader; Walter Carter, equestrian director; Hugh Jones, agent. Business is good in Texas. Billboard, November 27, 1909, p. 19.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Glassford All-Feature Shows - 1907

    Roster of Glassford All-Feature Shows: E. Glassford, proprietor and general manager; Mrs. Glassford, directress of cook house; L. H. Glassford, treasurer and assistant manager; Roberts, bounding tight wire; McCadden Brothers, triple bar; Johnson and McDowell, jugglers; Prof. and Mrs. Clarks' troupe of dogs, ponies and monkeys; Oscar Sussan, slack wire; Prof. L. Ogden's band of twelve pieces; P. Buck, boss canvasman and Mr. Williams in advance with two assistants. Billboard, June 8, 1907, p. 47.

[Note: May be Ed. C. Glassford "Pike".] The funeral of Edward C. Glassford, 78, veteran Lockport showman, who died New Year's Day in the New York State Firemen's home at Hudson, will be held tomorrow. Burial will be in Cold Springs. Mr. Glassford, a native of Lockport, spent most of his life in show business and had been connected with many minstrel shows, side shows and circuses. He leaves one daughter, Mrs. A. Hardin of Memphis, Tenn., one son, Edward C. Glassford Jr., a brother, G. Fred Glassford of this city; two sisters, Mrs. David Fairburn of Buffalo and Mrs. Grover McGowan of Lockport. Union-Sun and Journal (Lockport, NY), January 4, 1935, p. 2.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Glenan & Austin's Eastern - 1892

    Glenan & Austin's Eastern Shows open at Mechanics Falls, Me., May ?. The company will travel by wagon, using a 100ft. round top tent with a 50ft. middle piece. There will also be a menagerie and a sideshow. The executive staff is: Glenan and Austin, proprietors and managers; George Andrews, general agent; Chas Boyle, contracting agent; Alex. Larelle(?), treasurer; George Clark, equestrian director; William Arnold, boss hostler; B.(?) A. Scott, boss canvasman; George Wood, leader of band; Frank B??us, manager of privileges and others. New York Clipper, April 2, 1892, p. 50. Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Glenn & Hatfield - 1921-22   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1922

    The Glenn & Hatfield Shows closed the season at Panama, Ok., April 6, to good business. The show equipment consists of six wagons, one pony rig, big top 50x80; pit show top, 20x50, and six banner fronts. The show carries five concessions with Lee Greer as manager. Ed Glenn and Fred Hatfield are the owners and managers, with Frank Kelso in charge of all trained stock. A band of six pieces furnishes the music. Billboard, April 30, 1921, p. 51.

    The Glenn & Hatfield Shows, opening March 11 at Hennepin, Ok., have been playing the oil fields of Southern Oklahoma to good business. The show has been enlarged to ten wagons and two autos for passenger service. Casey Smith has the outside concessions and James Foster the juice and balloon privilege. Fred Melvin is the band leader. The show will play the western part of Oklahoma, Kansas, Nebraska and Colorado. All according to Fred Hatfield. Billboard, April 22, 1922, p. 67.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Globe Bros. - 1944   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1944

    Globe Bros. Circus featured the Dutton troupe of bareback riders; Basset and Bailey, equilibrists; Maree and Pall, dog and pony revue; the Whirling Aces, dance team of the silver wheels; Bagdad, performing camel; Ten and Hank, unrideable mule act; Vivian DeVerre, gymnast; Trenton Sisters; Ida Mae, physical culture; Dianna, flying trapeze; George Gordon, comedy slack wire act; Koko and Loka and their contingent of clowns. [Note: see Donovan Bros. circus. It had the same acts in 1943.] Western Enterprise (Anson, TX), April 20, 1944, p. 2.

    Show exhibited in Gainesville, Texas, September 11 & 12. Vernon Pratt, owner of the recently closed Hugo Bros. Circus, joined, bringing four trucks, a sideshow top and banners, ring curb, and his four-horse liberty act, four-pony drill, trick mule and manege horses. Globe Bros. had cancelled previous performances while the show was being rearranged. After this the show traveled on on nine trucks, the big top seating 1,200. In addition to Ted Wilson's sideshow, Frenchy Boullion had a girl show on the midway. Brashear was equestrian director, J. W. and Sig Bon Homme produced the clown numbers. Other performers included Bassett & Bailey, the Marcus Wick Family, Pratt, and others. White Tops, Aug-Sep, 1944, p. 7. Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Golden Bros. - 1923-24   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1923-24, 1938

1923: Golden Bros. Trained Wild Animal Circus is a fifteen car show playing eastern territory. Manager M. E. Golden, and equestrian director Bert E. Rickman, put together a program composed of trained animal acts only. Show opens with spectacular Cinderella in Jungleland, in which all the company and animals take part. Miss Flora Bruce is prima donna and Miss Vina Murray is feature dancer. Bert Wallace and Charles Fulton introduce troupes of horses and poneis. In the dancing horse number, Misses Kimball, Catharine Fulton, Mary Rickman, Laura Lorraine and Marie Stevenson give an exhibition of horsemanship, after which they all appear in the hunting number and put their mounts over the high jumps. The trained wild animals are presented in the steel arena in the center ring, including lions, lionesses, leopards, pumas, bears, etc., and two mixed groups, presented by Jules Jacot, principal trainer, and Capt. W. K.Bernard, his assistant. J. J. Johnson presents the trained elephants, including the dancing elephant, Rosie. There are troupes of performing camels, trained pigs, goats, dogs, monkeys, etc. Milt. Taylor is producing clown, assisted by Bert Fisher, Bob Williams, Ashton Marsh, Tom Hayden, Jack Perry, Andy Grey, Charles Robinson, Martin Low and Danny Hull. Carl Bruce and his Wild West put on the concerts, with ropers, trick and fance riders and bucking horses. John (Doc) Ogden is manager of the World Wonders and Annex shows, featuring Princess Ray and her pythons. The show will play several towns in eastern Pennsylvania and New Jersey before starting on their western trip which will take them to California for the winter. New York Clipper, July 11, 1923, p. 22.

1924:

    We notice that Golden Bros.' circus, which visited Emmetsburg two years ago, is in the hands of a receiver. The company wintered in Arkansas. Mrs. Golden attached the outfit to secure a claim of $30,000. The circus spent the winter of 1922-1923 at Fort Dodge. It is rather a cheap concern. It was infested with thugs when here. Emmetsburg Democrat (Emmetsburg, IA), May 11, 1924, n.p.n.

    The Golden Brothers' Wild Animal Shows played to large crowds here. The parade appeared at 11 o'clock with wild animals, monkeys, pretty horses ridden by romantic performers, ponies, two bands and the usual clowns. An added attraction of the circus was "Cinderella in Jugleland," a fairland fantasy. The Golden Brothers' thre-ring circus came here on two special trains from Luddobk. The show is scheduled to appear in Coleman Thursday. Sweetwater Daily Reporter (Sweetwater, TX), April 9, 1924, p. 1.

• Mike Golden first took the show out in 1923. Golden lost the show to John Pluto in July, 1924, who sold it to George Christy in September, 1924. Christy turned it into Lee Bros. for 1925-26. Bandwagon, May-June, 1972, p. 10.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Golden State - 1868

• 1868: online at:
Clipper, April 11,   Clipper, May 2 (scroll down)

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Goldenberg's - 1874-75, 1877

1874:

    Goldenburg's Colossal Aggregation and Cosmopolitan Array of American and European Wonders. The proprietors and officers are as follows: Proprietors: The Goldenburg Brothers; manager, J. A. Goldenburg; general agent, William Rawdin; contratcing agent, A. D. Higgins; treasurer, W. S. Goldenburg; leader of band, W. T. Rogers; equestrian director, J. W. White; master of canvas, William Armsburg; master of horse, F. Mitchell. Clowns: Billy Carroll, S. S. Pettit, H. Wambold and J. Clinton. Gymnasts: the Moore Brothers. Acrobats, leapers and tumblers: Gaston, De Forrest, Long, Harris, Antony, Bilsing, Clark, Blanchet and the Hazelbac Brothers, trapeze. Specialists: Prof. Armstrong and his trained dogs; Leopar and Carroll, hat-spinners and dancing globe; Allah Ben Abdallah, Arab contortionist; J. C. Long, cannon ball performer and light and heavy balancer. Number of tents, one new canvas, number of men and horses, 110. Proprietor of concert, the Goldenburg Brothers. Proprietor of candy privilege, William Harrison. Will inaugurate their season at Farmington, O., April 20. New York Clipper (Supplement), April 18, 1874, p. 2.

    Goldenberg's Colossal Aggregation, Circus and Indian Show pitched tents at Louisville, Ky., July 1, Shelbyville 2, Frankfort 3, Versailles 4. New York Clipper, July 11, 1874, p. 119.

1875:

    Gouldenberg's Colossal Aggregation, which has been traveling for some time in the South, is now taking in the back country of Texas. When they reach Crockett, they will have traveled 4,687 miles [unreadable text] Jack Clinton, equestrian manager and John L. Robinson, advance agent. Among the company are Mr. and Mrs. Frank Howes and Wm. Armstrong. New York Clipper, January 9, 1875, p. 327.

    Goldenberg's Colossal Aggregation, which has been traveling for some time in the South, is now taking in the back country of Texas. They expect to be in Mexico the latter part of February. . . . S. W. Newton, manager; Charles Woods, assistant; . . . Jack Clinton, equestrian manager; John L. Robinson, advance agent. Among the company are Mr. and Mrs. Frank Howes and Wm. Armstrong. New York Clipper, January 9, 1875, p. 327.

    Goldenburg's Aggregation collapsed at Houston, Texas, Jan. 12. The canvas, seats, poles, etc., were sold for $60. New York Clipper, February 6, 1875, p. 359.

    A great deal of sympathy is expressed in Orwell, O., for the Newton Brothers (the Goldenberg Party), who failed in Texas. Their aged father had endorsed for them, and he is about to lose his farm. New York Clipper, February 20, 1875, p. 375.

1877: A company of riders, acrobats, tumblers, musicians, etc., are wanted for Goldenberg's Great Moral Circus and Egyptian Caravan, which will take the road about May 10 under the management of O. P. Hart and William Manson(?). Address Billy Manson. [Advertisement] New York Clipper, March 24, 1877, p. 415.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Gollmar Bros. Circus - 1891-94, 1896-97, 1900, 1911-14, 1922-23   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1891-1916, 1922, 1923-1925

1891:

    Wanted, for the Gollmar Bros.' Greatest 25c Wagon Shows, good contracting agent, performers in all branches of the circus business. Good sober boos canvasman, boss hostler and bill posters. Also sideshow and candy privileges to let. Address Gollmar Bros., Baraboo, Wis. New York Clipper, January 24, 1891, p. 735.

    Jos. Garnell has signed with the Gollmar Bros.' United Shows for the coming season. The show opened May 16(?) at Baraboo, Wis. New York Clipper, May 9, 1891, p. 150.

    Edward Johnson has signed with Gollmar Bros.’ United Shows. New York Clipper, May 16, 1891.

    Wanted at once, for Gollmar Bros.' Shows, good aerial team who can do rope ascension. Fill on bars tha tumbling, and do ther turn. Good concert man to double on drum. Also, to let, candy stand and cook tent privileges. Big money. Address Gollmar Bros., as per route. New York Clipper, May 23, 1891, p. 192.

    On the road, circuses: Gollmar Bros.', Plattville, Wis. May 27. New York Clipper, May 30, 1891, p. 203.

    The sideshow people with Gollmar Bros.' Show include: W. Golmar, R. Hunt, Geo. Patrick, E. W. Vermelo, Ina Vermelo, Mlle. Zanvia, Julia Gibbons, Mme. Inga and Vermelo's Punch and Judy. New York Clipper, June 6, 1891, p. 2.

    While the circus train of Gollmar Bros.’ Show was en route between Muscody and Boscobell, Wis., the stringer wagon was struck by a passing train, and one of the horses was killed. The wagon was demolished, and several of the company had narrow escapes. New York Clipper, June 13, 1891, p. 230.

    Notes from Gollmar Bros.' Circus. We opened at Baraboo, Wis. May 16, to big business, and have met with prosperity ever since, despite the continual rains. We use a 110ft. round top, with two 50ft. middle pieces. The sideshow tent is a 50ft. top with a 40ft. middle piece, and the dressing tent is a 40ft. round top. We have fifty head of fine stock, six ponies, two trick mules and __ cages of animals. The following people make up the roster: Gollmar Bros., sole proprietors and general managers; Chas. D. Barrett, boss canvasman, with twenty assistants; A. P. McGill, boss hostler, with eighteen assistants; E. Holl, boss property man, with four assistants; Chas. A. Gollmar's band of ten pieces; Fred Gollmar's trained dogs; Chas. A. Gollmar, B. F. Gollmar, F. C. Gollmar, W. S. Gollmar, Claude Gollmar, Frank L. Gay, Florence Levanion, James Bensley, E.(?) Willie Bensley, Ed. Vernelo, Ina Vernelo, Julis Gibson, John Harris, Gibson Sisters, Garnel Bros. . . . Ed. Johnson, E. M. Vernelo, Janiva, Mlle. Inez, Ina Vernelo, R. Hunt, Wm. H. Ross, Jasper Power and others. New York Clipper, June 13, 1891, p. 231.

    On the road, circuses: Gollmar Bros.', Mattoon, Ill. July 4. New York Clipper, July 4, 1891, p. 281.

    Notes from Gollmar Bros.' Circus, Menagerie and Trained Animal Exposition. At last we have got out of the rainy belt, and are having fine weather. Fairbury, Ill., was our banner town of the season. The Edgerton Sisters, May and Lillie, aerialists, joined June 22(?), with Geo. Edgerton and Wm. Clark. . . . The people are all well and happy. New York Clipper, July 4, 1891, p. 285.

    Wanted at once, for the Gollmar Bros.' Great United Shows and Trained Animal Exposition, Greatest 25c show on earth. A few more performers, double and single trapeze, slack wire, barrel kicker and good concert man to double on tenor drum. Also boss hostler. Frank Gay please write. Address Gollmar Bros., Baraboo, Wis. New York Clipper, April 18, 1891, p. 104.

    Edward Johnson has signed with Gollmar Bros.' United Shows. New York Clipper, May 16, 1891, p. 169.

    Manager J. H.(?) Miller, of the Newark, O., Opera Hosue has engaged as contracting agent of Gollmar Bros. Show. The show opened at Baraboo, Wis., May __. Mr. Miller will manage the house at Newark, O., the coming season. Ed. Braddock recently joined the Gollmars' show to do advance work. New York Clipper, May 23, 1891, p. 182.

    The sideshow people with Gollmar Bros.' Show include: W. Golmar [sic], R. Hunt, Geo. Patrick, E.(F.?) W. Vermelo, Ina Vermelo . . . Julia Gibbons, Mme. Inga and Vermelo's Punch and Judy. New York Clipper, June 6, 1891, p. 214.

    Notes from Gollmar Bros.' Circus. We are now in the middle of our tenth week, and are playing to big business. The Edgerton Sisters, aerialists, have proven a valuable addition to our show, and are making a hit. Tom Doyle and Tom Carroll joined us July 1. All are well and waiting for the new dressing room top and horse tent, which are expected every day. New York Clipper, July 25, 1891, p. 328.

    Notes from Gollmar Bros.' Circus. We are having good weather and playing to big business. Geo. Edgerton has purchased an Arabian stallion, and is having it broken for a trick horse. Ina Vernelo and Florence Levanion have been on the sick list, but are better now. Afternoon of July 23(?), while Lillie Edgerton was making her ascension, one of the guy lines broke, and she fell about twenty feet. Her side was bruised, but she will be able to work again in a day or two. We have received a new 45(?)ft. dressing tent and a new six pole horse tent. Doyle and Carrol have joined to strengthen the band and concert. Ina Vernelo received a present from her sister (Edna Mayler) in the shape of some new wardrobe. New York Clipper, August 1, 1891, p. 346.

    On the road, circuses: Gollmar Bros.', Albany, Ill July 29 . . . Savanna 31 . . . New York Clipper, August 1, 1891, p. 347.

    Open for the winter season of 1891-92, Gay and Levanion, Frank and Florence, Spanish rings. Only people working double on one set of rings. Now with the Gollmar Bros. Great United Shows. Frank L. Gay, principal clown. Address, care of Clipper. New York Clipper, August 1, 1891, p. 360.

    Gollmar Bros. Show report excellent business in Iowa. New York Clipper, August 8, 1891, p. 365.

    On the road, circuses: Gollmar Bros., Vinton, Ia. Aug. 10, Laporte City 11, Waterloo 12 . . . New York Clipper, August 8, 1891, p. 365.

    Wanted, quick. Performers in all branches, also sideshow, concert people and musicians. . . . Marion Ia. Aug 7, Centre Point 8, Vinton 10, Laporte 11 . . . Gollmar Bros.' Great United Shows and Trained Animal Exposition. New York Clipper, August 8, 1891, p. 375.

    On the road, circuses: Gollmar Bros., Cedar Falls Ia. Aug 14, Waverly 15. New York Clipper, August 15, 1891, p. 386.

    Notes from the Gollmar Brothers' Circus. We are playing to big business in Iowa. The performers: The Bensleys, Garnello Bros. . . . Kershaw Bros., Edgerton Sisters, J. Johnson, James Bensley and Willis Bensley. The Varnellos have left the show. May Edgerton had a bad fall Aug. 11, at Springville. The show is heading for Deacatur. . . . New York Clipper, August 22, 1891, p. 398.

    Wanted at once, for Gollmar Bros.' United Shows, a good contortionist who ___ in tumbling. A good juggler who does two or mroe turns. Long season and if satisfactory, winter's engagement. Gollmar Bros.' as per route or care of Clipper. New York Clipper, September 5, 1891, p. 447.

    On the road, circuses: Gollmar Bros. Mauston WI Sep 16 . . . Kilbourne City 21. New York Clipper, September 19, 1891, p. 467.

    The Gollmar Bros.' Circus will close its season Oct. 1. New York Clipper, September 26, 1891, p. 484.

    Wanted, for Gollmar Bros.' Shows, people in all branches of the circus business, doing two or more turns. Foot juggling, clowns, etc. Wanted, eight billposters, also musicians. Sideshow privileges and candy and cook tent to let or sell. . . . Address Gollmar Bros.' Show, Baraboo, Wis. New York Clipper, December 26, 1891, p. 710.

1892:

    Wanted, boss hostler and boss canvasman, good chandelier man, a few more musicians and performers, property men, grooms(?), etc. Address Gollmar Brothers, Baraboo, Wis. New York Clipper, February 6, 1892, p. 806.

    Fitzgerald and King will go with Gollmar Bros.' Circus next season. New York Clipper, February 13, 1892, p. 811.

    Capt. Wesley S. Baum, the original South American tattooed man, and Lulu, tattooed princess, have signed with Gollmar Bros.' Circus for the coming season. New York Clipper, February 27, 1892, p. 843.

    E. C. Allen has signed with the Gollmar Bros. New York Clipper, March 5, 1892, p. 856.

    The Gilliam(?) Family, Lydia, Mabel, Frank and Master Primrose, have signed with the Gollmar Bros.' Circus. New York Clipper, March 19, 1892, p. 18.

    Notes from Gollmar Brothers' Great United Shows. Everyone around our Winter quarters is busy getting ready for our opening. Our new chariots, cages, baggage wagons and two new advance wagons are nearly ready, and our force of men in the paint shows are rushing out work at an astonishing rate. We will carry to large carved band chariots this year, one twenty feet and one fourteen feet long. We will add two Roman chariots, three cages and a large number of wagons and horses. The following is part of our roster for '92: Gollmar Bros., sole owners and managers; Fred C. Gollmar, general agent; P. T. Moyer, assistant agent; J. C. Gollmar, general advertising agent, with three assistants; Claud Gollmar, in charge of advance No. ?; Chas. Brown, boss billposter, with ten assistants; Chas. A. Gollmar, equestrian manager; W. S. Gollmar, assistant equestrian manager and manager of concert; J. H. Shields, manager of sideshow and announcer. B. F. Gollmar, secretary and treasurer; Garnel Bros., triple bars; Slackey, wire; La Martino, juggler; Burnello Bros., brother act; Billie Milligan, singing and talking clown; Fitzgerald and King, clowns and song and dance; Eddie Dell, contortionist; Four Gilliam Family, clowns, trapeze, slack wire, contortion and juggling; Dartell Bros., flying return act and double and single trapeze; C. C. Matthews, cloud swing; Jessie Dair, flying trapeze and Japanese perch; Joseph Parsons, four horse, principal, two horse carrying and hurdle riding; Madam Lambkin, female principal riding act; Miss Parsons, female principal; Elfonzo, barrel kicker; the Four De Ormer Bros., leapers and tumblers; La Flin(?), with eight assistants in band No. 2(?); Prof. Charles, with fourteen assistants, in band No. 1; Chas. Barr???, boss canvasman, with twenty-five assistants; J. H. Allen, boss hostler, with twenty-four assistants and seventy-five head of stock; Geo. Green, assistant hostler; and Glen W. Shaw, cook tent, with eight assistants. Our trained horses and ponies are very much improved this year, and our dog acts will be doubled. Everything is new, and we will have the neatest, cleanest and, by all odds, the best wagon show ever seen in the West. New York Clipper, April 2, 1892, p. 50.

    Call. Gollmar Brothers' Great United Shows. Billposters report at Baraboo, Wis. April 30(?), musicians and concert people report May 9 for rehearsal. All performers and others report May 11. Wanted, two cornet players, also chandelier man. Gollmar Bros., Baraboo, Wis. New York Clipper, April 23, 1892, p. 112.

    Joe Garnel, triple horizontal bar performer, goes with Gollmar Bros.' Circus. New York Clipper, April 30, 1892, p. 114.

    Wanted, for Gollmar Bros.' sideshow, magician that can do Punch and Judy. Write Baraboo, Wis., show opens May 14. New York Clipper, May 7, 1892, p. 143.

    Notes from Gollmar Bros.' Circus. May 14 was opening day for the Gollmar Bros.' Show at Baraboo, Wis. The show has been greatly enlarged in every respect. The brigade ahead has been doubled. Special paper is the rule, with three kinds of heralds. More stock, both ring and draft, larger menagerie, more educated animals, more wagons, another band, a magnificent band chariot and several new and costly cages mark the growth of success. All the wardrobe and trappings are new and elegant. The sideshow, under the efficient management of J. H. Shields and son, Arthur, is a winner. The performances, both circus and concert, are sensations. New York Clipper, June 4, 1892, p. 194.

    Gollmar Bros.' notes. The show has once more landed in Iowa, where the sun shines and business is booming. At Darlington, Wis., C. C. Matthews was severely injured while presenting his feat of cloud swinging, owing to the breaking of the ropes. He fell a distance of 30(?)ft. to the ground, but no bones were broken. Mr. C. will be ready for his acts in about another week. Despite poor roads and bad weather, the canvas has been crowded. The band has been enlarged to twice its former size. Prof. Bartell(?) is the leader. Billy Milligan(?) left for Chicago June ?, and James King takes his place. Jessie Dair, flying perch and trapeze, captured the attention of the immense crowd under the tent. New York Clipper, June 18, 1892, p. 228.

    Gollmar Bros.' Show. We are now in our fifth week of prosperous business, and despite the rainy season and bad roads, everything about the show looks as bright as a gold piece. On June 3, at Darlington, Wis., we played against the W. B. Reynolds Show. C. C. Matthews, while doing his swings, was thrown to the ground, a distance of twenty feet, striking on his head and shoulders. Shortly after the accident the gray haired gymnast reappeared and received an ovation. With this exception everybody is enjoying good health. The roster: Gollmar Bros., sole proprietors; B. F. Gollmar, treasurer; Fred Gollmar, advance manager; J. C. Gollmar, chief of brigade No. 1, with twelve men; Claude Gollmar, chief of brigade No. 2, with eight men; Chas. Gollmar, equestrian director; W. S. Gollmar, manager of concert; Arthur Gollmar, of the front door; Joseph Parsons, Clarinda Lawanda(?), Harriette Lamkin(?), J. W. Parson and Harry Lampkin, Jessie Dair, C. C. Matthews, Eddie Dell, Garnell Bros., James King, James Fitzgerald, La Martino, Gillian Family, Dartelle Bros., Three Barnello(?) Bros. . . . Jessie Dair . . . Jno. Bartlette, Martino, Jas. Fitzgerald, Jas. King, Frank Lowery, Fitzgerald and King, J. H. Shields and son managers, Capt. W. A. Baum . . . Rowley and Col Picket. New York Clipper, June 25, 1892, p. 244.

    Notes from Gollmar Bros.' Circus. Business is very good. No accidents have occurred since C. C. Mather's [sic?] fall. Everyone is glad to see this Nestor(?) of aerialists so rapidly regaining his former agility. Now that the time has arrived for a just estimate of the performance, it is very pleasant to realize that the twenty two acts are features all through, and that the discriminate is nearly impossible. At last the weather is favorable, and the prospects are very inviting. New York Clipper, July 2, 1892, p. 260.

    Notes from the Gollmar Bros.' Show. Notwithstanding the rain and muddy roads, we are doing our usual large business. Our two bands are a strong feature of our parade, and our performance is running smoothly. Slackey's wire act is a hit. Joseph Parsons, Mlle. Lambkins . . . and Little Harry Lambkins are doing some excellent riding. . . . Joe Garnell's bar work is wonderful. James King is now doing prinicpal clown. Eddie Dell and Mabel Gilliam's serpentine twists are catching. All hands are in good health and are sending home "blue paper." New York Clipper, July 9, 1892, p. 276.

    Notes from the Gollmar Bros.' Show. We are now on our tenth week of good business, and our show runs like clock work. Chas. A. Gollmar's troupe of educated ponies and mules are working nicely. W. S. Gollmar's educated canines are a strong feature. La Martino is doing a fine juggling act. Lydia Gilliam does a nice balancing trapeze act. O. C. Matthews is working in his old time form. Jessie Dair's aerial work is clever. La Gerald does a fine club juggling act. Chas. La Role's dancing barel and tale is a hit. Jas. Fitzgerald does good work as ringmaster. La Martion does a fine juggling act. Fitzgerald and King's knockabout act goes with a vim. Dartelle Bros.' flying act is marvelous. The Three Garnello Bros. do a fine brother act. We have a strong ring show, twenty-four acts, embracing fifteen fine riding acts, etc. J. H. Shields and son have a strong annex. New York Clipper, July 23, 1892, p. 308.

    Wanted, wagon show, cages, animals, musicians, performers. Mason City, Aug. 6, Petersburg 9, New Berlin 11. Gollmar Bros.' Circus. New York Clipper, August 6, 1892, p. 352.

    Wanted, for Gollmar Bros.' Shows, 2 or 3 cages with animals at once, cheap for cash or will rent same. Want musicians for Bands No. 1 and No. 2. New Berlin, Ill., Aug. 10, Girard 12, Road Hosue 15. New York Clipper, August 13, 1892, p. 370.

    Notes from the Gollmar Bros.' Show. We are doing excellent business, and our performances are running smoothly. Joseph Parsons, Clarinda Lowanda, Mlle. Lambkin and Little Harry Lambkin are receiving high praise for their daring feats of equestrianism. Mme. Parsons makes a find display with her four horse tandam and manege act. Slackey is doing the wire act of his life. . . . Eddie Dell does a splendid contortions act. Mabel Gilliam does a pretty wire act. La Martino does his juggling in Japanese make up. The Gilliam Family in posturing are clever. C. C. Matthews has discarded his sailor dress for tights. Jessie Dair's aerial changes are a novelty. Our clowns, James King, Walter Gollmar, Frank Gilliam . . . Chas. A. Gollmar has added two more horses to his troupe of equines. Arthur Gollmar is sporting a new diamond pin, a birthday present. B. F. Gollmar says the ticket wagon is the coolest place around the show, because he gets his daily perspiration baths. . . . Fred C. Gollmar is routing us in a good territory. Lillie and Annie Gollmar are making us a short vis. Everything about the show looks bright, and all hands are enjoying good health. New York Clipper, August 20, 1892, p. 372.

    Roster of Gollmar Bros. Show: Gollmar Bros. sole proprietors; B. F. Gollmar, treasurer; Chas. A. Gollmar, manager; W. S. Gollmar, equestrian manager; A. H.(?) Gollmar, manager of concert; Fred O. Gollmar, general advance manager; J. O. Gollmar, chief of brigade No. 1, with twelve men; Claude C. Gollmar, chief of brigade No. 2, with eight men; Arthur Wilkson, boss hostler, with thirty men; Chas. Barrett, master of canvas, with twenty-five men; Glen Shaw, candy stands; Prof. Reese(Reece?), leader of band No. 1, with the following men: J. H. Herbert, B.(R.?) A. Saunders, F.(P.?) Fagle, J. O.(C.?) Harris, Chas. Foster, S. A. Jacobs . . . John White, F. Foster, Chas. Painter, Fred Martino and Frank Ross. Prof. Marale(?), leader of band No. 2(?), with the following men: Frank Camo, Geo. Bass, Jas. Robie, Joseph Mackey . . . M. C. Girard, Frank G. Rawley and H. R. Decker. Performers: Joseph Parsons, Mlle. Lambkin, Clarinda Lowanda, Harry Lambkin, Geo. Harkey, Eddie Dell, C. C. Matthews, Jessie Dair, Joe Garnell, Fred La Martino, Walter Gollmar, C. A. Gollmar, Edwins S. Pearl, Jas. Fitzgerald, Jas. King, Mme. Parsons, Mlle. La Marr, Dartelle Bros., Three Barnello Bros., Chas. La Role, Mabel Ross, Mme. Fernando and Mons. Kingley. Concert people: Mrs. C. C. Matthews, Mabel Ross . . . La Martino, Frank Roe, and Fitzgerald and King. Annex: J. H. Shields & Son, managers; Mrs. J. H. Shields, Herr Bland . . . Mario Chief, Mme. Fargat, Prof. Walters, Mlle. Walters and Artie Shields. Last week we received four new cages of aimales. Harkey made his debut as a clown last week. New York Clipper, September 10, 1892, p. 422.

    Edwin S. Pearl, slack wire and aerial performer, is with the Gollmar Bros.' Circus. New York Clipper, September 17, 1892, p. 438.

    Items from Gollmar Bros.' Show. We are now in our nineteenth week and doing good business. Everything about the show is in good condition. At Cartersville, Ill., we had a pleasant visit from Charles and Henry Ringling, and Mrs. Chas. Ringling. The Gollmar Bros. and Ringling Bros. winter their shows at Baraboo, Wis. There is no connection between them in business matters, only in relationship, they being cousins. Our season will probably close the latter part of October, and all hands are making arrangements for the winter. Joseph Parsons, Mme. Parsons and Harry Lamkin will probably go to Cuba, he and C. C. Matthews and Jessie Dair having a good offer from a Southern Show. Joe Garnell(?) will work dates. La Martino goes out with a combination. Fitzgerald and King have a good offer to go south, but will not accept, owing to King's injuries which he received at Carlinsville, Ill., by falling from the bars. He was obliged to return to his home, at Hoosick Falls, N.Y. Oscar L. Cole, contortionist, will work the leading vaudeville theatres this winter. J. H. Shields, wife and son will also go to Central Aamerica with their own show. In fact every performer and musician have secured engagements for the winter. C. C. Matthews is doing his classical swings as the outside attraction. Our annex has been greatly enlarged. Mrs. J. H. Shields being the feature, with her eight performing serpents. Our show will be enlarged for next season. New York Clipper, October 8, 1892, p. 488.

    [Ad] America's marvelous equiponderator and juggler, "La Martino." Just closed with Gollmar Bros.' Shows. Address care of Clipper. New York Clipper, October 22, 1892, p. 533.

    For sale, at a bargain. A complete circus outfit for sale, consisting of on 80(?)ft. tent with __ft. middle piece, __ft. walls with poles, stakes, ropes, etc., complete, __ lengths seats, lights, marquee, only used four months, one trick pony, one trick mule, five trick dogs, one ring horse, four good cages with animals, two band wagons, one fo the finest wagon show band wagons, ticket wagon, dog wagon, baggage wagons, etc.; wardrobe, fixtures, etc. The more complete wagon show ever organized. One 30ft. dressing top, __ head of draft horses and harness complete. Sold separate or altogether at a wonderful bargain if taken at once. Address G. G. Gollmar, Baraboo, Wis. New York Clipper, November 12, 1892, p. 582.

1893:

    W. D. Ament, Mexican Billy, has secured the side show privileges with Gollmar Bros.' Circus for next season. New York Clipper, January 21, 1893, p. 734.

    The Gilliam Family have signed with the Gollmar Bros.' Circus, producing bounding rope and flying trapeze, which they are practicing at their winter quarters, Springfield, Mo. New York Clipper, March 11, 1893, p. 2.

    Dr. Harry Brady(?) has bought a one-third interest in W. D. Ament's sideshow, and together they will take the sideshow privilege with the Gollmar Bros. Show next season. . . . New York Clipper, March 11, 1893, p. 5.

    Roster of Gollmar Bros.' United Circus and Menagerie: Gollmar Bros., sole proprietors; C. A. Gollmar, manager; B. F. Gollmar, front door; Fred C. Gollmar, general advance manager; Claude C. Gollmar, chief of bill brigade No. 1 with twelve men; E. C.(?) Gollmar, chief of brigade No. 2 with eight men; Prof. C. F. Shaw, leader of band No. 1 with the following musicians: C. H.(?) Johnson, A. H.(?) Jackson . . . Jas. Maskin, John Curdy, M. E. Mann and Geo. Rawley; C. A. Estabrooke(?), leader of band No. 2 with the following men: C. H. Franklin, Wm. Otter . . . Chas. Fitzhugh, W. M. Cline, Frank Munroe, F. R.(K.?) Malcomb . . . Performers in big show: Frank Gilliam, Lydia Gilliam, Mabel Gilliam, Primorse Gillian . . . W. A. Gollmar, Fitz. Gerald, C. A. Gollmar, Prof. Bates, Jas. La Roe . . . Durand Sisters, Jas. La Gerald, Mabel Call, Fred Markham, Darnelle Bros., Lydia Markham and Billy La Role. Concert people: Gilliam Children, Billy Baker . . . Frank and Lydia Gilliam . . . Annex people: W. D. Ament and Harry Brady, managers . . . Mexican Billy, Harry Brady, Lotta(?) Walters, Lulu A. Munroe, Prof. Elder, Mme. Elder . . . The show has been enlarged with several new cages, etc. They opened their season May 15(?) at Baraboo, Wis. New York Clipper, June 3, 1893, p. 198.

    Wanted quick, for Gollmar Bros.' Shows. Cornet players . . . trained horse acts and a couple more people. Also boss canvasman, boss hostler, quick. Wire or write to Kilbourn City, Wis., June 1?, Reedsburgh 1?, Wanowoc 13(?). Permanent address Baraboo, Wis. New York Clipper, June 10, 1893, p. 226.

    W. R.(?) Brown(?) (Australian Billy) joined the sideshow with Gollmar Bros.' Show at Monticello, Wis., as door talker and ticket seller. New York Clipper, June 17, 1893, p. 230.

    Items from the Gollmar Bros.' Shows. We are now in our ___ week of prosperous business. . . . The Gilliam Family's posturing and aerial flights are clever. Chas. A. Gollmar's educated ponies and mules are a pleasing feature. . . . Jas. Fitzgerald . . . Dartelle Bros. flying return act meets with approval. Durand Sisters' statuary is something new in this country. Prof. A. A. Bates and his horses and dogs work well. Our clowns, Walt Gollmar, Frank Gilliam(?), Harry Brady(?), Primorse Gilliam, Geo. Markham(?) and Chas. La Role, keep the audience in good humore. Our annex is a good addition and worthy of mention. It is handled in good shape by managers W. D. Ament and Harry Brady. The rifle shooting by Mexican Billy is certainly clever. . . . Our two bands, under the leadership of Prof. C. F. Shaw and C. A. Estabrook, are strong features of our parade. Frank Myers, boss hostler with thirty men, is keeping the show in fine form. H. W. Southard, boss canvas man with twenty-five men gets the white tops up in good shape. Everything around the show looks neat and clean. New York Clipper, June 24, 1893, p. 248.

    Notes from the Gollmar Bros.' Circus. We opened at Baraboo, Wis. June __ and have played to fine business ever since. We have not lost a stand nor had a losing day. Mrs. J. Gollmar and daughter and two sisters paid the show a pleasant visit last week. . . . Our worthy advance agent, Fred Gollmar, was back with the show last week for three days. New York Clipper, June 24, 1893, p. 248.

    Notes from Gollmar Bros.' Show. We are doing an excellent business and our performance is running smoothly. Harry and Dolly Emmings(?) joined us June 23(?). Miss Emmings does a manege act. The serpentine dancers, Mabel Gilliams(?) and Fred De Belle, are surprising. Fred Gilliams' bounding rope act is a real piece of work. Harry De Belle's aerial work is good. Lydia Gilliams introduces clever feats of equilibrium in mid air. Chas. La Role is making a hit with his dancing barrel . . . Walt. Gollmar is riding in fine form. Fred Barlow is doing an excellent principal and four horse riding act. Jas. Fitzgerald juggles anything from a toothpick(?) to a Kerocene lamp. Chas. A. Gollmar's educated ponies and dogs are working nicely. Dartelle(Bartelle?) Bros. are on the bars. In fact, everything about the show is running in good shape. New York Clipper, July 15, 1893, p. 296.

    Notes from Gollmar Bros.' Show. We experienced the first blow down of the season on July 15, at Livermoore, Ia., just as the evening show was about to commence. A terrific wind and rain storm came up without a moment's warning, the canvases commenced to sway to and fro, and the horses ran madly through the tents. Amid the screaming of women and children and the roaring of the caged beasts, Mr. Gollmar warned the audience to pass out as quick as possible, but so intense was the excitement, they paid no heed to the warning. Finally the side walls were blown up and they made their escape. Then came a terrible crash. The menageries, side show, big main top, dressing rooms and horse and cook tents were leveled to the ground. Not a human being or animal was injured and the damage to the show property is nothing to speak of. Before and after the tornado some of the situations were laughable. In face of all the danger, J. C. Gollmar was trying to hold the marque [sic] with one hand and the ticket box with the other hand. He lost his grip and away it went. Chas. A. Gollmar was trying to do a perch act on a quarter pole, but gave up in despair. A. H. Gollmar was saturated with red lemonade. Walt Gollmar had to go to the hotel enveloped in a barrel, B. F. Gollmar was riding around in the ticket wagon looking for a dry place; he had plenty of "dust" in the wagon. Jas. Fitzgerald made the longest leap of the season, landing in a puddle of mud, dressed in his best suit of tights. Harry and Dolly Emmings passed by the hotel several times before they discovered the entrance. Frank Gilliam, with his whole family on his shoulders, did a nice carrying act. . . . W. E. Jackson stopped on the way several times to light his pipe. All that could be seen of George Shumway was his white pants. E. F. Shaw came running into the hotel with a piece of music in one hand and a stake in the other. Frank Dickson came in with a pedestal under his arm, thing he had his bass horn. New York Clipper, July 29, 1893, p. 328.

    Gollmar Bros.' Circus advance No. 2 visited the grave of "Yankee" Robinson at Jefferson, Ia., on Saturday, July 23(?). The grave was found in excellent condition. It is located on the Masonic lot, the highest spot in the cemetery, and is marked with a fine brown granite monument, erected by the Sells Bros. and Ringling Bros. The advance is now eleven days ahead of the show and is favored with the finest of weather. New York Clipper, August 5, 1893, p. 346.

    Notes from Gollmar Bros.' Show. We are now in our fifteenth week of prosperous business, and our performance is running smoothly. The De Belle Bros. are making a hit in their aerial flights. The Gilliam Family's posturing act is novel. Dolly Emmings does a splendid menage act, and is making a hit. Walt Gollmar, in a new version of the January act, keeps the audience in laughter. Chas. A. Gollmar's educated dogs, ponies and horses are a pleasing feature. Jas Fitzgerald does some artistic feats of juggling and equlilbrism [sic?]. The Durand Sisters, in statuary, are unique. Fred Barlow, bounding jockey and principal rider, is doing some clever work. Dartelle Bros.' flying return act is marvelous. Chas. La Bole(?), with his barrel, table and cross, is graceful; in fact, everything is going nicely around the show. Our annex is under the management of George Hall. Our band is making a hit under the direction of bandmaster Harry Emmings. Mr. and Mrs. Skinner and grandchildren paid the Gilliam Family a visit last week. New York Clipper, August 26, 1893, p. 394.

    Items from Gollmar Bros.' show. We are nearing the close of the most successful season this show has ever had. Since our opening, May 15(?), we have only one losing day, and the white spectre has never failed to perambulate. Carpenters are busily engaged erecting new buildings at our winter quarters at Baraboo, and the show will be greatly enlarged during the coming winter. Next spring will find us one of the neatest and best equipped shows in the West. Nearly all performers and musicians that intend working the coming winter have secured engagements. The Do Belle Bros. have signed with the World's Fair Co. The Gilliam Family contemplate putting out their own show. E. A. Esterbrook goes to Brandon, Vt. Henry and Dolly Emmings will winter at Clinton, Ia. Mr. Emmings will be busily engaged breaking new horses for manege and tandem riding. Jas. Fitzgerald will return to his home at Hoosick Falls, N.Y., and will add new features to his novel equilibristic juggling act. . . . W. D. Jackson returns to Monroe, Wis.. Ned Barlow and Durand Sisters go to South America. Dartelle Bros. play dates. Mrs. O. C. Gollmar, daughter and son, paid us a brief visit last week. New York Clipper, September 23, 1893, p. 463.

    The Gollmar Bros. closed their circus season Sept. 28. New York Clipper, October 7, 1893, p. 499.

    . . . Wanted, boss hostler, canvas man, boss property men, chandelier, etc. Privileges to let. Gollmar Bros.' Great Shows, Baraboo, Wis. New York Clipper, November 25, 1893, p. 616.

1894:

    James Fitzgerald, equilibristic juggler and club tosser, has signed with Gollmar Bros.' Circus, making his third season with that show. New York Clipper, January 27, 1894, p. 753.

    Wanted! People in all branches of the circus business, double traps, bars, brother act, etc. All people must do two or more turns. Also __ billposters, billposter to take charge of bill wagons, boss hostler. Sideshow to let. . . . Address Gollmar Bros.' Great Shows, Baraboo, Wis. New York Clipper, February 3, 1894, p. 780.

    Shaw's Silver Cornet band goes with the Gollmar Bros.' Circus, making their second season with that show. The following musicians have signed: Prof. C. F.(P.?) Shaw . . . Harry S. Wald, H. H. Young, Clark McGovern and E. Y. Hodge. New York Clipper, March 3, 1894, p. 833.

    James King, singing and talking clown and comedian, has re-engaged with Gollmar Bros.' Circus. New York Clipper, March 17, 1894, p. 21.

    James Fitzgerald, equilibrist, juggler, club manipulator and comedian, and James King, clown and comedian, have again joined hands after a separation of two years, and have signed with Gollmar Bros.' Circus, making Mr. Fitzgerald's third season and Mr. King's second with that show. New York Clipper, March 24, 1894, p. 37.

    Roster of Capt. Stewart's New York Zoological Garden and Boston Dime Museum: Capt. Stewart, proprietor; Doc Filley, manager; Mrs. Capt. Stewart, secretary and treasurer; Prof. Gillespie, with his talking figures; G. W. Wertel, fire king; Walter Lyons, one man band; Orkes(?) Amberg, Mrs. Helen Marr . . . and den of large snakes. Capt. Stewart will use two brand new tents. Everything is new from stakes to centre pole flag. This will be the museum or sideshow with the Gollmar Bros. Circus. New York Clipper, March 31, 1894, p. 53.

    The Merediths, Albert and Marguerite, aerialists and Mexican knife and battle axe thrower, have signed with the Gollmar Bros.' Circus for this season. New York Clipper, March 31, 1894, p. 53.

    Call. All people engaged for Gollmar Bros.' Shows will report at Baraboo, Wis. as follows. Musicians May _, drivers and canvas men May 6(?), performers, etc., May 9(?). Sideshow privilege to let. Wanted sideshow paintings, also sideshow people. Show opens at Baraboo, May 12(?). Gollmar Bros. Shows. New York Clipper, April 28, 1894, p. 128.

1896:

    James Fitzgerald, equilibrist juggler, baton manipulator and club juggler, has signed with Gollmar Bros.' Circus and Menagerie, his fifth season with the show. New York Clipper, February 15, 1896, p. 793.

    Chas. L. Smith has signed with Gollmar Bros.' Circus and Menagerie, to play trap drums. New York Clipper, March 28, 1896, p. 53.

    E. V. Hocum, somersault rider, closed with La Pearl's R. R. Show and opened with Gollmar Bros.' Great Shows, his third season with Gollmar Bros. New York Clipper, May 23, 1896, p. 180.
    Gollmar Bros.' circus and Menagerie. Gollmar Bros., sole proprietors; Chas. A. Gollmar, manager; B. F. Gollmar, treasurer; W. A. Gollmar, equestrian manager; J. C. Gollmar, manager of concert; E. T. Gollmar, manager of annex; Fred C. Gollmar, advance manager; Claude C. Gollmar, chief of bill brigade No. 1; Willie Gollmar, chief of bill brigade No. 2; A. H. Gollmar, chief of bill brigade No. 3; Chas. Rooney, boss hostler; Hank Moore, boss canvasman; Frank Jordan, boss property man; E. Reese, bandmaster, with the following men: Jas. Norris, Walter Ruckins, Frank Dickson, Chas. Smith, Chas. R. Waldo . . . Harvey Smith, John Mardsen and W. S. Jamison. Frank Gilliam, leader of band No. 2, with Lydia Gilliam, Mabel Gilliam, Maude Gilliam, Primrose Gilliam, Frank Gilliam, and Chas. Gilliam. George Walker, programmer. Privilege performers in big show: Buckskin Bill, rifel and revolver shot; Gilliam Family, seven in number, aerialists and acrobats; E. V. Hocum, principal somersault rider and four horse act; Chas. A. Gollmar and his troupe fo Arabian horses and ponies, twelve in number; James Fitzgerald, juggler, baton drill and club manipulator; Vulcan, jockey and hurdle rider; Sam and Harry Sanger, balancing perch and ladder . . . Millie Eldridge, female principal and high class menage; Walt Gollmar, principal clown; Frank Gilliam, pantomime clown; Primrose Gilliam, juvenile clown; Sam Sanger, knockabout clown. . . . New York Clipper, May 30, 1896, p. 199.

1897:

    Notes from Gollmar Bros.' Two Ring Circus and Menagerie. E. V. Hocum, principal somersault act; Wertz and Adair, acrobats; Mlle. Adair, high tight wire; Harry Brandon and Fred Knottie, aerial act; Walt. Gollmar's troupe of pigs; Chas. A. Gollmar, educated horses and ponies; James Fitzgerald, juggling. New York Clipper, June 26, 1897, p. 269.

1900:

    Roster of Gollmar Bros. two ring circus and menagerie. Gollmar Brothers, proprietors; C. H. Gollmar, manager; B. F. Gollmar, treasurer; F. C.Gollmar, advance manager; W. S. Gollmar, equestrian manager; E. Jamison, contractor; Frank McCort, manager of annex; H. Sylvester, program privilege; D. C. Hall, cook house privilege; Ed Maller [Malier?], candy stand; George Shumway, boss butcher; Chas. Williams boss canvasman on big top; Curly Maine, boss canvasman, menagerie top; Frank Ford(?), boss property man; George Dicks, boss wardrobe man; Tim Buckley, boss elephant man; Jack Jordan, boss animal man; Jack Katen, boss hostler; Frank Leavey, leader of band No. 1; J. G. Norris, leader of band No. 2. Performers: John Rooney and Willis Gollmar, somersault riders; Herr Drayton, cannon ball; Harry Brandon and Otto Weaver, wire walkers; George Parento, high ladder and pyramids; Walt. Gollmar, trained pigs; Shaw Brothers, double aerial act; Mrs. Harry Brandon and May Lano, jugglers; Fred. and Walter Shaw, single trapeze; Parento and Weaver, balancing trapeze; Drayton and Lano, foot juggling; Rooney and Willis Gollmar, jockey riders; May Lano and Wm. Danzell, hurdle and four-horse riders; Barndown, Shaw, W. R. Ward and George Vase, clowns; Walt. Gollmar, James Fitzgerald, John Rooney and Willis Gollmar, ring masters; Prof. Buckley, educated elephant "Palm." In the annex are Frank, Jessie and Vivian McCort, Madam Mandell and Prof. Dan C. Hall. Opened at Baraboo, Wis., May 5. Billboard, June 2, 1900.

    Dick Hunter left the Sells-Gray shows and joined the advance of Gollmar Bros. The change resulted in Basil McHenry being thrown out of a position. McHenry has been doing some first-class work and will make a good man for any show in need of a good contracting agent. Billboard, June 16, 1900.

• An article on the 1905 Gollmar Bros. show is in Bandwagon, November-December, 1968, pp. 16-22.

1911: Jas. E. Fleharty [sic?], of Monmouth, Ill., will again be on the No. 1 Car of Gollmar Bros.' Show, under the management of Wm. H. Delly. Billboard, April 8, 1911, p. 24.

1912:

    Gollmar Bros.' Show - Gollmar Bros., props.; Chas. A. Gollmar, mgr.; B. F. Gollmar, treas.; Chas. Bahn, audiitor; Fred C. Gollmar, general agent and railroad contractor; W. C. Finney, local contractor; W. G. Williams, special agent; Harry Ridgeley, contracting press agent; Dr. F. F. Tryon, press agent back with show; George Farrell, excursion agent; Lew Aronson, mgr. side show; W. S. Gololmar, equestrian director; Doc. Chapman, supt. privileges; John Hollinger, musical director; Harry Wertz, supt. reserved seat tickets; Slivers Holland, supt. canvas; W. D. Paget, trainmaster; George Holland, boss hostler; Fred Seymour, supt. commissary dept.; H. O. Johnson, supt. lights; Tom Kehoe, supt. properties; Steve Smythe, supt. ring stock; George Holland, supt. stock; E. P. Wiley, twenty-four hour agent; Emery Stiles, supt. elephants and animals; Wm. Yeska, blacksmith; Wm. Delly, mgr. advertising car No. 1; E. E. Hutzler, mgr. advertising car No. 2; John White, checker-up; T. J. Forde, legal adjuster; Al. Mastiff, announcer. Date of opening not announced. Billboard, March 23, 1912.

    Show Notes. One of the features of the Gollmar Bros.' side show this season is James Harris and his band of eighteen colored musicians and minstrel show. Mr. Harris has eighteen first class colored musicians. They give an entertainment that is second to none. Chas. Bell is manager of the uptown wagon this season, featuring the big three-in-one show. Flora Bedini is doing a principal act with the show. The Walter Guice Troupe aerial bar performers, is one of the features of the show. Margurite Driesback and her troupe of lions, eight in number, is also featured In the big show. Business through Nebraska is the oiggest in the history of the show. Fine weather has prevailed at every stand. New York Clipper, June 15, 1912, p. 11.

    Al Swain (Montana) will again be with Gollmar Bros.' Shows, season 1913, as ringmaster, trained ponies, menage and races, making his third consecutive season. Billboard, December 21, 1912, p. 38.

1913: Gollmar Bros. Show - Gollmar Bros., proprietors; Chas. A. Gollmar, manager; W. S. Gollmar, assistant manager; B. F. Gollmar, treasurer and secretary; Chas. Bohn, auditor; Fred C. Gollmar, general agent; Fred Wagner, contractor; D. D. LaRue, local contractor; Harry Wertz, in charge of tickets; Lew Aronson, sideshow manager; Dan Leon, equestrian director; E. P. Wiley, steward; Doc Chapman, superintendent privileges; John D. Hollinger, musical director; Erle Clyne, superintendent reserved seat tickets; D. D. Cattanach, superintendent canvas; Chas. Herrman, trainmaster; George Holland, boss hostler; Sam Lord, superintendent commissary department; P. W. Williams, superintendent lights; Thomas Kehoe, superintendent props; Jack Tirney, superintendent ring stock; Geo. Holland, superintendent stock; Frank Bullard, head porter; Emery Stiles, superintendent elephants; Joe Barron, boss carpenter; Emery Stiles, superintendent animals; Wm. H. Delly, manager advertising car No. 1; E. E. Hutzler, manager advertising car No. 2; Harry Rigley, checker-up; M. E. Bacon, legal adjuster; Al. Mastiff, announcer. Billboard, March 22, 1913.

1914: Gollmar Bros.' Show - Gollmar Bros., proprietors; Chas. A. Gollmar, manager; Walter S. Gollmar, assistant manager; B. F. Gollmar, treasurer; Chas. F. Bohm, assistant treasurer; E. D. Landers, secretary; C. F. Bohm, auditor; Fred C. Gollmar, general agent and railroad contractor; Fred A. Morgan, local contractor; Fred H. Seymour, special agent; Fred A. Morgan, contracting press agent; Dr. Manley, press agent back with show; F. Seymour, excursion agent; Lw Aronson, sideshow manager; H. F. Wertz [Werts?], equestrian director; Doc Chapman, superintendent privileges; John B. Hollinger, musical director; Earl Cline, superintendent reserved seat tickets; D. D. Cattanach, superintendent canvas; Chas. Hermann, trainmaster; Geo. Holland, boss hostler; D. F. King, superintendent commissary department; Thos. Kehoe, superintendent props; Red Steinford, superintendent ring stock; Steve Smyth, superintendent stock; Frank Buliard, superintendent sleepers and diners; E. Willey, 24-hour agent; Emery Stiles, superintendent elephants; Joe Barron, boss carpenter; E. Stiles, superintendent animals; C. A. Wiggins, assistant superintendent animals; L. Rude, blacksmith; Wm. H. Del?y, manager adv. car No. 1; E. E. Hutzler, manager adv. car No. 2; Jas. Ward, manager adv. car No. 3; Red Sheridan, checker-up; T. J. Forde, legal adjuster; Al Mastiff, announcer. Billboard, March 28, 1914.

• The show was owned by the Gollmar brothers, 1891-1916. The show was sold to James M. Patterson, a carnival owner from Paola, Kansas, who operated the show in 1917. This show failed. Bandwagon, March-April, 1968, p. 17.

1919: Chicago, Nov. 15. According to A. T. Brainerd, assistant manager of the Great Patterson Shows, Mr. Patterson will put out the Gollmar Bros. Circus, which he owns, as a twenty-five car show. Billboard, November 22, 1919, p. 62.   [Note: Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses lists Gollmar Bros. & James Patterson Circus, 1917, James Patterson, proprietor]

• In 1922, the Gollmar Bros. title was leased to the American Circus Corporation (Jerry Mugivan, Bert Bowers, and Edward Ballard). Bandwagon, January-February, 1965, p. 4.

1922: An article on the 1922 Gollmar Bros. show, with 1922 route, is online in Bandwagon, Jan-Feb 1965.

1923:

    The John Robinson Circus and the Gollmar Bros. Circus will be combined this coming season under title of the John Robinson Circus, and will feature both trained wild animals and circus acts. Combining the shows will enable them to put on a program of all feature acts. The circus will open the coming season at Marion, Ind., April 21. New York Clipper, February 14, 1923, p. 22.

• See the article on this show online in Bandwagon, December 1942 (scroll down).

• 1924-25, Chester Monahan, owner.

• Articles on the 1924-25 Gollmar Bros. show are in Bandwagon, May-June, 1968, pp. 4-15; in Bandwagon, July-August, 1968, pp. 5-13; and a partial route for 1925 in Bandwagon, November-December, 1968, p. 27.

• Note: also see Gollmar, Robert H., My Father Owned a Circus, Caldwell, ID: Caxton, 1965.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Gollmar Bros. & Schuman - 1901   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1901-02

    The Gollmar Bros.' circus of Baraboo and the Schuman circus of New York have consolidated under the name of Gollmar Bros. & Schuman. The headquarters will be in Baraboo. Daily Northwestern (Oshkosh, WI), January 21, 1901, p. 4.

    Gollmar Br's. & Shuman, Two Big Shows United. A combination of two distinct tented shows now constituting a new triple circus, museum, double menagerie and Roman hippodrome. Exhibiting together, joining their arenic displays in a new triple circus, combining their menageries into one big zoo. A genuine African valck vark. Duchess the largest brute that breathes. Performing elephants. Wertz and Apair troupe of acrobats. E. V. Hocum, John Willis, Senor Sorento, Miss Maud Hocum and Elbridge Sistesr, male and female riders. 7 clowns, 3 brass and reed bands. Troupes of athletes, jugglers, contortionists, aerialists, tumblers, leapers and gymnasts. The Simpson family, statuary artists. Lions, tigers, leopards, hyenas, kangaroos, zebras. Free street parade. Will exhibit at Marshall, June 10th. [Advertisement] Marshall Expounder (Marshall, MI), June 7, 1901, n.p.n.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Goodrich Shows - 1894-98, 1900-1902   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1895-1903

1894: The James W. Goodrich wagon show was out of Bridgeport, Conn. 1894 was the first season for this show. James Goodrich and wife were performers, having been with the T. K. Burk, Sells Bros., and Ringling Bros. shows. Other performers were Valveno Bros., Clymer Sisters, Bill Lee, Albert Heintz and others. Herbert Swift had the band. Art Selby was the agent; John Lucy, a native of Pawtucket, was boss canvasman. In 1901 he had a big wagon show of 32 wagons and cages, known as the Goodrich, Hoffman & Southey circus. September 7, 1903, Goodrich was killed by an elephant while working on the Goodrich & Quintard Trained Animal Shows. Bandwagon, December, 1943, Vol. 2, No. 7, p. 1.

1895:

    Goodrich & Kimm's Consolidated Wagon Shows will open its season the last week in May. New York Clipper, May 11, 1895, p. 147.

    Notes from J. W. Goodrich's New American Wagon Shows. Having traveled all over the State of Connecticut, through Rhode Island, into Massachusetts, then over to New York, we are now in New Jersey. List of people: Jas. W. Goodrich, proprietor and manager; Fred. Clymer, leader of band; Thomas Leddy, leader of orchestra; Mrs. C. A. Clymer, front door ticket taker and manager of candy privileges; Edna Clymer, reserved seat ticket taker; Jack Lucy, boss canvasman with eight assistants; Clarence Appel, boss hostler with sixteen head of horses and four assistants; Gus Horning, chief cook with one assistant . . . Valvino Bros., Jno. Schneider, Prof. T. Raymond, Alf Heintz, the Zanos, the Sisters Clymer, Chas. Stone and J. T. Raymond. New York Clipper, September 21, 1895, p. 451.

    Goodrich's Wagon Shows. Business has been fair, and Mr. Goodrich will run South for the Winter. He is arranging for three flat, one stock, one baggage and one passenger car to make a run from Philadelphia, Pennsylvania to Richmond, Virginia. New York Clipper, October 12, 1895, p. 505.

    Notes from the James W. Goodrich's New American Wagon Show. We arrived in Bridgeport, Connecticut, October 30, from Moorestown, New Jersey, where we closed the season having driven one hundred and fifty-six miles in four days, and went into winter quarters on Black Rock Avenue. The stock left next day for Wallingford, Connecticut, where they will be wintered. Prof. Fred Clymer left for Bradford, Pennsylvania, to join the Stowe "U.T.C." Co., to lead the band. The Clymer Sisters will practice two new aerial acts this Winter. They have been signed for next season. New York Clipper, November 9, 1895, p. 573.

1896:

    Notes from the Goodrich New American Wagon Shows. We opened April 26. The following appeared in the concert: E. G. Stewart, tenor singer; the Clymer Sisters, songs and dances; Billy Lee, comic songs; Callahan and Stowe, knockabout comedians . . . and Herbert Swift, funny sayings and cornet solo. The orchestra is composed of seven pieces. New York Clipper, May 2, 1896, p. 137.

    Notes from the Goodrich Shows. After playing one week in Bridgeport, Connecticut, have taken the road and showed at Stratford, May 2. Herbert Swift and Bill Lee have joined hands to do a talking and singing act. New York Clipper, May 9, 1896, p. 149.

    Goodrich Show notes. H. Vinson, French horn soloist, is making a hit with Herbert Swift's band. James W. Goodrich, proprietor, Mrs. Goodrich, Mrs. C. A. Clymer, Hattie Clymer, Edna Clymer, Bella Jane and Herbert Swift, comedian, were banqueted in Westville, Connecticut. Feride Clymer, band master of Stowe's "U.T.C.," is visiting for a few days. New York Clipper, May 16, 1896, p. 169.

    The first storm struck the Goodrich Show at Winsted, Connecticut, May 19. The big top and dressing room were blown to the ground. No one was hurt and the damage was slight. We could not give the matinee, but the tent was packed in the evening. The Valveno Bros. are doing a novel acrobatic act. We added three horses and a new baggage wagon to the show. The Clymer Sisters are doing a new act on the Spanish ladder. C. G. Sherman, cornet player, left the show on account of ill health. The little French poodle dog will be introduced in the ring this week in a riding act on the little Shetland pony, Texas. Hattie and Edna Clymer are making a hit in the concert with their Parisian dude act. A. S. Goodale, slide trombone, joined at New Britain. New York Clipper, May 30, 1896, p. 200.

    Goodrich Show notes. J. N. Goodrich purchased a pair of roan horses for the band wagon. At Guilford, Connecticut, June 11, while Prof. Herbert Swift's band was giving their evening concert on the public square, the ladies and gentlemen's bicycle clubs, numbering over three hundred, formed in line and marched to the tent, attending the show in a body. New York Clipper, June 20, 1896, p. 245.

    Goodrich Show notes. Alfred Heintz has received an all nickel plated aerial riggin for his head balancing trapeze act. T. J. Raymond is doing principal talking and singing clown in the place of William Lee. Prof. T. J. Raymond, with his troupe of performing dogs, joined the show at Middleboro, Massachusetts, his second season with this show. The show was enlarged this week by adding five new horses, one carriage and ten more lengths of seats. New York Clipper, July 11, 1896, p. 293.

1897:

    Notes from the Jas. W. Goodrich Big Wagon Show. We open at Bridgeport, Connecticut, April 17, for four days. We have four tableaux cars and four new cages. The parade will be headed by mounted lady buglers, a band chariot containing twelve gentlemen and ladies, pheaton drawn by three ponies, and the led stock of trick horses and ponies. People engaged are William Conrad and his troupe of trick horses, ponies, donkeys, dogs and monkeys; the Clymer Sisters, aerial acts . . . Seery Bros., John and Frank, acrobats and gymnasts; Alfred Heintz, head balancing trapeze juggler; Mlle. Edna, Hindoo dancing and juggling; Mat Shelvey, singing clown; Mlle. Belle, educated ponies, seven in number. Ferd Clymer will have charge of the concert, which will have ten performers and a separate band. The canvas will be under Frank Mason and ten men; Thomas McCord will be boss hostler with eight men; James Mackey, boss properties and three assistants . . . Wm. S. Irving, contractor; George Ingersoll, advertising agent and four billposters; George Castell, programmer, and Thos. Edwards, lithographer. New York Clipper, April 17, 1897, p. 109.

1898:

    Wanted, for Jas. W. Goodrich's Wagon Shows for season of '98. Performers in all branches of the circus profession. . . . Leader of band . . . musicians, trap drummer, etc. First class contracting agent, billposters, programmers, boss hostler, boss canvas man, . . . chandlier man, property men, cooks, waiters, etc. Sideshow people of every description, write. . . . Sideshow and all privileges to let if a fair proposition is offered. . . . Address Jas. W. Goodrich . . . Bridgeport, Conn. New York Clipper, March 5, 1898, p. 15.

    James W. Goodrich, a circus owner of New Haven, Conn., announces that he will use motor wagons next season to transport his paraphernalia from town to town. Horseless Age, April, 1898 (Vol. III, No. 1), p. 15.

    Goodrich Wagon Circus opened the season April 16, at Bridgeport, Connecticut. Roster: F. M. Bain, boss canvasman; Lewis Lincoln, asst. canvasman with twelve men; John Smith, seat man; Wm. Austin, boss hostler; Dan Sullivan, asst. hostler with twelve men; Wm. Whittaker, property man with three assistants; C. C. Mathews, concert and reserved seat man; Bob Peasley; J. W. Goodrich, sole owner and manager; Edna Clymer, treasurer; Mrs. J. D. Clymer, ticket taker; Aleto and Berton, trapeze, double and single and flying rings; Wm. Wear, English hurdle and jockey rider; Mlle. Dare, flying trapeze and cloud swing; Edna Clymer, juggling; Hattie Clymer, Spanish web; Bob Peasly, talking and singing clown and iron jaw act; James Goodrich, ring master and manager of horse Dona, ridden by Mrs. James Goodrich; Pickles, throwing mule; Bibbs, riding dog, and a one act comedy, "January," bringing in several trained animals. The sideshows are in charge of A. L. Salvail. A. L. Salvail, magic and Punch; D. O'Connell, door keeper; Hugh Morrow, bag puncher; Flossie La Blanche, strong woman; Belle Morrison, mind reader. Canvas in charge of Joe Roberts, with three assistants. New York Clipper, April 30, 1898, p. 145.

1900:

    A two-car railroad show. Opened at Weston, West Virginia, April 28, and appeared at Clarksburg, West Virginia, April 30. West Virginia: following Grafton, May 1; to show at Newburg, May 2; Kingwood, May 3. Maryland: Oakland, May 4, Western Port, May 5. Billboard, May 1, 1900.

    Notes from the Jas. M. Goodrich Shows, which opened the season at Western (Weston?), W. Va., April 28, to packed houses afternoon and evening. Everything with the show is new from the bale ring to cook house, and looks as bright as a dollar. Goodrich's stock of trained horses and ponies are in the pink of condition. . . . The band is under the leadership of Jack Hoffman, with the following men: Harry Hart, G. A. Hoffman, O. Heckler, J. W. Beckler, J. W. Goldworth, F. Bonestead, R. Fagley, Fred Whitlock, Billy Smith and H. Willard. Performers: Three Rexfords, the Russells, Maud Mardo, Fred Ho?mer, Nierhart Bros., the Queens, Honmer Hall, Bella Goodrich, James Goodrich, Harry Marshall, Jack McDon?al. Tents and cars under the management of Bill Parker. New York Clipper, May 19, 1900, p. 268.

    Jas. W. Goodrich writes from Bridgeport, Conn., that he has been up against the weather harder than he ever was in his life. He says he has had eight blow-downs since July 1. He has also had his seats fall down twice. He has closed for eight days to fix things up. Two friends are aiding him to get sufficient horses to put the show back on wagons. The railroad show (two cars) ws not a success. Billboard, August 18, 1900, p. 5.

    Notes from the Jas. W. Goodrich Mammoth Wagon Shows. After laying off at the Winter quarters for two weeks, reorganizing, we opened Aug. 19(?) at Seymour, Ct. Roster: Jas. W. Goodrich, proprietor and manager; Alf. Southey, treasurer; ??? secretary; Jack Russell, equestrian director; Joe Horner, charge of concert; Tomm(?) Jerome, reserved seats; J. J. Jerome, ringmaster; Pat McGin, boss canvas man, twelve assistants; ???, hostler, nine assistants; Slim(?) Charlie, boss of properties, three assistants. Performers: ???, acrobats and perch; Wilson and ???, triple bars; Joe Horner, principal talking and singing clown; J??? Russell, trained giraffe; Mons. Merril, contortionist and rings; Paul Merrill, single traps; ??? and ???, double traps and loop walking; ??? ??? slack wire. Jas. W. Goodrich, manage horse Dan(?) and talking pony Lillie(?); Horner(?), Russell(?) and Merrill, clowns. New York Clipper, September 22, 1900, p. 663.

1901:

    Great Goodrich Shows . . . Harry Thurston, mgr. New York Clipper, March 23, 1901, p. 88.

    W. F. Parker (W. P.?), boss canvasman . . . G. H. & S. S. Co., P. O. Box 531, Bridgeport, Conn. New York Clipper, April 6, 1901, p. 135.

    The Goodrich, Hoffman and Southey shows will pitch their tents on the Hotchkiss field, Saturday, April 24, two performances daily afternoon and evening This aggregation is the largest wagon show on the road has 200 men, women and horses everything new and dazzling There is a host of male and female performers The proprietors of this big institution are James W. Goodrich, L. W. Hoffman and A. G. Southey all Bridgeport men Mr Hoffman known as Lew Hoffman, formerly resided in Naugatuck, has branched out in the show business, and anything that Lew Hoffman takes hold of has got to move. The show is known as the Goodrich shows an old fashioned one ring show. Free menagerie and Roman hippodrome , 33 wagons and cages. Don't forget the day and date 25 cents admits to all. Daily News (Naugatuck, CT), April 20, 1901.

    Notes from the Goodrich Shows. - We opened our season in Bridgeport, Ct., April 23(?), to the capacity of the canvas, and, while the show has encountered pleant of rainy weather, the business has been such that it will leave a considerable amount on the right side of the ledger. This season the show is featuring the hippodrome races, and the various participants enter into the sport with a dash and vim that imparts to the races an enjoyable excitement. The show is new from marquee to dressing room, carries ninety people, and has severnty head of stock and ten cages of animals. The roster: Jas. W. Goodrich, manager; A. G. Southey, treasurer; Louis Hoffman, press; Chas. W???, jockey act and equestrian director; Nicholas Caballos, high wire; Mrs. Caballos, single traps; Pearl Foster, principal riding act; Alice Bradley, menage act; Al. Heinz(?), head balancing trapeze; Mons. La ???, contortionist; Mr. Go??win, talking and singing clown, Homer ???, Shakespearean jester; Joe Horner, cloud swing; Kendrick Bros., aerial bars; Haines Bros., return act. Manager Goodrich is introducing his trained ponies and dogs to good results. Al Merr??w has charge of the band of fourteen musicians. William Parker has charge of the canvas; T. Clark, charge of the stock; Paul Heinrick(?) has charge of the culinary department; Harry Thorston has the side show and is featuring the half man and half horse. New York Clipper, May 25, 1901, p. 279.

    Alice S. Bradley is doing her ??? act with her beautiful horse, . . . and driving an exciting Roman chariot race with the Goodrich Shows. New York Clipper, July 13, 1901, p. 421.

• An article on the 1901 Goodrich show is in Bandwagon, July-August, 2002, Vol. 46, No. 4, pp. 10-15.

1902:

    Wanted for the Goodrich Railroad Shows, triple horizontal bar act . . . rider to do hurdle, . . . The Goodrich Shows. New York Clipper, May 24, 1902, p. 301.

    Wanted. For the Goodrich Shows, circus people in all branches of the business, good triple bar act that can double, revolving latter, double traps, perch act, wire act, brother act, tuba and B flat cornet for band. The Goodrich Shows, Hartford, Conn. New York Clipper, June 7, 1902, p. 341.

    James W. Goodrich, one of the proprietors of the Goodrich & Quintard pony circus died September 12, 1902, injured by an elephant on September 7th. Suffolk Count News (NY), October 2, 1903, n.p.n. 341.

Information should be checked with additional sources, especially routes. Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

W. R. Goodwin's - 1888

    Call for W. R. Goodwin's New Shows. All people booked with me, answer at once. Open April 26, Chelsea, Mass. I want a few more circus people, trained animals of all kinds. All sideshow people address John Mack. W. R. Goodwin, Broadway House, Chelsea, Mass. New York Clipper, April 21, 1888, p. 98.

    People engaged for W. R. Goodwin's Circus, under the management of Frank C. Chace, are: John Mack, Chas. Whitely, Lotta and Cleary, Parento and Watson, the Milo Bros., Bob Forbert . . . Bob Forbert, Kitty Kinson, Burton's dog circus, Mlle. Etta, Billy Burke and others. The initial performance will occur April 26 at Chelsea, Mass. New York Clipper, April 28, 1888, p. 114.

Information should be checked with additional sources, especially routes. Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Goodwin & Co. - 1860

• Stuart Thayer's Annals of the American Circus, 1793-1860 lists G. K. Goodwin & Co.'s Royal Menagerie, George K. Goodwin, owner, 1860.

• 1860: is online at:
Clipper, June 23,   Clipper, July 14,   Clipper, July 21 (scroll down)
Clipper, July 28,   Clipper, August 11,   Clipper, August 18 (scroll down)
Clipper, August 25,   Clipper, October 13 (scroll down)

Information should be checked with additional sources. Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Goodwin & Wilder - 1861-62

• 1861: online at Clipper, December 7,   Clipper, December 14 (scroll down)

1862:

    [Advertisement] Goodwin & Wilder's North American Circus! (from the Boston Academy of Music) combined for the season of 1862, with Mrs. Dan Rice's Great Show. A grand national equestrian congress. No half circus and half menagerie combined, but two well-known circuses consolidated in one. Look at the array of stars!
    Mrs. Dan Rice, the queen of the arena. M'lle Jeanette Elssler, the great tight rope danseuse, from Franconi's Hippodrome. Mrs. J. Showles. M'lle Elizabeth, the beautiful equestrienne. Nat Austin, the Australian clown. Jacob Showles, antipodean equestrian. John Barry, the great somersault and trick rider. Charles Shay, the Japanese juggler and knife thrower. The wonderful Snow Brothers, in their great gymnastic feats. Old Bobby Williams, the well known grotesque. J. C. Rivers, the American clown. Master William Austin, the youthful gymnastic hero. J. Foster, J. Dovise, and others.
    The wonderful manege horse, White Surrey, the beautiful performing horse, American Eagle, the pugilistic mules, Keenan and Sayers, the learned ponies, Robin Grey and Cupid. Together with other attractions too numerous to mention, a description of which, will be found in the splendid bills of the company, and in the hand book of the arena. Performance at 2 1/2 and 7 1/2 p.m. Admission 25 cents. Children 15 cents. Will exhibit at Newport, Wednesday, May 14th. Newport Daily News (RI), May 2, 1862, n.p.n.

• 1862: online at
Clipper, January 4,   Clipper, March 15,   Clipper, April 5 (scroll down)
Clipper, May 3,   Clipper, May 17,   Clipper, May 24 (scroll down)
Clipper, May 31,   Clipper, June 7,   Clipper, June 21 (scroll down)
Clipper, July 5,   Clipper, July 26,   Clipper, August 9 (scroll down)
Clipper, September 6,   Clipper, September 13,   Clipper, September 27 (scroll down)
Clipper, November 1 (scroll down)

• 1864, see Slaymaker & Nichols.

Information should be checked with additional sources. Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Goodwin, Burton & Burke's - 1888   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1888

    Lowell, Massachusetts. The Goodwin, Burton & Burke's Circus, billed for __ and week, went to pieces before reaching this city. New York Clipper, May 26, 1888, p. 167.

Information should be checked with additional sources, especially routes. Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Goodwin & Milo Bros. - 1887   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1887

    Goodwin & Milo Brothers' circus will occupy the Central street lot next week, giving two performances daily. The company included the three Milo brothers, Fostell and Tourjee, the Maginleys, Mlle. Lotta, Miss Lizzie Hall, Thorpe and Gastelist and others, with a corps of tumblers. Lowell Daily Courier (Lowell, MA), July 2, 1887, p. 5.

• 1915: The three Milo brothers, John, James and Francis, acrobatic trio, formerly of the Goodwin and Milo Bros.' Circus, have quit the game. John and Jim are settled in Boston, and Francis holds a position in the Charlestown Navy Yard. New York Clipper, December 19, 1915, p. VI.

Information should be checked with additional sources, especially routes. Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Gordinier Bros. or Gardiner Bros. - 1895, 1902   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1902

1895: Ed O. Ferguson, who successfully piloted the Gordinier Bros. through the last tenting season, writes that he will put out a small featured ten and twenty cent circus next season. He has already engaged Geo. Davis, musical director; Billy Pearson, clown, and Gordinier Bros., equilibrists and aerialists, and will feature their double high wire ascension as an outside attraction. They are wintering at Kahoka, Missouri. New York Clipper, November 30, 1895, p. 621.

1902: After a profitable winter season, Gardiner Bros.' Golden Rule Shows opened their summer tour at Newark, Mo., May 10. Their new band wagon is attractive. Roster: Chas. A. Gardiner, general manager; Paul F. Gardiner, business manager and treasurer; Harry LaFay has charge of the band of ten musicians, his third year with the show; Will Burgie will lead the orchestra with five men. They will carry fourteen people. The route lies east through Illinois. Billboard, May 14, 1902, p. 5.

Information should be checked with additional sources, especially routes. Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Frank Gordon's Novelty & Trained Animal Show - 1887

    Touring Long Island, New York. At Patchague on April 15-18. New York Clipper, April 16, 1887, p. 71. Information should be checked with additional sources, especially routes. Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Eugene F. Gorman Tent Show - 1883

    Eugene F. Gorman's efforts at organizing a tent show in New Orleans, La., reached a successful culmination April 1, when he opened in the English part of that city. The tent is a 100 foot round top. New York Clipper, April 14, 1883, p. 54.

Information should be checked with additional sources, especially routes. Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Gorman & Boone's - 1897

    Gorman & Boone's Arena of Trained and Wild Animals opened on Vanity Fair, Centennial Grounds, Nashville, Tenn., May 1, and caught on quick. The crowds on the grounds are small, but we get more than our share. The man in white appears, and as a result everybody is happy. Col. Boone is without dought making the hit of his life in his wonderful lion act. Miss Dodo Boone, his little daughter, made her initial bow as a lion tamer, and was a success from the first step, although the Colonel had to interfere at times. The show is in nice running order. Some changes may be made, but the Summer arrangements will be as follow: Executive staff: J. Anthony Gorman, proprietor and manager; Col. S. Daniel Boone, animal king; Mrs. J. A. Gorman, treasurer, P. A. Phelp, lecturer and arena announcer; W. H. Bishop, speculator; J. Newt. Bronson, musical director; J. H. Cahill, superintendent animals; Harry Barrow, properties, with four assistants; Grant Reed, head usher, with three assistants; Ed. Masterman, carpenter; Ed. Summers, head cook, with second and third; James Lawson, head waiter, with three assistants; J. Newton Bronson, band master; J. H. Smith, Oval Hart, A. Balue, Preso Rice, George Stout, S. H. Bonebrake, Oscar Stark, Bul Weber, Ariel Stephens, Ed. Karst, Joe a. Shondel, Mlle. Carlotta, lion queen; Baby Cyrene Gorman, with birds, dogs and kangaroo; Dodo Boone, lions and tigers; C. A. Georanni, performing cockatoos and geese; Monza Farrene and his monkey circus; J. Anthony Gorman and his performing bears, sea lions and wolf hounds; Miss Dodo, trained elephants, and J. E. Cahill, dogs and goats, and Col. E. Daniel Boone with his pets, the den of Nubian lions and a troupe of Siberian wolves. New York Clipper, May 22, 1897, p. 186.

Note: see Col. Daniel Boone's Show.

Researcher note: J. Anthony Gorman was my great grandfather, Molly (Mrs. J. Anthony) Gorman my great grandmother and "Baby Cyrene Gorman" my grandmother. Attached is a photo of the train car which they used with advertising on the side. J. Anthony is at the front of the car, coat-less, in white with suspenders. I assume Col. Boone is to his right (left in the photo). Mrs. J. Anthony Gorman is on the platform at the very front with the flowered hat on and "Baby Cyrene" is in the dog cart toward the rear of the car. As far as I know, that is the Gorman's only experience with circus animal acts. Most of his career was creating sets for various World's Fairs. Mike Morrison, Oceanside, CA

Information should be checked with additional sources, especially routes. Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Gorman Bros. Circus - 1934   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1934-36

    Gorman Brothers Circus will exhibit in Binghamton, June 27-28. The New York city-owned circus makes its winter quarters in Jersey City. Featured in the circus program are such acts as Christiansen's stallions, Joe Hodgini and the Hodgini family of equestrians, Loraine Wallace and her lions, the Six Lelands, the Four Casting Harts, Ray Moody, somersault wire walker, the Ross trio of comedy acrobats, Stafford's ponies, 20 clowns and two herds of performing elephants. Making personal appearances with the circus is Buzz Barton, western screen star with his stunt horses and Rex Cole and his wild west and rodeo. The sideshow has a colored minstrel show under the direction of the bandmaster, P. G. Lowery. Binghamton Press (Binghamton, NY), June 19, 1934, p. 8.

• The Gorman show was managed by Tom Gorman and operated on the East coast in 1934-36. The Wirth family of riders were featured on the show. Bandwagon, March-April, 1980, p. 19.

• An article on the 1934-36 Gorman Bros. show is in Bandwagon, March-April, 1992, Vol. 36, No. 2, pp. 4-17.

• Note: Tom Gorman was associated with the 1932 Walter L. Main show and the 1933 World Bros. Circus. His Gorman Bros. show closed early in all three years of its existence.

Information should be checked with additional sources, especially routes. Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Jay Gould's Circus

• Jay Gould's Million Dollar Circus was out of Glencoe, Minnesota. Bandwagon, July-August, 2010, p. 14.

• Show listed in Chindahl's History of the Circus in America, 1939-1956; Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1923-1956, Jay Gould, owner.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

G. G. Grady's - 1867-69, 1870-71, 1873-75, 1879, 1886

• Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1869-1887

• 1867: online at:
Clipper, March 30,   Clipper, April, no date (scroll down)

• 1868: online at:
Clipper, September 19 (scroll down)

1869:

    [Advertisement] G. G. Grady's Old Fashioned Circus. Everything new, from the handsome and expensive band chariot, down to the minutest article required for this monster show of America. G. G. Grady's display of wagons, steeds, ponies, etc. While he is reviving the grandeur, wonder and amusement of the old-fashioned circus, he will introduce feature so novel and attractive that will at once stamp G. G. Grady the greatest showman of America.
    Conspicuous among these, will be the first female clown ever introduced into the arena. Also the great female hurdle rider on her bare-back steed. There will be four clowns in the ring, headed by that prince of all clowns, G. G. Grady. During the entertainment, the beautiful and enchanting drama of "Mazeppa," or, "The Wild Horse of Tartary," will be presented, with the accomplished female hurdle rider, M'lle Lain, of Boston, in the principal role. Look out for G. G. Grady, and his monster establishment which will visit Fort Wayne, about the 1st of June. Fort Wayne Daily Democrat (IN), April 27, 1869, n.p.n.

    [Advertisement] G. G. Grady's Old-Fashioned American Circus for 1869. G. G. Grady, proprietor and manager. John R. Lane, equestrian director. W. M. Myers, treasurer. A. R. Scott, general business manager. H. E. Manchester, bill agent. Will exhibit at Cambridge City on Wednesday, September 8.
    Mad. Marie Macarte, premiere equestrienne from the Cirque De Napoleon, Paris. Mrs. Lillil Llane, the only female clown. Four star clowns, of whom are Mr G. G. Grady, in his comicailities, yankee jokes, &c. G. H. Grady, second clown, in his Irish and Dutch deliaestions. Mr. Port Faust, as negro clown, the first and only character of the kind. Mrs. Lilly Lane only female clown. Four star female performers, among whom is M'dlle Adah Inez, only female hurdle rider, with her trained steed Minnehaha in the hurdle act.
    Mr. Charles Covelli, character equestrian and batoute leaper in the character of his 'Pete Jenkins." The Vanzandt Brothers, leapers, vaulters and contortionsts. The Miller Brothers, acrobatic feats, on the trapeze, suspended rings, etc. Mr. J. C. Long, the Young American Hercules, light and heavy balancer and aerial and perch chair performer. Mr. Lara O'neal, tumbler and gymnast. Mr. A. T. North, contortionist and leaper. Mr. A. B. Andrews, boneless boy and juggler.
    There will be a grand street procession at 10 o'clock on the day of exhibition over a mile in length, headed by the Golden Chariot with Armstrong's Brass Band, adn their double set of instruments. The grand cavalcade will be led by Master Dick who will be drawn in his silver mounted carriage by trained goats. The largest band of minstrels will appear under the same pavilion, immediately after the circus. Admission 50 cts. Children under 10 years 25 cts. Cambrige City Tribune (IN), September 2, 1869, n.p.n.

1870:

    G. G. Grady's Old-fashioned American Circus. Mad. Marie Macarte, from the Cirque Napoleon, Paris. The pride of the Haute Ecole of Europe. Mrs. G. G. Grady with her Arabian steed, Wild Fire. Mlle. Blanch Macarte, recently from Ashley's Amphitheatre, London. The Miller Brothers, renowned Trapeze Performers, Tumblers and Leapers. Belmont Brothers, from the Hippodrome der Koenig, Berlin, Prussia, champion Tumblers of the world. Chas. Covelli, character equestrian as wild Comanche Indian, shipwrecked Sailor, Old Spivins, Pete Jenkins. Frank Morgan, tumbler and acrobat. Geo. Andrews, contortionist, or India Rubber Boy. Don Pedro Martinez, champion juggler of America. 4 Great Clowns, G. G. Grady, Charles Covelli, Charles Grady and Lew Ginger. Defiance (OH) Democrat, August 6, 1870.

    [Advertisement] G. G. Grady's Old-fashioned American Circus. Will exhibit at Defiance, Wednesday, Aug. 17; Napoleon, Tuesday, Aug. 16; Farmer Center, Thursday, Aug. 18. Afternoon and evening.
    Mad. Marie Macarte, from the Cirque Napoleon, Paris, the pride of haute ecole of Europe, graceful lady rider, "Queen of the Arena." Mrs. G. G. Grady and her celebrated Arabian steed, Lady Wild Fire. M'lle Blanche Macarte, from Ashley's Amphitheatre, London. The Miller Brothers, trapeze performers, tumblers and leapers. Belmont Brothers, from the Hippodrome der Koenig, Berlin, Prussia, champion tumblers and the original Arabian Brothers.
    Chas. Covelli, character equestrian as wild Comanche Indian, shipwrecked sailor, Old Spivine, Pete Jenkins. Frank Morgan, tumbler and acrobat. Geo. Andrews, contortionist, or India rubber boy. Don Pedro Martinez, champion juggler. The group of leapers, vaulters and tumblers consisting in part of Messrs. Wentworth, Armstrong, Miller Brothers, Berry, Sands, &c. 4 great clowns, G. G. Grady, Charles Covelli Shakespearian mimic, Charles Grady, grotesque clown, and Lew Ginger.
    The band chariot, containing Prof. Sperl's Silver Cornet Band and the trained horses, will parade the principal streets on the day of the exhibition. G. G. Grady, sole proprietor. Charles Covelli, manager. A. R. Scott, general agent. Admission 50 cents. Children under 10, 25 cents. At the expiration of the performance in the arena, a concert of Ethiopian Minstrels is given in the same pavilion. Defiance Democrat (OH), August 13, 1870, n.p.n.

1871:

    [Advertisement] G. G. Grady's American Circus. Viola Le Corps D Arena. E. W. Perry, two and four horse rider. The Perry Family, ___ Julia, Miss Minnie Perry and Mrs. G. Grady will introduce her educated blind mare, "Lady Wild Fire." The Miller Brothers, trapeze performers, tumblers and leapers. The Belmont Brothers from the Hoppodrome der Koenig, Berlin, Prussis, tumblers and the original Arabian Brothers. Mr. Chas. Covelli, character equestrian as the Wild Commanche Indian, Shipwrecked Sailor, Old Spivens, Pete Jenkins, etc.
    Master Frank Morgan, equestrian, tumbler and acrobat. Master George Andrews, contortionist or India rubber boy. Don Pedro Martinez, champion juggler. Four great clowns. G. G. Grady, world's greatest jester. Charles Covelli, satirical humorist. C. T. Howard, second clown and comedian. Eugene Martinez, trick clown. Porte Faust, negro clown. Two performances, afternoon and evening at Atlanta, Tuesday, February 7th, 1871. Doors open at 1 and 7 p.m. Performances commence at 2 1/2 and 8 p.m. Admission 75 cents, children under 10 years of age 50 cents. Atlanta Constitution (GA), February 2, 1871, n.p.n.

1873:

    G. G. Grady's Circus . . . free balloon ascension given every day . . . wagons are painted red, ornamented with and striped with red and green. In the menagerie will be seventeen cages including: African elephant, dromedary, Bactrian camel, Brazilian tiger, leopard, zebra, llama, lioness, panther, black bear, lioness and cubs, pelican, hyenas, cougar, lynx, badgers, cockatoos, golden pheasants, parrots, monkeys, apes, baboons . . . Proprietor G. Grady . . . New York Clipper, April 19, 1873, Supplement, n.p.n.

    The Barber(?) Brothers, who have the sideshow with Grady's Circus, left Harmonsburg, Pa., April 16, with five new wagons and ten horses for Kenton, O. New York Clipper, April 26, 1873, p. 31.

    [Advertisement] Grady's Great American Circus, Mammoth Menagerie and Gratuitous Balloon Exposition. G. G. Grady, proprietor and director. Lew Moore, manager. John W. Whitehurst, general agent. William Myers, treasurer. 800 men, horses, birds and beasts. The museum contains the Original Cardiff. Menagerie contains collection of wild beasts. Balloon ascension free to all. Admission fifty cents, children under ten years of age, 25 cents. Cedar Rapids, Thursday, August 14, 1873. Doors open at 1 and 7 o'clock. Performances commence at 2 and 8 p.m. Cedar Rapids Times (IA), August 7, 1873, n.p.n.

    G. G. Grady's Circus, Museum, Menagerie and Grand Free Balloon Show closed a successful season at Fort Scott, Kansas, Oct. 20, 1873. It will lay up for the Winter and reorganize and re-equip for the tenting season of 1874. Privileges to let, on half down. Talent wanted. Address G. G. Grady, Kenton, Hardin Co., Ohio. [Advertisement] New York Clipper, November 1, 1873, p. 243.

• Grady's Great American Circus and Menagerie was in Kansas in October, 1873. A feature was the balloon ascension by Hiram Planter, seated on a trapeze bar, hanging by his toes, head downward. The show claimed 800 men, horses and beasts. More on the show is in Bandwagon, September-October, 1987, Vol. 31, No. 5, pp. 24-25.

1874:

    G. G. Grady's Circus, Menagerie, Museum and Grand Free Balloon Show, which starts from Parsons, Kansas, on or about April 1, has been overhauled and newly fitted up, with new attractions and new cages added. Sideshow privileges to let, with an advance payment, and the purchaser would not need to be at the expense of shipping harness or wagons, as they can be purchased here at almost your own figures. Address G. G. Grady, Parsons, Kansas. [Advertisement] New York Clipper, February 14, 1874, p. 368.

    The privileges with G. G. Grady's Circus have all been rented. Thomas Haley has the sideshows; E. Hawley of Washington, the concert privilege; and W. Simpson of Delevan, Wis., the candy stands. The show will be exhibited under three tents, and there will be a free balloon show. Mr. Grady has bought three lions recently, and added ten new cages. New York Clipper, March 7, 1874, p. 391.

    G. G. Grady's Circus started from Parsons, Kas., March 29, and exhibited at Neodesha(?) 31, Fredonia, April 1, Coyville 2, Eureka 3, El Dorado 4, at which place they encountered a heavy fall of snow, and had to lower the canvas and allow it to remain all night. They will receive a new canvas, twenty cages of animals, and a new wardrobe, and start on a tour East. New York Clipper, April 18, 1874, p. 23.

    G. G. Grady's Circus, Museum, Menagerie and Grand Free Balloon Show. Proprietor, G. G. Grady; manager W. J. Simpson; assistant manager, _. W. Amlar; general agent, J. W. Whitehurst; assistant agent, Chas. D. Potter; press agent, Major Morris; programme agent, Jas. Gregory; treasurer, Wm. Myers; equestrian director, Joseph Neal; museum director, Prof. D. Banks; . . . Clowns, Charles Grady, Robert Hunting . . . Proprietor of concert, E. Hawkins of Washington, Ind. Proprietors of candy privileges, W. J. Simpson and Harry Amlar, of Delevan, Wis. . . . New York Clipper, April 18, 1874, Supplement, n.p.n.

    G. G. Grady's Circus was at Girard, Kas., April 27, Fort Scott 28, Nevada 29. New York Clipper, May 9, 1874, p. 47.

    G. G. Grady's Circus is reported doing a good business in Missouri. It was at Clinton May 2, and its route is through the northerly part of that State into Iowa, then, crossing the Mississippi River at Prairie du Chien, through Wisconsin as far as Green Bay, and down across the lake into Michigan. At Fort Scott, Kas., it received a set of Kidd's patent light, and at Clinton, Mo., two new cages of animals. New York Clipper, May 16, 1874, p. 55.

    G. G. Grady's Circus, Museum and Menagerie exhibited at Kirksville, Mo., May 22, edina 24. New York Clipper, May 30, 1874, p. 71.

    The following letter from today's Indianapolis Sentinel: G. G. Grady's Circus, Menagerie, Museum and Balloon Show has vamoosed. At about four or five o'clock Monday evening attachements were put on the entire stock and now the exhibition is locked up in the stables, the Sheriff holding the key. G. G. Grady took the next eastern bound trin, stopped at Mattoon and from there emigrated toward your city. Eighty men were thrown out of employment without one cent of money to get home with, leving the lady peformers to do the best they can without money to get the next meal. The general opinion is that he busted with his pockets full of money. The undersigned is not at all feeling bad, but has the satisfaction of saying that Mr. Grady is indebted to him $150 which would come good at the present panic times. C. D. Potter, Shelbyville, Ill., July 6. Fort Wayne Daily Sentinel (IN), July 11, 1874, n.p.n.

    Grady's Circus and Menagerie was recently attached by the Sheriff at Shelbyville, Ill., on judgments obtained against it by U. L. C. Beard [Board?] and John M. Gregory; and the property, consisting of horses, animals, wagons, canvas, etc., is advertised for sale at auction at Shelbyville on Aug. 6. New York Clipper, July 25, 1874, p. 134.

    Forced sale of Grady's Circus and Menagerie, by virtue of three executions the Sheriff of Shelby Co., Ia.(?), will on August 6, 1874, sell the following circus property belonging to Gallespia (sic?) Grady: Thirtyone head of horses, 1 six-legged bull, 2 lions, 2 wolves, 1 buffalo, 2 deer, 4 goats, 1 antelope, 3 monkeys, 1 rabbit, one parrot and other fowls, 1 cage of stuffed animals, ? baggage wagons, 10 cages, 4 seat wagons, 1 centre-pole wagon, 1 glass wagon for man-fish, 1 band wagon, 1 carriage, 2 top buggies, 2 set single harness, 14 double harness, 1 balloon, also canvas seats, pole and all the property belonging to the above-named show. Ward & Wilson's Sale Stables, Shelbyville, Ill. Marshall Howard, Sheriff. New York Clipper, July 25, 1874, p. 136.

    G. G. Grady informs us that his circus has been shipped to Indianapolis, Ind., where it will be overhauled and put in condition for the road again. New York Clipper, August 22, 1874, p. 167.

    The property of G. G. Grady's late circus was sold at auction by the Sheriff at Shelbyville, Ill., and brought very low figures. The animals belonging to the concern were the property of George W. De Haven, and were taken to the Baird & Howell show, in which Mr. De Haven has a controlling interest. New York Clipper, August 22, 1874, p. 167.

    The entire outfit of G. G. Grady's Circus, Menagerie and Museum, with the exception of a few old __ and baggage wagons, is now in Indianapolis, Ind., stored away, where it will remain until Spring, when it will be on the road as usual, in the same hands and name. None of the animals or cages of G. G. Grady's Circus have been sold, neither have they been shipped to any other party, or owned by any one except the undersigned. G. G. Grady, Jackson, Mich., Aug. 22, 1874. [Advertisement] New York Clipper, August 29, 1874, p. 175.

    G. G. Grady is giving a show under canvas at the Exposition, Indianapolis, Ind. He has six four-horse cages of curiosities, and a variety performance is given by Lottie Lynn, Mollie Byrd, Jennie Boyd, Lizzie Jennings and Mrs. Charles Grady. New York Clipper, September 26, 1874, p. 207.

    Grady's Circus and Variety Troupe, which was exhibiting on the Exposition grounds at Indianapolis, Ind., failed for want of patronage. New York Clipper, October 10, 1874, p. 223.

1875:

    G. G. Grady's Circus was billed to open at Memphis, Tenn., April __, but failing to procure a license, they were unable to show. Several of the company, including Frank Howe, Robert Frayne(?), Tillie Russell and Ella Warner attached the effects, and the concern collapsed. New York Clipper, April 24, 1875, p. 31.

1879: G. G. Grady informs us that G. G. Grady & Beatty's New Show, consisting of thirty people and forty horses, is to start from Knox, Ind., May 30, and they expect to remain in that State during the entire season. Among the attractions will be a balloon-race, with monkeys on a trapeze bar suspended from each balloon. New York Clipper, April 19, 1879, p. 31.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Grady, Pickett & Primrose's - 1887

1886:

    Indianapolis, Indiana. G. G. Grady says the Grady, Pickett & Primrose Show will be no small affair. Primrose's father has bought several fine horses lately, and all the stock is quartered on S. Pickett's farm in northern Indiana. Several fine tableau cars have been added to the firm's property, and they intend to have between thirty and forty horses. New York Clipper, May 22, 1886, p. 153.

    G. G. Grady and his museum are at Danville, Ill., catching fair week. The Grady, Picket & Primrose Show will commence to materialize about Feb. 1, 1887, he says. New York Clipper, July 17, 1886, p. 281.

1887:

    Wanted for Grady, Pickett & Primrose's American Circus. A Royal Roman hippodrome, aerial performers and sensational acts; also a balloon ascensionist and fifteen billposters. Candy privileges to let. Address, W. Second street, Indianapolis, Ind. New York Clipper, January 22, 1887, p. 718.

    The following will comprise the Grady, Pickett & Primrose One-ring Circus: James Kincade, Mrs. Nellie McDonald, the Three De Barr Bros., the Lee Bros., Millie Mayo, Master William Lee . . . Pickett, Primrose and Cline, Wm. Johnson, James Whiting. Profs. Redmond and Sharpe will give two balloon ascensions daily. The show opens April 28(?) at Zionsville, Ind., and will have twenty-two people in advance. New York Clipper, April 9, 1887, p. 52.

    Grady, Pickett & Primrose's Old-Fashion American One Ring Circus, Royal Roman Hippodrome and Mexican Racing Association. Free balloon show, with man to ascend to the clouds on a single trapeze bar. Acrobats, leapers, female artists, jugglers, vaulters, clowns, gymnasts, equestrians, trained dogs and monkeys. Transported by railroad on their own special cars. Will exhibit at Portland, May 5. Admission 25 cents. [Advertisement] Daily Commercial (Portland, IN), April 26, 1887, n.p.n.

    Grady, Pickett & Primrose's circus will visit Logansport within the next few days. The circus is an entirely new combination, and the proprietors are new men with the exception of Mr. G. G. Grady, who is well known throughout this community as an experienced showman. Logansport Daily Pharos (Logansport, IN), April 27, 1887, n.p.n.

    Dame rumor says that Grady, Pickett & Primrose have split. Mr. Grady withdrawing and Pickett and Primrose continuing the show. They are billed to exhibit in Indianapolis, Ind., May __. They had trouble at Tipton, Ind., and are said to have stranded there. Attachments had hurt them somewhat. New York Clipper, May 14, 1887, p. 132.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Granger & Cameron - 1928   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1928

    Wayne Newell, musician, has joined the Granger-Cameron Society circus, which opens its season at Cedar Rapids today. Postville Herald (Postville, IA), May 24, 1928, p. 8.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Grant's - 1891   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1891

    Wanted, for Grant's Monster Shows, people in all branches of the circus business, male and female riders with their own stock. Female aerial acts, bar team, brother acts. Clowns, concert people that can double drums, musicians that can double orchestra, troupes of performing horses or ponies, and dogs. Show opens in Chicago, May 11. Would buy eight or ten good flashy band uniforms. Address J. W. Brownlee, manager, ___ Clark St., Room _, Chicago, Ill. New York Clipper, May 2, 1891, p. 148.

    The following people are in the concert with Grant's New Colossal Shows: John J. and Florence Murray, Max William, Master Furgerson, Kershaw Sisters and Baby Venus. New York Clipper, June 27, 1891, p. 268.

    It is reported that throat and lung troubles have forced Mlle. Barretta, the iron jaw lady, to retire from Grant's Circus. New York Clipper, June 27, 1891, p. 268.

    John J. Murray has been given the third degree as member of Aldine Lodge, K. of P., at Chicago. Mr. Murray is at present playing principal clown with Grant's Circus. New York Clipper, July 11, 1891, p. 296.

    Wanted for Grant's New Colossal Shows, for fall and winter season. Performers in all branches. Also sideshow curiosities. Will buy for cash or rent, ten or more cages, elephant, camels, lions, tigers, etc. Also want sleeping, flat and box cars. Address J. W. Brownlee, care Central Printing Co., ___ Monroe St., Chicago, Ill. Would like to hear from Wm. Ryan, Frank Bruce(?), Frank Bliss(?) and Edgerton Sisters. New York Clipper, July 25, 1891, p. 340.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Gratham's - 1892

    Prof. John A. Morris has secured the sideshow privilege with Grantham's Circus this season, and will furnish the following features: Prof. Morris, magician and vertriloquist . . . Happy Jack's Punch and Judy, a cage of monkeys, a trained deer, the happy family . . . The season opened April 1?, and will last six months or longer. This is the tenth season of this show, and everything was in good shape for the opening day. New York Clipper, April 30, 1892, p. 114.

Note: also see New York Clipper, July 8, 1893, p. 280.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

J. H. Gray's - 1887-88, 1893

1887:

    Lotter and Cleary, Thos. Delevanti, Julie (human bat) and Master John Forbes have been added to the roster of J. H. Gray's Oriental Circus, opening May 4 at Willimantic, Ct. New York Clipper, April 30, 1887, p. 107.

    J. H. Gray's Oriental Dime Show opened season May 9 at Middletown, Ct. Prof. Chas. Austin is manager of the ring. Lotter and Cleary recently joined. New York Clipper, May 21, 1887, p. 151.

    For sale, an entire circus outfit, all complete. Will accept a position for the balance of the season. A contracting agent of canvas show. J. H. Gray, Willimantic, Ct. New York Clipper, July 9, 1887, p. 271.

1888:

    Willimantic, Connecticut. J. H. Gray and C. S. Locke, is is reported, will put the Oriental Show on the road next season with twenty-two head of horses, and will travel by wagon. Mr. Locke is now proprietor of the Chaffee House. New York Clipper, February 11, 1888, p. 766.

    People engaged for J. H. Gray's Oriental Show: William Francis, Willie C. Laverne . . . George Livingston. Early in May the troupe will open their season at Willimantic, Ct. New York Clipper, April 7, 1888, p. 63.

    John Burke goes out with J. H. Gray's Oriental Show this season as singing clown. New York Clipper, April 21, 1888, p. 89.

    Gray's Oriental Circus was attached at Lowell, Mass., June 5, for salaries, and has closed. New York Clipper, June 16, 1888, p. 219.

    Willimantic, Connecticut. After six weeks on the road, J. H. Gray has returned home. He sold his circus outfit to J. Hanson(?) of Lowell, Mass. New York Clipper, July 7, 1888, p. 266.

• 1889: J. Hudson Gray, of Willimatic, Ct., advertises that he is available as a contracting agent for a circus, prefers a wagon show. New York Clipper, January 19, 1889, p. 726.

1893:

    The Great Eastern Old Fashioned One Ring Wagon Show will take the road from Willimantic, Ct., May 1, under the management of J. H. Gray, now manager of Loomer's Opera House. . . . ___ and Sam Johnson have already signed. The admission will be twenty-five cents. New York Clipper, New York Clipper, February 4, 1893, p. 766.

    Wanted for the Great Eastern 25c Show. An old fashioned overland one-ring 25c show with 112 head of stock, 9 cages, 90 foot top with one 50 foot middle rise and 50 foot sideshow. I want people in all branches of the business except riders, as they are already signed. No privileges for sale and no fakirs wanted. I want one good chandelier man that understands putting up tents. People that can not do three or tour turns don’t write. Save your postage. I open my season May 15, and the season will be short as I am still manager of the Loomer Opera House. . . . Address James H. Gray, Manager, Willimantic, Conn. Billposters address F. H. Gallup, Sideshow people, Jack Spencer. New York Clipper, March 11, 1893, p. 16, cited in White Tops, Vol. 17, Nos. 5-6 (Apr-May), 1944, p. 21.

    A good hearted circus owner promises a season of about three months (May 15 to August 1), to those who can and will do three or four turns . . . New York Clipper, March 11, 1893, cited in White Tops, Vol. 17, Nos. 3-4 (Feb-Mar), 1944, p. 16.

    The Great Eastern Show has collapsed after being out only eight days. At Somerville, __, May 18, the tent was demolished during a heavy storm and several people were injured. Manager Gray settled all bills and brought the tour to an end to avoid further trouble. New York Clipper, June 3, 1893, p. 198.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Gil Gray's - 1953, 1962   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1950-1965

1953: Brief information on the 1953 show is online in Bandwagon, Mid-May 1953 (scroll down).

1962: Article on the 1962 Gil Gray Circus at the Texas State Fair is online in Bandwagon, Jul-Aug 1962 (scroll down or use find).

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

James H. Gray's - 1887

    J. H. Gray's Great Oriental Dime Show will open the season about May 1 at Willimantic, Ct. The show consists of the following people: J. H. Gray, sole manager, F. H. Gallup(?), assistant agent; W. N. Eaton, treasurer; Bill Jones, lithographer; John Hunington, programer; Walter Gibson, talking and singing clown . . . Peter Smith, Nellie King, Prof. William Johnson and uniformed band of ten pieces; John Cunningham, chandelier man. The management will run the concert and reserved seats. The show will make three day and week stands. There will be thirty-two people in the parade, all in uniform. New York Clipper, March 19, 1887, p. 7.

• Show listed in Chindahl's History of the Circus in America, circa 1888.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Gray & Wheeler - 1881, 1899

• See the article on the 1881 and 1899 Gray & Wheeler's Great Eastern Circus, online in Bandwagon, June, 1953 (scroll down).

• Show listed in Chindahl's History of the Circus in America, 1899.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Great American - 1892 (A. H. Schlange)

    The Great American Combined Shows started out of New Orleans April _, and did good business until they arrived at Star(?), La., where they encountered a cyclone and lost everything. Harry Little was hurt, and Fred G. Adkins(?) had his leg and arm broken, and lost his instruments. The injured will be sent to Donaldsonville, La., where the show will go up. It is run on the commonwealth plan, and consists of two flat boats and a tug. New York Clipper, April 16, 1892, p. 82.

    A. H. Schlange has bought the Great American Circus and in connection with Prof. Joseph Gomez(?), balloonist, will put it on the road in first class shape on June 9(?). The show will carry thirty-five people, fifteen head of stock and a band of twenty pieces. . . . New York Clipper, May 28, 1892, p. 178.

    Wanted, for the Great American Circus, in connection with Prof. Joseph Gomes, World's Greatest Aeronaut, and Balloon Co., people in all branches of the circus business except riders, that can do more than one turn. Show opens June _. Also wanted, a troupe of performing dogs and goats. Wanted, musicians, and also two leaders; also concert people and five more aeronauts and twenty billposters. No fares advanced to anyone. Address A. H. Schlange, Springfield, Ill. New York Clipper, May 28, 1892, p. 188.

    Harry and ___ Brandon have signed with the Great American Circus. New York Clipper, June 4, 1892, p. 194.

    The Great American Circus, in connection with Prof. Joseph Gomes' Balloon Co., opened at Springfield, Ill., June 9, to crowded tents. The outfit consists of one 90(?)ft. round top, with two 40ft. middle pieces. The roster: A. H. Schlange, proprietor; Joseph Gomes, manager; Charles Lennox, treasurer; Charles Price and Ed. Hendley, privileges; Harry Brandon, Mrs. Brandon, Ida Showers, Ollie Young, J. H. Walker, C. Werner, Bob Cole, Phillips and Nannon(?) . . . Lee Maxey, Wm. Brewer and Prof. Oatman and wife. New York Clipper, June 18, 1892, p. 228.

    Wanted, for Great American Circus, people in all lines of the circus business, except riders. Write Danville, Ill. June 16, 17, 18, Lafayette Ind. June 20, 21, 22. Also troupe of performing dogs and ponies. A. H. Schlange. New York Clipper, June 18, 1892, p. 242.

    On the road, circuses: Great American, Lafayette IN June 22. New York Clipper, June 25, 1892, p. 248.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Great American Circus - 1939

• An article on the 1939 Great American Circus is online in Bandwagon, Nov-Dec 1967.

• Another article on the 1939 show is in Bandwagon, November-December, 1974, pp. 22-23

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Great American Circus - 1978, 1981, 1985-86, 1989

1978: this was a second and smaller Hoxie Tucker show. Bandwagon, January-February, 1979, p. 14.

1981: Hoxie Tucker's Great American opened early in Florida, Alan Hill, manager. With the show were the Kohlreisers with animals; the Ferreiras, balancing; the Gary Henry family, clowning and horses; and the Oscar Macias family, balancing; Mary Beaser, trapeze; and Sammy Johnson, rola-bola. Bandwagon, January-February, 1982, p. 7.

1985: Allan Hill's Great American started in Florida in May, was in New England until August, and then toured the midwest. Hill also toured his one-ring Circus USA show in 1985, Ward Hall and Chris Christ, managers. Bandwagon, January-February, 1986, pp. 8-9.

1986: Allan Hill's Great American was in Georgia in March, Pennyslvania in June, New Jersey in July, New York in August, the Midwest in September, and the South in October. It closed in its winter quarters at Sarasota November 10. Hoxie Tucker came out of retirement for a short time when the show experienced management problems. Bandwagon, January-February, 1987, p. 7.

1987: Allan C. Hill's Great American opened in Florida in early March, played the Atlantic Coast and then headed West. By late September it headed back South, reaching its winter quarters outside Sarasota in November. Bandwagon, January-February, 1988, p. 9.

1989: Paul Kaye's Great American Circus appeared under canvas in Japan from March 18 to May 7. In the U.S. Kaye played a Shrine date in Indiana in late November. Bandwagon, January-February, 1990, p. 24.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Great American Water Circus - 1902-04

1902:

    The Great American Water Circus of New Martinsville, W. Va., which has been organized to show along the Ohio River, was granted a charter last week. Capital stock $15,000. Amount subscribed and paid in, $320. Incorporators, J. T. Hervey(?), Henry Schuller, W. P. Newman, Robert McDowning and W. H. Hatch. Billboard, July 26, 1902, p. 5.

    The Great American Water Circus closed at Gallipolis, O., Aug. 10. It was towed back to New Martinsville, W. Va., where the owners, wealthy oil men, reside. William A. Hatch was the orgininator of the scheme, which promised well at the beginning, but was found wanted in several important respects when put in actual practice. The stage of the river and the inclement weather were both against them. Then, too, it was found that people are averse to climbing down and up the river banks in order to attend a show. There was not sufficient special paper and the parade was not strong enough. Billboard, August 23, 1902, p. 8.

    For sale! The Great American Water Circus . . . owned by three businessmen of New Martinsville, W. Va. . . . wired complete with both incadescent and arc lights complete with dynamos and engine. Will sell with or without the electric plant or will sell the electric plant separate. Size of barges 175x60 ft. Size of each ring 24ft. x 30ft. Size of canvas 60 ft. with two 40 middle pieces. Beds for 40 people. Stables for stock with ten stalls. Stables for dogs and performing animals. Sixteen feet stringers. Seating capacity 1,500 to 2,000. Address W. P. Newman, secretary. New Martinsville, W. Va. [Advertisement] Billboard, September 6, 1902, p. 26.

    Manager wanted. The Great American Water Circus . . . fitted up exactly like a circus on land, seating about 2,000. This show is owned by three business men of New Martinsville, W. Va., who, owing to their business affairs are unable to give this affair their individual attention. The manager must take $800 to $1,000 stock. This show leaves New Martinsville, W. Va., soon for a long season South. Address E. W. P. Newman, treasurer, New Martinsville, W. Va. [Advertisement] Billboard, October 4, 1902, p. 20.

    The Great American Water Circus has closed its season through the South, and proprietor S. Delmont has taken out his medicine show. Billboard, October 11, 1902, p. 12.

    Newman's Great American Water Circus opens at Ironton, Ohio, April 27-28. They go up the Allegheny river. Billboard, November 29, 1902, p. 14.

1903:

    Wanted for The Great American Water Circus. People in all branches of the show business except riders. Have closed contract with musicians and advance. Show is a complete two ring circus (without menagerie), traveling and exhibiting at the river towns on an immense flotilla . . . people eat and sleep on boat. See cut of show in Christmas Billboard. W. P. Newman, sole owner, Ironton, Ohio. [Advertisement] Billboard, February 7, 1903, p. 22.

    The Great American Water Circus, William S. Newman, manager and owner, was recently organized and started out from New Martinsville, W. Va. A floor space of 75 x 150 feet, resting on floating barges, with a seating capacity of over 2,000; three rings in the center and a circus, three pole top that can be lowered to the level of the side walls in a high wind, is the equipment. The co. includes Professor Rice, with his dog, pony and monkey show; Willard and Willard, wire artists; Ritz Brothers, horizontal bars; Professor Roberts, aerial artist, and a band of ten pieces under direction of Professor Tumly. Billboard, June 6, 1903, p. 20.

    Partner wanted, The Great American Water Circus. A complete two-ring circus traveling and exhibiting upon an immense flotilla. Shows at river towns. Tent always up ready to show. Size of barge 60x175 ft.; canvas 60 with two 40 ft. middle pieces. Want a man who has circus experience to buy interest in show and manage same. Present owner compelled to take vacation on account of ill-health. Address per route. W. P. Newman. July 15, Augusta, Ky.; July 16, Ripley, O.; July 17, Maysville, Ky.; July 18, Manchester, O.; July 20, Vanceburg, Ky.; July 21, Portsmouth, O. [Advertisement] Billboard, July 18, 1903, p. 11.

1904: The large barges of the American Water Circus, owned by W. V. Newman, are in a precarious position behind the government piers in the local harbor at Ironton, O. Eight feet of ice has drifted under the boats and falling water will leave them stranded. The boats were moored for the winter. Billboard, February 27, 1904, p. 6.

• 1926: Twenty-five years ago promoters launched the Great Amerian Water Circus on the Ohio, and for four seasons it toured that river. It presented a true circus performance and atmosphere. Two big coal barges were lashed side by side, a layer of earth put in their hulls to furnish a base for the ring and a tent stretched over all. The circus carried forty horses and fourteen parade wagons (for a parade was put on at every stopping place), which,of course, must be accommodated on a separate boat and besides there were the performers and other functionaries to take care of. But the equipment was heavy and costly to handle and the enterprise was not a great success, so it was abandonded after the fourth season. - From The Kansas City Star. Watertown Daily Times (Watertown, NY), August 24, 1926, p. 5.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Great Australian Circus - 1877-78, 1880

1877:

    Wanted, for 1877, performers for all branches of circus business with the Great Australian Circus, now in winter quarters at Mt. Clemens, Mich. Will start about May 1 on the company's new propeller. Will show on Lake Huron, Lake Michigan, Lake Superior and Lake Erie. This company has the finest ring horses, band chariot, wagons, paraphernalia and trappings of any circus in the West. Company run their own concert. Candy stands are rented. Reserved seats, sideshow and other privileges to rent. Will show in all lumbering and mining towns of Michigan and Lake Superior. Address W. H. Dwyer, manager, Mt. Clemens, Mich. [Advertisement] New York Clipper, February 17, 1877, p. 376.

    Wanted for 1877, artists to work on candy stands with the Great Australian Circus Company. Season will commence about May 1. Address Mead & Peltier, Mt. Clemens, Mich. [Advertisement] New York Clipper, March 31, 1877, p. 3.

    All parties engaged for the coming season with the Great Australian Circus are requested to report at Mt Clemens, Mich., May 9. A male equestrian with horses is wanted, and W. H. Dwyer advertises that all privileges are rented except sideshow. New York Clipper, April 28, 1877, p. 39.

1878: Baldwin and Ryan and Mlle. Lottie join the Australian Circus at Mount Clemens, Mich., in April. New York Clipper, February 2, 1878, p. 359.

1880: For the Great Australian Show the following have been engaged: J. C. Warner, C. C. Campbell . . . Maggie Gardner, Cora Orville, Jerry Hopper, Mons. Leo, Willis Lang. New York Clipper, March 20, 1880, p. 411.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Great Australian Circus - 1881

    The Great Australian Circus, now at the National Theatre, Philadelphia, Pa., is a new venture. The combination includes W. O'Dale Steven's Australian Circus, and T. F. Kelly's Specialty Troupe, and it is intended to establish the show for the Winter season, and exhibit only at well-known theatres. The entertainment includes Loyal and Zuila, gymnasts and aerialists; Ella Zuila, high wire; Loyal, the human cannon-ball; Elena Jeal, hurdle rider; Linda Jeal, equestrienne; Pauline Lee, female bareback juggler; William Gorman, hurdle rider; Marie and Joseph Ashby, riders; George Donald, Australian trick and riding clown; W. O'Dale Stevens, equilibrist; and William Showles, bareback somersault act. They carry a portable ring, which can be place on the stage and removed in a few minutes. New York Clipper, December 31, 1881, pp. 675, 683.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Great Buffalo & Wild West - 1902   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1902

See the article on the 1902 show online in Note Sheet (Circus Historical Society), January 1944.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Great Chicago Circus - 1879

• 1873: See S. Q. Stokes' show.

• 1879, operated by Silas Dutton and J. R. Smith, opened May 10 in Chicago. Thayer's Mudshow and Railers, p. 20.

1879:

    A new circus company is now being organized in Chicago, Ill., under the management of George W. De Haven. James Robinson, it is said, has been secured at a salary of $350(?) per week for ten weeks, cash in advance. Mr. Robinson receives all expenses, including those of himself, family, grooms and stock. New York Clipper, May 10, 1879, p. 55.

    The Hoyt Brothers - William, Fred and Master Johnny - left Corry, Pa., May 9, for Chicago, Ill., to join George W. De Haven's Circus. New York Clipper, May 17, 1879, p. 63.

    The Great Chicago Circus, which begins its season in Chicago, Ill., May __, for two weeks, has the following officers and company: Dutton & Smith, proprietors; George W. De Haven, manager; ___, assistant manager; J. R. Smith, treasurer; James Robinson, equestrian director; F. Caldwell, railroad contractor; . . . Chas. Barnum, boss canvasman. Performers: James Robinson and sons - Eugene and Clarence - Miaco Bros., Thos. and Wm., Jennie Miaco, Chas. Lowry, Signor Lowande, Hoyt Bros., P. H. Seamon, Chas. Orville, Geo. Wayland, Chas. Clayton, C. H. Lee . . . The privileges will be run by the company, under the management of E. W. Wiggins. New York Clipper, May 17, 1879, p. 63.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Great Commonwealth Circus - 1879

    The Great Commonwealth Circus, double in size and quadruple in attractions. Wanted, artists in every line. Riders having their own stock given the preference. Want to hear from pantomime clowns. Parties having ring stock or trick horses or trained animals, please write. Concert people wanted. Sideshow privileges for sale. Start May 1 and travel by water on the new gondolas Pinafore, Mary Jane and Mayflower. Write Pete Conklin, acting manager, Great Western Hotel, Philadelphia, Pa. [Advertisement] New York Clipper, April 19, 1879, p. 32.

    Harry A. Burke is engaged for the tening season with the Great Commonwealth Circus as pantomimist. New York Clipper, April 26, 1879, p. 39.

    Call. All persons connected with the Great Commonwealth Circus will report at Frankford, Pa., Saturday May 3, prepartory to opening on Monday, May 5. Pete Conklin, acting manager. [Advertisement] New York Clipper, May 3, 1879, p. 43.

    The Commonwealth Circus Company organized in Philadelphia for the season of 1879. This is a cooperative combination of many of the best performers in the profession, and having a full stud of educated horses, they are able to give the effects of a first-class circus. The company will give their first show in Philadelphia, May _, and then proceed on a tour of the country. They will travel on the steamboat William Newman, fitted up expressly for the purpose. Officers: Pete Conklin, acting manager; Henry ___, treasurer; E. Perry, equestrian director; Prof. F. F. Franceschini(?), leader of the band of twelve pieces; J. J. Showles, general director; . . . Company: the Nelson family of equestrians, four in number; Miss Minnie Perry, principal equestrienne; Miss Kitty() Sharge, manege; Ed Perry, four horse rider; Master George Whitley, bareback; Delmony Brothers, gymnasts; Edwin Fritz, tumbler; Rico Brothers, horizontal bar; Professor White and educated dogs; ___ Brothers, flying trapeze; Harry Burke, trick clown and pantomimist; Maywood Brothers, trapeze and bar; Master Nelson, flying wire. The company has six ring and four trick horses and ponies; two double team wagons and used for advertising and other purposes. Charles White is master of canvas, with twelve assistants; and John Henry is master of horses, with two assistants. They will use a one hundred foot round top canvas, with two thirty foot middle pieces. A concert will be run with the show, with the following performers: Flinn and ___, song-and-dance and Irish comedians; Gordon and Chambers, musical mokes; Miss Kitty ___, song, dance and jug; and Yound Satan, fire-king. New York Clipper, May 3, 1879, p. 47.

    During the current week the Commonwealth Circus will show at Frankford, on the outskirts of Philadelphia. New York Clipper, May 10, 1879, p. 55.

    The Great Commonwealth Circus showed in and around Philadelphia last week. . . . The riding of Minnie Perry, Mme. Blanche, Kitty Sharpe, Arthur Nelson, Ed Perry and Master Geo. Whitby, the witticisms of Pete Conklin, the acrobatic acts of the Belmont Brothers and Edwin Fritz, the gymnastic feats of the Rice Brothers, the Victoria Brothers and the Haywood Brothers and Karl Link, the funny tricks of the pantomimic clown, Harry A. Burke, and the performance of Prof. White's dogs, are prominent features. In the concert, Flynn and Edson, Gordon and Chambers, Kitty Fritz and Young Satan, the fire king, appear. Business good so far. New York Clipper, May 17, 1879, p. 63.

    Great Commonwealth Circus travels by boat, and includes the following performers: Minnie(?) Perry, bareback rider; Mlle. Blanch, scenic rider; C. W. Perry, two and four horse rider; Arthur Nelson, pantomime clown; the Rice Brothers, acrobats; the Belmont Brothers, Geroge Whitby, Bartine Brothers, jugglers; Gordon and Chambers; John Booker, ringmaster; Prof. White and his troupe of educated dogs; and Ed Fritz, knockabout clown. The show is under the direction of Peter Conklin, the clown, who appears at each performance. The concert is managed by John Booker, veteran minstrel man, and the sideshow by Harry Speigle, and the candy stand by C. Meloy(?). . . . New York Clipper, June 28, 1879, p. 111.

    The Great Commonwealth Circus and Nelson's Pantomime Company, that was advertised to show here on Saturday afternoon and evening, failed to put in an appearance and many were doubtless disappointed. We learn that on Monday last their effects were seized by the Sheriff at Portsmouth, Va., and it is probable that they are sold by this time. Their advance agent, who also posted bills, while here last Tuesday borrowed considerable money on orders on the circus, and made other contracts, all of which go to naught. Chester Daily Times (PA), July 7, 1879, n.p.n.

    The Commonwealth Circus was sold by auction in Norfolk, Va., July 8. New York Clipper, July 19, 1879, p. 135.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Great Consolidation Circus - 1866

    [Advertisement] Great Consolidation Circus, five shows in one! Will exhibit at Milwaukee, on Main street near Newhall House, Monday and Tuesday, May 7th and 8th. This immense alliance is composed of 200 men and horses. 50 performers, 5 lady equestriennes, and 4 highly popular clowns. It has the most magnificent stud of highly trained horses, educated mules and diminutive ponies ever brought together in any one show in the United States; composed as it is of the principal performers, mules, horses, ponies, etc., of the following well known institutions, to wit:
    J. L. Davenport's Great English Circus. J. F. Howe's Champion Circus of the Republic. Aymer's Great Southern Circus. J. H. Glenroy's far-famed German Circus, and Williams & Mankins, great Grecian Gymnasium. A combination of equestrian, gymnastic, acrobatic and athletic talent, never before consolidated in any one institution, either in Europe or America.
    The performance will consist of all that is novel and brilliant in horsemanship, grand and courageous gymnasts, or animated and greaceful in athletic skill, by the universally admitted greatest artists of the day. Equestrian pagents and cavalcades, cavalry, evolutions, comic pantomimes, grand and lofty tumbling, double somersaulting, etc., will be introduced at each entertainment, in rapid succession; the whole forming one of the most acceptable, unique and brilliant shows ever given at any one time under any one canvas, on the continent of America.
    The performance will consist of nearly every act that has ever been introduced in an arena in the United States, by a troupe of artists by far the largest and most talented ever consolidated in one circus in this or any other country. It is the aim and desire of the management to give such a show, that while it may please and instruct everyone, it will be so guarded as not to offend the most fastidous. Each performance will commence with a grand ten horse entree, entitled the Camp of the Cossacks. Doors open at 1 and 7 p.m. Grand entree at 2 and 7 1/2 p.m. Admission 50 cents. Children (under 12 years) 25 cents. A. W. Morgan, agent. Daily Milwaukee News (WI), April 30, 1866, n.p.n.

    [Advertisement] The Great Consolidated Circus will exhibit at Dubuque, Saturday, Aug. 4, 1866. Manchester, Tuesday, July 31; Colesburg, Wednesday, Aug. 1; Dyersville, Thursday, Aug. 2; Cascade, Friday, Aug. 3. Grand combination of five shows in one. Board of directors. W. H. Hough, director and manager. F. J. Howes, equestrian director. A. W. Morgan, general agent. S. W. V. Post, leader of band. This immense alliance is composed of 200 men and horses. 50 performers, 5 lady equestriennes and _ highly popular clowns. It has the most magnificent stud of highly trained horses, educated mules and diminutive ponies, ever brought together in any one show in the United States; composed as it is of the principal performers, horses, mules, ponies, &c., of the following well known institutions:
    J. L. Davenport's Great English Circus; F. J. Howes' Champion Circus of the Republic; Aymar's Great Southern Circus; Glenroy's Far-Famed German Circus, and Williams and Mankin's Great Grecian Gymnasium. A combination of equestrian, gymnastic, acrobatic, and athletic talent never before consolidated in any one institution either in Europe or America. The performance will consist of all that is novel and brilliant, in horsemanship, grand and courageous, in gymnasia, or animated and graceful athletic skill, by the universally admitted greatest artists of the day. Equestrian pageants and cavalcades, calvary evolutions, comic pantomimes, grand and lofty tumbling, double summersaulting, &c., will be introduced at each entertainment, in rapid succession; the whole forming one of the most acceptable, unique and brilliant shows ever given at any one time, under any one canvas, on the continent of America.
    Among the great artists who will appear at each performance may be found: M'lle Marie, the most accomplished female equestrienne of the age. Mr. J. H. Glenroy, champion rider, in his principal act. Mr. F. J. Howes, with his highly trained trick horse, "General Grant," and comic mules, "Croadguage" and "Beau Hacket." Mr. J. L. Davenport, principal clown and comic vocalist, who will introduce his infant son, the smallest and youngest equestrian in the world. Mr. A. F. Aymar, trick clown and general performer. Mr. H. M. Smith, the champion bare back rider, and his son the infant prodigy, Master Frank Smith. Williams & Mankin, in their gladiatorial, gymnastic and acrobatic performances. Adolph Gonzales, the astonishing Chilian double somersulter. H. A. Kincaid, one of the finest general performers in the country. George Wambold, the great contortionist will introduce his highly educated dog, "Beauty." Sig. Cappoli, the boneless man and man monkey. Mr. Chas. Davis, general performer, Mons. Phillip, Harry King, Herman ___, Harry Fair, Chas. River, Harry Palmer, King Brothers, &c., &c. M'lle Millie Francais, premier equestrienne and the graceful slack wire performer. Signorita De Lopez, and her talented children, George and Nelly, in their entirely new act of beautiful classical groupings, or living pictures. Mad. Davenport, Miss. M. Wells, Mad. Eloise, &c.
    The gorgeous new chariot drawn by ten beautiful horses containg Prof. Post's United States Silver Cornet Band will lead the procession on entering the town. The performances will consist of nearly every act that has been introduced in an arena in the United States, by a troupe of artists by far the largest and most talented ever consolidated in any one circus in this or any other country. It is the aim and desire of the management to give such a show, that while it may please and instruct every one, it will be so guarded as not to offend the most fastidious. Each performance will commence, at hte time specified below, with a grand ten horse entree, the Camp of the Cossacks. Good seats for all. Afternoon and night. Doors open at 1 and 7 o'clock p.m. Grand entree at 2 and half-past 7 p.m. Admission 50 cts. Children under 12 years, 25 cts. Dubuque Daily Herald (IA), July 17, 1866, n.p.n.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Great Eastern Circus - 1872-74, 1880, 1883, 1889, 1895-96

Note: this title was used by a variety of different proprietors from 1872 to 1914.

1872:

    [Advertisement] Great Eastern Menagerie, Museum, Avairy, Circus and Balloon Show. Four immense pavilions are required to exhibit this combination of 12 shows in one. One for the menagerie, a second for the museum, avairy, and a fourth for the circus. Herd of elephants, 126 thorough-bred horses, 10 lady equestriennes, 50 performers, drove of camels, 20 dens of wild animals, 12 male riders, 30 musicians. Mammoth mastodon of the road requiring 31 cars to support it. Elephant Bismark. Herr Elijah Lengel with his twenty foot den of trained lions, tigers and panthers at every exhibition, afternoon and night. Racine, Wis., Monday, May 27th.
    Mr. George M. Kelly, leaper. Madame Agnes Lake, M'lle Carroll, La Petite Anna Carroll, M'lle Cornelia, Laura and Louise, the great Carroll family, W. B. Carroll Fred Sylvester, E. Miaco Brothers, Adolph Gonzales, Jerome Tuttle, Tom Ashton, "Chili," T. V. Watson, Jean Zacco, James Easler, Masters Eddie and Willis. Four great clowns - C. Lee Fowler, Billy Andrews, John Wilcock and Al. Miaco. The trained Arabian horses, Thales, Alexis, Lone Star and the pony Romeo. In the museum every curious wonder worth seeing. Grand musical calliope.
    Prior to every afternoon a balloon ascension will be given, when Professors Garwood and Reno will make a journey beyond the clouds. Doors open at 1 and 6 o'clock. Performances commence an hour after. Admission 50 cents. Children 25 cts. W. W. Durand, general agent. Racine County Argus (Racine, WI), May 16, 1872, n.p.n.

    [Advertisement] Great Eastern Menagerie, Museum, Aviary and Circus & Balloon Show. Janesville, Monday, June 3d. Rare and choice zoological and arenic features. Mastodon of the road, requiring 31 cars to transport it from stand to stand. Four immense pavilions. Combination of 12 shows in one. Elephant, "Bismark." Drove of Bactrian camels, accompanied by native attendants in the dress of East Indiamen. Herr Elijah Lengel, lion king with his den of trained lions, tigers and panthers. . . .
    Mr. Geo Kelley, champion leaper. Also, Madame Agnes Lake, Miss Emma Lake, M'lle Carroll, La Petite Annie Carroll, M'lle Cornelia, Laura and Louise, the great Carroll family, W. B. Carroll, Fred Sylvester, Miaco Bros., Adolph Gonzales, Jerome Tuttle, Tom Ashton, "Chili," T. V. Watson, Jean Zacco, James Essler, Masters George, Eddie and Willie. Four great clowns - C. Lee Fowler, Billy Andrews, John Wilcock and Al. Miaco. Trained horses - Thaleb, Alexis, Londe Star and the pony Romeo. Complete museum with musical calliope. Prior to every afternoon exhibition a gratuitous balloon ascension, Profs. Garwood & Reno. Two performances daily. Doors open at 1 and 6 o'clock. Performances commence one hour after. Admission 50 cts. Children 25 cts. Procession one mile in lenght, led by Professor Kopp's Brass and Reed Band in the chariot of Oberon, drawn by 12 horses. Mounted cavaliers and goddesses, crimson and gold dens. Beloit, Thursday, May 30. Madison, Saturday, June 1st. W. W. Durand, general agent. Janesville Gazette (WI), May 27, 1872, n.p.n.

    At the sale, in Selma, Ala., a few days ago, of the Great Eastern Circus, the elephant was bought by Mr. DeHaven for $10,000. Six horses brought $3,400. The den containing the lioness and cubs, $6,035. The Bengal tiger and leopards, $6,000. The buffaloes, $400 each. The ring horses sold at from $500 to $1,000 each. Des Moines Republican (IA), December 28, 1872, p. 1.

• An article on the 1872 Great Eastern Circus, owners R. E. J. Miles, Andrew Haight and George W. DeHaven, is in Bandwagon, September-October, 2006, Vol. 50, No. 5, pp. 17-25.

1873:

    Col. J. C. Webb goes with the Great Eastern Circus, Museum and Menagerie the coming season as master of canvas, and also will have charge of the cooking tent. New York Clipper, February 15, 1873, p. 367.

    The Great Eastern Menagerie, Museum and Circus, Haight & Co., proprietors, and W. W. Durand, general agent. The Great Eastern Circus and Menagerie commenced their traveling season at Selma, Ala., on March 1st. New York Clipper, March 8, 1873, p. 391.

    Great Eastern Menagerie, Museum, Aviary, Circus, Roman Hippodrome and Egyptian Caravan organized at Selma, Ala. They travel by rail, using sixty-two cars daily. A street display with forty-one dens, a steam piano, three brass and reed bands and a martial band, in a gorgeous chariot. Advertises twelve tents with three separate entrances. Gives a double circus performance in separate pavilions. Mounts twenty ladies on horseback in procession, with an equal number of knights and pages. Dens all painted in emerald, crimson and gold. . . . Animals include the elephant Conquerer, ten camels, African zebra, chamois, gazelle, elk, eland, water rhinoceros, pair of tapirs, llamas, Burmese cow and calf, antelope, porcupine, kangaroos, gorillas, hyenas, lions, Bengal tiger, jaguar, leopards, ocelots, chetah, bears, two hundred birds, cage of fifty white cockatoos, two dens of serpents, anacondas and pythons, thirty-nine varieties monkey.
    Riders: Miss Emma Lake, Little Annie Carroll, the Misses Carroll - Coraella and Laura - W. B. Carroll, C. H. Lowey, Fred Sylvester, Adolph Barraba and Masters Willie and Dolly Varden Carroll . . . Clowns: Ben Maginley, ___ Fowler and Al Miaco. Gymnasts: A. Barrabo, W. Miaco, Jermome Tuttle, Al Micao, Tom Watson, W. Carroll, T. V. Ashton, A. P. Durand, W. Painter, W. Carr, A. Penny, P.(?) Moore and Masters George and Eddie. Elephant performer, John Williams. Proprietors of sideshow: Pat Harris and Haight & Co.; of concert, Ben Maginley, Pete Gannon and Haight & Co.; of candy privilege outside and inside, W. W. Durand and Capt. J. L. ___; manager of inside stands, W. J. Kirkwood; . . . Chief billposters, Lew Faust, L. Graham and John Scott. Proprietors and officers: proprietors, Haight & Co.; general director, A. Haight; general agent W. W. Durand; treasurer, J. Totten; . . . equestrian director, W. H. Carroll; manager, Ben Maginley; financial manager, J. Haight; press agent W. W. Durand; master of horse, John Johnson; leaders of bands, W. D. Storey and Jacob Muller; programme agents, Frank Moore, W. Scott and G. Rogers. New York Clipper, April 19, 1873, Supplement, n.p.n.

    Ben S. Potter, ticket seller, is engaged this season with the Great Eastern Menagerie and Circus. New York Clipper, April 12, 1873, p. 15.

    At Peoria, Ill., April 28, the Great Eastern inaugurated the tenting season. Our correspondent, on May 2, says: "The street parade has two brass and one martial band, all under the direction of Prof. W. D. Storey, and during the arenic performance the orchestra numbers twenty-five pieces. The menagerie department has forty-four cages. Principal clown is Charles Lee Fowler. Mr. McFlynn is second clown. One of the features of the boy rider, Dolly Varden Carroll, son of W. B. Carroll, and to all appearances not more than three years old. He balances himself on his father's head, while the steeds are going at full speed. The sideshow is under the control of Pat Harris and Windy Sullivan, and consists of a Punch and Judy, two cages of animals, albino boy, four-legged and four-footed child, and legerdemain tricks by Prof. Collier. The entire twelve tents are lighted by self-generating gas, an improvement on the old style lamps. New York Clipper, May 10, 1873, p. 47.

    The Great Eastern Circus, Museum and Menagerie performed at Fort Wayne, Ind., May 10, and thence through Michigan into Canada. The following additions have recently been made to the company: the Davenport Brothers and Charles Spencer, gymnasts; Sam McFlynn, clown; and J. C. Long, the "American Hercules." New York Clipper, May 24, 1873, p. 63.

    The Great Eastern Circus and Menagerie, with Ben Maginley as manager, exhibited in Washington, D.C., Sept. 12, 13, attracting an immense attendance. Our correspondent, writing on the 14th, says: "The Museum and Menagerie are not large, but serve the purpose for which they are intended. In the circus pavilion two ring performances are given simultaneously. The trapeze performances of Shappee, Whitney and the Miaco Bros., the Carroll children in feats of horsemanship, and the trained horses of Mlle. Lake and Wm. B. Carroll, were the prominent features of the show. They exhibit in Leesburg, Va., 15, Alexandria 16, Richmond 24, 25, thence through the South to New Orleans." New York Clipper, September 20, 1873, p. 199.

    The Great Eastern Circus is reported as doing a large business in the South, performing three times a day. New York Clipper, November 15, 1873, p. 263.

    The Great Eastern Circus showed at Charleston, S.C., Nov. 19 and 20, performing in two rings at the same time. Billy Burke, clown of Lent's New York Circus, joined the show there with several others. Ferdinand Tournaire, late of North American Circus, also joins at that place. The procession is quite a feature. Ed Morgan, assistant manager, starts it out and looks after it. He and Pat Morris will in the Spring take the four-legged girl and other novelties now forming the museum or sideshow of the Great Eastern, as a hall shows. Mrs. Miaco, wife of Wm. Miaco, presented her husband on the 19th with a splendid boy. New York Clipper, November 29, 1873, p. 279.

• 1873 - The Great Eastern Menagerie, Museum, Aviary, Circus, Roman Hippodrome and Egyptian Caravan, owners Andrew Haight and Jacob Haight. Ben Maginley was manager; W. W. Durand, general agent and H. I. Leech and Charles Sivills, contracting agents. Bandwagon, March-April, 1999, Vol. 43, No. 2, p. 41.

1874:

    The Great Eastern Circus and Menagerie opened at New Orleans, La., Jan. 9, giving two performances daily to and including Jan. 14. The performance on the 10th was interrupted by a fire, which communicated itself to the canvas, It was quickly subdued by the fire department, and the damage done was repaired so that performances were resumed the following day. New York Clipper, January 24, 1874, p. 343.

    The Great Eastern Circus and Menagerie is to show at Dallas, Texas, March 23. New York Clipper, March 14, 1874, p. 399.

1880:

    The Great Eastern Show was organized in New Orleans, March 23, 1880. Thos. W. Vinson is the manager; J. K. Mack and Robert Johnson, asst. managers; H. H. Gilley, treasurer; Gus C. Morris, general agent; Will Hanley, asst. agent; W. McCord, S. Hailley and B. Myers, billposters; John Warden, programmer; Lawrence Weaver, properties; J. W. Page, privileges. Performers: Fillmore and Boyd, double trapeze and acrobats; Phil Golden, pedestal clog and jig dancer; Charles Broussard, with Edison's phonograph; Bob Johnson, acrobatic clown; the Belmont Bros., Johnson and the Stanley Brothers, horizontal bars; Charles and Gabe Gardemal, comic vocalists; Archie Fillmore, pedestal club swinging; Prof. Belmont, creole giant and strong man; Huber and Vinsen, specialty performers; Golden and Keenan, song and dance; Stanley Boyd, flying rings; Prof. De Iatzka, magician; and Gilley's Southern minstrels - Armand Veagey, James Modeste, J. B. Grinnage, Tom Willmot, Bob Mack, Will H. Simmons, G. E. Neuville, J. O. Neuville and Thos. Hanley. The sideshow is under the management of J. M. Page. They performed in Braux's Bridge April 5, Lafayette 7, Royville 9, Chicotville 10, and are due in Evergree 12, Washington 14, Opelousas 16, Natchez, 19. New York Clipper, April 17, 1880, p. 27.

    Ben Dodson, Jr., is not the leading clown in the Great Eastern Circus, as has been reported, but he is the leading advance agent of the show, as we learn from a Canada post card just received from him dated Prescott, Ontario, July 15. Daily Republican (Decatur, IL), July 17, 1880, n.p.n.

1883: The Great Eastern Circus has come again and will exhibit twice a day on the public square for a week. The circus is a week in advance of its paper, which accounts for the unexpected manner in which it dropped upon us. Galveston Daily News (Galveston, TX), March 6, 1883, n.p.n.

1889: List of some of the well known and wonderful performers now with the Great Eastern Circus: Ramalo Brothers, the celebrated and daring acrobats; Charles Lane, the modern Hercules; Harry Helmes, the Japanese Juggler, Tony Mason and Willie Chase, two of the most noted and comical clowns in existence. Madame McDonald, the equestrianne, Felix McDonald, the bold and fearless bare back rider; Saint Arno, the Egyptian wire walker, who has no equal in the world; the Saint Belmas in their wonderful leap for life, through a hoop of fire; Cunningham, the contortionist, who is conceded to be one of the most complete in his line at the present day, and a host of others, too numerous to mention. The above aggregation is known as the Barnum of all one ring circus, which is due to the fact that whenever it has appeared the press and public have been unanimous in its praise, in pronouncing it equal to the best, for its fine ring performance. [Note: show was in Appleton July 20, 1889.] Appleton Crescent (Appleton, WI), July 20, 1889.

1895: Manager Chas. J. Vogel, of the City Opera House, Steubenville, Ohio, and Risley Barlow, owner of Bartholomew's Equine Paradox, have joined hands and will place on the road the coming season a railroad show to be known as the Great Eastern Circus. The drawing card is the horses, twenty-four in number. New York Clipper, March 2, 1895, p. 831.

1895-97: Charles F. Prescott framed a small circus, the Great Eastern, that toured Maine. The 1895 show opened in Prescott's home town, Rockland, Maine, June 8th, and remained out 14 weeks, touring the coast of Maine and penetrating the Maine wilderness. The show had a big top 50x80 that could seat 400 with standing room at either end. Performers were Ed Brown, trapeze and Indian clubs; Victor Mazzelo and wife, Flying Sailor act and perch; Willie Barker and wife, flying rings and double trapeze; Eddie LaBarre, Philip Janson and Victor Delmar, Roman ladders. LaBarre and Delmar were clowns, and Delmar also did contortion. Frank Cash led a band of eight pieces. When transporation became a problem, Prescott bought a barge that would carry 21 passengers. The paraphernalia at this time was 12 horses, 4 wagons and 25 performers. The show again opened in Rockland on May 16, 1896 and remained out nine weeks. It had a new tent, 60x100 and a section of reserved seats for 400. The show had Prof. William Bristol's horses; the MaGinleys, double trapeze and iron jaw; Alberta, singing clown, and probably others. Charles M. Cook, of Rockland, was drum major in the band, soloist in the concert and doorman for the sideshow. The next year the show again opened in Rockland, May 22, 1897, but with rain for four weeks, Prescott ended the tour. Eddie LaBarre may have been a partner with Prescott. Charles Prescott died in 1947 at Rockland. White Tops, January-February, 1948, Vol. 21, Nos. 1-2, pp. 5-6.

1896:

    Great Eastern notes. This show will take the road early in the Spring, greatly enlarged in many departments, with thirty head of working stock, a new 80ft. round top, 40ft. middle piece, . . . and a new 20x40 dining top. The band will number ten people, and will be featured. Balloon and parachutes jumps for outside attraction, also Prof. Ed. Brown in perilious high dives. A number of last season's people have already signed. Eddie La Barre will manage the show, and the Great Eastern will be one of the best 25 cent shows in the field. New York Clipper, February 1, 1896, p. 761.

    Notes from the Great Eastern Circus, Museum and Carnival of Wonders. We take the road early in May. . . . Performers: William Dorr's school of trained ponies, Madame Dorr's tourpe of trained dogs, ten in number; Master Dorr, boy rider; riding dog, Jack; the Maginleys, Eddie and Lotta, double traps and ladder perch; Chas. Perry, clown; Bros. Hart, triple bars; McGrath, equilibrist . . . Chas. Cook, drum major; Billy Dorr, four horse riding act; Frank Cushing and Vic Delmar, knockabout clowns; Master Walter Brown, boy club swinger. Geo. H. Irving has charge of sideshow with Mack, juggler; Master Harold Raymond, contortion . . . Mrs. Irving, mind reading. Band leader is Jos. Dodd. C. F. Prescott & Co., owners. New York Clipper, April 11, 1896, p. 86.

    Notes from the Great Eastern Circus, Museum and Carnival of Wonders. We open at Rockland, Maine. William Gorman is a late engagement for our advance. Prof. W. M. Bristol's horses and ponies are a special feature. . . . New York Clipper, May 16, 1896, p. 169.

    William N. Gorman has signed for the season as contracting agent with Prescott & Co.'s Great Eastern Shows. New York Clipper, May 30, 1896, p. 199.

    Great Eastern Show notes. Our first blowdown was at Bangor, Maine. It dropped every piece of canvas in a second, but not much damage was done. Clarence Alberto is making a hit as singing clown. Oldtown, Maine, May 23, was our banner town. Irving's Annex did a record breaking business. New York Clipper, May 30, 1896, p. 200.

    Great Eastern Circus notes. We closed the season at Castine, Maine, July 10. The show travels by wagon and was doing a fair business when the crash came, due to a strike of the teamsters. Salaries were in arrears in nearly every instance. Fares were paid most of performers to Rockland, where the show opened. The Maginley's, Eddie and Lottie, left for New York. Prof. Bristol and horses go to Bar Harbor. Ed Brown and Master Walter will remain in Rockland. F. S. Smith joined the Harris Comedy Co., as piano player. George H. Irving, manager of sideshow, remains temporarily at Rockland. Eddie King, boss canvasman; Chas. Heaton, tuba, and Spencer Kief, trap drummer, go respectively to New York City, Potsdam and Watertown, New York. New York Clipper, July 25, 1896, p. 325.

    C. F. Prescott, late proprietor of the Great Eastern Circus, goes out with a 60ft. top to play fairs in Maine and New Hampshire. George H. Irvin, manager of the sideshow with the Great Eastern, has joined the Sparks' Circus in a similar capacity. William A. Kelleher, late general agent, goes with him as announcer and Eddie King as boss canvasman. New York Clipper, August 15, 1896, p. 375.

Great Eastern & Royal Hippodrome - 1896

    The Great Eastern Circus and Royal Hippodrome will be under the sole management of Johnston & Bryson this Summer. Twenty new cars and six chariots have been added, and their season opens in Philadelphia the last of May. New York Clipper, May 2, 1896, p. 137.

    Great Eastern Circus and Royal Hippodrome notes. This show, under the management of O. C. Johnston and W. Bryson, will open in this city for a permanent run. A feature will be made of the street parade. Our first spread in New York City will be in Harlem. New York Clipper, June 6, 1896, p. 212.

    O. C. Johnston's Great Eastern Circus outfit was destroyed by fire night of July 27. He had the stuff, 100ft. top, dressing top, horse tent, seats, poles, etc., stowed in barns in Manton, Pennsylvania. The outfit was not insured. Mr. Johnston asserts he will open within a week in this city. New York Clipper, August 1, 1896, p. 344.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Great Eastern & Great Southern

    Last season was not a good year for circuses, although there were fewer of them on the road than usual. Near the close of the season, "The Great Eastern and Great Southern Circus and Menagerie Combination," came to grief at Selma, Ala., and several of its horses were seized to pay its bills. It made its way to Lebanon, Ohio, where the caravan came to a deadlock and was a few days ago sold ostensibly for the benefit of its creditors. But the sale seems to have been conducted in a suspicious manner. Showmen from various cities were present to pick up bargains in the way of elephants, &c. St. Louis was represented too. These animal hunters were told that they must take lots of four cages, or none, and the horses were sold by tens, which kept the neighboring farmers out of the ring. There was only one elephant, and he brought $5,000. A tiger, a couple of leopards and a panther, sold for $3,200 the lot. A pair of camels brought $800, and a zebra $1,000. Two kangaroos were worth $350 and a sacred cow was knocked down at $250. A lion, a lioness and two cubs brought $1,000. Cages and smaller beasts went at proportionate figures. All the monkeys of the menagerie sold for $545, and the whole show brought $1,800. Cedar Falls Gazette (IA), March 26, 1875, p. 1.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Great Eastern Hippodrome - 1918

    Walter Yeager and Jack Palmer are billposting with the Great Eastern Hippodrome Shows, joining the show at Galveston, Tex. Clarence Auskings, the general agent, reports the outlook in that part of Texas good. Route: Great Eastern Hippodrome Shows, Alex C. Jones, manager. Laredo, Tex. 17-18; Encinial 19; Cotulla 20; Devine 21; Hondo 22; Sabinal 24. Billboard, March 16, 1918, p. 29.

    Route, Great Eastern Hippodrome Shows, Alex C. Jones, manager; Lordsburg, N.M., 5; Wilcox, Ariz., 6; Silverbell 10; Casa Grande 12; Gila 14. Billboard, April 6, 1918, p. 55.
    Route, Great Eastern Hippodrome Shows, Alex C. Jones, manager; Wickenburg, Ariz., 18; Clarksdale 20; Williams, 21; Gallup, N.M., 24. Correction: Parker, Ariz., 20; Blythe, Cal., 23; S. Invanpaw 25; Jean, Nev., 28. Billboard, April 20, 1918, pp. 55, 71.
    Route, Great Eastern Hippodrome Circus, S. Ivanpaw, Cal., 25; Jean, Nev., 28; Las Vegas 30; Garfield, Utah, May 2. Billboard, April 27, 1918, p. 63.
    Route, Great Eastern Hippodrome, Garfield, Utah, 2; Park City 6; Morgan 8. Billboard, May 4, 1918, p. 55.

    The Great Eastern Hippodrome Show, formerly the Christy Hippodrome Show, purchased by E. H. Jones from G. W. Christy, is now one of the largest two-car circuses on the road. Bob Peasly is equestrian director. The music is supplied by Prof. W. H. Craig's Military Band. Sideshow and pits show are under the management of Jacob Friedman. Alex C. Jones is manager of the big show. Clarence Auskings, general agent; Floyd Trover, contracting agent; John Barton, reserved seat tickets; C. V. Crawford, privileges; Joe Dempsey, supt. canvas; R. Tyler, sideshow canvas; Albert Roseman and wife, commissary dept.; Jack Hendricks, light man; Walter Yeager and Jack Palmer, billposters. Billboard, May 11, 1918, p. 68.

    The Great Eastern Hippodrome Show has been doing nice business since opening at Alvin, Tex., March 2. Jake Freidman has charge of the pit show, with Mazie Delroe and her den of serpents, Edith Leclere and the monster alligators, Dollie Mattell and What Is It, Mable Crane and porcupines. F. M. Ferrell has charge of the sideshow. Little Florence Barrow, child wonder, works with her father in acrobatics and contortion. The ponies, dogs and goats are well trained. Billy Reid is the funny clown. Robert Zenere [Zenero?] does traps and contortion, and Bob Peasley a strong act. Violet Marquet does toe dancing on the rolling globe. Arthur Manilli has charge of the band of ten pieces. - A. T. Thomas. Billboard, May 18, 1918, p. 29.

Also see Christy Hippodrome.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Great European Circus; European Circus - 1867, 1871

1867:

    [Advertisement] Great European Circus, the model entertainment of the day. Pronounced by the press and the public, the best equestrian performance and the best animal exhibition on the continent. And eclipsing all the world in the dazzing splendor, georgeous brilliancy, and unapproachable magnificence in its out-door display. Where "Pomp of Pageantry" exceeds the __ of the day of chivlary or the splendors of the Field of the Cloth of Gold. Will open in Newport on Saturday, June 1st.
    This short season will be inaugerated by a grand street pageant, among the prominent features of which are a cavalcade of knights in burnished steel armor, accompanied by ladies, magificently attired in the costumes of the Days of the Crusades. The beautiful tableaux cars, one of which will carry a living lion in the streets. And contain an Allegorical Tableau of America. At the feet of the Goddess of Liberty crouches a large living lion, trained by Mr. Crockett; around are grouped beautiful girls, representing Europe, Asia, Africa and America.
    Neptune's Sea Chariot, Chinese chariot of Confucius. Massage cage of lions and other chariots, cars of exquisite workmanship, drawn by magnificent stud of foreign horses, and succeeded by the whole troupe of artists, including the most beautiful lady riders in the world. Fourteen Shetland ponies, drawing the Fairy Chariot of titanis, the whole being the most attractive out-door dispaly ever witnessed on this continent.
    Crockett's den of wild and fericous lions will be exhibited at each performance by Mr. Pierce, who will enter the dan of lions, and exhibiting his astonishing power over the monsters of the desert and the jungle, feed them with raw meat from his naked hand, and demonstrate his complete control over them. The company numbers over 100 male and female artists. Double troupe of gymnasts. Admission 50 cents. Children under 10 years 25 cents. Performance at 2 and 7 1/2 p.m. For full particulars see large posters and circulars. Remember the European Circus will be at Newport, Saturday, June 1st. Newport Daily News (RI), May 31, 1867, n.p.n.

1871:

    [Advertisement] Great European Circus and Hippodrome Parisien will exhibit at Waukesha on Saturday, May 6th. Gorgeous street pagent. Brilliant cortege of knights in burnished steel armor; gay lines of decorated chariots, platform cars, and allegorical tableaux vivants. Long procession of ladies and gentlemen mounted on gallant steeds, the magnificent Globe Car with the Goddess of Liberty on the summit of an immense sphere representing the world, the Fairy Chariot of Queen Mab drawn by a team of fourteen diminutive Shetland ponies. The great Leonine Car, bearing upon a group of beautiful women, in the center of which a large living lion, free, loose, uncaged and unchained. The "Auriferous Chariot of Alexander, a collosal golden statue of the war horse, "Bucephalus." This chariot will contain the full silver cornet band playing the popular airs, drawn by a team of dromedaries from the desert of Sahara. Waukesha Plaindealer (WI), April 25, 1871, n.p.n.

    [Advertisement] European Circus. Coolville, Monday, August 21st. Wild lion let loose in the streets among crowds of people. The Conrad Family of acrobats. Master Harry Conrad, 5 years old. Master Charles Conrad, gymnast and pony rider. Performing lions. Mr. A. Pierce, lion king, will enter the den and feed the lions raw meat from his naked hand. Troop of performing dogs, introduced by Mr. Charles Conrad.
    Le Jeun Burt, bareback rider. Don Marquesse, daring Brazilian rider. Adolph Bernardo, Italian rider. Ashton, double somersaultist. Sam Long, clown and comic vocalist. Mr. Walter Waterman, equestrian director. Miss Jennie Sinclair, from Royal Hippodrome, Paris. Chas. Conrad and his two sons, Charles and Henry. Lazelle and Millson, comiques and trapeze performers. Mr. Nathans, four-horse act. Messrs. Myers and MacIntosh, tumblers and vaultists. William Aymer, man of wit and humor. Miss Jennette Watson, English equestrienne from Astley's, London. Miss Rogers, from the Anglo-American circus. Misses Sheldon, McLane, Lazelle. Other accomplished artists, together with the trained animals, horses, ponies, trick mules, introduced by Mr. Waterman, and also his trick horse, Canary. Admission 50 cents Children under 10 years, 25 cents. Will exhibit at Middleport, Saturday, August 19th. Parkersburg, Tuesday, August 22nd. Athens Messenger (OH), August 10, 1871, n.p.n.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Great Keystone - 1911, 1920   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1911-1927

1911: Keller Iseminger, owner and manager of the sideshow with the Great Keystone Shows, closed at Big Island, Va., October 31, and is now at his home in Funkstown, Md., making preparations to take out a wagon show season 1912, under the name of the Old Dominion Shows and Museum. Billboard, November 25, 1911, p. 27.

1920: Great Keystone Show: Sam Dock, proprietor and manager; Doc W. H. Taylor, general agent; Ben Ammon, manager side show; Ray Brison, equestrian director; Joe Nickels, general supt.; Brison and Jones, supt. privileges; Bright Jones, musical director; Chas. Meinel, supt. reserved seat tickets; Ed Davison, supt. canvas; Will Hunt, boss hostler; Jas. Barrett, supt. commissary dept.; Bert Harris, supt. ring stock; wagon show. Opens at Handsom, Va., April 10. Billboard, March 20, 1920, p. 109.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Great London - 1881 (DeHaven & Lutyen)

    A circus known as the Great London show, according to a telegram dated Chicago, June 29(?), was seized in Des Plaines, Ill., by a Deputy sheriff from Chicago, on a writ of attachment in a suit of Thomas Bayless(?), George W. De Haven and Lyman Lutyen, proprietors of the show. The circus tents, horses, etc., were taken to Chicago. New York Clipper, June 25, 1881, p. 223.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Great London - 1891

    ___ Leon, one of the proprietors of the Great London Circus, was arrested at San Francisco last week on a charge of felony embezzlement. ___ Van Sickle, one of the partners in the business, was the complaining witness. It appears that Leon perceived that the circus was going to result disasterously, and, in order to protect himself, he took three horses and a ___ organ as his share of the proceeds. New York Clipper, March 21, 1891, p. 22.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Great Metropolitan Olympiad - 1877

    Allen's Silver Cornet band of ten pieces, from Jamestown, N.Y., are engaged with the Great Metropolitan Olympiad and Trained Animal Show, which travels by rail, and opens at Nashville, Tenn., about April 20. New York Clipper, March 31, 1877, p. 7.

    Great Metropolitan Olympiad, Congress of Educated Broncho Horses and Trained Animal Exhibition. Officers: J. Mack, general director; P. T. Wooten, treasurer; Charles Hassen, general agent; ___ Fields, press agent; Thomas Bennett, leader of band; George Holland, leader of orchestra; Robert White, superintendent of horses; John Macarty, superintendent of canvas; J. Delser, superintendent of animals; . . . Clowns: James Maguire and J. C. Murphy. Attractions: Troupe of wild broncho horses - Nettie [Nettle?] leaps over six horses standing abreast; Brave and Bonito on see saw, hide and seek, leap frog, and open a box, remove contents, and close box; Cupid ascends a ladder backward and forward, surrounded by flames of fire; Kitty, leaps gates backward and forward; . . . Circus company: Lola, trapeze performer; the La Rue Family, gymnasts and acrobats; Mlle. Idaletta and Mons. Watson(?) in feats under water; the Denier Sisters, gymnasts and slack wire performers; Kittie Pearl in pony manege act; Robert White, manege rider; the Glencoe Brothers, gymnasts and acrobats; Prof. Dolare(?), "Lion King," and Mlle. Marietta, slack rope who also does outside ascension previous to each day performace. Show organized in Nashville, Tenn. [some text unreadable] New York Clipper, May 26, 1877, p. 71.

    The Metropolitan Olympiad is reported as doing only a moderately good business in Tennessee. They make a tour of Illinois, commencing in Cairo, June 30. They show in Centralia July 4, and then journey towards Chicago. James Maguire, one of the clowns connected with the Great Metropolitan Olympiad, got into a difficulty in Fayetteville, Tenn., several weeks ago, and was shot in one of his arms. The wounded member has been amputated in order to save his life. New York Clipper, June 30, 1877, p. 111.

    J. H. Mack, manager of the Metropolitan Olympiad, writes that James Maguire was not shot in Tennessee, but that it was a canvasman, who was wounded slightly in the arm. Their route is through Southern Illinois. New York Clipper, July 7, 1877, p. 118.

    The Great Metropolitan Olympiad closed their tenting season and went into Winter quarters in Nashville, Tenn., Nov. 17. The educated Broncho horses are to appear in theatres during the Winter, in some of the principal cities, commencing at the Adelphi, Chicago, Ill., early in December. New York Clipper, December 1, 1877, p. 287.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Great National - 1863

    [Advertisement] Great National Circus and Model Show, under the direct management of Mrs. Charles Warner, formerly Mrs. Dan Rice. Will exhibit at Syracuse, Saturday, August 8th, on Clinton street, near Armory Park. The managers would respectfully intimate that this is a combination comprising all that is excellent in the equestrian profession; all that is novel in the school gymnastic. A genuine circus, with all the standard features of the legitimate arena blended with all the modern improvements and acquisitions; furnished by ambition, close application, and the practical workings of those artists, whos motto is "Excelsior."
    More blood trained horses, a better assortment of performing mules; and other rare specimens of animated nature than have ever been brought before the notice the community. Superiority in every department. The company consisting of at least forty performers. Equestrians, gymnasts, voltigeurs, leapers, dancers, acrobats, vocalists and musicians. New wagons, new carriages, new canvas, new dresses, new harness, new costumes, new seats, new appointments, the whole forming an establishment paramount to the finest ever formed either this country or Europe. Performances afternoon and night at 2 p.m., 7 1/2 o'clock. Admission 25 cents. No half price. No extra charge for choice places. Seats for everybody.
    Mrs. C. Warner, formerly Mrs. Dan Rice, will perform the far famed blind white horse, Surrey, and her high toned war charger, Champion. And will have the honor and pleasure of introducing her daughter, Miss Libbie Rice, in a professional capacity, on her sprightly young palfrey, Spring Violet. The Whitby Family, with their great stock of educated ponies and horses, are also associated with the "Model Show," and will contribute their abilities and property to strengthen the attractions and enhance the interest of the exhibition. Mr. Harry Whitby, as equestrian manager, will produce his choice Arabian steed "Ducrow," and the twin ponies, "Apollo and Adonis."
    Miss Elvira, the youthful equestrian will ride her elegantly conceived and faithfully portrayed Oriental act, entitled the "Ponitent Maiden at the Mosque of Omar." Charles Reed, the retro equestrian, will execute his "Daring Somersault Act." The Brothers Conrad, William and Charles, who rank as first class artistes, are also engaged, in order to render the "Gymnastic Department" far superior to all precedents. Master John Whitby, the intrepid horseman and bold rider, will appear as the "Inspired Hurdle Leaper."
    Mr. William Kennedy, "The Great Talking and Singing Clown," recognized and acknowledged as the most acceptable man of humor who ever assumed a motley attire, will occupy a prominent position in the department of fun, assisted by that ready conversationalist and refined gentleman, Frank Whittaker, the paragon of ring masters. Mr. George Derious, the renowned Man Monkey. Mr. C. King, the champion leaper, Mr. J. Glenroy, Mr. Percival, Mr. C. Ritter, Mr. George Cooke, Mr. John Clarke, Mr. Leonard, Mr. J. Blake, Mr. Hankins, Mad. Marguerite, Miss _. Whitby, Miss Lizzie and Mad'lle Isabel, together with many other persons of ability and distinction, will participate in the spectacles, entrees and pantomimes.
    In order to vary the entertainments, the two comic mules, "Cunning & Contraband," will be introduced by their trainer and an opportunity offered to any man or boy to gain fame, and a reward of ten dollars, by riding "Cunning" three times around the circle without falling off.
    A grand procession, consisting of the band chariot, Britner's Keystone Cornet Band, all the wagons, horses, ponies and mules will be given each morning at 10 1/2 o'clock, for the purpose of demonstrating to the public the extent, force and superiority of the National Circus and Model Show. This company will visit Geneva, Monday, August 3d. Lyons, Tuesday, August 4th. Seneca Falls, Thursday, Aug. 4th. Auburn, Friday, August 7th. Fulton, Monday, August 10th. Oswego, Tuesday, August 11th. Charles H. Castle, agent. Syracuse, July 29th. Syracuse Daily Courier and Union (NY), August 1, 1863, n.p.n.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Great National - 1874

    The Great National Circus, with Levi J. North as director and A. J. Dean, manager, started out Sept. 3 from Schuylerville, N.Y. Wm. Lundz is the contracting agent and Charles Kessler billposter. New York Clipper, September 12, 1874, p. 191.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Great Northern - 1893

    Great Northern Circus wants circus people in every branch of the business, equestrian director, aerial team, riders, contortionist, clowns, etc., band leader and musicians; also side show and concert people, boss canvas man, chandelier man and property man. Show starts from Northern Wisconsin about middle of May. Address H. C. Besse, No. 628 Vliet Street, Milwaukee, Wis. King Sarbro, Frank De Morra, Morris Moore, Eugene De Marble, write. New York Clipper, February 11, 1893, p. 794.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Great Pacific - 1894

    Great Pacific Consolidated Show. George Cash, manager, opens the season at Santa Monica, Cal., May 12. New York Clipper, April 21, 1894, p. 102.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Great Railroad Circus - 1859

• Stuart Thayer's Annals of the American Circus, 1793-1860 lists this show for 1859, Nat Rogers [Nathaniel Rogers], George Archer, owners until July 4, then John McCorkle, owner (July-August), then Abner Pell, owner.

• 1859: online at Clipper, August 6,   Clipper, August 29 (scroll down)

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Great Syndicate - 1894-96   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1894-95

1894:

    Chas. Holton, one of the proprietors of the New Great Syndicate Shows and Paris Hippodrome, is now general agent and railroad contractor in place of A. S. Kohlund, resigned on account of poor health. Mr. Holton and his wife will sail for Australia on Oct. 15 to make arrangements. The show will ship Nov. 15, and open at Sydney, Aus., on or about Dec. __. They will take the entire show with them. New York Clipper, September 22, 1894, p. 453.

    The Sells & Rentfrow Circus, now called the Paris Hippodrome Syndicate, is wintering in Denver, and will start from this point in the spring. They have the finest winter quarters they were ever in, as all their stock and everything is under one enclosure. Charlie Holton, the old reliable agent, is here for the winter. Billboard Advertising, December 1, 1894, p. 3.

1895:

    Notes from the winter quarters of the New Great Syndicate Shows and Paris Hippodrome, Denver, Col. The Great Syndicate Paris Hippodrome and Seven Elephant Shows, painters, blacksmiths, carpenters, etc., under the watchful eyes of J. C. Rentfrow and W. R. Musgat. Wm. Faulkner has charge of the stock. Wm. Sells, in the East, has been shipping circus stuff so fast that the boys have little time to tell circus yarns. Wm. Jackson, Zulu chief, is stopping at quarters. Seven cars, two flats, two stock, two sleepers and another advance car, with four chariots, eight cages, three tableaux wagons and six elephants came in last week. Jas. McElory is breaking thirty-five head of ring stock. He will also commence to break the elephants for the ring. Chas. Holton is one of the proprietors of the shows. Wm. Sells has the sea lions in training, also the baby tiger, "Frisco." Mr. Rentfrow has purchased two elk, broken to harness, which will be driven in the parade. Fifty more dapple gray horses will be added to the show. Ben Bowman will have charge of the side show and candy stands, his third season with the syndicate. W. R. Musgat has been re-engaged as assistnat manager, his fourth season. Chas. Holton, route and railroad contractor, will have charge of the advance, and C. A. Clarke, contracting agent, with one assistant. Geo. Rixton will be excursion agent and H. W. Hollingsworth press agent. Harry Barnum will be manager of car No. 1 with eighteen billposters, and L. H. Heckman will be manager of car No. 2 with twelve billposters. W. S. Dunnington will manage car No. 3 with eight assistants, and W. S. Ray will manage the bugle brigade of four men, which will be three days ahead of the show. The show will open early in April, and will make the Eastern country as far East as Nova Scotia and New Brunswick. New York Clipper, February 2, 1895, p. 767.

    [Denver] The Advance Car No. 1 of the Syndicate & Paris Hippodrome Circus started out and we commenced billing Denver April 9th. They go from here to Pueblo and Colorado. Charlie Holton, the old minstrel agent is in charge of Car. No. `. Ed. Norris, an old St. Louis bill poster, has charge of the paper, with Charles Flora as his assistant. Mr. Jenkins is in charge of Car No. 2, which was started out after No. 1. Billboard Advertising, May 1, 1895, pp. 3, 7.

    Notes from River Front Park, Denver, Col., winter quarters of the New Great Syndicate Show and Paris Hippodrome, J. N. Rentfrow, proprietor and manager. . . . As an addition to the street parade, manager Rentfrow has concluded arrangements for the construction of a orchestrion tableau, drawn by eight horses and equal in its musical effects to a band of thirty pieces. New York Clipper, December 28, 1895, p. 677.

1896:

    Denver, Colorado. The ring barn of the New Great Syndicate Shows is a scene of activity. Six head of horses, a recent purchase, are being broken for various acts. Mrs. Harry King is doing a manege act. Chas. T. Reed is breaking a four horse team, and his son, Master Francis Reed, is practicing a new principal horse, thus having extra ring stock in case of accident to those in service. Little Louise ___, grand daughter of manager Rentfrow, will drive a pony tandem team. The orchestrian tableau is nearly ready, a great acquisition for the parade. The tableau will be drawn by eight camels. Prof. John ___ is progressing in breaking the sacred cattle to perform in conjunction with male and female tigers, lions, hyenas, seals and St. Bernard dogs. New York Clipper, January 18, 1896, p. 725.

    George Atkinson, banjoist and comedian, has signed with the New Great Syndicate Shows, to make announcement and do his specialty in the concert, his second season with this show. Hallett and Carroll have also signed. New York Clipper, February 1, 1896, p. 761.

    Syndicate Show happenings. Manager Rentfrow is negotiating for purchase of two elephants, one a baby. The camel team will be a feature. Two extra flats and one extra stock car will be added to transport the new stuff bought for next season. The advance: W. B. Drake, railroad contractor and general agent; A. St. Lorenze, contractor; Fred McMahon, excursion agent; W. T. Dunnington, asst. contractor; Chas. ___, car No. 1 with twenty billposter; W. Mesgat, car No. 2 with eighteen billposters; George ___, car No. 3 with fourteen billposter; Chas. Webb, car No. 4, with twelve billposters. Willard N. Reed, musical moke and comedian, has signed with the show. New York Clipper, February 8, 1896, p. 777.

    Advertising car No. 3 of the New Great Syndicate Shows: W. R. Musgat, manager; M. J. Burk, supt. of paper; R. E. Parsons, assistant; J. Collins, post office mailing; A. F. Bybee, programmer. . . . Excursion men: Louis Moore, Wm. Burkhart, Wm. Roddy and Sam Brown. New York Clipper, May 16, 1896, p. 167.

    The New Great Syndicate Shows, under the management of J. N. Rentfrow, are no more. The show closed at Leetonia, Ohio, Aug. 8, because of an attachment, and the rolling stock, paraphernalia and majority of the company and attaches remained in the aforementioned little city for ten days. Up to the time the show closed, the "spook" had not walked. The circus was bought by J. M. Hamilton and John Hummel, of Cincinnati, who moved the trains to Alliance for reorganization. Five performances were given at Alliance, and after the show has been dressed up they will take the concern into the South for a long tour. The personnel of the new troupe: J. M. Hamilton, president; John Hummel, treasurer and secretary; Wm. Hart, general manager . . . Will Dalton, equestrian director . . . New York Clipper, August 29, 1896, p. 405.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Great Syndicate Shows - 1900   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1900-01

    Circus day, the first time in history of Red Lodge, Mont., has come and gone, and as usual, it has left numerous suckers to mourn their financial loss and curse the officers of the law elected to protect the unwary and see that the State statutes against surething games is not openly and wantonly infracted. The circus, or show, or whatever it may, by courtesy, be called, which exhibited in that city May 24 under the name and company style of the "Great Syndicate English-American Shows," was as rank a fake as ever collected an aggregation of punk performers and professional mountebanks beneath a canvas. There wasn't a redeeming feature connected with the whole works. There was neither a ring nor horses nor menagerie nor performers. In fact, the entire outfit is evidently traveling up and down the land for the purpose of robbing the people without giving them the least show for their money. The fact that the management distributed complimentary tickets right and left, without regard to number or respect of persons, serves to demonstrate that the show isn't abroad so much for the purpose of making money out of its exhibitions as it is traveling around in order to allow its grafters an opportunity to successfully ply their nefarious avocations. Billboard, June 16, 1900, p. 6.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Great Trans-Atlantic Exposition

• Information on the 1873 Great Trans-Atlantic Exposition, Museum, Circus, Menagerie, Aviary, Aquarium and Grand European Hippodrome is in Bandwagon, January-February, 1987, pp. 22-23.

• Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1873.

Great United States Circus - 1867

• Joseph Cushing, F. J. Howes, Lyman Hitchcock and VanHorn, proprietors.

    [Advertisement] The Great United States Circus and Menagerie. Manager, Joseph Cushing. Will exhibit at Bangor on Main St., near the Bangor House, Monday and Tuesday, June 10th and 11th. Two popular branches of amusement. One entertainment. New and magnificent outfit, carriages, cages, band chariot, horses, harnesses, trappings. Superb paraphernalia generally, forming altogether the grandest combination of equestrian and zoological attractions that ever appeared in one exhibition. There will be given two entertainments daily, afternoon and evening. Admission fifty cents. Children under ten twenty-five cents. Which includes the right to see both circus and menagerie without extra charge.
    The matinees, or daylight performances, given daily at this exhibition, have been expressly arranged for the convenience of families. Doors open for the matinees at one o'clock p.m. The circus performance will commence at half-past two o'clock, which will give an opportunity to those who prefer it, of seeing the animals before the equestrian exercies commence. The animals will be fed in the afternoon in the presence of the audience. The circus performances in the evening will commence at eight o'clock. Door open at half past six, leaving an interval of an hour and a half to examine the cages of wild animals. [Note: E. G. Smith's Show's advertisement was on the same page, to show at Bangor on June 3.] Bangor Daily Whig and Courier (ME), May 29, 1867, n.p.n.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Great Western - 1893 (Schoenhert)

1892: Wanted, circus people in all branches, for 1893. Address Great Western Circus, Falls City, Neb. Gus Schoenhert, manager. New York Clipper, December 24, 1892, p. 680.

1893:

    These people have signed with the Great Western Circus: Wm. Door and family, Geo. P. Kuhn and W. H. Donley. New York Clipper, January 21, 1893, p. 734.

    Wanted, people in all branches of the circus business. Also musicians (cornets), and advance men. Write quick. Open in Falls City, Nebraska, July 4, 1893. Gus Schoenhert, manager. New York Clipper, June 24, 1893, p. 261.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Great Western Olympic - 1893

    Notes from the Great Western Olympic Show. This show will open about the middle of May, at Apponaug(?), R.I., with an 89ft. top, with two 40ft. middle pieces, and will travel by wagon. Everything is being painted red, from stakes to band wagon. Proprietor Martine Le Roy recently returned from Ohio with some new stock, and the ticket and advance wagons. The following people have been engaged: Prof. A. L. Hamler's band and orchestra, Jim Rice, Finner and Dalton, the Three Jacks, Wm. Hoyt, Ollie Olsen, May Lathrop . . . Tom M. Ford in advance. New York Clipper, February 18, 1893, p. 800.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Great Western Olympian - 1890

    Wanted, for the Great Western Olympian Show, circus people, male and female, in all branches (except riders), also specialty people for concert. . . . Also leader for band. Address Prof. Lorenzo, Newark, N. J. New York Clipper, February 22, 1890, p. 833.

    Frank Cotton(?), the clown, with his two performing donkeys, Tom and Jerry, has signed with the Great Western Olympian Show. New York Clipper, March 8, 1890, p. 861.

    Wanted, musicians, for the Great Western Olympian Show. Can use more people, male and female, in all branches of the circus business. Also good advance man. Sideshow privileges for sale. Prof. Lorenzo, __ Belleville Avenue, Newark, N. J. New York Clipper, March 8, 1890, p. 865.

    The complete make up of the Great Western Olympian Show is: S. Alexander, proprietor; Prof. Lorenzo, manager; George Closson, general agent; Wm. Johns, boss property man; Wm. Scanlan, boss canvas man; Frank Cotton and his troupe of performing donkeys, Tom and Jerry . . . Robert Lawrell . . . Billy Stevens; Hamilton Bros. . . . Billy Johnson . . . The show will travel by rail . .. and will take the road about May 7.(?) New York Clipper, April 12, 1890, p. 75.

    Call. All people engaged for the Great Western Olympian Show. Report at South Amboy, N. J., May ?. Wanted female specialties for concert, serio comic, good song and dance ladies, etc. Address Prof. Lorenzo, Newark, N. J. New York Clipper, April 19, 1890, p. 95.

    Notes from the Great Western Olympian Show. Our season opened at South Amboy, N. J., May ?, and was a success in every way. Prof. Lorenzo, manager, and asst. manager Alexander . . . Equestrian director Frank Cotton, and his trick donkeys, Tom and Jerry, were the hit of the show. The three Miller Bros. created a very favorable impression. . . . New York Clipper, May 17, 1890, p. 155.

    Frank Cotton(Cotten?), who was with the Great Western Olympic Circus, which went to pieces last week at Bayonne City, N. J., reports that all demands made by him on the box office were honored. New York Clipper, June 21, 1890, p. 226.

    Wanted, for the Great Western Olympian Shows, performers in all branches, band of six pieces, hustling agent, boss canvasman, troupe of dogs & ponies, etc. All performers must double. Address W. H. Rice, Plainfield, N.J. Also wanted, complete set of lights, quick. . . . Partner wanted with the above amount with a Circus. Third interest and $25.00(?) per week salary. Address W. H. Rice, Box __, Plainfield, N.J. New York Clipper, June 20, 1891, p. 260.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Great World's Fair Aggregation   also M. A. Taylor's World's Fair Combined

• Information on the 1892 Great World's Fair is in Bandwagon, May-June, 1993, Vol. 37, No. 3, pp. 34-38,   and in Bandwagon, July-August, 1993, Vol. 37, No. 4, p. 35.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Green's - 1887

    Call, all people engaged with Harry L. Green's Pavilion Circus, report for rehearsal April 20, to open 21st. New York Clipper, April 16, 1887, p. 80.

    Titusville, Pennsylvania. Coming, Harry L. Greene's Circus, 26. New York Clipper, April 30, 1887, p. 102.

    Green's one-horse Meadville circus "busted" after being on the road one day. It did not have the wind to sustain it that the Kirk & Emery combination has. Oil City Derrick (Oil City, PA), April 25, 1887, p. 1.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Carlos G. Green's

• Show listed in Chindahl's History of the Circus in America, in Mexico, 1831-33.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Gregory's World Circus - 1887

    Geo. Ware, of Ware, Graham & Co., theatrical agents of London, Eng., says the following performers, well known on this side of the Atlantic, are with Gregory's World Circus in England: Daniel Gregory, Leonard (clown), Romeo Sebastian, W. Cook, Col. Boone and Mlle. Carlotta. New York Clipper, December 3, 1887, p. 602.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Gregory Bros. - 1883-85   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1883-85

1883:

    Gregory Bros.' Circus was in Michigan on its return trip from Manitoba. The company includes Chas. J. Gregory, Prof. Donaldson, Delia Gregory, Geo. Gregory, Jas. Gregory, Geo. Bickel, Geo. Belford, Jas. Smith, Mme. Dubois, Ella Donaldson, Effie Russell, Maud Russell, Wm. Martin, Dan Luke, A. Ringling, Frank Shade, Kittie Down, and the Nunn Bros.' Silver Cornet band. New York Clipper, August 11, 1883, p. 339.

    Gregory Bros.' Show exhibited in Howard City, Mich., Sept. 4, White Cloud 5, Tremont Centre 6, Newaygo 7, White Hall 8, Montague 9, Shelby 10, Spring Lake 11. Charles McDonald, stilt walker, joined recently. Prof. Donaldson, privilege manager, left in Detroit to take in the fairs. C. J. Gregory now runs all his own privileges. The show is to close its Summer season in Michigan City, Ind., Oct. 10. New York Clipper, September 15, 1883, p. 430.

    Wanted, for Gregory Bros.' Mastodon Show, performers and musicians. I will close the International Circus Sept. 29, and put a specialty company on the road. Address C. J. Gregory, Mastodon Show, Royal Oak, Mich. New York Clipper, September 15, 1883, p. 430.

1884:

    Sig. Sautelle will have the sideshow privileges with Gregory Bros.' Show the coming season. New York Clipper, March 22, 1884, p. 7.

    Gregory Bros’ New Metropolitan Allied Shows. Officers: C. J. Gregory, sole proprietor and manger; William Gregory, assistant manager; Frank C. Cooper, general agent; A. J. Faust, assistant agent; John Skelton, boss billposter; William Nunn, leader of brass band and orchestra, 12 in number; master of canvas, H. Journo; master of properties, W. Carpenter; candy privileges, A. H. Donahue; manager sideshow, Signor Sautelle; concert owner and manager, C. J. Gregory. Clowns - C. J. Gregory, Tommy Nichols and F. Avalo. Company - Gymnasts, acrobats and leapers, Gregory Bros., Malcolm and Belfored, Avalo Bros., Roland and King, William Martin, T. J. Nichols, Delia Gregory, Raymond Sisters and Jennie Rose. Any Sweeney, modern Hercules and cannon-ball performer. Number of tents, 2; circus tent 100 ft. round top; museum tent 75 x 100 ft. oblong; Winter quarters, Royal Oak, Mich.; cars, 6 (5 baggage and one passenger). New York Clipper, May 3, 1884.

    Charles Diamond, Mlle. Lottie and Bob Clarks' dog circus will be additional features with Gregory Bros.' Show. James Gregory joined his brother Charles' circus at Royal Oak, Mich., May 5, the opening of this show's season. James has recently been a sufferer from rheumatism. New York Clipper, May 10, 1884, p. 118.

    Geo. W. Barlow, Dutch comedian, has joined Gregory Bros.' Circus for the season. New York Clipper, May 31, 1884, p. 166.

    Gregory Bros. Circus appears to be doing finely on the road. William Gaylord joined the show at Ovid, Mich., May 13. New York Clipper, June 7, 1884, p. 182.

    Yankee Robinson's circus today (Thursday) and Gregory Bros. tomorrow. Postville National Advocate (Postville, IA), June 26, 1884, n.p.n.

    Gregory Bros.' agents, Cooper and Van Scoter, were refused a license by the corporation of Cresco, Ia. The agents appear to have much "sand in their boots," however, for the proceeded to make contracts and bill the town, Gregory Bros. deciding to fight the corporation. This exhibition of grit had its effect, for the Cresco authorities at once changed their minds and granted the Gregorys a license. New York Clipper, June 28, 1884, p. 230.

    Wanted, a partner for Gregory Bros.' Great International Show, which takes the road May 3(?), 1885. One with horses and wagons preferred. This will be our third consecutive season. Address C. J. Gregory, Royal Oak, Mich. New York Clipper, December 13, 1884, p. 624.

1885:

    Gregory Bros.' Metropolitan Circus inaugurated their fourth annual tour at Royal Oak, Mich., May 2, to fair audiences. The show is now composted as follows: C. J. Gregory, proprietor and manager; F. C. Cooper, treasurer; G. Gregory, door tender; H.(?) A. Kennedy, general agent; W. Martin, contracting agent; Frank James in charge of brigade No. 1; Louis Smith, in charge of brigade No. 2. Company: C. J. Gregory, Geo. Gregory, Jas. Gregory, Three Renablos, Geo. Belford . . . M. B. Streater, Avalo Bros., Perry Rayn, Geo. Cooke, Lulu Ryan, Maud Russell, Delia Gregory and Dolly Dave. Clowns: C. J. Gregory, Fred Avalo and Hank Sharp. Leader of band (13 members), Ben Warner; leader of orchestra, Frank Walton; layer-out, Ben Warner; mail agent, Frank Walton. Privileges: sideshow, Jno. H. Craig, manager; curiosities, John Powers, Lulu Ayers, Mlle. Potter. Prof. Johnson, ventriloquist; M. Streater, magician; talkers, Smith Warner and Chas. O'Donnell. Concert: Perry Ryan, proprietor; artists, Lulu and Perry Ryan, two Ronaldos, Mme. Du Bois, M. H. Streater and Tommy Scott. Circus top, 110ft. round top, new; dressing roon, sideshow, 40x65ft.; two horse tents. Boss canvasman, Olly Brown, with 18 assistants; boss hostler, Fred Shephard with 11 assistants; number of horses, 40. Owing to the excessive demand of the railroads, they decided to travel by wagon instead of by rail as originally intended. New York Clipper, May 23, 1885, p. 152.

    While Gregory Bros.' Circus was showing at Williamston, Mich., the seats fell, participating 1,000 people to the ground. A few sprained ankles were the only accident. Chas. Gregory, John H. Craig and the Three Ronaldos are the hits of this show. Business is reported only fair. New York Clipper, June 6, 1885, p. 184.

    John H. Craig and wife left Gregory's Circus because,as they write us, of unpaid salaries. Mr. Craig will take his museum through Michigan. New York Clipper, June 27, 1885, p. 232.

    Charles Gregory of the Gregory Bros.' Circus writes us, with reference to John H. Craig's recent stated, that the latter was not working under salary, but under a percentage, and he (Mr. G.) has never owed him a cent. He adds that the show, which has been on the road for nearly five consecutive seasons, has never failed to pay all just obligations. New York Clipper, July 11, 1885, p. 264.

    Gregory Bros.' Circus has decided to show at cheap prices. General agent H. L. Hunt tells us the people were reduced after July 4. F. C. Cooper, the past three seasons their active manager, left the circus in Milwaukee, Wis., 4, to organize a small tent show. Prof. Stevens joined the Gregorys 3. New York Clipper, July 18, 1885, p. 280.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Gregory & D'Alma - 1889, 1890

1889:

    Frank C. Cooper has signed as general agent for Gregory & De Alma's Circus, which opens early in May at Clearfield, Pa., traveling by wagon. New York Clipper, April 6, 1889, p. 57.

    Wanted, for Gregory Brothers and D'Alma Family's Consolidated Shows, people in all branches of the circus business, musicians, boss canvasman, six and eight horse drivers. Show opens at Clearfield, Pa.. Address Gregory and D'Alma, Royal Oak, Mich. New York Clipper, April 6, 1889, p. 64.

    Following is the roster of Gregory & D’Alma’s Great International Circus and Museum: Gregory & D’Alma, proprietors; John D’Alma, business manager; C. J. Gregory, general director; Frank C. Cooper, general agent; George Baird, treasurer; John N. Russell, equestrian director; Chas. Chardella, boss canvasman, and fifteen assistants; Milton Barger, boss hostler and twelve assistants; Jos. Hunter, advertising agent and six bill posters. Company - C. J. Gregory, Geo. Gregory, Harry D’Alma, Blair Livingstone, Lorado, Avalo Bros., Fred Sewell, Chas. Malcolm, Bruce Clark, Kennedy and Barton, Maud D’Alma, Delia Gregory, Lottie D’Alma, Emma Barger, Bessie D’Alma, Mlle. Anna and Little Kitty, Maud D’Alma, principal bareback rider; Chas. Livingstone, Bessie D’Alma, John N. Russell, principal clown; Fred Sewell, John D’Alma and Chas. J. Gregory, clowns; Lottie D’Alma, school of educated ponies and dogs; Chardella and her educated donkeys, and John D’Alma’s clown trick pigs. Concert - John N. Russell, Maude and Bessie D’Alma, Fred Sewell, John Barton, Avalo Bros. and Delia Gregory and Lottie Newton. Outfit - Forty head of horses and mules. Canvas- 90 ft. round top with a 40 ft. middle piece. Museum - 40 ft. round top with a 30 ft. middle piece. Dressing room top - 50 ft. round top and two horse tents. All the privileges are owned and controlled by the management. New York Clipper, August 3, 1889.

    More About the Flood at Parkersburg. A press dispatch from Parkersburg, W.Va., says: "Further details of the disastrous flood in Wirt county have been received. . . . A circus was showing on Tucker creek when the cloudburst struck that section. The flood struck the show just after the performance began and tore the canvas to shreds, utterly wrecking and ruining the whole concern, carrying off horses, wagons and tents. Miss D'Alma, who performed on the trapeze was drowned. It is reported that some employees also lost their lives, but the whole section of country where the misfortune occurred is still in such a state of confusion that it is impossible to get full particulars. Saulsbury, on the Big Tygart river, is virtually wiped out of existence. The News (Fredrick, Maryland), July 29, 1889.

    Splinters from Gregory & D’Almas’s Circus. The show is now on its fifteenth week of unbroken prosperity. Business, notwithstanding the fact that early in the Spring we played two weeks in the vicinity of Johnstown, and had rain for thirty-one successive days in Pennsylvania and Maryland, the show is away ahead on the season. The result during our thirty-two stands in Ohio and West Virginia, has been fair. Rain and floods played havoc in West Virginia. Owing to the floods the show lost two stands recently. Prof. Baker’s band is making a great hit. John N. Russell left the show at Jackson C. H. Otherwise there has been no changes in the company since the opening. We have only three more stands in West Virginia, and then back into Pennsylvania, where the show will be greatly increased in size. It is the intention of the management to do Dixie this winter, traveling by rail. New York Clipper, August 17, 1889, p. 372.

    Gregory & D'Alma's circus is in the hands of the Clearfield sheriff. Tyrone Daily Herald (Tyrone, PA), September 26, 1889, n.p.n.

    Kennedy and Wilson and Frank Johnson write from ___, Pa., that Gregory & D'Alma's Wagon Show stranded in that section last week leaving salaries unpaid. New York Clipper, October 5, 1889, p. 505.

    Frank C. Cooper writes us to deny the story of Frank Johnson and Kennedy and Wilson, concerning the going to pieces of Gregory & D'Alma's Show. Mr. Cooper says that no persons of that name were with the show, and that Gregory & D'Alma closed at Clearfield, Pa., the place where they opened their season. New York Clipper, October 26, 1889, p. 557.

1890: On the Road, Circuses and Miscellaneous: D'Alma's, Attica, O. Dec. 4, Bloomville 5, New Washington 6, Ada 11, 12. New York Clipper, December 6, 1890, p. 611.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Gregory & Belford's - 1892

    Wanted, for Gregory & Belford's New Wagon Show, performers in all branches of the circus business. Musicians, four and six horse drivers, boss canvasman, property men, two cooks, canvasman and agent. Also concert people and billposters. Sideshow and all privileges for sale. Show opens at Royal Oak, Mich., April 30(?). Address Gregory & Belford, Royal Oak, Mich. New York Clipper, January 30, 1892, p. 790.

    Chas. J. Gregory, of the Gregory Bros., gymnasts and managers of the Gregory Bros.' Circus, a creditable wagon and railroad show during the season of 1882-3-4-5-6, has joined hand with Geo. W. Belford, a well known circus performer, in the organization of a first class wagon show, which will begin operations at Royal Oak, Mich., April 31(?) under the name of Gregory & Belford's Circus. A strong list of performers will be secured. They will use a 100ft. round top tent, a ?0ft. middle piece, and extra large museum top and a ?0ft. dressing room top. Sixty head of splendid draught horses, ten new baggage wagons, band wagon, ticket wagon, two tableaux cars, four passenger coaches and four buggies will constitute the rolling stock. A big feature of the show will be a grand equestrian spectacle, on which George Belford is now hard at work. New York Clipper, February 20, 1892, p. 827.

    Chas. J. Gregory, of the Gregory Bros. gymnasts, and managers of the Gregory Bros.' Circus, a creditable wagon and railroad show during the seasons of 1882-3-4-5-6, has joined hands with Geo. W. Belford, a well known circus performer, in the organization of a first class wagon show, which will begin operations at Royal Oak, Mich., April 31(?), under the name of Gregory & Belford's Circus. A strong list of performers will be secured. They will use a 100ft. round top tent, a __ft. mille piece, and extra large museum top and a __ft. dressing room top. Sixty head of splendid draught horses, ten new baggage wagons, band wagon, ticket wagon, two tableaux cars, four passenger coaches and four buggies will constitute the rolling stock. A big feature of the show will be a grand equestrian spectacle, on which George Belford is now hard at work. New York Clipper, February 20, 1892, p. 827.

    Gregory Bros. & Belford's Circus will employ . . . Edward Godfrey, Wm. Phelps . . . the Wards, the Belfords, Gregory Bros., Mlle Cooper, Chas. Gregory, Delia(?) Gregory . . . F. C. Cooper . . . Prof. Beckley and others. New York Clipper, March 26, 1892, p. 34.

    Wanted, for Gregory & Belford's All New Shows, people in all branches of the circus business, gymnasts, acrobats, concert people and musicians, boss canvas man and other good, useful people. All engaged with this show report not later than April __. O. V. Burr telegraph. Gregory & Belford, Royal Oak, Mich. New York Clipper, April 23, 1892, p. 108.

    W. D. Ament will have the sideshow privilege with the Gregory & Belford Circus this season. New York Clipper, April 30, 1892, p. 114.

    Wanted, Gregory & Belford want musicians and circus acts of all kinds, boss canvas man and boss hostler. Address Eaton Rapids, Mich. New York Clipper, June 11, 1892, p. 224.

    Notes from Gregory & Belford's Circus. Bad roads, wind, rain and mud have conspired against us ever since the opening, which occurred at Royal Oak, Mich., April 30; but a carefully and well selected route shows a balance on the right side of the cash account, business having been good even in the hardest rainstorms. We have had two blow downs, at Royal Oak, Mich., and North Adams; luckily, no one was injured. The following is the roster: C. J. Gregory and George Belford, proprietors and managers; Frank C. Cooper, business manager; John Fitz, equestrian manager; George Gould(?), treasurer; Jack McLain, manager of privileges; Fred Ward, layer out; Geo. Gregory, mail agent; Jas. Ward, steward. Performers: Gregory and Fitz, horizontal bars; Geo. and Mollie Belford, aerialists; Chas. La Verne, principal clown; Harry Godfrey, flying perch and slack wire; Della Gregory, juggler; Jennie Smith, balancing trapeze; Chas. J. Gregory, dancing barrel, ___ and table; Three Milan Bros., acrobats; Jennie Basco(Rasco?), principal rider; Geo. Belford and Pete Jenkins. Features: Chas. Gregory's stud of performing horses, Mollie Belford's troupe of trained dogs . . . Capt. Bartlett's Wild West, assisted by the Bartlett family of sharpshooters. Concert: the Wards, sketches; Jennie Seymour, song and dance; Chas. Gregory, song and dance; Frank La Verne, orator, and Geo. belford, black face specialty. Band and orchestra: Prof. Norton, leader; Chas. King, Jas. Seabright, Chas. De Long, Wm. Brady, Frank Whitney, Jas. West, Harry Colton and Fred Wright. Advance: . . . Sam Daniels, contracting and press agent; F. C. Cooper, press agent with show; and John Capron, advertising agent with eight billposter. Outfit: big top 100ft. round top, __ft. middle piece, 50(?)ft. dressing room, museum top 40x__; three twenty horse tents. . . . John O'Keefe, boss hostler. Sixty head of stock are with the show. New York Clipper, June 18, 1892, p. 228.

    For sale, complete circus outfit. One elegant band wagon, baggage wagons, __ft. round top canvas, with 40(?)ft. middle piece. It is complete to set up from the flags to the stages. Good set of lights, also three trick horses, horse troughs and a leaping tick and other show property. Will sell all together or separate. Address C. J. Gregory, Roal Oak, Michigan. New York Clipper, October 15, 1892, p. 519.

    Scribner & Smith's management have purchased several wagons from the C. J. Gregory Show. New York Clipper, December 3, 1892, p. 624.

• 1893: Chas. J. Gregory, of the Three Gregory Bros., was a Clipper caller Nov. _. Mr. Gregory was manager of the Ada Dixon Co. last season. He had intended putting a show upon the road this season, but has postponed the venture on account of dull times. He and his brothers are now playing dates. New York Clipper, November 11, 1893, p. 576.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Gregory & Merritt - 1886

• Merrit & Gregory listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1886

    C. J. Gregory has taken Frank Merritt into partnership, and their show will be styled the Gregory, Merritt & Co. Circus. They carry a 100 ft. canvas, with a 50 ft. middle piece, and new band and other wagons, traveling by railroad and playing week stands. The people so far engaged are Geo. Gregory, James Gregory, John Flynn, Tom Haley, Nilsoni, Delia Gregory, Bessie Gregory, Didy Dows, C. J. Gregory and Frank Merritt. They open May 1. Mr. Merritt was one of the gentlemen who ran the museum at Detroit, Mich., last season. New York Clipper, April 3, 1886, p. 36.

    Wanted, Gregory, Merritt & Co.'s Palace Circus, performers and musicians for a long season. A lady with a strong circus act wanted at once. Gregory & Merritt & Co., Seneca st., Buffalo, N.Y. Show opens in Buffalo Aug. 30 for two weeks. New York Clipper, August 28, 1886, p. 383.

    Gregory & Co.'s Circus notes. Frank S. Merrit, of the Detroit Museum, but latterly of Buffalo, N.Y., became a partner in the show at St. Catherines, Ont., Aug. 16(?). Charley Gregory and Mr. M. had been negotiating all Summer, and have come together at last. They purchased the entire Sparrow outfit, which was known as the "Royal Pavilion Shows," 20. H. C. Danforth has secured the sideshow privilege. McNeil and Daniels joined recently, as did an extra brass band from Bratford, Pa. Business in Buffalo was enormous. We play eight more stands, then go into Virginia and Tennessee. New York Clipper, September 11, 1886, p. 404.

    Williamsport, Pennsylvania. Gregory & Merritt's United Shows pitched tents on Pleasant Green 22-25 to good business. Prof. Winfield Shedman and his brother George, who are the main attractions of the show, with their dogs, are from this city. F. T. Merritt, who now has a half interest in the show, was formerly of the Detroit Museum. The show is working South. New York Clipper, October 2, 1886, p. 454.

    Charles J. Gregory, one of the proprietors of the ten cent circus bearing his name, and which exhibited here a short time ago, is in a little trouble. A warrant is out for his arrest, for the alleged theft of a couple of trunks. It is stated that the property was sent to Buffalo from a Pennsylvania town, addressed to Frank T. Merritt of this city, who was also a partner in the show. It is claimed that Gregory went to the express office, paid the charges on the trunks, and took them away. He is now in Detroit, for which city Mr. Merritt started last evening with the warrant in his pocket. Buffalo Daily Courier (Buffalo, NY), October 14, 1886, n.p.n.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Gregory & Schiedell - 1886

    The Schiedell Bros. have gone in with Chas. J. Gregory in the proprietorship and management of the Gregory & Schiedell Bros.' Ten-cent Show. Chas. J. Gregory, S. R. Schiedell & Chas. Schiedell, sole proprietors . . . Chas Schiedell, treasurer. Company: C. J. Gregory, Geo. Gregory, Jas. Gregory, Delia Gregory, S. E. Schiedell, Mette Bros., Punch Irving, J. F. Burk, Mlle. Violetta . . . Bertha Wilson, F. R. Black, Clifton and Cleary, Geo. Belford and Mlle. La Rue. In connection with the show is a museum, without extra charge, containing the Electric Lady, Dr. Lynn Mystery, Long haired lady, and other wonders. Size of canvas, 100ft. round top with 40ft. middle piece. New York Clipper, May 29, 1886, p. 168.

    The Shedman Bros. joined Gregory & Schiedell Bros.' Circus May 27, in Detroit. New York Clipper, June 5, 1886, p. 184.

    Notes from Gregory & Schiedell Bros. At Adrian, Mich., July 24, we are through with Michigan, having played by that time twenty-four stand in that State, with success. Charley Schiedell looks after the press. Since Detroit we have added another 40ft. middle piece in the big top. Geo. Belford has charge of the ring, and the acts go "biff bang." Geo. Gregory, Belford and Lew Mette put in a three-brother act at Ionia. Win. Shedman still makes his procession with the running hound, Clothesline. In several towns he got up a running match, drawing hundreds of people to the lot. A new band wagon joins at Adrian. We jump from Adrian into Ohio for one week, thence to Pennsylvania and New York State. This will be one of the many shows that go South this Winter. New York Clipper, July 24, 1886, p. 296.

    At Adrian, Mich., July 24, Chas. J. Gregory assumed entire control and proprietorship of the circus known as Gregory & Schiedell Bros. Shows, and instead of making Eastern Penn. and New York, jumped the show to Canada. The Schiedell Bros. are organizing a show in Detroit. The original show will in future be known as Gregory & Co.'s. New York Clipper, August 7, 1886, p. 326.

    Frank C. Cooper, of Gregory & Co.'s Show, sends it: "Canada is 'yaller,' no good. We jump thirteen stands, and then back into 'the only country.'"New York Clipper, August 14, 1886, p. 344.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Grenier's Circus - 1884

    Chicago, Ill. Grenier's Circus opened 31. The bareback riding of William Showles is the principal feature. New York Clipper, January 5, 1884, p. 717.

Grenier Bros. - 1888-89   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1888-89

1888:

    Whiting Bros. and May Waldron have signed with the Thos. L. Grenier circus for the coming tenting season. New York Clipper, April 21, 1888, p. 95.

    Call. All people engaged for Grenier Bros.' Circus must report in Chicago May 3, at Lyceum Theatre. Circus band wanted, also magicians who can work talking figures. Address Thos. L. Grenier, as above. New York Clipper, April 28, 1888, p. 115.

    Grenier Bros. circus opened in Chicago to good business. The Grenirs are also managers of the Lyceum theater. Janesville Daily Gazette (Janesville, WI), May 11, 1888, n.p.n.

    Grenier Bros. Royal European Circus and Menagerie, Webster City, July 7, traveling on our own train. 22 railroad cars. $10,000 den of performing lions. Cages of lions, tigers, leopards, bears, Valck Vlarki, grave robbing hyenas, camels, ostriches, strange reptiles, rare birds, performing elephants, living sea monsters, sea lions, and other species. Molock, largest horse on earth, 21 hands high, 2,550 pounds. Male and female riders. Living hippopotamus, giant rhinoceros. Greates one ring circus on earth. Grand street parade, open cages of trained animals, golden chariots, three bands of music. Admission 50c, children under 9, 25c. [Advertisement] Webster City Tribune (Webster City, IA), June 29, 1888, n.p.n.

    Thos. L. Grenier writes that the success of the Grenier Bros.' Show has been splendid. Eight weeks in Chicago, Ill., closed June 23, and the road tour commenced 25 at St. Charles, Ill. The show travels by rail, and the route is through Illinois and Iowa for the next two weeks. New York Clipper, June 30, 1888, p. 251.

    Friday, July 18th comes the Grenier Bros. show, and with this exhibition comes John Davenport, bareback rider; Madam Marth, "Queen of the Arena"; Pauline Dubs, Russian equestrienne; A. Marque, Brazilian rider; Herr Dray, modern Sampson; Ash brothers, athletes, and others. Trained horses, trained hippopotamus, performing elephants, lions, camels and ponies, dog circus. . . . Carroll Sentinel (Carroll, IA), July 6, 1888, n.p.n.

    Creston, Iowa. Grenier Bros.' Royal European Circus and Menagerie, 15th. New York Dramatic Mirror (New York, NY), September 8, 1888, p. 5.

    Circus for sale. Will sell half interest or my entire R. R. Circus and menagerie (originally Burr Robbins). Train and everything in splendid condition. If half interest is sold, the purchaser must be capable of taking full charge, as I have business here. I also have considerable wagon show stuff for sale, such as baggage wagons, will wagon, ticket and passenger wagons, etc. All can be seen in Chicago. Address Thos. L. Grenier, Lyceum Theatre, Chicago. New York Clipper, December 1, 1888, p. 612.

• Information on the 1888 Grenier Bros. show is in Bandwagon, January-February, 1991, Vol. 35, No. 1, pp. 53-54.

1889:

    Circus people wanted in every branch of the circus business for my two shows, to play in Chicago, a season of eight weeks or longer. Band of eight mouthpieces, concert people who can do two turns and play drum, elephant performer, chandelier man, canvasman, grooms, etc. Thos. L. Grenier, Lyceum Theatre, Chicago, Ill. New York Clipper, April 27, 1889, p. 115.

    James H. Burton's Dog Circus has left the Barnum Show and joined Thomas L. Grenier's Circus at Chicago, Ill., for the season. Mr. Burton has another somersault dog ready for work. New York Clipper, May 11, 1889, p. 138.

    Mlle. Lorretta is doing her double aerial act with her husband, Dan Malcolm, with Grenier Bros.' Circus. New York Clipper, May 25, 1889, p. 175.

    The following letter from Thomas L. Grenier: "The last number of the Clipper, July 27, does me a great injustice in having a paragraph that my show, Grenier Bros.' Circus, had come to a sudden close July 18, on account of the ghost failing to perambulate. The ghost always and shall always walk as long as I fillow in show businees, and that my part of every contract I make is always justified to the letter." New York Clipper, August 3, 1889, p. 340.

    Mlle. Lorretta, gymnast, who fell 30ft. at Brighton Park, July 8, with Grenier Bros.' Circus, while doing her flying rings, breaking her nose, spraining her back, left shoulder and both wrists, has recovered. She has been subject to dizzy spells from diphtheria. One of these overtook her while performing. New York Clipper, August 31, 1889, p. 406.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Guilford & Cannon - 1889

    Guilford & Cannon's Railroad Circus, combined in perpetual union with Robinson's Royal Menagerie. Guilford & Cannon, proprietors. Harry Robinson, business manager. Performers in all branches of the circus business wanted at all times. Also a few concert people and musicians. Address Harry Robinson, San Antonio, Texas. New York Clipper, November 30, 1889, p. 640.

    Roster of Guilford & Cannon's Circus, combined with Robinson's Royal Menagerie, and now touring Texas: Sig. Cannon, D. C. Guilford, Harry Robinson, Ed De Long, Sig. Moncayo, Sig. Lansano, Geo. Wambold, Frank Byron, St. Elmo Bros., Mattie Bell, Emma Weston, Irene De Forrestt, Prof. Harrison and a band of ten pieces. New York Clipper, December 14, 1889, p. 663.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Guilford & Connor - 1891

    Circuses. Guilford & Connor: San Jose, Costa Rica, C. A., May 31-June 13. New York Dramatic Mirror, June 13, 1891, p. 12.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Guthrie Bros. Circus - 1990

Pat and Ray Guthrie started their Guthrie Bros. Circus at Duluth, Georgia, May 4. They played the South, border states and Midwest at least through August. Bandwagon, January-February, 1991, p. 10.

• Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1985 - circa 1990.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Gutierrez Bros.

• Show listed in Chindahl's History of the Circus in America, in Mexico and on the West coast, circa 1920.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Top

H

H 96 Ranch Wild West - 1909

    Capt. Litchfield Will Take His Hippodrome and Wild West to Havana for the Winter. J. E. Hammond, of Hammond and Robbins, proprietors and managers of H 96 Ranch Wild West, has closed contracts with Captain Litchfield, cowboy artist, of Ardmore, Oklahoma, to show in Havana, Cuba, during the coming winter holiday feasts, called in Spanish Fiestas Invernales, and which promise this year to be of great attractions and splendor. Capt. Litchfield has secured the ground of the Atmendares Park, to give his wild west exhibitions. Mr. Hammond left on November 26, for New York to complete all necessary arrangements to bring the boys over to Cuba. The company will be composed of twenty cowboys, eight cowgirls, ten Mexicans and twenty Indians. They will bring over sixty horses, stage coach, six mules, four high school horses and all the necessary paraphernalia to make a first-class wild west exhibition in Cuba. The company will arrive in Havana a few days before January 8, 1910 and will show for twelve weeks. Billboard, December 11, 1909, p. 43.

Haag's - 1894, 1896, 1900, 1912-14, 1918-19

• Mighty Haag Shows listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1891-1938

1894:

    Roster of the Grand European Pavilion Show: E. Haag, proprietor . . . Bert King, advance with three assistants; Fred O'Brien, equestrian director . . . J. R. Nelson . . . Master Willie Murry, Claude Williams, Chas. King . . . We have been out eleven weeks. Our new band wagon arrived April 20(?). New York Clipper, May 5, 1894, p. 133.

1896:

    Haag's European Show closed at Winter quarters, Oberlin, La. Harry Rhodes will remain there and take charge when show opens, about March 1. New York Clipper, February 1, 1896, p. 761.

    Haag's Pavilion Shows open about March 12 at Oberlin, Louisiana. The show will feature Capt. J. C. Farley's troupe of Tuckapo ponies. Harry Rowlands, band leader, and Prof. Red Barker has all the privileges. New York Clipper, February 29, 1896, p. 825.

1900: E. Haag's Shows are in Northern Texas, and doing well. Billboard, May 26, 1900, p. 5.

1912: See articles on the 1912 show, online in Bandwagon, April 1943; and Bandwagon, May-Jun 1958 (scroll down).
The 1912 show's route is online in Bandwagon, Mar-Apr 1958 (scroll down).

1913: Mighty Haag Show - E. Haag, proprietor and manager; Mrs. E. Haag, treasurer; G. C. Moyer, general agent and traffic manager; S. P. Cobb and Victor Foster, special agents; J. Roy Gill, general press agent; A. L. Zimmerman, press agent back with show; Doc Coates, sideshow manager; Frank B. Miller, equestrian director; Henry Emgard, superintendent privileges; Dick Masters, musical director; Fred (Dutch) Myers, superintendent canvas; John Smith, assistant superintendent canvas; Roy Hague, trainmaster; H. D. Hubbard, boss hostler; D. M. Jesse, assistant boss hostler; Eddie VanCamp, superintendent lights; Frank Lank, assistant superintendent lights; Albert Miller, superintendent props; Ja. Finnegan, 24-hour agent; Harry Rhodes, superintendent animals; Ruby Driver, assistant superintendent animals; W. B. Hicks, blacksmith; Victor Stout, manager advertising car No. 1; A. R. Hopper, manager advertising car No. 2; Bishop Turner and Frank McGuyre, legal adjusters; Bill Williams, superintendent lot; H. V. Stout, steward; Joe R. Nelson, director sideshow band; Fred Delvey, manager up-town wagon; J. W. Campbell, advertising solicitor; Thos. O'Hara, superintendent sideshow canvas; Joe Edmonds, manager privilege car; G. H. Hayes, boss billposter car No. 1; E. L. Williams, boss billposter car No. 2; J. C. Downs, route rider; Dan Hoffman, general contracting agent. Billboard, March 22, 1913.

1914: Mighty Haag Show - E. Haag, proprietor and manager; Mrs. E. Haag, treasurer; J. Campbell, auditor; Geo. C. Moyer, general agent and railroad contractor; G. V. Brown and Victor J. Foster, local contractors; O. R. Raye, special agent; Eugene Harrison, general press agent; W. J. Zimmerman, press agent back with show; A. R. Hooper, excursion agent; Doc Lalno, sideshow manager; Fred DeElvey, general superintendent; Henry Emgard, superintendent privileges; E. James, musical director; H. Hubbard, superintendent reserved seat tickets; Fred Dutch Meyers, superintendent canvas; Frank McGuyre, superintendent commissary department; Eddie VanCamp, superintendent lights; James Campbell, 24-hour agent; Victor Stout, manager adv. car No. 1; Roy C. Heaton, manager adv. car No. 2; J. C. Wildly, checker-up; Frank Mcguyre, legal adjuster; Henry Emgard, announcer. Show opens at Shreveport, La., March 26. Billboard, March 28, 1914.

1918:

    Shreveport, La., Jan. 26. The Mighty Haag Shows, in winter quarters here after an absence of two years, during which it wintered in Georgia, will start out some time during March. Manager E. Haag expects to have the show about half motorized, with the balance horses and mules. Billboard, February 2, 1918, p. 65.

    Robert Taylor has signed as general agent of the Mighty Haag Shows. Billboard, February 9, 1918, p. 30.

    Winter quarters, 1918. Mighty Haag Circus. E. Haag, manager; Shreveport, La. Billboard, March 23, 1918, p. 124.

    Mighty Haag Show. E. Haag, proprietor, manager; Mrs. E. Haag, treasurer; H. D. Hubbard, secretary; Robert Taylor, general agent, manager motor car No. 3; Al T. Primrose, local contractor, contracting press agent back with show, legal adjuster, announcer; Henry Emgard, manager sideshow, supt. privileges; Walter Allen, equestrian director; Allen Poe, general supt.; Everett James, musical director; Roy Wilson, supt. reserved seat tickets; Dan White, supt. canvas; Henry Lucier, boss hostler; Roy Clifton and Edgar Webb, supts. commissary dept.; Charles L. Trisler, supt. lights; Slim Walters, supt. props; Tom Mathews, supt. ring stock; W. D. Cleveland, supt. stock; Arthur Collins, supt. working crew; Robey Gonzalas, supt. animals. Show opens at Shreveport, La., middle of March. Billboard, March 30, 1918, p. 64.

    Owing to the influenza epidemic, the Mighty Haag Shows are laying over at Lake Village, Arkansas. Mr. Haag expects to reopen in a week or two for a long season. - Robt. Taylor. Billboard, November 2, 1918, p. 26.

    The Mighty Haag Shows reopened after a short layoff on account of epidemic ban on amusement, November 4, since which everything has been moving smoothly through Louisiana. The show, traveling overland, carries over 100 head of stock, horses, mules and ponies, three elephants, four camels, seven cages, motorized band wagon, three tableaux (also motorized), fourteen autos, including two in advance; over 30 vehicles, drawn by horses, mujles and ponies, in sufficient numbers to combat the swamps and bad roads. The elephants also assist in pushing and pulling the trucks and other heavy vehicles through bad places - without them we would have no trucks. The big top is an 80, with two 40 foot middle pieces. Also have a sideshow, dressing tent, marquee, platform and pit shows and a cookhouse for feeding over 100 people. Also carry 25 lengths of "blues," and 10 lengths of reserves, and in addition carry two wagonloads of performers' trunks and other paraphernalia. It is the intention to remain out until late in the winter, unless the weather gets too severe, in which event the show would not be over 150 miles from quarters, Shreveport, La., at any time. "Doc" Grant is filling the position of equestrian director. Everett James is in charge of the band. Arthur Murson has the big top, "Blackie" Duncan the menagerie, Mitchell Sissons(?) the stock and Harley Hubbard the lights. The permanent address of the show is Shreveport, La. Billboard, November 30, 1918, p. 26.

1919:

Information on the 1919 Mighty Haag show, see Billboard, 1919 - scroll down or use find.

• An article on the 1937-1940 Haag Bros. Circus is in Bandwagon, July-August, 1990, Vol. 34, No. 4, pp. 29-34.

• An article on the career of owner Ernest Haag and his shows is online at Bandwagon, September 1952 (scroll down).

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

A. W. Hadfield's Equine Co. - 1888

    Large business at Elgin, Illinois, week of January 23. Harry Farrell from the Kickapoo Co. and J. M. Smith, have joined. Finished to light business at Elgin. Mr. Hatfield is ill, His horses were attached through an error, He will sue the parties serving the attachment without furnishing bonds. New York Clipper, February 4, 1888, pp. 751, 752; February 11, 1888, p. 769. Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Hagen Bros. - 1958, 1961   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1949-1961

1958: Brief information on the show is in the 1958 season circus review in Bandwagon, Nov-Dec 1958 (scroll down or use find).

1961: Article on the 1961 Hagen Bros. show is online in Bandwagon, December 1961 (scroll down or use find).

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Hagen-Wallace   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1951-1961, 1966, Dub Dugan, owner.

• This show was playing Alabama in the Spring of 1951. Bandwagon, May-June, 1988, p. 31.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Carl Hagenbeck's - 1905-06

1905: See the article on the 1905 Carl Hagenbeck Trained Animal show, online in Note Sheet No. 8 (Circus Historical Society), September 15, 1943

1906:

    . . . The Carl Hagenbeck circus is a new circus, . . . The Carl Hagenbeck greater shows offer a three ring circus with two elevated stages, an aerial enclave and a big steel arena in which the wild beasts perform. Five acts are shown in continual operation in each display, and twenty displays are given in which over 800 performers, animal and human, take part. . . . The Hagenbeck trained wild beasts are known the world over, and many of them are even more clever than their human brothers. . . . The Hagenbeck family has supplied every zoo, circus and menagerie for many past generations. Daily Gazette and Bulletin (Williamsport, PA), May 3, 1906.

    $5,000,000 CIRCUS MERGER. New Orleans, La., Nov. 6 - Frank R. Tate of St. Louis, is here in the interest of a giant circus merger, it is understood will mean a combination of all the big shows in this country, backed by a European syndicate. Carl Hagenbeck is said to be the principal figure in the consolidation. The capital of the syndicate is estimated at $5,000,000. The plan is to consolidate the Big shows of this country and Europe and guarantee 10 per cent profit on all the American shows. Mr. Tate said Carl Hagenbeck had started the movement for the organization of the syndicate, but declined to discuss the matter any further. Chillicothe (MO) Morning Constitution, November 7, 1906.

    Ringlings Buy Show. Sale of Hagenbeck Show Gives Them Control of Business. Chicago, Dec. 6. - On the purchase yesterday of Carl Hagenbeck's trained animal circus, the Ringling Bros. will be able to dominate the circus business of America. Hagenbeck's circus is now in its winter quarters at New Orleans, but the deal by which Ringling Bros. secured control of the big collection of trained animals was consummated at Baraboo, Wis., winter quarters of the Ringling Bros' show. The financial consideration was not made public but that it was large may be understood from the fact that it requires a monthly expenditure of $72,000 to maintain in winter quarters the three shows now controlled by Ringling Brothers.
    It is the intention of the new proprietors of Hagenbeck's circus to double the collection of trained animals and put the show on the road next season entirely independent of Ringling Bros.' circus, except that it will be under the same management. The same company now controls the Forepaugh-Sells circus, which has winter quarters at Columbus, Ohio.
    Under the plans proposed by the new proprietors the Hagenbeck show will next season give employment to 1,150 persons and will require eighty rail road cars to transport it through the country. . . . Iowa Recorder (Greene, IA), December 12, 1906. Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Hagenbeck-Wallace Circus - 1909, 1911-14, 1917-19, 1920, 1922-27, 1933-35, 1937

• Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1907-1935, 1937-1938

• An article on the 1908 Carl Hagenbeck & Great Wallace Circus is in Bandwagon, July-August, 1991, Vol. 35, No. 4, pp. 4-14.

1909: Hagenbeck-Wallace Show: B. E. Wallace, proprietor and manager; R. M. Harvey, general agent; J. P. Fagan, R. R. contractor; Walter Murphy and Harry Overton, local contractors; W. A. Burnett, special agent; Harley A. White, excursion agent; W. J. Hanley and J. T. Warren, press agents; Arthur Hoffman, manager side show; Bernard L. Wallace, treasurer; C. H. Sweeney, equestrian director; Jas. Davis, maanger commissary dept.; Thos. During, supt. of transportation; Wm. Oldknow, supt. of canvas; Phil Castang, supt. of animals; Percy Phillips, supt. of elephants; F. H. Beatty, supt. of privileges; Ted Weitzel, supt. of properties; Robert Abrams, supt. of stock; Gus Ferleman and Harry Curtis, twenty-four hour men; Don E. Wilson, supt. reserved seat tickets. Billboard, March 20, 1909, p. 80.

1911:

    With the Hagenbeck-Wallace Show this season will be the McCree-Davenport troupe. Miss Rose Meyer has been added to the act. Red Carroll left Henderson, N.C., last week for Peru, Ind. He will be boss property man with the Hagenbeck-Wallace Show. Billboard, April 8, 1911, p. 24.

    The opposition brigade No. 1 of the Hagenbeck-Wallace Shows, in charge of Walter Clifford, has the following crew: Billy Smith, E. G. Welch, H. A. DeLush, Harry Green and Harry Higgins. At Austin, Tex., Billy Smith, E. G. Welsh and H. A. DeLush made the record of tacking 1,437 banner sheets in one and one-half days. Of the country route men Harry Higgins posted 1,200 sheets; George Summers, 1,236 sheets, and Harry Green 1,342. These were one-day routes, and averaged 42 miles to the route. The boys have signed with R. M. Harvey for next season.     Omer J. Kenyon, local contracting agent for the Hagenbeck-Wallace Shows, has returned from Denver to St. Joseph, Mo., where he has taken William Vance's place as treasurer of the Lyceum Theatre on the staff of C. U. Philley and R. Van Houten. Mr. Kenyon will be ahead of the R. M. Harvey force of the Wallace Shows, season 1912, as local contractor. Billboard, November 25, 1911, p. 27.

See the program for the 1911 show, online in Bandwagon, April 1944 (scroll down).

1912:

    Hagenbeck-Wallace Show - B. E. Wallace, prop. and mgr.; John R. Andrew, treas.; W. H. Holmes, auditor; R. M. Harvey, general agent; ???, railroad contractor; O. J. Kenyon, local contractor; R. D. Leister and Walter Clifford, special agents; Harry Grappen, advance press agent; George Atkinson, press agent back with show; Arthur Eidnour, excursion agent; J. E. Ogden, mgr. side show; George Conners, equestrian director; F. H. Beatty, supt. privileges; Park B. Prentiss, musical director; J. F. Burke, supt. reserved seat tickets; W. H. Olknow(?), supt. canvas; Buggy Stumpf, trainmaster; Robt. Abrams, boss hostler; James Davis, supt. commissary dept.; Tom Dunn, supt. lights; G. H. Williamson, supt. properties; J. H. Wilson, supt. wardrobe; Bob Abrams, supt. stock; J. J. Rodgers, supt. side show; C. A. Pheeney and Al. Hoffman, twenty-four hour agents; Percy Phillips, supt. elephants; Edward Sauer, supt. animals; J. E. Eviston, mgr. advertising car No. 1; C. C. Cheuvront, mgr. advertising car No. 2; B. B. Schaal, checker-up; C. H. Hagaman and W. B. Irons, legal adjuster; Bert Cole, announcer; Frank J. O. O'Donnell, contracting press agent. Show opens at Peru, Ind. Billboard, March 23, 1912.

    Newark, New Jersey, June 7, 8. . . . Carl Hagenbeck and B. E. Wallace's sterling shows were exhibiting, giving four performances, all being to capacity. The organization is as large as any of its class seen in the East . . . "Uncle" Ben Wallace was seen by The Clipper representative, and wore his usual hearty smile. The show opened some time ago in Peru, Ind., and has had excellent business at each stand . . . The street parade is without a doubt as magnificent a pageant as ever given here. In putting out the show "Uncle Ben" must have thrown economy to the wind. The costumes are all new and very showy, the wagons newly painted; in fact, everything about the show has the appearance of being new.
    The concert given by Park B. Prentiss and his Military Band was a noteworthy feature and attracted considerable attention. The official announcer, Bert Cole, was a busy man, being called upon to announce many feature acts, and could be heard in all parts of the tent very clearly. The program as presented included the following: Mrs. Bedini, with her Liberty horse and troupe of dogs; Lloyd's dogs, a splendid big animal act, presented by Louis Roth; the Van Diemans and the Four Fredericks, in a butterfly act; Jack Wardon and Jack Murray, with their performing elephants; Mrs. Bedini and her troupe of ponies; Capt. Pickett's seals; Mrs. Roth and her troupe of leopards; Lil Kerslake's pigs, and Mary Connors, with dogs and ponies; comedy acrobatic acts were given by Rice, Bell and Baldwin. Hesses Comiques, Four Rooney Comrades, and the Kennard Bros. Trapeze and aerial acts were given by Leach-La Quinlan Trio, Aerial Patts, Annie Connors, Cecil La Fortuna, Lukens Duo, Alex. Brisson, and Quinlan's slide for life. The riders included: M. Connors, Olga Reed, Lulu Davenport, Rose Meyers and Mrs. Roth. Nellie Lloyd, the Cevenes, the Nelsons and the Leach-La Quinlan (Quinian?) troupe, in sensational wire act; Mr. and Mrs. Thalaro's dogs and ponies, and a troupe of Polar bears performed by Mr. Roth. Contortion and ring acts were given by Prechett and Luster, the Great Stantz, De Koks, Ardell Bro., Patt and Patt, the Brissons and the Nelsons. Riding acts that attracted considerable attention were performed by the Great McCree, Davenport Troupe and the Connors. The acrobatic features were the Lukens, Original Nelson Family, Singer Bros., the Tasmanians, and the De Koks.
    One of the biggest features of the show was given by the Lloyd Family (six in number) consisting of an Indian riding spectacle. It was an original piece of business, and made a big success. All appeared in handsome Indian costumes, making a striking picture. The tricks they performed stamped them all experts, the applause at the finish of the act being loud and long. The menage acts in the three rings and on the hippodrome track, in which about fourteen artists appear, was also a big feature. A sensational and a most original performance was given by Miss McDonald, who made her appearance in an elephant 'menage" act on the trunk, putting the beast through the usual menage stunts and also executing several new ones. It was a wonderful piece of work, aud was heartily enjoyed by the large audience, judging from the amount of applause she received. The Golden Troupe of Russian Dancers next appeared, and the different dances of their country was cleverly demonstrated by them, with much success. The Flying Lukens, in a very sensational flying act, brought the spectators to their feet many times, with their thrilling and death defying work. A comedy mule act that caused considerable laughter was shown by Joe Litch and Joe Coyle. The hippodrome races were very much enjoyed, and brought the long and meritorious program to an end.
    The clowns, about thirty in number, cut up capers throughout the whole entertainment, and presented some very original ideas. The side show, which is under the personal direction of J. E. Ogden. with Bert Chipman as assistant, presents a very pleasing appearance, and is getting a big share of the business.
    Hagenbeck-Wallace Notes. Gill Forepaugh, Addie Forepaugh, Mr. and Mrs. Robt. Stickney, Jr., . . . Mrs. James De Mott were visitors at Camden, N. J., June 3. L. W. Heckman is now newspaper contractor in advance. Frank O'Donnell is special story writer and press representative ten days ahead of the show. . . . Doc Ogden has charge of the side show. . . . B. E. Wallace has fully recovered from two painful abscesses, one on his cheek, and the other on left hand. New York Clipper, June 15, 1912, p. 11.

    Al W. Martin, of the Hagenbeck-Wallace Shows, is contemplating a trip to Australia to spend the winter months with H. S. Rowe, who is there with the Bud Atkinson Circus. Mr. Martin has secured the state rights for Kansas for the exhibition of the Wallace-Hagenbeck moving pictures.
    The Billboard is in receipt of information to the effect that the Hagenbeck-Wallace Shows will be enlarged next year as formerly reported, and that the seating capacity will be increased at least 3,000. G. H. Williamson will be superintendent of properites with the Hagenbeck-Wallace Shows season of 1913. Billboard, December 21, 1912, p. 38.

1913:

    Hagenbeck-Wallace Show - B. E. Wallace, proprietor and manager; C. E. Cory, assistant manager; J. R. Andrew, treasurer; C. W. Sprague, secretary; R. M. Harvey, general agent and railroad contractor; George Hedges and Palmer Robinson, special agents; J. E. Eviston and L. H. Heckman, contracting press agents; Floyd King, advance press agent; Geo. Atkinson, press agent back with the show; J. E. Eviston, excursion agent; J. E. Ogden, sideshow manager; Geo. Conners, equestrian director; F. H. Beatty, superintendent privileges; Al J. Massey, musical director; J. F. Burker, superintendent reserved seat tickets; Matt Schommer, superintendent canvas; John Boyd, trainmaster; Robt. Abrams, boss hostler; Jas. Davis, superintendent commissary department; Tom Dunn, superintendent lights; G. H. Williamson, superintendent props; Andy Dobbins, superintendent ring stock; Jas. Wilson, superintendent wardrobe; J. J. Rogers, superintendent sideshow; C. A. Pheeney and Al. Hoffman, 24-hour agents; John Worden, superintendent elephants; A. O. Duncan, boss carpenter; Emil Schweyer, superintendent animals; L. H. Heckman, manager advertising car No. 1; C. C. Cheuvront, manager advertising car No. 2; R. B. Schaal, checker-up; C. S. Hagaman and W. B. Irons, legal adjusters; Bert Cole, announcer. Show opens at the Coliseum, St. Louis, Mo., April 12. Billboard, March 22, 1913.

    Peru, Ind., July 30. Articles of incorporation of the Carl Hagenbeck and Great Wallace shows have been filed with the Miami County Recorder, the company being capitalized for $300,000 with 2,000 shares of common stock at $100 and 1,000 shares of preferred stock at $100 the preferred stock to pay six per cent, interest per annum. Three names are mentioned in the papers, John Talbot of Denver, Chas. Corey of Peru, and Edward Ballard of West Baden; but it is understood three others play prominent parts in the transaction. Chas. Hagaman, the show's "fixer," R. M. Harvey, a Davenport hotel man and the show's agent, and a Mr. Rice are said to be in on the deal. Five directors are named in the articles of incorporation. John B. Warren is one of them. Variety, August 1, 1913, p. 6.

• An article on the 1913 Hagenbeck-Wallace show is in Bandwagon, July-August, 1985, Vol. 29, No. 4, pp. 20-28.

1914: Hagenbeck-Wallace Show - Carl Hagenbeck and Great Wallace Show Co., proprietors; C. E. Cory, manager; J. O. Talbott, assistant manager; John R. Andrew, treasurer; C. T. Klughers, front door; G. Adolph Gagg, auditor; R. M. Harvey, general agent and railroad contractor; D. F. Lynch, local contractor; Geo. Hedges and Palmer Robinson, special agents; Floyd King, contracting press agent; Wallace Sackett, press agent back with show; L. H. Heckman, excursion agent; J. E. Ogden, sideshow manager; Bud Gorman, equestrian director; F. H. Beatty, superintendent privileges; Al J. Massey, musical director; J. F. Burke, superintendent reserved seat tickets; Geo. Wombold, superintendent canvas; Buggy Stumpf, trainmaster; Jake Posey, boss hostler; Jas. Davis, superintendent commissary department; Tom Dunn, superintendent lights; G. H. Williamson, superintendent props; Andy Dobbins, superintendent ring stock; Eugene Maloney, superintendent repair department; Edw. Springer, superintendent sleeping cars; C. A. Pheeney and Al Hoffman, 24-hour agents; P. W. Phillips, superintendent elephants; J. E. Eviston, manager adv. car No. 1; C. C. Cheuvront, manager adv. car No. 2; R. B. Schaal, checker-up; C. S. Hagaman and W. B. Irons, legal adjusters; Bert Cole, announcer. Show opens at the Coliseum, St. Louis, April 11. Billboard, March 28, 1914.

• An article on the 1914 Hagenbeck-Wallace show is in Bandwagon, November-December, 1985, Vol. 29, No. 6, pp. 37-45.
• An article on the 1915 Hagenbeck-Wallace show is in Bandwagon, March-April, 1986, Vol. 30, No. 2, pp. 18-25.
• An article on the 1916 Hagenbeck-Wallace show is in Bandwagon, September-October, 1986, Vol. 30, No. 5, pp. 4-13.

1917: Hagenbeck-Wallace Circus - Carl Hagenbeck-Great Wallace Shows Co., props.; Ed Ballard, gen. mgr.; R. M. Harvey, bus. mgr.; John Andrew, treas.; H. E. Sarig, secy. and auditor; L. H. Heckman, gen. agt. and excursion agt.; H. S. Noyes, railroad contractor; D. F. Lynch, local contractor; George Hedges, special agt.; Floyd King and P. Robinson, press agts.; W. J. Hilliar, mgr. side-show; Bud Gorman, equestrian dir.; Wm. H. Curtis, gen. supt.; F. H. Beatty, supt. priv.; Fred Jewell, musical dir.; J. F. Burke, supt. reserved seat tickets; Whitey Oldknow, supt. canvas; George Watson, trainmaster; Jim Connors, boss hostler; Fred Seymour, supt. commissary dept.; Chester Stanley, supt. lights; G. H. Williamson, supt. properties; Chas. A. Pheeney and Al Hoffman, 24-hour agts.; Emory Stiels, supt. animals; J. E. Eviston, mgr. adv. car no. 1; J. W. Nedrow, mgr. adv. car no. 2; R. B. Schaal, checker-up; E. S. McCafferty, legal adjuster; Bert Cole, announcer. Fifty-eight cars. Billboard, March 24, 1917, pp. 141, 143.

• An article on the 1917 Hagenbeck-Wallace show is in Bandwagon, September-October, 1987, Vol. 31, No. 5, pp. 4-14.

1918:

    Winter quarters. Hagenbeck-Wallace Circus, Ed M. Ballard, general manager; West Baden, Ind. Billboard, January 12, 1918, p. 55.

    Hagenbeck-Wallace Show. West Baden, Ind., Jan. 12. George Buskirk, on tickets last season, is behind the counter at the Terre Haute House for the winter. Raymond Hall, a son of "Chicago" Frank Hall, former amusement promoter, is behind the counter at the Homestead Hotel at West Baden. Raymond was with the show last season. . . . Charles Cottrell, equestrian, injured in an auto smash-up, says he will be fit to take up training in proper time. George Pope, also injured in the same accident, is out and around. Charles Olesen, harness expert, has returned from a week with friends at Kokomo, Ind. Billboard, January 19, 1918, pp. 28, 30.

    Terre Haute, Ind., Jan. 26. Crawford Fairbanks, one of the largest stockholders of the Hagenbeck-Wallace Circus, has turned over his residence to the Red Cross. Mr. Fairbanks is now at his winter home in Miami, Fla. Billboard, February 2, 1918, p. 30.

    Dr. E. Partello, physician of the Hagenbeck-Wallace Circus, is in Shreverport, La., at the Charity Hospital. He will be in Shreveport till the H-W Show opens. Fred Egner, clown of the Hagenbeck-Wallace Circus, is at his home in Brazil, Ind. George Buskirk, of the ticket department of the Hagenbeck-Wallace Circus, is a day clerk at Terre Haute (Ind.) House. Billboard, February 9, 1918, pp. 30, 31.

    The Hagenbeck-Wallace Circus will allow its advertising men fifty cents for meals, not only the case this year, but all the time, according to the management. Fred Gollmar, veteran contractor, has been signed to be railroad contractor of the Hagenbeck-Wallace Circus this season. The deal was closed by Mr. Ballard at Chicago. Billboard, March 2, 1918, pp. 33, 62.

    Diericks Brothers, the herculean athletes, will again be with the Hagenbeck-Wallace Circus, their fourth season. Billboard, March 16, 1918, p. 29.

    The Hagenbeck-Wallace Circus will invade the East and Edward Arlington has been engaged to direct the campaign. Edward M. Ballard is owner of the Hagenbeck-Wallace Circus. . . . Robert Cottrell is now a student at the Valparaiso (Ind.) University, taking a commercial law course. He was on the show three seasons. Emma Donovan has returned to the quarters and taken up her duties as wardrobe mistress. She is assisted by two sisters, Mrs. Curtis and Mrs. Brown. George Brown, master of transportation is getting his cars in condition. Ernest Grosclose, of Indianapolis, Ind., will again operate a ground eat and candy privilege. Doc Spring will abe along with the bunch. W. H. Curtis will have three of his spool wagons for taking care of the tops on the show this season. "Waxy" Oleson, harness expert, has his work well in hand. "Camp Fire" Johnny Mitchell is his assistant. Al Curtis is with Harry Higgins' cookhouse bunch. Joe Brothers will again be seen around the horse tents. "Flamo" Riley and Will Green are with George Brown's car repair force. Orin Stevens, oldtimer from Ohio, will again have the commissary wagon. . . . - W. J. Prow. Billboard, March 23, 1918, pp. 64, 190.

    The McDhu Sisters, aerial ballet act, and Virgil L. Barnette, menage rider, will be with the Hagenbeck-Wallace Circus. George Baker and Eddie Devoe, clowns, have new material for their season with Hagenbeck-Wallace. The Ward Family, aerial act, will again be a feature of the Hagenbeck Show. Harry Wurtz, brother of Chad Wurtz, will have charge of the inside tickets with Hagenbeck-Wallace. Billboard, March 30, 1918, pp. 29, 31.

    Carl Hagenbeck-Wallace Circus. Carl Hagenbeck-Wallace Circus Co., proprietors; Charles A. Gollmar, manager; Harry Sarig, secretary; L. H. Heckman, general agent; Fred A. Gollmar, R. R. contractor; D. F. Lynch, local contractor; Palmer Robinson, special agent; Floyd King, general press representative; H. C. Adams, contracting press agent; A. B. Jones, press agent back with show; Bud Gorman, equestrian director; Wm. Curtis, general supt.; Geo. Brown, trainmaster; Jas. Connors, boss hostler; Fred Seymour, supt. commissary dept.; G. H. Williamson, supt. props; C. A. Pheeney and Al Hoffman, 24-hour agents; J. W. Nedrow, manager car No. 1; Gus Gustafson, manager car No. 2; Bert Wheeler, brigade manager; Billy Hopkins, checker-up; Ed C. McCufferty, legal adjuster; Bert Cole, announcer. Billboard, March 30, 1918, p. 64.

    Major George A. Gagg, who represents the Fairbanks interests with the Hagenbeck-Wallace Shows, has been commandeered for war work. Billboard, April 6, 1918, p. 30.

    Hagenbeck-Wallace Show. Fred Seymour will go out for his second season as steward. Fred is the inventor of a vapor gasoline range, which is practical and time-saving, especially adapted for use on the lot. Mary Sarig is secretary. The Cottrell-Powell Troupe (equestrians) will presesent new features. "Parson" Waddell will again be on the show. Henry Apples, last season with the Patterson Show, will look after the ring stock. "Blackie" Williamson, superintendent of props., has Sig Steinhauser as his assistant. . . . W. J. Prow.   Floyd King and George Atkinson, who operated the Eastern company of John T. Fisher's musical show, Oh, Johnny, Oh, all of last season, have made arrangements to take out the piece next season. King was in Cincinnati last week, starting his sixth season with the Hagenbeck-Wallace Show as general press representative. Although sixty-five years old, C. J. Canterbury, the BB bass player, is going to troupe again, having been engaged with the Hagenbeck-Wallace band. He traveled with the Adam Forepaugh Show, both overland and by rail. E. S. McCafferty, legal adjuster with the Hagenbeck-Wallace Show, also managed the dining car the last two seasons with that circus. A lunch and dining car, with hot coffee the feature, will be with this show. Orrin Stevens, whose home is in Hillsboro, O., will again have the commissary wagon with Hagenbeck-Wallace. Harry Hill will handle the Wild West concert with Hagenbeck-Wallace Circus. Billboard, April 20, 1918, pp. 27, 28, 30, 31.

    The publicity department of the Carl Hagenbeck-Wallace Circus has been augmented by the addition of William C. Thompson, press representative. He will work in advance with Floyd King. Mr. Thompson was the press agent for the New York Hippodrome during the entire Thompson and Dundy regime, and later was with Barnum & Bailey and the Fox and Metro picture corporation. Virgil L. Barnett has returned to the Hagenbeck-Wallace Circus after an absence of thirteen years. Billboard, May 4, 1918, pp. 28, 29.

    Roster, advance car No. 1, Hagenbeck-Wallace Circus: J. W. Nedrow, manager; Floyd King, press agent; H. C. Adams, program solicitor; Pat Langan, boss billposter; C. A. Malm [Maim?], George West, H. H. Matson, Lou Hauser, C. E. Baird, George Upton, John Maxim, Jas. Fowlie, C. Friedenberger, Walter Ray, Frank Powers, H. C. Lee, Earl McGuire, Frank Foster, billposters; Ike Hauser, Max Fletcher, J. Stewart, lithographers; M. E. Marlowe, programmer; Harry Miller (always with it). Billboard, May 11, 1918, p. 44.

    Barney Harkin, tattooed man, and his wife, Viola, snake enchantress, are once again with the Hagenbeck-Wallace Circus. Billboard, May 18, 1918, p. 31.

    Hagenbeck-Wallace Circus. Harry LaPearl writes: In Beaver Falls, Pa., Herman Linzen did his fall from his tables and got a bad buster, but is back on the job now. Canton, O. is the home town of Rosa Rosalind, who turns a somersault from one horse to another, whose right name is Mrs. Meyers. . . . Billboard, June 1, 1918, p. 27.

    Hagenbeck-Wallace Circus. . . . Visitors at Pawtucket were the Eight Corn-Cob Cutups, playing vaudeville there at the time. The "cutups" are the Three Hart Brothers (Tom Everett, and Billy), Shorty Pierre, Spader Johnson, Kid Kennard, Bill McStay, Phil Keeler - all clowns. Doc Stoddard joined the show recently and is making them laugh. The clown band is a big feature. The Aerial Wards are doing some aerial act. W. C. Thompson and Floyd King are doing great press work. Mr. Edward Ballard is with the show permanently. The Clown's Club is preparing an outing. The officers are: President, Harry LaPearl; secretary, George Baker; treasurer, Art Adair. - Harry LaPearl. Billboard, June 8, 1918, p. 28.

    On car No. 2 of the Hagenbeck-Wallace Circus: Gus Gustafson, manager; Will Jack, boss billposter; "Pig Iron" John Hayes, assistant; John Kissle, Jack Bell, Neil Watson, Claude Smith, billposters; Edward Haggerty, lithos; J. B. Perkins, banner squarer; George Edmonds, A. Amett, Ed Jennings, H. Humes, Robert Brandgan, porter; Hank LaChance, programs. Billboard, June 8, 1918, p. 65.

    Billie Sommers and Myrle Bohnan, both of the Flying Wards act with Hagenbeck-Wallace, were married while the show was in Glen Falls. The clown band played the wedding march. Billboard, June 15, 1918, p. 27.

    Hagenbeck-Wallace notes. Business was good at Newark, N.Y. Mrs. Bert Cole joined there for a few days' visit. She is noted for her clever work at Tiny, in Tango Shoes. Slim Randall and "Brownie" are serving good things to eat in car No. 15. At Lockport, N.Y., George Baker was again called to New York on account of his wife's illness. Gus Werner, who was "chewed up" by a tiger last season, is back on the hsow, taking care of the back door. Contrell-Powell's trained horses and ponies are making a hit. At Toledo Henry Stanz did his Old Lady Guy. He is known as The Millionaire Clown. - Harry LaPearl. Billboard, June 22, 1918, p. 27.

    Ed Quick, last season with the John Robinson Show as lithographer, joined the No. 1 advertising car of the Hagenbeck-Wallace Show at Owatonna, Minn., June 10, in the same capacity. Billboard, June 29, 1918, p. 27.

Hagenbeck-Wallace Train Wreck, see Billboard, June 29, 1918, pp. 3, 85, 88, 89; Billboard, July 6, 1918, pp. 3, 54, 55, 56, 57.

    Hagenbeck-Wallace Notes. . . . Chas. A. Flemn, known as "Shorty," the little Hebrew comedian who worked in the Wild West concert for the past two seasons, has left to join Peck's Bad Boy Company. Mrs. Gene Reid Sater his making a hit with her saxophone solo. Besides this she plays the calliope in the parade and plays the factory whistle piano in the big band, which is led by J. E. Betz. Frank Crowther recently joined the band to play trombone. Some of the performers who have joined recently are Brengk's Statues, Pete Aronsen and wife, the DeKock Troupe and Earnie LeDoux. - Harry LaPearl. Billboard, July 13, 1918, pp. 24, 56.

    Hagenbeck-Wallace Notes. Phil King is cutting up with the rest of the "cutups." "Blackie" Williams is back with the show as boss property man. Bill Curtis is boss canvasman. The Flying Wards are also back on the show. . . . and Roscoe Goodwyn is back doing his contortion act and clowning. Billboard, July 20, 1918, p. 24.

    Kankakee, Ill., Aug. 24. Probably the first instance this season of a railroad taking advantage of the war clause in its contract with a circus, by which circus movements are deferred to permit the movement of troop trains or war supplies, occurred last week when the Pennsylvania R. R., on twenty-four hour notice, refused to haul the Hagenbeck-Wallace Circus from Aurora, Ill., where the circus played August 17, to Hammond, Ind., where the circus was billed to exhibit, and which date it was forced to cancel. At that time it looked like the circus would lose the entire week of the 19th, as several of the runs were on the Pennsylvania. In that event the show would have been compelled to move direct from Aurora to this city, where it is showing today. Fortunately, the Pennsylvania consented to ___ the show Tuesday, and moved it to Logansport, but too late for a parade or an afternoon performance, while the night business was hurt by a threatening storm. The was the second time this season the Hagenbeck-Wallace Circus canceled Hammond, the first when one section of the circus train was wrecked near Gary, Ind. Billboard, August 31, 1918, pp. 3, 71.

    Roster of advertising car No. 1 with Hagenbeck-Wallace Circus: J. W. Nedrow, manager; Floyd King, press representative; H. C. Adams, advertising representative; Walter Ray, boss billposter; Geo. West, ___ Matson, Dave Berkely, Geo. Orth, Geo. Gaynor, Elmer George, Ed Baird, Louis Houser and Dewey Rogers, billposters; C. Friedenberg, head lithographer; Ed Quick, J. Martin and Frank Owens, assistant lithographers; C. Marlowe, head programmer; F. Holton, assistant programmer; Harry Miller, master of transportation (29th season). The car float a service flag containing 14 stars, which represents the members of the advertising department of the show who are now in the service of the army in France. Four more members of this car expect to report for army service soon. - Walter Ray. Billboard, August 31, 1918, p. 26.

    Ernest Thompson, of Ernest and Mazie Thompson's bag punching act with the Hagenbeck-Wallace Circus, has been called to the colors and ordered to report at Camp Sherman, Chillicoth, O. Mrs. Thompson will play vaudeville with her single act. Billboard, August 31, 1918, p. 27.

    Ray M. Brydon, ticket seller with Hagenbeck-Wallace, where he worked in company with Harry Wertz (formerly of the Gollmar Bros. Shows). Brydon left the show June 4 at Burlington, Vt., and enlisted in the Shipping Service. His first voyage was on the Hwah-jah (Chinese, meaning "First Ship"), being the first vessel turned out under contract for the United States by China. Billboard, September 7, 1918, p. 24.

    Negotiations were concluded last week whereby Hagenbeck-Wallace Circus will play a two weeks' engagement on the Lake Front in Chicago for the benefit of the Stage Women's War Relief. The circus will change its route at Indianapolis, where it shows September 18, jumping to Chicago, opening there September 29, continuing until October 5, when in all probability it will close for the season and ship to winter quarters at West Baden, Ind. Chas. O. Robinson, the cushion king of circus fame, is enroute to join the Hagenbeck-Wallace Shows. Ed Quick, for the past two months lithographer on the No. 1 car of the Hagenbeck-Wallace Shows has been drafted and is now at home in Elgin, Ill. Billboard, September 14, 1918, pp. 3, 54, 55.

    Chicago, Sept. 28. Owing to the extreme cold weather of the past week and the effect on attendance, the Hagenbeck-Wallace Circus showing at Grant Park, will close September 29, and go into winter quarters at West Baden, Ind., with the exception of the animals, practically all of which will be left here to form a menagerie for the Chicago Permanent Exposition which opens about the first of the year. Harry LaPearl has had a special act written, entitled Circus Days, in which his special clown numbers will be featured. Billboard, October 5, 1918, pp. 26, 56.

    Floyd King, who finished his sixth season as general press representative for the Hagenbeck-Wallace Circus, September 30, was in New York arranging business matters before leaving for his home in Memphis, Tenn. King, in conjunction with George Atkinson, a former circus agent, will again have on the road John T. Fisher's musical comedy success, Oh, Johnny, Oh, of which they are the lessees and managers. Dr. J. B. Dossett, late of Hagenbeck-Wallace Shows, and Lillian Bronson, nonprofessional, were married at Dayton, O., September 13. Al Faulk and wife (Texas Babe) and Master Harold Hays, this season with Harry Hill's Wild West concert with the Hagenbeck-Wallace Shows, left Chicago at the close of that attraction and will retire to their home in Cincinnati for the winter. Billboard, October 12, 1918, pp. 5, 24, 27.

    Receiver's Sale. By order of the Orange Circuit Court of Orange County, Indiana, the receiver of the Carl Hagenbeck and Great Wallace Show Company will offer for sale at private sale at the French Lick Spring Hotel, at French Lick, Indiana, December 28, 1918, the entire personal property belonging to said show company. 1. The goodwill and trade name of the Carl Hagenbeck and Great Wallace Show Company; railroad rolling stock and equipment; horses and ponies; harness; wild and exhibition animals; all other property. Among the property to be sold are twenty-five flat cars, twelve stock cars, two advertising cars, one store car, eight sleeping coaches, one private coach, eighty heavy horses, thirty-nine ring horses, forty-five ponies, ten elephants, six camels, five hybrid zebras, six lions, five male and one female; two male tigers, one hippopotamus, two Russian bears, one male and one female; four Polar bears, two male and two female; two buffaloes, two ostriches, six monkeys, thirty-six parade wagons, including twnety-one wild animal cages; fifty-five baggage wagons, three canvas spool wagons, two pole wagons, two stake drivers, two dynamo lighting plants, one complete gasoline lighting system, two forty-five horse power Knox tractors, one patented gasoline cooking system, one complete set of poles, blocks and seats; harness for 220 head of horses. . . . Billboard, December 7, 1918, p. 26.

• An article on the 1918 Hagenbeck-Wallace show is in Bandwagon, May-June, 1989, Vol. 33, No. 3, pp. 4-12.

1919:

    A surprise was sprung in the circus world Saturday, when at a receiver's sale, held at French Lick, Ind., the Hagenbeck-Wallace Circus passed into the hands of Jerry Mugivan and Bert Bowers, owners of the John Robinson Circus and the Howe Great London Shows. The price paid by Mugivan & Bowers, it is understood, was $35,100, and it is the general opinion that these showmen secured a bargain. The second highest bid was that of John Ringling. No bid was made by Ed Ballarad, former owner of the majority of the stock in the circus corporation. The Carl Hagenbeck and Great Wallace Show Company, which operated the circus, was put in the hands of a receiver, John R. Ward, several months ago, and the announcement made that the property would be sold. At that time the opinion seemed to obtain among circus people that Mr. Ballard or some of the other stockholders would bid in the show, but it was generally understood by Mr. Ballard's friends that he would retire from the circus business, which took up a large part of his time, and devote himself entirely to his large hotel and other interests.
    No statement has been made by Mugivan & Bowers as to their plans for the Hagenbeck-Wallace Circus. The circus was sold in its entirety, goodwill and trade name, and property. The Carl Hagenbeck Great Wallace Show Co., Inc., bought the circus from Ben Wallace, of Peru, Ind. After the first few years Mr. Ballard bought out the interests of the late John B. Warren, the late Charles Hagaman, John Talbott and H. L. Harrison, and when Charles Corey retired from the management of the show, Mr. Ballard took over his interests also, Crawford Fairbanks, of Terre Haute, remaining with Ballard as the only member of the original group of stockholders. The Hagenbeck-Wallace has had more than its share of bad luck the past few seasons, culminating in the disastrous wreck near Gary, Ind., last June. Mr. Ballard, in the few years in the business, showed an aptitude for the show business, and overcame difficulties that would have daunted the courage of the most experience. Jerry Mugivan and Bert Bowers, with the acquisition of the Hagenbeck-Wallace Circus, they are second only to the Ringling Brothers in this field. Billboard, January 4, 1919, p. 3.

    W. A. Kleinpeter writes: "We have just signed contracts for the season with the Hagenbeck-Wallace Circus. I will be in clown alley and the Missus in statues. Second season with H.-W. Billboard, February 8, 1919, p. 29.

    Columbus, O., Feb. 8. Incorporation papers for the John Robinson Shows and the Hagenbeck-Wallace Shows were filed here January 30 by Attorney Michael Muller, of Cincinnati, acting for Jerry Mugivan and Bert Bowers, owners of the show. Each enterprise is incorporated for $100,000. Billboard, February 15, 1919, p. 30.

    "Shanty" Webber will take charge of the chandeliers with Hagenbeck-Wallace Show the coming season. Billboard, February 15, 1919, p. 31.

    Frank and Mrs. Levine will be with the Hagenbeck-Wallace Show the coming season. Frank having given up riding because of an injured knee, will sell tickets, while she will be connected with the sideshow. Billboard, February 22, 1919, p. 31.

    Bert Cole will resume his duties of announcer with the Hagenbeck-Wallace Circus, his nineteenth successive season that he has held that position. Bobby Sturgill, of Waverly, O., cornet player last season with the Ringling Show, will hold down second chair in the Hagenback-Wallace band the coming season. Billboard, April 26, 1919, pp. 36, 37.

    The Hagenbeck-Wallace Circus and the John Robinson Circus began their season April 26, the former at West Baden, Ind., and the latter at Peru, Ind. The Hagenbeck-Wallace official opening takes place at Cincinnati for two days, the show appearing in Norwood the second day. The train of twenty-eight cars are painted a dark orange, with brown trimmings and gold and white lettering. The entire train is lighted by electricity. Manager Bert Bowers, with superintendent w. H. (Bill) Curtiss and Louis D. Thilman gave personal attention getting the show in shape since it came under his and Jerry Mugivan's control last fall. Bud Gorman is back at his old post of equestrian director. Another old standby is Bert Cole, announcer and advertising solicitor.
    Following the grand tournament, the performance started with a statue number, Miss Malone, Miss Latell and Miss White in Ring 1 and the Leach Sisters and Miss Bell, Ring 3. Display No. 3, Emil Schwyer in arena, tiger riding an elephant, closing with the tiger jumping through a hoop of fire. Display No. 4, Four small elephants in Ring 1 worked by William Emery and four big ones worked by John Fuller in Ring 3. No. 5, Emil Schwyer worked an equestrian lion riding a horse. No. 6, the Morales Troupe (Mexicans) with a hair slide by a little girl, teeth slide by another girl, head slide by a man and foot slide by another girl. No. 7, Emil Schwyer working a group of six lions. Cowboys and cowgirls on the track with Bert Cole making the announcement on the Wild West concert. No. 8, Aerial acts and high perch; Ring 1, Gene and Mary Enos, perch; Ring 3, Freehand and Aronson, perch; over track, Miss Ryan, swinging ladder, Miss Leroy, flying rings, Miss White, single trapeze, Morales Sisters, flying ladder. No. 9, Ring 1 Miss Malone and Mr. Lindsay, contortion; Ring 2, Mr. Goodwin, frog contortionist; Ring 3, the Cranes, barrel jumping. No. 10, ladies and gents' riding acts; Ring 1, Miss Meers; Ring 1, Charley Rooney; Ring 3, Miss Hodgini. The clown band in Ring 2. No. 11, wire acts; the Avallons in center ring; the Leroy Troupe in ring one and the Latells in ring three. Clowning on the track. No. 12, equestrian act with Miss Cottrell in the center with her trick pony, La Belle Clark in ring one with high school and dove flying act and John Fuller in ring three with equine tricks. No. 13, center ring, Max Freeman on a pedestal, hand balancing act; Billy Waite, of the Australian Waites, boomerang throwing act in ring one, with Mary Enos, globe act, in ring three. The Morales did their casting act in this number. No. 14, menage acts, with Charles Rooney and Miss White in ring one; John Fuller and Mrs. Bell in center ring, and Mr. Ledoux with Miss Malone in ring three. On the track Gladys Gorman in high-class buggy act, with Harry Hill and John McCracken on the track and Bessie High doing steeple-chase and high hurdle jump. Clowning by Ikey Lewis with his hurdle jumping mule. No. 15, center ring, Australian Waites, whip cracking; ring one, Crane Troupe with Master Crane; ring three, the Avallons Troupe in acrobatics. No. 16, equestrian carrying act with the Cotrells in center ring; Miss Meers and mr. Ladous in ring one and Mr. and Mrs. Rooney in ring three. No. 17, aerial butterfly act with the two Leach Sisters in center ring, the Latell Trio in ring one and LeRoy Trio in ring three. No. 18, hippodrome races, with Champion and Kilnepeter in the opening event, a tandem race. Second event was a flat ract, with the Mesdames Hill, Bell and Faulk. The third event, jockey race, with Ambrose, Champion and Klinepeter. Fouth was standing Roman chariot race, with Ledoux and Davis. Fifth race, the Liberty race, by Klinepeter alone.
    Sideshow. Arthur Hoffman has charge of the annex. Attractions include La Rosa and Anita, novelty gun act, bird and monkey features; Jack Shadow (blind bag puncher) and Lester Bacon, the former punching ten bags and the latter seven, seventeen bags in motion at one time, closing with a musical novelty; Prof. Jackson's jazz band, presenting a company of fifteen jubilee singers and comedians; Miss Silva, snake enchantress, with five large reptiles; Baby Viola, 612 pounds, third season with the show; Hallon(?) Pengelly and wife, Hindoo magicians, featuring East Indian torture board; Sid Arcaris and daughter, sword manipulating and impalement act; also three platforms on which sit ladies in becoming costumes selling photos. In the rear of the annex top, behind a full proscenium is the Oriental department, presenting the following performers: Miss Caruso, Babe Delmore, Miss Belle and Miss Levine. The top is a seventy-two with two forties. The front consists of fourteen double-deck banners. the annex staff includes Arthur Hoffman, manager; Cal Towers, lecturer; Lou Delmore and Ed Bell, ticket sellers; Wm. Steel, ticket taker, and Bill O'Day, boss canvasman. Another outside attraction is Walter Rhodes' Spanish Extravaganza, Juanita. All announcers and ticket sellers with this exhibition are costumed in Spanish attire. The canvas consists of about a twenty-five by thirty-five top, under which Fred Poole, in costume, is featured in a pit of reptiles. Walter Rhodes, manager and announcer; Bennie Thilman, ticket taker; Paul Kramer and Rex Cox, ticket sellers. The Wild West concert is again in charge of Harry Hill. With Mr. Hill are his wife, Bessie Hill, Jack Wall, Johnny McCracken, Al Faulk, Mrs. Al Faulk (Texas Babe), Master Harold Hayes, Bill C. Davis, Jimmy Eicher, John Fuller, Miss Bell and Ike Lewin.
    In clown alley are Arthur Borella, Lon Moore, Danny Ryan, Joe Coyle, Jack Albion, Dan McAvoy, Fred Delmont, William Koplin, Abe Aronsen, W. A. Kleinpeter, Ernest White, Lloyd Short, Joe Ambrose, "Doc" Stoddard, Roxie Bovier, Jack Rees and Amos Lindsay. Staff and department heads: Hagenbeck-Wallace Shows Co., owners; Bert Bowers, manager; Bud Gorman, equestrian director; Bert Cole, announcer and advertising solicitor; Arthur Hoffman, manager sideshow; Harry Sarig, treasurer; Lou Thilman, purchasing agent; Dixie Van Valkenburg, press agent back with show. Advance: Ed C. Knupp, general agent and traffic director; L. H. Heckman, advertising agent; George Brubecker, checker-up; Charles Pheeney, contracting agent; All Hoffman, 24-hour man; Frank O'Donnell, general press representative; J. C. Donahue, manager car No. 1, with 24 men; Fred Bates, managr car No. 2, with 18 men. William (Bill) Curtis, superintendent; Billy Rabbie(?), bandmaster; George Stumpf, boss hostler; Shanty Webber, chandelier man; George Browne, trainmaster; William Emery, supt. elephants; Charley Davis, cookhouse; Pat Burke, supt. reserved seats; Ralph Woodward, ticket wagon; George Davis, supt. candy stands; Joe Coyle, mail agent. Billboard, May 3, 1919, pp. 3, 83.

    Hagenbeck-Wallace advertising car No. 1: J. C. Donohone, car manager; Col. West, boss billposter; Jack Lee, banner squarer; Phil York, boss lithographer; Fred Snyder, Chuck Locke, Homer Hill, Harry Crabtree, Wm. Josel, bannermen; Harry Stearns, George Bregman, Harry Price, lithographers; Stewart Steves, Wm. Jones, F. Vestor, R. Misshe, Frank Van Miller, E. Ellis, John Admice, billposters. Walter Davis, who had the banners, took sick and is in a hospital at Erie, Pa. Lester Mahafee left the No. 1 car at Pittsburg and went to Chicago. Billboard, May 17, 1919, p. 36.

    The system of lowering the circular drape about the statue acts with Hagenbeck-Wallace, instead of having them laboriously raised, seems a decided improvement, the black texture, when lowered, providing a fitting base to the picture. Billboard, May 17, 1919, p. 37.

    Frank Van Miller, who had been advanced from billposter of car No. 1 of the Hagenbeck-Wallace Circus to checker-up and brigade agent, has been promoted to manager of advertising car No. 2. He has twelve men on the car, including F. J. Burt, boss billposter; B. L. Darrow, lithographer; Jim Hay, W. J. Wedge, George Singleton, E. C. Monce, H. South, R. Karst, B. B. Johnson, billposters; F. F. Smith, programmer and porter; John Moore, chef. Jack Wall closed with Hagenbeck-Wallace at Lawrence, Kan., and is now working at the stock yards, Kansas City. Billboard, August 16, 1919, pp. 44, 46.

    The closing date of Hagenbeck-Wallace Circus will be November 18, at Jackson, Tenn. Up to that time the show will have traveled 14,699 miles. West Baden, Ind., will again be the winter quarters. Billboard, November 15, 1919, p. 58.

More on the 1919 Hagenbeck-Wallace show, see Billboard, 1919 - scroll down.

• An article on the 1919 Hagenbeck-Wallace show is in Bandwagon, March-April, 1990, Vol. 34, No. 2, pp. 18-23.

1920:

    Hagenbeck-Wallace Circus: Mugivan and Bowers, proprietors; Bert Bowers, manager; H. E. Sarig, auditor; Ed C. Knupp, general agent and railroad contractor; Frank Wright, press agent back with show; Arthur Hoffman, manager sideshow; George Connors, equestrian director; Wm. H. Curtis, general supt.; George Davis, supt. privileges; Dick Masters, musical director; M. T. Kirkendall, supt. reserved seat tickets; Wm. H. Curtis, supt. canvas; George Brown, trainmaster; George Stump, boss hostler and supt. stock; Pete Seibel, supt. commissary dept.; Shanty Weber, supt. lights; Chas. Brady, supt. props.; Bert Noyes, supt. elephants; F. J. Walton, boss carpenter; George Huber and Ed Keifer, blacksmiths; J. C. Donahue, manager advance car No. 1; Frank Miller, manager advance car No. 2; W. S. Kellogg and E. S. McCafferty, legal adjusters; Bert Cole, announcer; thirty-five cars. Billboard, March 20, 1920, p. 109.

• An article on the 1920 Hagenbeck-Wallace show is in Bandwagon, January-February, 1991, Vol. 35, No. 1, pp. 26-34.

1922: Article on the 1922 Hagenbeck-Wallace show is online in Bandwagon, Nov-Dec 1965.

1923:

Article on the 1923 Hagenbeck-Wallace show is online in Bandwagon, Jan-Feb 1966 (scroll down or use find).

    Tom Hart, the well-known clown, will again this coming season be seen in clown alley with the Hagenbeck-Wallace shows, where he was the past season. New York Clipper, February 7, 1923, p. 22.

    The Hagenbeck-Wallace Circus will open the coming season at Louisville, Ky., April 28. This circus features both trained wild animals and circus combined, and will introduce in both departments many novel acts. New York Clipper, February 14, 1923, p. 22.

1924:

Article on the 1924 Hagenbeck-Wallace Circus is online in Bandwagon, Sep-Oct 1966.

See a brief article on the performers with the 1924 show in White Tops, February-March, 1943, Vol 16, Nos. 3-4, p. 7.

1925:

    Dayton, O., May 2. The Hagenbeck-Wallace Circus will go down in circus annals at Dayton as the peppiest show ever seen here so far under canvas. Although showing in a downpour of rain day and night, slim audiences and bitter cold weather, the interior of the big top might have been a steam heated flat, so well did the various acts go over and the enthusiasm they aroused seemed to warm up the atmosphere. Danny Odum has a great show, a peach staff, first class animals, ring stock and circus performers who have really a "team" attitude, apparently free from petty professional jealousies, and that spells success for any organization. The Hagenbeck-Wallace Circus this season may be said to be at the zenith of its career in all ways, from front door to the pad room where equestrian director W. E. Wells reigns supreme.
    The performance started off with the first spectacle produced on the Hagenbeck-Wallace show. A very tastefully arranged and elaborately costumed lyrical production entitled "Arabia." It introduced practically the entire personnel of the show, some 600 who had evidently been rehearsed to perfection. Produced by George L. Meyers, the cast included Lulian Rogers, singing with the band, Edna Mason, Billy Button, Pauline Cohn and Frank C. Hughes, who makes a popular sheik. A word may well be given to the band leader, Edward Woeckner. He is the life of the whole organization and keeps them on their toes. Woeckner is an act in himself. Of oourae the spec, which is supposed to represent a holy war, ends by the sacrifice of a beautiful damsel to the beasts. The "lady" in question happens to be Clyde Beatty, who makes a very presentable Arabian flapper. He or "she" opens the circus proper in the arena with a mixed group of leopards, pumas, bears and hyenas, giving a most attractive performance, that brought on the Eugene Troupe on either side of the arena in some clever aerial horizontal bar work. Miss Billie Burton occupied the cage with her perfoirming polar bears, supported on either side by the Davenport Sisters, Lula and Victoria. Edward Wulff, son of the late Ed. Wulff, famous trainer of the Barnum and Bailey circus and J. Cavanagh, presenting the kicking football horses. Wulff has been training the high school and liberty horses for the past year.
    During the switching of animals the big swinging ladder act was put on, 16 clever girls doing aerial stunts, and the elephant walkaround, led by a trio representing the "Spirit of '76," the entire company animal and human actors pulling some clever comedy stunts, in which an elephant with a wooden leg was prominent. Pete Taylor, honored with a single poosition, presented a group of Bengal tigers and African male lions; 16 of the beasts were put through their paces in great shape, for Pete is a great showman. Kid Kinnard and his clown band entertained with some clown harmony — the "kid" showing himself a real comedian as were all the clowns, especially the following: The Earl Shipley Trio, Earl, Charlie and Billy; Kennard and Hart, "Kid" and "Bill"; Louie Plammondon, Joe Coyle, Minert B'Orio, D. D. Marra duo, Fred and "Doodles"; Charles "Chubby" Flemm, Jimmy Thomas, Roy "Mickey" McDonald, Curley Phillips, Johnny Moore, Tom Moffet, Wallace Cobb, Charlie Van Austen, Bob Horn. Ponies, riding dogs and monkeys, presented by Miss Ola Donovan and Jack Kavanagh then occupied the rings, with the riding lion and horse by Miss McCracken in the arena, while Captain and Rose Drako gave an exhibition with their high jumping greyhounds on the track. Rose Drako afterwards giving a clever trained Pomeranian dog act.
    Bobby Mack then occupied the center by himself with the largest group of tigers in one act in the country. Sixteen beautiful beasts were shown and grouped into a wonderful formation, Mack using just a plain driving whip when placing them. It was a remarkable exhibition of wild animal training. Five giant elephants were in one ring by Misses Gardner, Wells and Burton, and seven baby pachyderms in the other by Ola Donovan, Miss Webber and Miss Depuy. Boxing Kangaroos were presented on the track by Kid Kennard, Wallace Cobb, Charles Flemm and Bill Hart, all clever comedians from clown alley, while Earl Shipley did some clever solo stunts on the side. Two groups of 12 each, clever thoroughbreds, were exhibited by Edward Wulff and Ernest Sgumas, and the clowns did a liberty act all their own. Thirty dancing horses and 30 dancing girls then took the entire ring and track space and presented a wonderful menage number; then but eight remained to do some special equine dancing; then the number was cut down to John McCracken and Ola DsnoVan on "Maid of the Mist" and "Yellow Jacket," doing extraordinary stunts and a tango dance, and finally the act ended with Ola on "Yellow Jacket" parading the length of the track, the horse using only its hind feet, a really remarkable exhibition on part of both horse and rider.
    Orin Davenport and the Davenport Troupe were honored with the olio position, and these six artists gave a fine show. Orin is the bright star. The Ward-Kimball Troupe gave a great flying return act. Eight of the best aerialists in the country, including Jimmy Ward, who, in spite of a wrenched shoulder, pluckily kept up his end and gave a thrilling performance, including doubles and twists, worthy the best Ward traditions, making way for the usual fox hunt, which in this case was a real feature, the best we have seen so far, which brought on the high jumping horses, with the two special features, John and Ethel McCracken, with champion high and broad jumpers, that brought down the house. The usual races, flat, Roman standing, ponies and monkeys and the ever present clown and mule, the latter a clever jumper, too, brought the really great show to a finish. Not a moment had been wasted, not a "kick" could be registered. Two hours of the fastest circus numbers it has ever been our pleasure to witness were gone through by real showmen and show-women, and the Hagenbeck-Wallace circus under Dan Odum's management is entitled to the best patronage it ever had.
    Arthur Hoffman has a big galaxy of talent in the "kid" top. It is a real inside circus all by itself and contains many worth-while features. Among them may be mentioned the Kalaluhi Hawaiians, in good musical numbers; S. Montelango, Aztec Indian Chief; Rosita, in a clever novelty sword act; Virginia Ascaris, who astonishes all with her mind-readlng act; Jack Orr, tattooed marvel; the Brooks bag punchers extraordinary; Jolly Ethel, who only weighs 504 pounds and is but 19 years of age; J. P. Nelson, the little man with the big swords, and who swallows them; Peter Robinson, the world's thinnest thin man, together with the headliners of the whole organization, Mike and Ike, two of the greatest midgets ever exhibited. They box, dance, sing and act, are great entertainers and a credit to any side show in the world as well as one of the greatest of attractions. R. N. Jackson's orchestra and entertainers, numbering 18, and Princess Pontius, a female giant weighing 840 pounds, and 7 feet 4 1/2 inches in height, besides others, make up a real attraction, managed by a popular ahd experienced side show impresario and his capable assistant, G. K. Ringlin, who also lectures. Charles De Mont does the Punch and magic and shooting through a woman act. Bill Penny, of Penny's Wild West, has entire charge of the concert features, a wild west show of more than ordinary interest. All the worth-while stunts are pulled, the company including the following riders and ropers: Bill Penny, Chief Bald Eagle and 25 Sioux Indians, Johnnie. McCracken, Carl Bruce, Jack Kavanagh, Jack Bird, Charles Sweets, L. De Beau, Ethel McCracken and Mesdames, Carl Bruce, Jack Kavanagh, Jack Bird and Charles Sweets.
    The official roster: Dan Odum, manager; J. H. Adkins, assistant manager; J. C. Donohue, general agent; Ray B. Dean, press agent; car passenger agent, Frank Regan; Harry Sarig, treasurer; Ralph Woodward, auditor; W. R. Kellogg, legal adjuster; assistant, J. M. Grindon; Ed. Delevan, superintendent front door; Ed. Dowling, superintendent inside tickets; Capt. W. H. Curtis, superintendent of concessions. Variety, May 6, 1925, p. 54.

1926:

    Cincinnati. May 1. Lovers of a trained wild animal circus will consider themselves fortunate if they view the exhibition offered this season by the Hagenbeck-Wallace show. The outstanding feature is Clyde Beatty. In his early 20's, of manly build and face, Beatty displays equal amounts of fearlessness and polish. He is a Bogar, Dudack, Swyer, Helliott, Taylor and other trainers who preceded him in gaining fame under the Hagenbeck title rolled into one. A mixed group is his dish, and the bigger the better he likes it. He has his charges apparently in a hostile mood before he enters the arena. The frenzied pitch is heightened until he climaxes with a picture of a determined youth's glorious conquest. No parades are offered. The show has cut down from 30 to 24 cars. The band, under direction of Edward Woeckener, has been reduced to 16 pieces. Dan Odom is general manager; W. E. Wells, equestrian director; Bert Cole, announcer and banner man: W. R. Kellogg and Elmer Lingo, business department; Joe Coyle, producing clown; P. J. Staunton, side show manager. There are ten elephants, with Cheerful Gardner in charge.
    The big show program, which moves speedily, is in the following order: Grand entry. Football horses in rings one and three and clowns working on track. Liberty ponies in end rings and seven polar bears, by Capt. Bernardi, in arena. Orin and Orrie Davenport, equestrian acts, in end rings and clown numbers. Three elephants in each end ring and four elephants in center ring, worked by three girls. Davenport family, riding act, in center ring. Thirteen dancing horses, ridden by girls. Flying Ward-Kimball Troupe, eight men and women, on return trapeze. English fox hunt. Jumping horses. Clyde Beatty, working 14 lions and three tigers. Clown band, directed by Arthur Borella. Marcel Repert, balancing on a bicycle on a small platform, 20 feet high, and as many black liberty horses in opposite ring worked by Hertha Kloska. Robert McPherson, in nrena, with 14 tigers. Clowns on hippodrome track. Eugene Brothers, comedy bar acts, above end rings. Four men in each act. Twelve girls on swinging ladders. Twelve sorrel liberty horses in ring one, worked by Ernest Kioska. Clyde Beatty, in arena, working three leopards, two pumas, two lions, four bears and three hyenas. Constance Webber, programed as "America's champion lady rider." Liberty horse race, jockey race and Roman standing race. The animal acts of Bernardi and McPherson drew close attention and much applause when reviewed. As fast, daring and funny as ever is the work of the Davenports on the resin backs. Heavy applause on each presentation. The Kloskas work the liberty horses in amazing fashion and were warmly received.
    Refreshing, indeed, is the work of the clowns, with not a few new and nifty walkarounds. In this contingent, besides Coyle and Borella, are Earl Shipley, Three Hardigg Brothers, Mickie McDonnell, Joe Short, Fred DeMarr and wife, Alva Evans, Jack Bennett, Jack Harris, Curley Phillips, Charlie Weber, Charlie Clein and M. Catlett. Wild Bill Penny has charge of the Wild West concert, members of which are Charlie and Georgie Sweet, William and Estella Kaffner, Bessie Hirser, Edith Cooper, George and Mrs. Bennett, Ray Wells, Lefty Christian, Hank Linton and 13 Sioux Indians, headed by Chief Big Bear. The veteran Doc Waddell is entrusted with the cares of press agent back with the show. His efforts here evidence that space grabbers of a younger day will have to step fast to keep up with him. Variety, May 5, 1926, p. 50.

1927:

    The Hagenbeck-Wallace Circus packed their big tents this afternoon. New this year are the rare giraffes and hippopotamus. The show program opened with the spectacle called "The Geisha," an oriental conception of song, music and dances, blended with oriental costumes and a battery of ever changing lights. Clyde Beatty, a youngster, was the trill of the day as he subjugates twenty-five tigers and lions. The "Famous Davenports" are riders of excellent skill. The Ward-Kimball Troupe of aerialist, fly thru space like birds. Martin Sisters, Ellerts [sic] Sisters, give real thrills. There are seals and seal lions, beautiful girls on swinging ladders, elephants, camels, lions, tigers, black panthers, zebras, all trained to perfection. Liberty horses, and an array of circus acts and stunts. Closing with a spectacle called "Glittering Glory," including races and fox hunt. Davenport Democrat and Leader (Davenport, IA), July 1, 1927, p. 15.

1933: An article on the 1933 Hagenbeck-Wallace Circus is online in Bandwagon, Nov-Dec 1963 (scroll down or use find).

• An article on the 1934 Hagenbeck-Wallace show is in Bandwagon, November-December, 1984, Vol. 28, No. 6, pp. 36-45.

1934:

    Clown alley for 1934 consisted of Billy Rice, Alfred Neyman, Dick Pinckney, Jean Baptiste, Joe Lewis, Arthur Borella, Jimmy Davidson, Paul Jerome, Horace Laird, Louis Plamadon, Fred Delmont, Otto Griebling, Paul Jung, Jim White, Abe Rodemaker, Allan Muller, Grimaldi Stevens, Slivers Patterson, Buster Marsh, Bert Wilson, Lucio Sparta, Johnny August and Joe Marino. Southern Sawdust, No. 94, February, 1978, p. 34.

1935:

    Show covered 20 States, making 148 stops with six in Connecticut, nine in Illinois, one in Indiana, nine in Iowa, six in Kansas, six in Kent, two in Maryland, eight in Massachusetts, one in Minnesota, one in Nebraska, three in New Hampshire, seven in New Jersey, seventeen in New York, eight in Ohio, one in Oklahoma, nineteen in Pennsylvania, one in South Dakota, thirty in Texas, six in West Virginia, and seven in Wisconsin. Bandwagon, August 15, 1945, Vol. 4, No. 4, p. 6.

    The show's title in 1935 was Hagenbeck-Wallace and Forepaugh-Sells. Alfred Cadonna was equestrian director. Acts included the Cristiani Troupe; Bert Nelson, lions and tigers; Victor Zacchini, cannon act; Flying Cadonnas; Flying Hills; Maria Rasputin. The show had 20 elephants. Southern Sawdust, No. 94, February, 1978, p. 19.

1937: An article on the show, 1937 route and staff is online in Bandwagon, October 1953 (scroll down).

The Carl Hagenbeck Trained Animal Show, large railroad show, toured the country for two seasons, 1905 and 1906. Following the close of 1906, this show was taken to Peru, Ind., and merged with the Great Wallace Shows (Col. B. E. Wallace, owner) and 1907 was the first year for Hagenbeck-Wallace Show. Mugivan and Bowers bought the circus in December 1918. John Ringling purchased same September 6, 1929. Final year for the circus was 1938. "Circus Changes of the Past," C. E. Duble, Note Sheet No. 5 (Circus Historical Society), November 16, 1942.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Hager's Paris Circus - 1878

    Performers of ability are wanted for Dr. Hager's Paris Circus, which is announced to take the road in May. Concert, candy stand and sideshow privileges are to rent. Address, Dr. A. W. Hager, Mt. Clemens, Mich. New York Clipper, February 9, 1878, pp. 367, 368.

    Dr. A. W. Hager informs us that the following people have been engaged to travel with his Paris Circus and Zoological Aggregation: Leopold and Gaston, Jennie and Albert Lawrence, Albert A. Hall, contortionist; Hardy and Long, acrobats, leapers, etc.; Profs. O. Hunt and Le Pere, balloon ascensionists; John Klotz, juggler; and Prof. Charles S. Share, with his Oswego Cornet Band. David Peitier [Pettier?] has secured the candy stand privilege. The propeller Macknaw has been chartered, and the show will exhibit in Marquette, Hancock, and other towns in Northern Michigans and on Lake Superior. The concern starts out in May. New York Clipper, March 23, 1878, p. 415.

    Leopold and Gaston inform us that they are not engaged with Dr. A. W. Hager for his Paris Circus and Zoological Aggregation. New York Clipper, March 30, 1878, p. 7.

    Dr. A. W. Hager states that Leopold and Gaston were engaged to travel with his Paris Circus, and sends us a contract signed by them. Their denial of this engagement would seem to indicate that they intend to break their contract. New York Clipper, April 6, 1878, p. 15.

    Dr. A. W. Hager's Paris Circus and Zoological Aggregation has been sent from Mt. Clemens, Mich., to East Tawas, where all the people engaged are requested to report by mail immediately. A Water Queen is wanted, and the sideshow and reserved seat privileges are advertised for sale. New York Clipper, April 27, 1878, p. 39.

    A. W. Hager's Parisian Circus collapsed in Duluth, Minn., during the past week. Dr. Hagar's Circus was to have arrived in Winnepeg, Manitoba, June 25, by flat boat, from Fargo, Dakota, to perform for one week. New York Clipper, July 6, 1878, p. 119.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Hagerty's Big Tent Show - 1914

    Hagerty's Big Tent Show. T. E. Hagerty, proprietor & manager; Mrss. Nellie Hagerty, treasurer & secretary; D. P. Weylong, general agent; H. H. Hagerty, supt. privileges; Happy Joe Cole, supt. canvas; M. T. Anderson, boss hostler; Mrs. Joe Cole, supt. commissary dept.; Homer Robins, supt. lights; Thos Moore, supt. props; (Pat) H. Murphy, supt. working crew. Show opens at Shirley, Indiana. Billboard, March 28, 1914, p. 48.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Haight & Chambers - 1866-68   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1866-68

1866:

    [Advertisement] Haight & Chamber's Colossal Circus and Equescutheatron! from New Orlean. The equestrian organization of 1866, complete in detail. Grand and effective beyond comparison. Dr. T. F. Chambers, general director. Mr. A. Haight, treasurer. W. B. Carroll, equestrian manager. W. M. Johnson, master of the ring. Prof. Britton, musical director. Messrs. Harriss, Fistler & Martin, advertisers. Will exhibit in Alton, Staturday June 2, 1866.
    When will be presented a series of spirited and attractive exhibition of feats, new, novel, brilliant and daring in horsemanship. Grand and coueageous in gymnasim. Animated and skillful in athletics, and supremely humorous in comicalities, by a troupe of artists un approachable in numbers, versatility, and proficiency of talents, among whom will be found M'lle Marie, "The Peerless Queen of the Arena," whose grace, style, elegance and intrepidity are beyond any rivalry, and in comparison to which, the efforts of all other female riders sink to insignificance. "There is but one Marie, and we never expect to look upon her like again." - N. O. Picayune. "Our city has gone Marie mad, nor is it to be wondered at, such grace, such skill, such witching horsemanship, we mean horsewomanship, is seen but once in a lifetime, and then never forgetten." - Southern Star, N. O. "To have witnessed the charming Marie, is to have seen all that is supremely graceful, elegant and skillful in equestrianism." - Mobile Times.
    Madame Wm. B. Carroll, Cynnia Seals and Fraulien Henrietta, with the following distinguished equestrians, gymnasts, athletes, hippodromatists, acrobats, pantomimists, comedians and clowns: Mr. Wm. B. Carroll, who as a two, four and six horse rider has no equal. Sig. G. Bliss, the only antipodeon of the age. Sig. Farranta, the most astonishing contortionist living. Mr. W. Naylor, the dashing equestrian. Mr. S. Rinehart, sensation leaper, and athlete extraordinary. Young Hurburt, the equestrian prodigy. Master Charles Bliss, the youthful Blondin. La Petite Willie (but six years old), the most daring and defiant boy-rider in the world. Mr. John Naylor, leaper and vaulter. Mr. W. Johnson, the gentlemanly maitre de cirque. Masters G. and A. Bliss, the acrobatic phenomena. Messrs. Walters, Manning, Wilson, Avernon, Utison, Seals, Robinson, Clark.
    The two most refined, scholarly and humorous wits of the age. The duo of modern touchstones, Sam. Lathrop and Ben. Maginley. A troupe of experienced auxiliaries. Inspiring music by the Champion Band, led by the renowned cornet soloist, Prof. Britton. Georgeous trappings, rich paraphernalia, and a stud of beautifully marked and thoroughly trained American, English and Arabian horses. All of which will appear at each entertainment within the monster marquee, which has been arranged with great regard to the comfort, ease and convenience of visitors.
    The afternoon exhibition will be inaugurated by a grand free exhibition, by Master Charles, the youthful equilibrist, who will make a grand ascension on a slender wire 300 feet long, from the ground to the top of the centre-pole, an altitude of seventy-five feet. Remember the exhibition is free to all, and will take place on the outside of the marquee at 2 o'clock precisely. Doors open in the evening at 7 o'clock, performance to commence at 8 o'clock. Admission 50 cents, children, 25 cents. [Note: Dan Castello's Circus' advertisement on the same page, to show in Alton on May 30.] Alton Telegraph (IL), May 25, 1866, n.p.n.

• 1866: online at:
Clipper, May 5,   Clipper, May 19,   Clipper, June 9 (scroll down)
Clipper, June 16,   Clipper, July 7,   Clipper, July 21 (scroll down)
Clipper, August 4,   Clipper, August 11,   Clipper, August 18 (scroll down)
Clipper, September 1,   Clipper, September 8,   Clipper, September 15 (scroll down)
Clipper, September 29,   Clipper, October 13,   Clipper, October 20 (scroll down)
Clipper, October 27,   Clipper, November 17,   Clipper, December 8 (scroll down)

1867:

    Haight & Chambers' Grand Colossal Circus is working its way up the river on a boat, and will show here on the 24th of July, the day after "French's" troupe exhibits. Mons. Guerin is in clover, as all the circuses must use his lot, which brings him in a few stamps, and free passes. Dubuque Daily Herald (IA), July 12, 1867, n.p.n.

    [Advertisement] Haight & Chambers' Colossal Circus and Ames' New Southern Menagerie. Newly equipped, complete in detail and combined for the traveling season of 1867, will give their initial exhibition at Davenport, on Tuesday, July 16th, 1867. Doors open at 1 and 7 p.. Admission to the whole combined show 50 cts. Children under ten years of age 25 cents. The above company will perform at Rock Island, on Monday, July 15th.
    Grand procession at 10 a.m. Grand aerial ascension by Mrs. Jennie Days, at 1 p.m. Presenting a series of entertainments replete in every feature. In the equestrian, gymnastic, athletic, and acrobatic delineations, only first class and popular artists. Among those who will appear at each exhibition are Madame Marie McCartee, Miss Nellie Day, Signorita Bonifante, the Miaco Brothers, Mr. Wm. Naylor, Mr. H. Bernard, Sig. Henrico Tibbs, Mr. Thos. Poland, Mr. Sam'l Hinds, Old Sam Lathrop, Mr. Tom Burgess, and a troupe of invincible tumblers.
    The zoological department is unusually large and complete, among which are Asiatic and African lions, tigers, leopards, panthers, pumas, kangaroos, bears, Maskin swine, ishneumans, ocelots, tapirs, gorillas, apes and monkeys, and a large display of beautiful plumaged birds, viz.: sacred white peacocks from Japan.
    A very beautiful feature will be the performance of Signorita Ella Eugene, in the dens of the lions and tigers, which she will enter at each exhibition, and by her unaccountable power reduce the savage monsters to abject and even active submission, presenting the astonishing of female intrepidity ever witnessed. In addition there will be introduced in the performance of trained, trick and dancing horses, monkeys and ponies, and laughable comicalities. Davenport Daily Gazette (IA), July 15, 1867, n.p.n.

• 1867: online at:
Clipper, January 12,   Clipper, January 19,   Clipper, March 16 (scroll down)
Clipper, March 23,   Clipper, April, no date,   Clipper, April 27 (scroll down)
Clipper, May 4,   Clipper, May 18,   Clipper, June 1 (scroll down)
Clipper, June 15,   Clipper, June 22,   Clipper, July 27 (scroll down)
Clipper, September 7,   Clipper, September 14,   Clipper, September 21 (scroll down)
Clipper, October 5,   Clipper, October 26,   Clipper, November 16 (scroll down)
Clipper, November 23,   Clipper, November 30,   Clipper, December 14 (scroll down)
Clipper, December 21 (scroll down)

1868:

    [Advertisement] Grand galla nights of Haight & Chamber's New Orleans Circus, Menagerie & Museum. Old time prices to a legitimate show. Return of old favorites. Thursday, Friday and Saturday, January 9, 10 and 11, 1868. Under the large and commodious marque, capable of seating comfortably twenty-four hundred persons. On the public square. Admission only fifty cents. Children twenty-five cents.
    This incomparably large and efficient company at each exhibition will appear in a selection of acts of the most attractive and novel characther. Firemen's foot race for a massive silver water set, pitcher, salvor, and goblets, Saturday evening, January 11. Doors open on Thursday evening at 6 1/2 p.m. On Friday and Saturday 2 and 7 1/2 p.m. [Note: Lake's Circus advertisement was on the same page, to show on January 8-10.] Galveston Daily News (TX), January 7, 1868, n.p.n.

    Houston Correspondence. Houston, January 13, 1868. Haight and Chambers' circus has come to grief; the sheriff of this county has seized all he could lay his hands on. Somebody or bodies lose a pile. Galveston Daily News (TX), January 15, 1868, n.p.n.

    The circus upon the old Tremont block, reinforced by the best performers of Haight & Chamber's exploded show, will continue another week in our city. The large tent of Lake's Circus was crowded last evening. Galveston Daily News (TX), January 16, 1868, n.p.n.

    Houston, January 15. Haight & Chamber's circus affairs are still wrapped in profound mystery. We are in hopes that someone who can, will enlighten our people as to this mystery; this much we will say for the circus company, that Houston has much to be thankful for to them, for on three occasions here, they set aside the proceeds of their entertainments to assist our people in building fences to keep cattle from roaming over the graves of our dear departed. Galveston Daily News (TX), January 17, 1868, p. 1.

    James Day, a young man lately connected with Haight & Chamber's circus, committed suicide by taking morphine at a boarding house on Postoffice street. It is stated that he proprietors of the circus owed him some $___ at the time of its disorganization, had despairing of ever getting the money due him, he committed the fatal act. Galveston Daily News (TX), January 23, 1868, n.p.n.

• 1868: online at:
Clipper, January 11,   Clipper, February 1,   Clipper, February 15 (scroll down)
Clipper, March 21 (scroll down)

• Information on the 1867 Haight & Chambers' Colossal Circus and Ames' Southern Menagerie is in Bandwagon, January-February, 1997, Vol. 41, No. 1, pp. 48-49.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Haight & DeHaven - 1865

    The Beaver Dam Citizen says the organization and training of a circus company in our city, is something of an event. They commence operations this week, breaking in and training ring horses &c. Th amphitheatre is a closely boarded up ring, about 40 feet wide and 12 to 20 feet high, covered with canvas - merely for the purposes of training and practice. The men, horses and equipment are gathering at the Clark House. The expect to be ready to start out by the first of April. [Note: Haight and DeHaven.] Janesville Daily Gazette (WI), February 7, 1865, n.p.n.

• Andrew Haight bought out DeHaven’s interest in October.

    [Advertisement] On Academy Square, for four days only, Friday, Saturday, Monday and Tuesday, December 1st, 2d, 4th and 5th. The Great United Circus. Andrew Haight, proprietor. Dr. T. F. Chambers, general agent. Will present a series of their performances, alike remarkable for brillancy of execution and skillful daring, enacted by the following distinguished artists:
    M'lle Marie, the most accomplished and beautiful equestrienne in the profession; Madam Carroll, M'lle D'Auley, Messrs. Carroll, Bordeau, Rinehart, W. Naylor, Carr, Rivers; Signor C. H. Bliss, who walks a ceiling like a common fly; J. Naylor, Rivers, Blood, Johnson, C. Bliss Jr., Manning, Hubert, Masters George, Albert, Charles and Willie the pet, a school of 18 invincible tumblers. Old Sam Lathrop, the Kentucky clown, and prime minister of wit and jesters, assisted by P. Seamon and L. Carey, and all the adjuncts. Full brass and string bands, thorough-bred horses, &c., &c., requisite of produce their spectacles in a style of unprecedented effect.
    A grand free exhibiton will be given daily at half-past one o'clock, in which Master Castello will ascend a single wire 300 feet long from the ground to the top of the centre-pole, 75 feet high, on the outside of the pavilion. Doors open at 1 and 6 p.m. Commence at 1 1/2 and 7 p.m. Admission, one dollar (specie), children fifty cents. Galveston Daily News (TX), December 2, 1865, n.p.n.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Haight & Co.'s Great Southern - 1874

    Wanted, people for A. Haight & Company's Great Southern Circus and Menagerie. Starting from Newnan, near Altlanta, Georgia, April 6(?). Address Haight & Co., Newman, Ga. [Advertisement] New York Clipper, March 14, 1874, pp. 395, 399.

    George Middleton of Haight & Co.'s Southern Circus is at the St. Charles Hotel. New York Clipper, March 21, 1874, p. 407.

    Mlle Jeannette, equestrienne, and W. H. Burdeau, stilt performer and clown, have been engaged for Haight's Southern Circus. New York Clipper, March 28, 1874, p. 415.

    For the Great Southern Menagerie and Circus, the following have been engaged: the Sebastian Family, Jennie Tournour, Henry Burdeau, Jeanette Armstrong, James Ward, Gus Shaw, and J. Riley. The show will give its first performance at Newnan, Ga., April 4. New York Clipper, April 4, 1874, p. 7.

    Haight's Great Southern Circus gave two performances at Atlanta, Ga., April 7, to full tents. Our correspondent, writing on April 8, says: "The circus world may look out for a bright particular star in a young man named Sanders. Haight picked him up about nine miles from Newman, Ga., where he was farming. At odd times this genius practiced gymnastic and acrobatic evolutions, and when he made his third appearance on sawdust, on the night of the 7th, he was acknowledged by all to be the best contortionist and tumbler in the company. Sanders is about 18 years old, and Georgia born and raised. New York Clipper, April 18, 1874, p. 23.

    Great Southern Menagerie, Museum, Aviary, Circus, Roman Hippodrome and Balloon Show. Proprietors, Haight & Co.; manager, George Middleton; general director, Andrew Haight; general agent, A. Scott; . . . master of horse, Wm. Ray. Clowns, James Ward, Happy Jack Lawton, Gus Shaw and W. H. Burdeau. Riders, Mlle. Jeannette Armstrong, James Ward, and others. Gymnasts, Scott Brothers and Jennie Turnour. . . . Proprietors of concert, D. M. Jarvis and O. P. Myers. Supt. of menagerie, John Steele. This show will travel by rail. [much unreadable text] New York Clipper, April 18, 1874, Supplement, n.p.n.

    T. W. Poland has seceded from the International Circus, and joined the Great Southern Museum, Menagerie and Circus at Chattanooga, Tenn., April 13, as equestrian director. J. D. Sweet of Kansas City has purchased the sideshow, concert and candy privileges. Romeo Sebastian and Mrs. Sebastian, riders, are with this show. New York Clipper, May 2, 1874, p. 39.

    Middleton & Co.'s Southern Show closed the season at Memphis, Tenn., on Aug. 22, because they were losing money, and the Southern prospects were poor. The property was shipped by steamer to Cincinnati, O., and they state through a card that all unsettled claims will be satisfactorily arranged by the treasurer. New York Clipper, September 5, 1874, p. 179.

    To Whom It May Concern. In the issue of The Clipper of Sept. 5, there appeared the following advertisement: Notice. We closed Southern show at Memphis, Tenn., Aug. 22. Cause, losing money, and Southern prospects poor. Shipped all property by steam to Cincinnait, for repairs and Winter quarters. Our treasurer will make a satisfactory settlement of all unsettled claims. Middleton & Co.
    This would imply that the proprietors of the Southern Show had acted in good faith and honorably to their employes. We, therefore, employes of said show, desire to state things as they were. The Southern Circus and Menagerie started from Newnan, Ga., during the month of April, 1874. One of the proprietors, Andrew J. Haight, engaged us to travel with said show. He (Haight) and George Middleton were the recognized owners of said circus and menagerie - so stated themselves to be, engaged the people connected with it, and never represented anyone else as being connected with the proprietorship of said show. The circus traveled through the States, doing a good business, and finally came to Memphis, Tenn. Here a number of us, who had been unable to procure any salary whatever during the season, after in vain requesting to be paid some money, put attachment upon said show. On Sunday evening Mr. Haight left for parts unknown, and on Monday George Middleton followed suit, and neither has since been heard of in Memphis. Now steps in a second party, Mr. Totten, who claims that the show belongs to certain parties in Cincinnati, Ohio; that Messrs. Haight & Middleton leased it from them at a stated amount. Party claiming show proved validity of ownership. The show was shipped to Cincinnati after giving bonds, etc. Now they, Haight & Co., would wish the world to imagine that they had closed owing to poor business, and were ready to settle accounts. Whey did they not settle in Memphis? Why did they put the show out of their hands? Was ever a more dishonorable transaction made? Throwing people, performers and band out of hotel(?), having to pay their bills or have their trunks seized? We were left in Memphis without friends or money, subsisting upon the charity of strangers. Let them deny these facts if they can. Mr. Walt(?) Shelby and E. W. Caldwell have thirty-nine attachments, amounting to $___ for work and labor. The Memphis and Little Rock R. R. has an attachment on said show for $250(?); J. D. Sweet for $1,500(?); George Mattison for $1,100(?), Scott A. Ryan for $___; Wm Way for $___. Now, who is your treasurer, and where are the claims to be settled? Answer, never - as Mr. Totten ___ the show in the U. S. Courts. It is unjust to the performers and workingmen of the so-called show. Mr. Henry ___, attorney-at-law, holds an attachement for the band against the show. . . . - Scott and Ryan, Wm. Way, John Reilly, Wm. Johnson, Tom Poland, and 30 Others. Memphis, Sept. _, 1874. [Advertisement] New York Clipper, September 19, 1874, p. 200.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Haight & Wooten Empire City Circus - 1871

Andrew Haight and T. Bowles Wooten organized the Empire City Circus in Atlanta, Georgia and made a successful tour in 1871. Billboard, January 14, 1911, p. 46.

Haight & Wooten joined other circuses and had a balloon ascension adjoining their circus pavilion in 1871. Prof. Reno was the "French aeronaut." Bandwagon, March-April, 1996, p. 25.

• Show listed in Chindahl's History of the Circus in America, 1871.

• Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1871, Andrew Haight and B. T. Wooten, owners.

Do you have information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Hall's Circus & Menagerie (J. J. Hall, 1837-38)

• Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1837

Do you have information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Hall, Nathans & Tufts New York Circus & Arena Co. (1839-1840)

• Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1839

Do you have information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Hall's Great Western - 1883

• Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1883

1883: Col. Hall's Great Western circus got out of Brenham $150 short. The colonel says he wishes he hadn't stopped there. Loredo Times (Laredo, TX), December 23, 1883, p. 1.

Do you have information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Col. George W. Hall's - 1883-84 (George W. Hall, Sr.)

• Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1884-1889, 1892-95, 1898-1902,1910, 1919-1920

1884:

    City News. Hall's circus, which has occupied the public square for a couple of weeks past, pulled up stakes night before last and left for Chicago on the Missouri-Pacific train yesterday afternoon. Galveston Daily News (Galveston, TX), January 7, 1884, n.p.n.

    Col. G. W. Hall's shows, which embraces equestrianism, menagerie, and the usual features of a circus under canvas, opened at the Stock Yards, corner of Root and Wallace streets on the 1st inst., and exhibits for four days. On May 5 it will remove to the corner of State and Thirty-ninth streets, where it will remain one week. Admission 15 cents, reserved seats 10 cents extra. The Lake Vindicator (Oak Park, IL), May 3, 1884, n.p.n.

    Hall's circus barely paid expenses in Muskogee. It had played here too many time. Our policemen politely informed them in the morning that no gambling would be permitted which cut off a large percentage of their profits, and the $50 license imposed by the Creek Nation took all their surplus cash, and they left thoroughly disgusted with our town. If they return with new attractions then we can assure them a good audience. Indian Journal (Muskogee, Indian Territory), May 8, 1884, n.p.n.

    [Advertisement] Col. G. W. Hall's Big United States and Great Eastern Circus, Museum and Menagerie. 2 large rings. Master Geo. Rehn, the boy with two living heads on one body. Romeo, the smallest elephants. Gillett Brothers. The only real live sloath. Black Bros. and their performing ponies. Mons. King, the man with the iron jaw, heavy weight lifting with his teeth. Tumblers, leapers, wild animals, trapeze performers, India rubber men or contortionists, horizontal bar performers, wire walkers, clowns among which is the only original Dude Clown. Visited Eau Claire last year, comes back again this year three times larger. Free high wire rope walking before each performance. Admission reduced from 50c to 25c. Children 10c. Will exhibit near the Gas House, June 25th and 26th. Eau Claire Daily Free Press (Eau Claire, WI), June 20, 1884, n.p.n.

• Information on "Popcorn" George W. Hall's career and his circuses is in Bandwagon, January-February, 1970, pp. 15-19. These include Hall & Bingley's, McFlinn & Hall's

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Hall & Bingley - 1888 (G. W. Hall, Sr. & C. H. Bingley)

1888:

    Hall & Bingley's circus and menagrie reached town Sunday. While the outside show is not remarkable the inside performance is satisfactory. Waukesha Republican Freeman (Waukesha, WI), July 16, 1888, n.p.n.

    Roster of G. W. Hall's Circus & Bingley's English Menagerie: Col. George W. Hall, proprietor; C. H. Bingley, manager; A. S. Kohland, treasurer; Chas. Stevens, assistant; H. Stevens, agent; Ed. Guthrie, director. Performers: J. J. Lamora . . . Harry Harrison, Mead Werntz, the Akron Bros., Mons. Loranto, Somers and Wilson, Fields adn Donnelly, Prof. Harry Mohn, the Woods Bros., Henry Kell, Fitzgerald and Crowell, Jas. Scott, Dell Werntz, Minnie Decker, Nannie Woods, Lulu Loranto, the Brown Sisters and Sig. Bastino. New York Clipper, July 10, 1888, p. 281.

    H. W. Link has joined Hall's Circus and Bingley's Menagerie for the season as contracting agent. New York Clipper, July 12, 1888, p. 299.

1889:

    On Thursday, March 28th, the effects of the Hall & Bingley show will be sold at public outcry. The order was granted yesterday by the superior court for the sale. The list embraces a sleeping car, two flats and two stock cars, a band wagon, seven cross cages, one property wagon, a large 100 foot tent, a sixty foot tent, two sideshow tents, a dressing room, seats, chandeliers, pole and other paraphernalia; a stake and chain wagon, two pole and one jack wagon, four camels, two African and two Mexican lionesses, two monkeys, two wild cats, a hyena, a jaguar, a gazelle, a black deer, with eleven head of horses, wardrobe, drums, cymbals and band uniforms. All property is to be sold for cash, and if the proper buyers are presesnt will probably realize sufficient to pay off the debts of the concern. The actors are scattered about over town, giving cheap shows until they can settle the suits and get away. Atlanta Constitution (Atlanta, GA), March 24, 1889, p. 11.

    Atlanta, Georgia. The sale of Hall & Bingley's Circus. The show was purchased by two Atlantians. The menagerie has been presented to the city to help establish a zoo at Grant's Park. New York Clipper, April 6, 1889, p. 57.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

McFlinn & Hall; Hall & McFlinn (1889-1891, 1896-97, G. W. Hall, Sr. & Sam McFlinn)

• See McFlinn & Hall.

• Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1889-1891)

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

George W. Hall Jr.'s - 1891, 1893-94, 1900 (1894-1903, 1905-09, 1911-12)

• Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1894-1903, 1905-1912

1891:

    Wanted for Hall, Hammond & Winship's(?) Great Double Shows, Museum and Trained Animal Exhibition. People in all branches of the circus biz. do two or more acts. Musicians that do concert turns. Curiosities for sideshow, etc. Wagon show, no fares advanced. Reserved seat, candy stand and other privileges for rent. Address G. W. Hall Jr., general manager, Evansville, Wis. New York Clipper, February 7, 1891, p. 763.
    . . . Hall, Hammond & Winship's(?) Great Double Shows . . . Among the museum(?) attractions are Prof. Hall, with his school of trained animals; Master Frankie Hall(?), with his den of performing snakes and crocodiles; Little Grace Hall, illusionist; Prof. Champion, Punch and Judy, and ventriloquist. The show goes by wagons, and carries thirty-five(?) head of horses. . . . New York Clipper, March 14, 1891, p. 5.
    Geo. W. Hall Jr. opened his fair ground shows at Jefferson, Ia., Aug. 18(?), consisting of two tents and twenty paintings. The entire company visited the grave of the veteran showman, Yankee Robinson. New York Clipper, August 22, 1891, p. 398.

1892: For sale cheap, sideshow tent . . . 20 paintings and ? drums. Also want to buy, 70 or 80 foot round top in good shape. Address Geo. W. Hall Jr., Evansville, Rock Co., Wis. New York Clipper, January 30, 1892, p. 788.

• Information on the 1892 G. W. Hall& Son's show is in Bandwagon, September-October, 1993, Vol. 37, No. 5, p. 31.

1893: G. W. Hall Jr.'s Great Trained Animal Shows closed a successful season Oct. _ of twenty-six weeks. Business was big from start to finish, the banner day of the season being Oct. 4, at West Bend, Wis. The roster of the company was: G. W. Hall Jr., owner and manager; Mrs. L.(?) Hall, treasurer; Master Frank Hall, Hindoo mystery; Little Gracie Hall, snake charmer; G. W. Hall Jr. and E. E. Pettengill, lecturers; Fred Knoll, boss animal man, and Rice's Jubilees(?), six in number. G. W. Hall goes out this winter with a store(?) show. E. E. Pettengill goes in advance of ___ Reno's Bright Lights. Fred Knoll and Rice's Jubilees go in Milwaukee for the winter. The man in white appeared regularly every Sunday morniing. Little Gracie Hall met with quite a severe accident during the last show on the last day, falling from the elevated stage and breaking her arm. New York Clipper, October 21, 1893, p. 526.

1894:

    Roster of G. W. Hall's Great Trained Animal Shows and American Museum: G. W. Hall Jr., proprietor and manager; Mrs. Lydia Hall, treasurer; E. E. Pettengill, general agent with four assistants; Frank Hall, with his school of educated animals, consisting of trained ponies, pigs, geese and bears; Little Gracie Hall, the infant snake charmer, with her den of performing snakes and alligators. Prof. Albert Hall, Maurice La Belle, R. Lee Metcalf, Frank A. Wilson, Theo. Graupner, C. J. Hudson, Creto and Prof. Frank Dixon's uniformed band, consisting of eight pieces. The show will travel by wagon, carrying thirty head of horses, an eighty foot round top, with a thirty foot middle piece, and a thirty foot dressing room, horse tent twenty-eight by fifty foot, sideshow thirty by sixty-five feet, with fourteen Tucker paintings. Fred Knoll, boss canvasman, with eight assistants; C. A. Bussiau, boss property man, with two assistants; Fred Champion, in charge Hotel de Hall, with two assistants . . . and Harry Long has charge of the sideshow. The wagons are in the paint shops, receiving their finishing touches. Everything will go out brand new. New York Clipper, February 24, 1894, p. 817.
    R. Lee Metcalfe writes that he has signed with the Scribner & Smith Show, and complains that his name was recently published in the roster of the Geo. W. Hall show. New York Clipper, March 3, 1894, p. 833.
    Wanted for G. W. Hall Jr.'s Great Trained Animal Shows, B flat cornet and double on first violin in concert, also performers in all branches, must do two or more acts. Address Geo. W. Hall Jr., Evansville, Rock Co., Wis. Also want to buy small troupe of trained dogs. New York Clipper, April 14, 1894, p. 96.

1900: G. W. Hall's Circus and Menagerie. Advance: G. W. Hall, proprietor; General agent, E. O. Ferguson; Bill posters: D. Maloney, Ira Wierman, Fred. Knoll; Programer and lithographer, Fred. Champion. Billboard, May 1, 1900.

Note: also see “Setting Straight the Hall Circus Titles,” Bob Parkinson, Bandwagon, Vol. 19, No. 1 (Jan-Feb), 1975.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Chas. Hall's - 1891, 1893-94 (Chas. S. Hall)

• Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1891-1894

1891:

    Will W. Brown has been re-engaged for Chas. Hall's New Shows. New York Clipper, February 21, 1891, p. 795.

    Wanted, for Chas. Hall's New Railroad Shows, people in all branches of the circus biz, band of 6 mouth pieces, concert people, chandelier man. Address Chas. Hall, Evansville, Rock Co., Wis. Bob Wise, write. New York Clipper, February 21, 1891, p. 796.

    Roster of Chas. Hall's New Railroad Shows: Chas. Hall, proprietor and manager; D. H. Gillespie, treasurer; Frank Wilder, advance with three assistants; Prof. E.(?) G. Ogden's band of eight pieces; Will W. Brown; Castello and Lorette; Geo. Wilson and wife; Robert and Condon . . . Chas.(?) Leslie . . . Geo. Motz, clown and manager of concert; Charlie Watson, boss canvasman with eight assistants and Frank L. Lewis, chandelier man. The canvas: main tent ___ft. with 12 paintings. The management runs all privileges. The show opens at Evansville, Wis., April 30(?). New York Clipper, March 28, 1891, p. 49.

    Wanted, for Chas. Hall's Shows, performers in all branches of circus business except riders. People doing two or more acts preferred. To join at once. Telegraph as per route. Houghton, Michigan, June 22 and 23 . . . Calumet 25 and 26, Red Jacket, Mich. 29 and 30. New York Clipper, June 20, 1891, p. 261.

    Notes from Chas. Hall's New Colossal Show. Business through the upper penninsula of Michigan and Wisconsin has been good. At Iron Mountain our manager, Chas. Hall, received a diamond ring and gold headed umbrella as birthday gifts. The roster: Chas. Hall, manager; W. W. Brown, treasurer . . . F.(?) Bates, contractor, with five assistants . . . Ed. Roberts, Castello and Johnson . . . Ed. Shafer . . . Harry Bailey, Fred Howard, Carrie Howard, Mme. Howe, Frank Macart and wife, Ada Long, Prof. Church, leader of band, with ten musicians; Chas. Watson, in charge of canvas, with fourteen assisstants. We use three cars, and the gentleman in white never fails to appear on Sunday morning. Mr. Hall's father, known as Pop Corn George, paid us a visit at Iron Mountain, and remained until after July 4. The show will be enlarged for a trip South. New York Clipper, July 18, 1891, p. 312.

1893:

    Wanted, for Charles Hall's New Colossal Shows, male and female equestrians, aerial artists, gymnasts, acrobats, man with performing dogs, ponies and mules and artists in every branch of the circus profession. Musicians, for and six horse drivers, animal men, chandelier men, contracting agents and bill posters. Write Milt Rogers, general delivery, New Orleans, La. . . . Performers and all others address Chas. Hall, Evansville, Rock County, Wis. N.B. Burt Mayo please write. New York Clipper, January 14, 1893, p. 731.

    Roster of Charles Hall's New Colossal Shows. Chas. Hall, proprietor and manager . . . T. C. McDonald, general agent . . . Frank MacCart(McCart?), manager sideshow . . . Frank Wilder, manager of privileges. Performers: Frank and Jessie McCart(MacCart?), Castello Family, Ed Roberts . . . Millard Filmore and wife . . . Minnie Davis, Ra?? and Martin, Chas. Skinner, John Perry . . . Geo. Davis and Prof. MaCart's(?) troupe of educated poies and mules. Side show: . . . Prof. McCoy's marionettes and Punch; Prof. Wallace, magician; the Grey Family, musical wonders . . . Chas. Masters, superintendent of canvas; Jack O'Brien, master of stock . . . Will McDowell, boss propertyman; C. E. Frank, charge of advertising brigade, with ten billposters . . . The show will open season at Evansville, Wis., April 29(?). New York Clipper, March 11, 1893, p. 2.

1894:

    Wanted, for Chas. Hall's New Colossal Shows. People in all branches of the business. Musicians for band and orchestra, agent, bill posters, boss canvas man, boss hostler, four, six and eight horse drivers. . . . All others address Chas. Hall, Evansville, Wis., Rock Co. Side show privilege and candy stands for rent. New York Clipper, January 27, 1894, p. 760.

    Notes from Charles Hall's New Colossal Shows. Everybody is busy getting things ready for the opening date, May _, at Evansville, Wis. The show travels by wagon, has sixty-five head of stock, a __ft. round top with a 40(?)ft. middle piece for the menagerie, a 40(?)ft. dressing room, two __ft. horse tents, and one 30x40ft. cook tent. . . . Geo. Warner as assistant, with ten bill posters. Performers: Del Fuego and wife . . . Ed. Roberts, Sig. Moncayo, Bernard Orton, Myrtle Day, Pierre and Briggs, Millie Ida Showers, Johnson and Warner, Del Fuego, equestrian director . . . M. B. Cook, superintendent of candy stands, concert and reserved seat tickets; C. E. Jordan, side show privilege with six people . . . Frank Robinson, boss hostler . . . and Henry Newton, superintendent of cook house. New York Clipper, March 10, 1894, p. 5.

    Del Fuego(?) and Myrtle Day have just closed a three month's engagement at the Wonderland, Milwaukee, Wis., and go with Chas. Hall's Circus. New York Clipper, April 7, 1894, p. 68.

    Call. All people engaged for Chas. Hall's New Colossal Shows report at Evansville, Wisconsin. Performers report Friday, May 1(?), musicians report May 3(?). Address Chas. Hall, Evansville, Wis. Musicians address Chas. Skinner, Evansville, Wis. P.S. Wanted, knockabout clown, one that works in concert preferred. New York Clipper, April 14, 1894, p. 92.

Note: also see “Setting Straight the Hall Circus Titles,” Bob Parkinson, Bandwagon, Vol. 19, No. 1 (Jan-Feb), 1975.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Joe Hall's - 1894

    Joe Hall Show notes. Roster: Joe Hall, proprietor and manager; Jim Flaney [Flarey?], leader of band and orchestra; Geo. Ingersoll, equestrian director. Performers: Layon Bros., double trapeze and acrobats; Geo. Ingersoll, contortionist and clubs; C. W. Boyer, clown; Wm. Leyon, clown and juggler; Lillian Mytle, flying rings; Sylvan Bros., double bars; Verona Sisters, knife throwers; Ben Leyon, single trapeze . . . Concert: Smith Bros., song and dance; May Florence, skirt dancer. Sideshow: Prof. Mack, magician; Bertha Hall, snake charmer . . . New York Clipper, June 2, 1894, p. 197.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Hall & Showers (1895, Charles S. Hall & Andy Showers)

• Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1895

Do you have information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Hall & Macart - 1892

• Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, circa 1890s.

[Advertisement] Wanted, for Hall & Macart's Wagon Shows, people in all branches of the circus business. Want boss canvasman and hostler, also leader of band and musicians who can double in concert. Performers must do two or more acts. Want advance agent. Candy stands to rent. Address Hall & Macart, Evansville, Rock Co., Wis. New York Clipper, March 19, 1892.

• May be Chas. Hall and Frank Macart or McCart (above).

Do you have information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Hall, Long & Eldon (1900, Fred C. Hall, Frank Long & Harris Eldon)

• Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1900.

• Hall & Long, 1901-04, Fred C. Hall & Frank Long.

Do you have information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Hall & Sample (1902-03, F. W. Hall & G. C. Sample)

• Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1902-03.

Do you have information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

F. W. Hall's United Wagon Shows

• Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1904-08.

Do you have information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Hall's Big Tent Show (R. V. Hall)

• Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1902-06.

Do you have information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Wm. P. Hall Shows   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1905

• William P. Hall purchased the Walter L. Main show and converted it into the William P. Hall Circus in 1905. See the article on this show in Bandwagon, January-February, 1973, Vol. 17, No. 1, pp. 8-9.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Hall & Miller Overland Shows

• Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1912.

Do you have information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Hall Bros. Circus

• Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1923-25, Frank E. Hall & Charles Russell Hall, owners.

Do you have information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Frank E. Hall's - 1918   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1918

    The Frank E. Hall Twentieth Century Show opened at Fort Atkinson, Wis., May 4, to tour Wisconsin, Iowa and Illinois. The show carries 38 head of stock 23 people and an exhibition of trained animals. Among the oldtimers are Prof. Rocco and his eight piece band; Bob, Bessie and Goldie Harter; the Two Shinelers and Jack and Minnie Ray. The trained stock consists of bears, ponies, donkeys, mules, dogs, monkeys and Chief, the Arabian stallion. The show also carries a sideshow with Bob Harter on the front. Billboard, July 20, 1918, p. 24.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

George W. Hall Shows - 1919 (William Campbell, owner)

• Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1919, 1920

    Evansville, Wis., Feb. 15. Manager Wm. Campbell, of the Col. Geo. W. Hall Shows, will have many old friends with him on this show the coming season: Geo. Iring will be the sideshow manager, Tom Ford will manage the pit show. Frank Webb will sell tickets. Mr. and Mrs. Ed Gilpin will have the candy stands. Frank E. Hall will be the equestrian director and work the ponies. Mrs. Frank E. Hall will work the elephant, dogs and monkeys. Joe Quinlan will be superintendent of canvas. J. L. Johnson will have the canvas on the sideshow and Jim Buck the lights. Billboard, February 22, 1919, pp. 30, 78.

    Clarence Auskings will be general agent for Col. George W. Hall's Shows this season. Billboard, March 15, 1919, p. 60.

    The Col. George W. Hall Shows begin its tour the last of April in Evansville, Wis., with new canvas and two seventy-six foot steel cars, one baggage and one Pullman. The winter quarters is in Evansville, which is the home of Col. George W. Hall and Wm. Campbell, owner and manager of the show. Clarence Auskings will be general agent. On the staff are Mrs. Mabel Campbell, secretary and treasurer; Frank Hall, equestrian director (will also work ponies); Mrs. Frank Hall, who will work dogs and ponies; Emery Stiles, who will work elephants; George Irving, sideshow manager; Tom Ford, pit show manager; Blackie Banks, supt. canvas; Jim Buck, in charge of Delco light plant; Frank Welch, tickets; M. W. Jehu, billposter, with four men. It is a two car show. Billboard, April 19, 1919, p. 75.

    Fred A. Loeber, billposter, closed with Col. Geo. W. Hall Circus, to spend the balance of the summer and winter in Fort Dodge, Ia., connected with the New Theater. Clarence Auskings, general agent of Col. Hall Circus, is producing results routing the show through Northwestern territory. A number of towns in Nebraska are included in the bookings. Billboard, August 23, 1919, p. 45.

    Beebe, Ark., will be the closing stand of the Colonel George W. Hall Circus, November 15. Out for thirty-one weeks, the show invaded fifteen States and three provinces in Canada. When it closes it will have covered 18,000 miles. It will winter in Arenta, Ark. Clarence Auskings will again be general agent next season. He will winter in Little Rock. Billboard, November 15, 1919, p. 58.

    Milton W. Jehu recently closed with Col. George W. Hall Shows as billposter and will winter in Argenta, Ark. He has signed with general agent Clarence Auskings for season of 1920. Billboard, November 22, 1919, p. 53.

More on the 1919 George W. Hall show, see Billboard, 1919 - scroll down or use find.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Charles R. Hall's - ca. 1931-32

An article on the Chas. R. Hall Museum and Menagerie, labeled the "world's smallest" circus, is online in Bandwagon, Jan-Feb 1956 (scroll down).
Charles was a grandson of "Popcorn" George Hall.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Hall Circus - 1886 (George DeHaven & Silas Dutton)

• 1885: Indianapolis, Indiana. Silas Dutton and George De Haven have purchased the G. W. Hall Show, which, I hear, has met with some success in Chicago. Dutton is a Chicago livery stable man, and on this account the report that he has plenty of "the ___" should not lack verification. Of course, De Haven has an eye fixed on the South, where the show will probably soon go. They have nine cages, and G. W. Hall has the annex. De Haven is said to hope that this is the nucleus for something big next year. New York Clipper, August 8, 1885, p. 328.

1886: The Hall Circus is now on its fourth year's tour, not having closed for three years, running both Summer and Winter, and just having arrived from a four months' trip through Mexico. The following is a complete roster: G. W. De Haven, sole proprietor and manager; G. W. De Haven Jr., treasurer; Tony Ashton, equestrian-manager; D. N. Hitchcock, general-agent, with six assistants; J. J. Rosbach, manager of canvas and Hotel De Haven; W. W. McVey, assistant-canvasman, with thirty men; Frank Deno, superintendent of animals; Ed. Murray, master of properties; John Gregs, master of train; Ben Stevens, chandelier-man; Lem Sidwell, leader of band, with ten men; Chas. Gardner, manager of annex. Performers — Alton and Brazill, De Haven and Costello, Skid Wood, Bert Whiting, Frank Brice, Peter Boylan, Wood Sisters, Cornallo Bros., Madame Silvo, Tony Ashton, Jos. Donnelly, Ashton's dog-circus. Concert — Ed. Lawrence, Jos. Livingston, Chas. Bachtel, Wood and Ashton, Mlle. Zeozoneti, Maude Allen and Frank Williams. The menagerie consists of ten cages, elephant, camels and a pair of sacred cattle. The show is transported by five cars and one advance-car. New York Clipper, May 22, 1886.

• Information on the 1886 G. W. Hall's Consolidated Railroad Shows is in Bandwagon, January-February, 1990, Vol. 34, No. 1, pp. 49-52.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Ham & Eggs Circus - 1939

• Article on the 1939 Matrello Bros., Ham & Eggs Circus is online in Bandwagon, Sep-Oct 1966 (scroll down or use find).

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Hamid-Morton - 1943, 1945, 1949, 1952, 1980, 1984-86   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, circa 1942-

1943: At one performance in Boston, Massachusetts, the flying act did not work for lack of performers. Among the acts were Van Leers liberty and high school horses. Two steel arenas were used, one with Clyde Beatty's lions worked by Capt. Phillips and one for Capt. Roman Proske with Bengal tigers. Bandwagon, October, 1943, Vol. 2, No. 6, p. 6.

1945: The Hamid-Morton Shrine circus program had Joe Walsh, animal act; Francisco, high pole; clowns Slivers Johnson with his Funny Ford and A. A. Robbins, the Banana Man; Tien-Tsi-Liu Troupe, athletes; the Flying LaMars and Harry LaMar, trapeze; Miss Muesette, single trap; the Beresoni Family, high wire. Bob Morton was announcer. The climax was Miss Victory, who was loaded into the mouth of a monster cannon and - Bang - she was shot through space to land in a net on the other end of the arena. White Tops, November-December, 1945, Vol. 18, Nos. 11-12, p. 16.

1949: Performers with the Hamid-Morton Three Ring Indoor Circus for 1949 were the Loof Rios duo; Dick Clemens' animal act with eight lions; Altos, one finger stand; Linon, tight rope; Sheridan brothers, balancing, wire; Irah Watkins, chimpanzees; Dr. Cooper's liberty horses; Gautier's dogs, ponies and monkeys; "Jumbo," giant seal; Flying Hartzells; Flying Romas; Francine Volante, trapeze; Myriam France, cloud swing; Miss Conchita, iron jaw; Johnny Hartzell, sway pole; acrobats Francans, Four Angels, Laine & Crawford; Horris & Morris, Angelicos, Five Ericksons. Rube Simonds, Hip Raymond and Sa-So were clowns and Joe Basile led the band. White Tops, September-October, 1949, Vol. 22, Nos. 9-10, p. 4.

1952: Brief information on the 1952 show is online in Bandwagon, March 1952 (scroll down).

1980: The Hamid-Morton show was again on the road in 1980, opening at Hartford, Connecticut, February 13-18, and closing at Norfolk, Virginia, June 19-22. Bandwagon, January-February, 1981, p. 13.

• Brief information on the 1981 show is in Bandwagon, January-February, 1982, p. 15.

1984: The show began its season at Joplin, Missouri in February and ended in Norfolk, Virginia in June. Bandwagon, January-February, 1985, p. 13.

1985: The show opened in Roanoke, Virginia, February 1, playing Shrine dates mainly in the East through mid-June. Bandwagon, January-February, 1986, p. 12.

1986: A Shrine circus, the show opened in Roanoke, Virginia in late January. They toured in the East and Midwest and closed the season at Norfolk, Virginia in mid-June. Bandwagon, January-February, 1987, p. 13.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Hamid's Circus Royale - 1999

The show opened in January in Indiana and exhibited in the Midwest, plains States and the East from March to May. Bandwagon, March-April, 2000, p. 19.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Hamilton & Blanchard

• Show listed in Chindahl's History of the Circus in America, circa 1873.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Hamilton's New York; or Hamilton & Sargeant - 1877-79, 1880  Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1877-1879

1877:

    The Great New York Show is to be run the coming season by Prof. E. Hamilton, he having sold out his interest in the "Pacific Combination." Prof. R. W. Scoville's cornet band has been engaged for the season. The show is in winter quarters in Windsor Mills, O., where it will start out in April, traveling west, with an entire new outfit of canvas, wagons, etc. Alf T. Bancroft, second clown and negro delineator, is engaged with Prof. Hamilton's Great New York Show. Tony Richardson, Dutch and negro comedian, is also engaged with this show. New York Clipper, February 17, 1877, p. 375.

    Great New York Circus, officers and company: proprietors, Prof. E. Hamilton, A. F. W. Sargeant; general contracting agent, F. W. Sargeant; billposters: Dunlap, Day, Baldwin; treasurer and ticket seller, Albert Brainard; general manager, Prof.E. Hamilton; director of circus, James Demott; master of circus, Andy Spear; master of ring, W. H. Phelps; master of canvas, Wm. Mann(?); master of horse, ___; leader of band, Prof. R. W. Scoville; leader of orchestra, Del Skinner; concert privilege, Phelps & Richardson; candy stand privilege, Hamilton & Gates(?). Clowns, Andy Spear and A. Bancroft. Circus company: Mlle. Rosaline, Leopold and Baldwin, . . . Mlle. Josephine, Master Willie, Little Josie, James DeMott, Charles Arizona, and Tony Richardson. Trick horses, Gray Eagle and Superb, trick mule, Roman. Five tents, 20 wagons. Winter quarters, Windsor Mills, from where the company will start about April 28. New York Clipper, March 10, 1877, p. 399.

    The Cornella Bros., trapeze artists and acrobats, are engaged for next season with Prof. Hamilton's Circus. New York Clipper, March 10, 1877, p. 399.

    Mlle. Rosalie will not travel with the Great New York Circus the coming season, as was stated in the list of the company. New York Clipper, March 17, 1877, p. 407.

    D. F. Denham has rented the sideshow and candy privilege with the Great New York Circus, which will travel through the oil regions of Pennsylvania for the first four weeks, going from there into Ohio, Michigan, Indiana and Illinois. The company takes the road the latter part of April. New York Clipper, March 31, 1877, p. 7.

    Wm. Corvella, one of the Corvella Bros., engaged with Hamilton's Circus, fell while practicing on the trapeze at Massillon, O., a few days ago, and severely injured his knee. It is thought that he will be able to fill his engagement with the show, which starts from Windsor Mills, O., April 24. New York Clipper, April 21, 1877, p. 31.

    The Great New York Show, consisting of a gymnastic and character melange and educated horses, exhibited in Franklin, Pa., May 11, Oil City 12, and is billed in Titusville 14, Pleasantville 15, Tidioute 16, Warren 17, Frewsburg, N.Y. 18, Randolph 19, Salamanca 21, Limestone, Pa., 22, Tarport 23, Bradford 24, Olean, N.Y., 25. D. M. Clapp is the agent. New York Clipper, May 19, 1877, p. 63.

    Cunningham & Barber have purchased the sideshow privileges with the New York Circus. New York Clipper, June 2, 1877, p. 79.

    Hamilton & Sargeant's New York Circus, now traveling through the oil regions, is reported to be meeting with success. The ring performance is under the direction of James DeMott, H. C. Cunningham has the privileges, not D. F. Donham, and Dwight Clapp is the advance agent. New York Clipper, July 7, 1877, p. 118.

    Hamilton & Sergeant's Circus exhibited in Cleveland, O., July 10, 11, 12, Beren 13, Medina 14. When this show was in Ashtabula, July 5, W. H. Phelps, the ringmaster, who is a native of that town, was presented with a valuable whip. Andy Spear, the clown, made the presentation speech. On a silver mounting of the whip was engraved "Presented to Funny Phelps by the following members of Hamilton & Sergeant's New York Circus Co.: A. Spear, E. Leopold, Jas. Demott, A. Knoll, ?. D. Miller, Tony Richardson, Frank Carsella, A. D. Gaiee, E. Baldwin W. E. Reeves, R. W. Scoville, R. Freund and Cunningham." New York Clipper, July 21, 1877, p. 134.

    Funny Phelps and Tony Richardson, song-and-dance men, have just closed their engagement with the New York Circus. New York Clipper, August 18, 1877, p. 165.

    Hamilton & Sargent's New York Circus performed in Iowa City, Ia., Sept. 26, Gillman 27, Marshalltown, 28, State Centre 29. They expect to go into Winter quarters in that State about Oct. 14. Billy Austin, leader of the band with Hamilton & Sargeant's New York Circus, was taken ill with typhoid pneumonia Sept. 20, and died within twenty-four hours. His remains were sent to his home in Waterford, Pa., where he left a widow and two small children. New York Clipper, October 6, 1877, p. 223.

1878:

    Prof. E. Hamilton is wintering fifty horses in Sigourney, Ia. The New York Circus - Hamilton & Sargent, proprietors - is to give its first show of the season of 1878 there April 27. No "talking" will be allowed with the show. New York Clipper, January 26, 1878, p. 351.

    Hamilton & Sargeant have engaged for the New York Circus, for the season of 1878, James Demott and family of four persons, A. D. Miller, and the Corvella Brothers. New York Clipper, February 2, 1878, p. 359.

    Will sell a new fifty-foot balloon and all its fixtures, ready for ascension. Has made but four ascensions. Address Prof. E. Hamilton & Sargeant, Windsor Mills, Ashtabula Co., O. [Advertisement] New York Clipper, February 2, 1878, p. 360.

    James M. Ryan and Wm. Corrella join Hamilton's N. Y. Circus. New York Clipper, March 9, 1878, p. 399.

    Prof. E. Hamilton & Sargeant's Great New York Circus. Prof. E. Hamilton and F. W. Sargeant, proprietors; Prof. E. Hamilton, business manager; F. W. Sargeant, treasurer; James Demott, ringmaster and equestrian director; D. Clapp, general advance agent; George McIntosh, press agent; A. Dell, chief of paste brigade; ___, leader of orchestra; S. W. Crane's(?) Silver Cornet Band; Bill Metre(?), boss hostler; George Stephens, master of canvas; Madam Rosell, Josephine Demott, principal equestriennes; Little Josie Demott, bareback and somersault rider; the Corvella Brothers, gymnasts; Joe Tinkham, Indian hurdle rider; Frank Peck, Billy Ashe and A. D. Miller, clowns; Miller Brothers, acrobats; George Richards, cannon ball, light and heavy balancer; educated horse, "Sir Henry;" trick ponies "Dot" and "Dimple;" educated mules "Romeo" and "Rice;" leapers and tumblers: the Miller Brothers, the Ryan Brothers, the Corvella Brothers, Joe Tinkham, Andy Spear, Billie Pettitt, Mons. Rorrick, James Fowler; 120 foot round-top tent, 35 foot dressing tent; two 60 foot and one 30 foot horse tents, cook tent 40 feet. Concert, reserve seats and candy stands owned by the proprietors; George Richards, sideshow privileges. The show is to give its first performance at Sigourney, Ia., April 27. New York Clipper, April 13, 1878, p. 23.

    The New York Circus, Hamilton & Sargeant, proprietors; the De Mott Family, Mlle. Josephine, James, Little Josie and Master Willie, equestrians; Happy Jack Lawton and ___ Miller, clowns; Fisher and Ryan, gymnasts; Mlle. Lottie and Ed Baldwin, gymnasts; Signor Reffick, Master Delhour and A. D. Miller, leapers - exhibited in Alexandria, Minn., June 18, Glenwood 19, Benson 20, Wilmer 21, Tricon 22. New York Clipper, June 29, 1878, p. 111.

• Hamilton and Sargent brought their New York Circus to Kansas in September, 1878. The show had tumblers, leapers, equestrians, horizontal bar and trapeze performers. Bandwagon, November-December, 1987, Vol. 31, No. 6, p. 62.

1879: The New York Circus, Hamilton & Sargeant, managers, exhibited in Dresden, O., Sept. 23, Cambridge 24, Newcomertown 25, Ulrichsville 26, Canal Dover 27. To close their season at Windsor Mills, going into winter quarters on the farm of Prof. E. Hamilton, where accommodations for stabling 110 horses and a round-house for training of stock this Winter have been built. New York Clipper, October 4, 1879, p. 219.

1880:

    Prof. E. Hamilton will be the sole proprietor of the New York Circus the coming season, as he has purchased all of F.(?) W. Sargent's interest therein. New York Clipper, April 10, 1880, p. 19.

    Prof. E. Hamilton's Great New York Circus is to give its first exhibition in Orwell, Ohio, May 1. New York Clipper, April 17, 1880, p. 27.

    Hamilton's New York Circus was good, and gave general satisfaction in the afternoon. The evening entertainment had just begun when the alarm of fire was sounded, which caused much confusion in the pavilion. The circus men are deserving of praise. Six or eight of them were on Cowan's building at once, furiously fighting the flames, when not one of our townsmen had the nerve to assist. Titusville Morning Hearld (Titusville, PA), May 28, 1880, n.p.n.

    Hamilton's New York Circus pitched their tent accross the creek from Milton, N.C., in Virginia, Aug. 10. Our correspondent says: "North Carolina likes to have shows visit her, if they only leave $100 to the county for each exhibition. The old Virginia shore was close enough for Hamilton, the license there being only $20. After the street parade from Milton over to the grounds a severe rain and wind storm came up. The tent was lowered at the centre-pole, and in a few minutes the ring was covered with water. In the course of an hour everything was in working order, and a very fair performance was given considering how wet everything was. Tom Irvin, of the Irvin Brothers, feels happy, the tidings having reached him that he is a father, and its a girl. Mother and child are doing well in Rochester, N.Y. New York Clipper, August 21, 1880, p. 171.

    Prof. E. Hamilton's New York Circus closed a traveling season of twenty-two weeks in Parker's Landing, Pa., Oct. 2. From a letter, signed by George Sloman, E. Perry and others, written to the Clipper frome Leechburg, Oct. 7, we extract the following: The company had confidence in their manager, and allowd portions of their salaries to remain in his hands. Mr. Hamilton told them after their last performance that he had not received a check for $1,000 from Mr. Skinner(?) of Windsor Corners, O. (where Mr. Hamilton lives), also money from his wife, to pay his company. On Saturday night it rained, but he caused the show to be put into condition for shipping to Winter quarters, Sunday a.m. On that morning he asked his company if they had money enought to take them to their homes, saying he had only $__ with him and that he would look over their accounts, ascertain what amount was due each person, and send the money. As the show property could not be attached or the manager arrested in Sunday, he managed to escape. Frank ___, leader of the band, and some of the other performers followed Hamilton to Windsor Corners. . . . New York Clipper, October 16, 1880, p. 239.

    Show property at auction. I will offer at public sale on Nov. 30, my entire circus property on my farm at Windsor Mille, Ohio. It consists of one chestnut, white mane and tail; pied mare; four Arabian horses for a four horse riding act, and two of these horses are broken for a double riding act and one of them for a bareback act; six Arabian trained horses; two white matched ponies; one trained Shetland pony, black; draught horse and two trick mules. Also fifteen wagons, including one band chariot, two advertising wagons, two carriages, and the remainder platform spring wagons. . . . Prof. E. Hamilton. New York Clipper, November 13, 1880, p. 271.

• [1880] Prof. E. Hamilton's New York Circus was out of Windsor Mills, Ohio. The show was out 22 weeks. On October 2, the manager informed the performers that there was not enough money to pay all the salaries. The show was attached November 30. More on this show in Bandwagon, May-June, 1986, Vol. 30, No. 3, pp. 16-17.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Hamilton Bros. - 1896

    Roster and notes of Hamilton Bros.' Circus. We opened April 30, at Lewiston, Illinois, for three days. We carry sixty-three people, twenty-eight head of stock, and carry a band of twelve pieces, under the direction of Prof. Newt Bronson. The Hammonds and the Churchills are making a hit with their flying traps and Mexican ladder. Charlie White's balancing act is a novelty, and the Hamilton Bros. do a brother act. Tony Hamilton and little Babe do a carrying act. . . . New York Clipper, May 30, 1896, p. 200.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Hammond Bros. - 1891

    Wanted, for Hammond Bros. & Welch's Mammoth Circus and Pavilion Shows, a few more people in all branches of the circus biz. Bar team and brother act, aerial team, concert people that play drums, ladies with acts for ring. Band, dog, goat and pony show. Privileges for sale. Wagon show. Opens may 15(?). . . . Address Manager J. A. Hammond, N. ___ Academy Street, Janesville, Wis. New York Clipper, April 25, 1891, p. 126.

    Hammond Bros. Circus opens its season May 21, the advance starting out seven days ahead under the direction of Max Rolley. Among the people engaged are Reves and La Barge, Freddie Maxwell, Daisy Raymond, Clara Bell, Sheriden and Mulligan, Prof. H. Snider’s Dog Circus, Robt. McCounkey, Prof. Sharp’s Silver Cornet Band, James Cullen, Etta Nathen, Al. Winship, Geo. Buckner and Benj. Clark. New York Clipper, May 16, 1891, p. 169.

    Call. All people engaged for Hammond Bros. Mammoth Circus report for rehearsal at Janesville, Wis., May 30(?). Also want few more people for big show and concert. J. A. Hammond, manager, ___ Academy Street, Janesville, Wis. New York Clipper, May 16, 1891, p. 178.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Handenberger & Co.

• Show listed in Chindahl's History of the Circus in America, John V. O'Brien, proprietor, 1871.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Hanlon & Zanfretta Circus

• Show listed in Chindahl's History of the Circus in America, 1867.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Hanneford Circus (Tommy Hanneford)

• Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1970-1985.

• Title in 1975 was Royal Hanneford Circus. Bandwagon, January-February, 1976.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Hansley & Co. Novelty Circus - 1873

    Wanted, for railroad novelty circus. Good talent, new specialties and an organized brass and string band. And a troupe of trained dogs. Hansley & Co., Three Rivers, Mich. [Advertisement] New York Clipper, March 29, 1873, p. 413. Hansley & Co., proprietors

    Railroad Novelty Circus. All privileges to let, except concert under big canvas. Address W. H. Morse, business manager, Grand Rapids, Mich. [Advertisement] New York Clipper, April 12, 1873, p. 15.

    The Great Novelty Railroad Circus, recently organized at Grand Rapids, Mich., will inaugurate a traveling season by performances there on the afternoon and evening of May 17. Geroge Nyce, T. S. Hansley & Co. are the proprietors; T. S. Hansley, manager; George Nyce, treasurer; William Knight, ticket agent; W. H. Morse, advertising agent. Among the performers are Miss Carrie Cornell, rider; Mlle. Zoletta with her trained horse Black Prince; the Beldon Brothers, gymnasts and acrobats; the Castello family, trapeze and leapers; Billy Ward and Burt Smith, clowns; Charley Ziegler, dancing barrel, crystal pyramids and ladder of life; Herr Eugene, cannon ball performer; William Ward, juggler; Miss Addie Castello, female gymnast and leapers; H. E. Lawrence, "the man of iron;" Mons. Ajax, contortionist, and the trick mare Mazeppa. The concern will travel by rail, carry some eighty people, and be accompanied by J. W. Belcher's band and orchestra. New York Clipper, May 17, 1873, p. 55.

    The Railroad Novelty Circus gave their first performance at Grand Rapids, Mich., on the afternoon of May 17, when they played to a very meagre audience, about one hundred dollars, wrote a correspondent on May 18, adding: "In the evening the prospect was good for a big crowd, but the ticket-office was not opened until nearly eight o'clock. In the meantime hundreds had left the grounds, and when the doors were opened the tent was almost in total darkness, so that many changed their minds, and instead of waiting for the performance, went home. The writer entered with the bulk of the crowd, and found a large, roomy canvas dimly lighted with a few candles stuck on the ring-posts, while scattered along the seats were small boys holding lighted candles in their hands. Nine o'clock came, and still no performance. The audience began to grow impatient. At length, in response to a prolonged call, manager Nyce came forward and stated that after coming to Grand Rapids and spending his money in organizing his company, the proprietors of one of the daily papers had put an attachment on his chandeliers, so that he had no way of lighting up his canvas, but they they would do the best they cound under the circumstances. You can imagine the rest - a performance in the dark. Manager Nyce is new in the business, but thinks he will manage to extricate himself. The concern is billed North of this, but has not struck its canvas yet." New York Clipper, May 31, 1873, p. 71.

    The Railroad Novelty Circus was transferred from Geo. Nyce & Co. to James Irons & Co., before leaving Grand Rapids, in consequence of several attachments. James Irons by some means assuming the claims against the concern which lost its ___ for Monday, May 26. It started May 27, and ran until Saturday following, where at Reed City it collapsed. The canvas, 120 feet round top, with everything appertaining, was run into Grand Rapids, at which point it remains subject to a mortgage, a bill of sale, several attachments, and other claims against it, in all about $1,500. The mortgage and bill of sale holders speak of assuming the claims and running it out, but it is hardly probably, because it is not in their line. So we are informed by a correspondent in Galesburg, Ill., under date of June _. New York Clipper, June 14, 1873, p. 87.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Happytime Circus - 1969, 1979, 1982, 1984, 1990

1969: Happytime Circus, one of the last of the old fashioned one-ring dog and pony family circuses, comes to Geyserville [California], October 9. The Happytime Circus is operated by the Twomey family of Windsor. Dave (Happy the Clown in his make-up) is ringmaster. His wife, Judy, gets his animals ready and sons Mike and Kenny work as "Goofus" and "KoKo" the clowns. The circus carries a small menagerie. The live animals are housed in colorfully decorated cake wagons. Happytime Circus performs at leading fairs and shopping centers throughout the west. Geyserville Press (Geyserville, CA), October 9, 1969, p. 1.

1979: Owned by Dave Twomey, out of Windsor, California. The show opened in the Santa Rosa area. Bandwagon, January-February, 1980, p. 15.

1982: The Happy Time Dog and Pony Circus, owned by Dave Twomey, opened in San Bernardino, California and played fairs in California. Bandwagon, January-February, 1983, p. 27.

1985: The show was at California fairs in 1985. Bandwagon, January-February, 1986, p. 13.

1990: Dave Twomey's Happtime Circus 25th year was marred by a fire in his truck that destroyed his dogs and equipment, including the tent. However, he played some California fairs and also worked the Alaska State Fair. Bandwagon, January-February, 1991, p. 17.

• Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1969-1991, 1993-94, 1997-.

Do you have information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Haraden’s 10 Cent Show - 1914

    Personnel: C. F. Haraden (Dad); Aleen Haraden; Miss Nellie; Mrs. Myrtle Zento; Mrs. Billy Jones; Mrs. Billy Ward; Mrs. Archie Fourniea; Winnie Ward; Mrs. Ollie Hamilton; W. E. Bean, band leader; Ollie Hamilton; Cleo Hamilton; Oscar Sullivan; Great Zento; Archie Fournies; Billy Ward; Tom Oleson; Robert Shugart; Henry M. Bird; Billy Jones. Circus Report, Vol. 3, No. 18 (May 6), 1974, p. 2 of supplement. Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Hargreaves Circus - 1901, 1904, 1907   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1899-1909

1901:

    Frederick Boyle has accepted a position as lithographer for the Hargreaves Circus. He will join the circus in April. Trenton Times (Trenton, NJ), March 9, 1901, p. 5.

1904:

Hargreaves Circus was at its zenith in 1904 when it had two rings and one stage. Robert Stickney was equestrian director and Al G. Barnes presented the animal acts. Bandwagon, January-February, 1982, Vol. 26, No. 1, p. 16.

See the article on the 1904 show online in Note Sheet (Circus Historical Society), July 1944.

1907:

    1907: Chas. Holton, last season with the M. L. Clark Shows, will have the advance car No. 1 with the Great Hargreaves Show this season. He has signed George (Stormy) Miller, William Heffer, Fred Riley, Mike Norman, W. A. Scott, James J. Zack, Joe P. Woods and John Reardon. Billboard, March 2, 1907, p. 26.

    Hargreaves Misses Stands. During the matinee performance of the Thomas Hargreaves Circus in White Plains, N.Y., on April 29, 1907, the reserved seat sections collapsed and injured a number of people. As a result the circus packed up and moved out as quickly as possible. Thus it was that the circus train of 6 flats, 3 stock cars and 5 sleepers arrived in Pittsfield, Mass., two days ahead of their advertised dates.
      The show leisurely put up their bigtop, menagerie, side show, freak top, cookhouse, dining and dressing tents. Then since all was in readiness, it was decided that the show would open the night before the advertised opening, thus allowing for three performances in this city. Each of the shows was well attended and received. Unusual animals in the show’s program included a large elephant, a musk ox, mule and a camel. Twenty-seven wagons were required to carry the show and these were all well painted and lettered. - From Don Marck’s Note Book. Bandwagon, Vol. 6, No. 2 (Mar-Apr), 1962, p. 13.

    The advertising car of the Hargreave circus was in town Saturday. The spectacle of bill posters hanging paper for a tent show in the midst of a blinding snow storm, as was the case Saturday, was something of a novelty. Daily Kennebec (Maine) Journal, May 13, 1907. Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Hargreave & Brown - 1912   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1912

    Hargreave and Brown Show. Hargreave and Brown, props.; H. J. Hargreave, mgr.' James B. Hallisey, treas.; Clarence Pickering, auditor; George Lockwood, general agent; Al V. Lock, railroad contractor; Earnest Ledoux, local contractor; P. F. Colby, special agent; Joseph Labine, contracting press agent; Billy J. Barry, advance press agent; John D. Warren, press agent back with show; James B. Crowley, excursion agent; Victor Laravee, supt. of show; Charlie Perram, equestrian director; Chas. Conkright, general supt.; Fred Burasseau, supt. privileges; Prof. Ed O'Neil, musical director; Billy Spellman, supt. reserved seat tickets; Wm. H. Valacom, supt. canvas; Abraham Borrison, train master; Herbert Coubray, boss hostler; Stella Kelley, supt. commissary dept.; Eugene Archambault, supt. lights; C. H. Avery, supt. properties; Thos. Burke, supt. ring stock; Ollie Miller, supt. stock; Andrew Hargreave, supt. working crew; A. A. Gibson, 24-hour agent; Ed Marble, supt. elephants; Herbert Tracy, boss carpenter; C. R. Pease, supt. animals; Joseph Rouseau, blacksmith; Chas. Dennare(?), mgr. advertising car No. 1; L. E. Carlton, checker-up; Edward Fields, legal adjuster; Dr. Valcour, announcer. Show opened at Nashua, N.H., April 25. Billboard, May 11, 1912, p. 50.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

H. Harlan's Great Inter-Ocean - 1875

    With H. Harlan's Inter-Ocean Circus, Sam McFlyn, the trick clown, is engaged and A. C. Barker will supply the place of D.(?) A. Rogers. New York Clipper, April 17, 1875, p. 23.

    H. Harlan's Great Inter-Ocean Circus. Proprietor and manager, H. Harlan; contracting agent, Wm. Taylor; leader of band, Prof. Wm. Jackson; equestrian director; O. Arbuckle; boss hostler, Joe Fields; master of circle, David L. King. Clowns, O. Arbuckle and __ Rogers. Riders, Amelia Bridges, Mme. Laura, scenic rider; John Bridges, principal; Frank A. Ward, bareback. Gymnasts, Scott and Ryan. Acrobats, leapers and tumblers, a French troupe, including Madori, Zendaus, Cappello; David King, principal leaper. Robert Miller, American Hercules. One 120 ft. round top used. Will travel by railroad. . . . New York Clipper, April 17, 1875, supplement, n.p.n.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Harmston's - 1895-96, 1918, 1919   Show listed in Sturtevant's List of Circuses, 1895, 1899, 1900, 1903, 1907, 1913, 1916, 1919, 1922-23, 1925

1895: Harmston's Show notes. Harmston's Circus and Menagerie opened their Java season at Samaray, April 25. We will remain in Java until August 20, then to Penang, Rangoon, and open our season in Calcutta, Novemeber 15. The present company: Mlle. Le Blonde, equestrienne; Mlle Minnie, trick equestrienne; Miss Viola, hurdle act; Jennie Harmston, manege tandem act; Mlle. Mario, spiral globe; the Four Pardue Sisters, aerial ladders; George Harmston, jockey and principal act; Frank Harmston, scene act; the Aldean Family, acrobats and gymnasts; Sig. Bysach and Little Harry, flying rings; Master Johnny, pony jockey act; Dashaway and Moulton, horizontal bars; The Woodward Bros., Chas., Eddie and Willie, acrobats and leapers; W. Clarke, four horse act and leaper . . . El Nino, infant prodigy; the Stewarts, Johnny and Georgia, musical clowns; Nellie Watson, trapeze and rings; Violet Brandon, manege act . . . Mrs. W. B. Harmston introduces the trained horses, Gladstone and Beaconsfield; George Harmston, the nine Arab stallions. We have ten cages of animals, and Sig. Leo Hernandez has a den of trained leopards and the Bengal tiger, Duke. The company have been in the East five years. Mrs. W. B. Harmston and Son, George Harmston, sole proprietors; Robert Love, manager; Chas. Woodward, equestrian manager; Sig. Hernandez, menagerie director; R. Stripe, electrician; S. Reich, contracting agent; Col. Chas. Hicks, representative, and Chas. Bruce, bandmaster with twelve pieces. New York Clipper, June 8, 1895, p. 213.

1896: Col. Chas. Hicks writes under date of July 18: "Harmston's Circus commenced its tour of Java. Emma Fredericks, aerial act; Annie Lang, equestrienne; Mlle. Annette, high wire; Miss Cooke, manege; Chas. Dashway and W. Aldean, triple bars; . . . We had a performance 11, for the King of Siam and family. I received his majesty and escorted him around the menagerie and stables and explained the animals and their habits. When he saw the Burmese elephant, Topsy, as a sacred white "ought to be," the king said he might send one on his return home. The Fredericks received a call to the royal box. Madame Harmston received a souvenir chain of gold, and I received the Star of the East, with monogram of the king in diamonds and rubies. Our season in Java will end Oct. 6(?). We then go to China. New York Clipper, September 5, 1896, p. 421.

1918:

    Letters from Harmston's Circus, Shanghai, China, are to the effect that the organization will play Shanghai for a four weeks' engagement and will then play Pekin for four weeks, after which it will tour the provinces. The feature acts with the show include the Martinez Troupe, acrobats; the Harmstons, riders; Ozzy, Amat and Bunny, clowns, and the DeVilliers, sharpshooters. Harmston's is the largest show playing that territory, which embraces China, Siam, Philippine Islands, Straits Settlements and Columbo. Billboard, July 6, 1918, p. 57.

    Report from the Far East are to the effect that Harmston's Circus has been playing to capacity business in Kobe, Japan, having concluded its season in Muken, Siberia, where it exhibited before the "Yankees" and received a grand reception. The show was forced to cut its season short there because of the Japanese government commandeering all ships for transporting troops to Siberia. The Japanese tour will be brought to a close in October, after which the attraction will return to Shanghai, China, to travel through the Straits Settlements. Billboard, November 2, 1918, p. 54.

1919: Rita West and Jennie Harmston are doing the riding and wire walking with Harmston's Circus, now in the Dutch East Indian Islands. The show is expected to make Australia in January and February. Raymond, the high diver, gives a free show with this organization. Billboard, December 27, 1919, p. 57.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Harold Bros.

• Show was out in 1975 and 1978, Harold Voise, owner. Bandwagon, January-February, 1976; January-February, 1979.

• Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, circa 1980, Harold and Eileen Voise, owners.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Harper Bros.' Big Railroad Shows - 1889 - 1894   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1891-92, 1900

1889:

    Harper Bros.' Circus, summer season of 1890. Wanted, acrobats of all kinds, tumblers, leapers, trapeze, contortionists and riders of all kinds. Must have horses. Also a few more concert people. P. N. Harper, ___, Montana. New York Clipper, December 7, 1889, p. 655.

1890:

    Wanted for Harper Bros. Circus, summer season 1890, first class performers in all branches of the circus business. Would like trick donkey and educated horse. Also all kinds of educated animals. Would like a few more good concert people. . . . Mr. S. Shaw, Worcester, Mass. Wanted __ billposters, also boss canvasman. New York Clipper, February 8, 1890, p. 800.

    Wanted for Harper Bros.' Circus, first class performers in all branches of circus business. P. S. Would like a trick donkey and performing pony; also educated horse. Show takes the road May 12. Address our agent Mr. N.(?) Shaw, Worcester, Mass. New York Clipper, April 19, 1890, p. 92.

    Tom Harper(?) is spending a few weeks at the home of his parents, near Orchard Place, Ill. He is organizing a ten cent circus, to take the road early in June. The following people have thus far been engaged: Zilla . . . Harry Buckley . . . Le Page Sisters, Jarvis Granville . . . Riley Bros., M. Manuel and Prof. William Riley's band and orchestra. The show will travel by rail through Illinois, Wisconsin and Iowa. New York Clipper, May 3, 1890, p. 126.

    P. N. and D. J. Harper are organizing a tent show to take the road early in June. They purchased a lot of circus property of Manager Geo. M. Batcheller, of the Musee, last week, consisting of tent poles, seats, lights, flags, tools, etc., and the walls of an eighty foot tent. New York Clipper, May 20, 1890, n.p.n.

    Providence, Rhode Island. It seems that the Harper Bros., who purchased a lot of circus paraphernalia of manager George H. Batcheller two weeks ago, got into financial difficulty before reaching their first stand, which was to have been Clinton, Mass. The property, which consisted of tent poles, twenty-five lengths of seats, lights, band uniforms, flags, chain-ropes, tools, the walls of an eighty foot tent, etc., was conveyed from this city to Worcester, Mass. by wagon. On his arrival in Worcester the teamster demanded the amount due him for transporting the property, and, the money not being paid, he started with his load to return to Providence. On reaching Woonsocket he was intercepted by an officer, who, in behalf of the attaches of the show, place the property under attachment. Manager Batcheller says that he was paid ___ in cash and a check for $75(?), which he finds to be uncollectable. New York Clipper, June 7, 1890, p. 195.

    Wanted for the Harper Bros. European Circus, performers of all kinds. Riders, leapers, bar performers, acrobats, aerial artists . . . trained dogs, ponies, goats . . . Address P. N. Harper, Worcester, Mass. New York Clipper, December 27, 1890, p. 671.

• This was a small wagon show out of Worcester, Massachusetts. Among the performers were Robert Stickney Sr. and Joe LaFleur. Bandwagon, December, 1943, Vol. 2, No. 7, p. 1.

1891:

    Notes from Harper Bros.' Circus Universal European Shows. We have booked some of the best people in the circus business, such as Horatio and Millie ___, James Clifford, . . . Alex Roscoe(Boscoe?) . . . and Orio? Springer. Prof. H. A. Bradford has full charge of the advance corps, and Wm. J. Nelson, the privileges. We have also twelve beautiful iron gray horses to our already large number, and we are making, and have nearly completed, six new wagons. . . . Everything will have a new coat of paint of a bright red color. The Donaldson Litho Co. are getting up special lithos. They have contracted for our season's work, and we are more than pleased with them. The rest of the show is OK, and everybody is as happy as bluebirds in May. New York Clipper, January 31, 1891, p. 743.

    Harper Bros.' European Circus. Wanted - A 1 bar performers, some good concert people and sideshow people of all kinds. Also a few more good musicians. Address P. N. Harper, Worcester, Mass. New York Clipper, January 31, 1891, p. 752.

    Harper Bros.' European Circus. Wanted, sensational acts of all kinds; also a troupe of performing dogs, ponies and donkeys. Address P. N. Harper, Worcester, Mass. New York Clipper, February 28, 1891, p. 815.

    Harper Bros.' European Circus is rapidly coming to the front, and will open early in May. Everything will be new and bright. The following is a partial list of the people thus far engaged: . . . Mr. and Mrs. Chas. Carroll . . . James Clifford . . . Rich Bros. . . . Al. Gorman; Richard Bros. . . . New York Clipper, March 14, 1891, p. 5.

    Master Joseph LaRose(?) has signed with the Harper Bros. Shows for the season. New York Clipper, April 11, 1891, p. 74.

    Call. All people engaged for Harper Bros.' European Circus report at Providence, R. I., May 10, for rehearsal. Show opens same place May 11. P. N. Harper, Worcester, Mass. New York Clipper, April 25, 1891, p. 126.

    Providence, Rhode Island. Harper Bros.' Circus, under the management of P. N. Harper, will begin its road tour at Olneyville, R. I. The show was organized at Worcester, Mass., and will travel by wagon. . . . New York Clipper, May 9, 1891, p. 151.

    On the road, circuses: Harper Bros., Olneyville, R. I., May 11. New York Clipper, May 9, 1891, p. 155.

    Wanted, thirty lengths of circus seats, wire quick to Harper Bros.' Circus, Uxbridge(?), Mass, May 21 . . . Southbridge 23. Also women to handle snake and do circassian. New York Clipper, May 23, 1891, p. 195.

    The roster of Harper Bros.' Circus is: P. M. Harper, manager; Frank Zola, treasurer; Dick Farnum, equestrian director; Zola Family, Farnum Bros. . . . Annie Farnum, Geo. Dunbar, Mary De Boe, Jos. La Fleur, George Eberton, John Kelly . . . Fred Elmer, Prof. Bolotze and eight musicians. Business is reported very satisfactory. New York Clipper, June 13, 1891, p. 231.

    On the road, circuses: Harper Bros., Fitchburg, Mass. June 10, 11, Leominster 12, Clinton 13, Worcester 15, 16. New York Clipper, June 13, 1891, p. 231.

    Wanted, a few more first class performers. Also a woman to handle snakes. Must have own snakes. Also boss property man to handle big acts. Address P. N. Harper, Worcester, Mass. New York Clipper, June 13, 1891, p. 243.

    Worcester, Massachusetts. Harper Bros. Circus, which was organized in this city last winter, exhibits here June 15, 16. New York Clipper, June 20, 1891, p. 250.

    Roster of Harper Bros.' European Circus, now touring the New England states: P. N. Harper, manager; Frank Zola, treasurer; Dick Farnam, equestrian director; Mrs. Frank Zola, Wm. Le(?) Zola, Jimmie Farnam, Mrs. Anna Farnum, Josie Farnam, Carr and ___, Charles Long, James Clifford, Joe La Flower, . . . Master Flagle, Fred Elmar and John Kelly. P. N. Harper was presented with a fine gold watch. At the close of the performance Mr. Harper had a social banquet arranged. . . . New York Clipper, June 27, 1891, p. 268.

    On the road, circuses: Harper Bros.' North Berwick, Me. July 8, Kennebunk 9, Biddeford 10, Saco 11, Saccarappa 13. New York Clipper, July 11, 1891, p. 301.

    On the road, circuses: Harper Bros.', . . . Yarmouth, Me. 17, Freeport 18. New York Clipper, July 18, 1891, p. 313.

    Notes from the Harper Bros.' Show. We opened May ??, at Olneyville(?), R.I., and from the start we have had big business. It is quite natural that our managers, the Harper Bros. ___ be confonded with the Harper Bros. of one legged song and dance fame . . . Here is our roster in full: P. W. Harper, sole proprietor and manager . . . Dick Farnum, equestrian manager; D. J. Harper, master of transportation . . . Performers: Farnum Bros.; Emily Zola Troupe, John Batchelder's Dog Circus; Master Henry Monroe; Master Willie Farnam. Concert: Carr and ___, Garcia and Powers . . . Willie Farnum, Ned Harper. . . . Sailor Palmer, boss canvasman, with twenty five assistants. . . . Doc Frenchy is boss stock(?) with __ assistants . . . the gentleman in white appears every Tuesday. . . . Mrs. James Farnum, who has been visiting her husband, ___ to her home, Pawtucket, R.I. Dick Farnum is practicing a brother act . . . Mrs. P. N. Harper and her two children are visiting the show, and are great favorites with all. New York Clipper, August 15, 1891, p. 382.

    Harper Bros.' Great European Shows. P. N. Harper, proprietor and manager; Frank Zola, treasurer; Dick Farnum, equestrian director; Edgar Hayes, advance representative. Farnum Bros., Dick and James, pyramid act; John F. Batchelder, double somersault leaper; Emily Zola Troupe, trapeze; Fred Elmer, horizontal bar, late of Elmer and Gregory; Fred Welcome, balancing trapeze; Josie Farnum; John F. Kelly, equilibrist and posturer; James Clifford, serpentine wonder; Harry DeBoe, wire; La Belle Winnie, contortion; George O. Egbertson, bar clown; Mons. Eugene Gertner, equestrian; Eddie Garvie and Powers, comedians, vocalists, dancers; Tony York, Irish character; Prof. John F. Batchelder's five acting dogs; Master Henry Munroe; bar performer; Prof. Frank M. Myers, magician, ventriloquist, Punch and Judy; Mlle. Le Pruno, snake charmer; Mons. Antonia, strong man; Sig. Carboni, juggler; Prof. Thos. Free's band of 14 pieces; Arthur Flagie, privileges manager. New York Clipper, August 15, 1891, p. 395.

    Harper Bros.' Circus stranded at Thompsonville, Mass.(?), Aug. 22. The performers struck for back salaries, and it was announced that there would be no performance. The crowd became excited, cut the guy ropes, set the tent on fire, smashed seats and wagons, cut up harness and wrecked things generally. Great pieces were cut out of the canvas. In all, about $2,500(?) damages were done. Manager H. N. Harper attempted to refund the money, but when the crowd became unruly, he took the receipts and went to Springfield, where he was arrested later in the night for obtaining the money under false pretenses. The performers claim that from one to seven weeks' pay is due. Harper claimes he owed none of them for more than three weeks' work, that he has paid all other bills, and would have soon paid the performers. His is to have a hearing in court at Thompsonville. New York Clipper, August 29, 1891, p. 416.

    Thompsonville, Conn., Aug. 24. P. N. Harper, one of the proprietors of Harper Brothers' circus, who decamped with the entire receipts of the circus, was captured in Springfield and brought here for trial today charged with obtaining money under false pretenses. Harper claims that he only leased it from O. A. Kelly of Worcester. Kelly is expected here today to claim the property. The Sheriff is in possession of the remnants of the circus, having claims amounting to $2,000. The attaches of the circus are stranded, not having money enough to leave town. Harper owes each of the performers from one to eight weeks' salaries. The work of the furious mob Saturday night prevents a benefit performance being given by the peformers. Harper says he will sue the town for $10,000, as his license fee entitled him to protection. The Press (New York, NY), August 25, 1891, p. 2.

    Providence, Rhode Island. The Farnum Bros. and John F. Batchelder arrived here __ from Harper Bros.' Circus which went to pieces at ___, Ct. __. They report that the ghost had failed to put in an appearance for two weeks ___, due to the closing of the show and that the collapse was simply due to bad management, as business had been good. The Farnum Bros. are resting at their home, Nantucket(?) and Mr. Batchelder has accepted an invitation ro remain with them a few days as their guest. New York Clipper, September 5, 1891, p. 433.

    James Clifford, contortionist, late with Harper Bros.' Circus, has joined George L. Gregory's Pantomime and Novelty Co. New York Clipper, September 26, 1891, p. 487.

1892:

    Wanted, for Harper Bros.' European Circus, performers in all branches of the circus business; also sideshow people. Canvas men, bill posters, seat men chandelier men, two and four horse drivers, boss canvas man. P. N. Harper, Worcester, Mass. New York Clipper, January 23, 1892, p. 771.

    Notes from Harper Bros.' Circus. We are rapidly preparing for our season. We are constantly enlarging our attractions, and will open our tour in good shape. Two new cages and a new ticket wagon have been added. A new band wagon is being built. We have added two teams of fine dapple gray horses and one team of white mules. Our company: the Three Devene Freres, De Mora, Muro and ???, the Emily Zola(?) Troupe, Clara Bell, Mr. and Mrs. Andy Spear, Chas. Hunt, Winsome Winnie, the Del Montos(?), Minnie Hart, Tom Clark, Arthur W. Vernel(?) and A.(?) B.(?) F?agg. We are constantly receiving something new. One of the latest desigen in printing is a fine ??? sheet lithography of P. N. Harper, the sole owner and manager. New York Clipper, February 27, 1892, p. 843.

    Privileges with the Harper Bros. Circus have been secured by Harry De Roe and Geo. ?. Levere, making their second season with that show. Manager P. N. Harper has been lavish in his preparations, and his show will be one of the finest wagon shows traveling in New England. The season opens early in May at Worcester, Mass. Andy and Mattie Spear have been engaged for Harper Bros.' Circus. New York Clipper, March 19, 1892, p. 18.

    Harper Bros. Circus. De(?) Mora, contortionist, has signed with Harper Bros. Circus. He is ill at West Superior, Wis. New York Clipper, April 2, 1892, p. 50.

    Call. People engaged with the Harper Bros.' European Circus report at Worcester, Mass., Sunday, May 8, at 10.30 sharp. Show opens same place May 9. P. N. Harper, 241 Front Street, Worcester, Mass. New York Clipper, April 9, 1892, p. 79.

    Wesley Emmerson(?), boss canvasman of Harper Bros.' European Circus, is getting everything into tiptop condition for the opening May 9, at Worcester, Mass. New York Clipper, April 16, 1892, p. 82.

    Frank E. Tracy . . . has been engaged as contracting agent of Harper Bros.' United European Shows. New York Clipper, April 23, 1892, p. 100.

    Roster of Harper Bros.' European Circus: P. N. Harper, sole owner and manager; Thos Carter(?), treasurer; Frank C. Tracy, general agent; Arthur W. Ver?ill, head bill poster, with four assistants; D. J. Harper, boss lithographer, with two assistants; Jos. Duprey, master of transportation; Wesley Emmerson, boss canvas man, . . . Jos Manoch(?), chandelier man; E. P. Victor, animal man; F. C. Reed, boss hostler . . . Chas. Pero(?), cook, with three assistants; Alex. Devine, equestrian director; Del Monte, candy stand privileges; Arthur Flagg, master of properties, with three assistants; C.(?) King, master of ring stock; . . . band of ten pieces. . . . E. F.(P.?) Victor, Chas. Hunt, Muro and Flatti(?), the Del Montos, . . . Mattie Spear, Mr. and Mrs. Andy Spear, . . . Kitty Hart, F. J. Powers . . . Clara Bell(Ball?), Oley Frieburg, . . . troupe of Japs. The show will begin operation May ? at Worcester, Mass. New York Clipper, April 30, 1892, p. 114.

    The Harper Bros.' New European Shows opened at Millbury, Mass., May 9, to packed tents both afternoon and evening. The acts of the Rice Bros. . . . the Three Renos and in fact all the principal acts met with approval from the vast assemblies. The addition of two Normandy horses is a feature in the annex. Everything is brand new about the show, and the prospects are bright. New York Clipper, May 21, 1892, p. 162.

    The Barton Bros. . . . the La French Bros. and Carlotta Laverne are recent additions to Harper's Circus. New York Clipper, May 21, 1892, p. 162.

    Providence, Rhode Island. Harper Bros.' Circus exhibited at Pawtucket 16(?) to large attendance. New York Clipper, May 21, 1892, p. 165.

    On the road, circuses: Harper's . . . Warren, RI 19, Fall River, Mass. 20, Middleboro 21. New York Clipper, May 21, 1892, p. 167.

    Providence, Rhode Island. Joseph Harper, of Harper Bros.' Circus, was in town last week. New York Clipper, May 28, 1892, p. 181.

    On the road, circuses: Harper Bros., Attleboro MA May 25, Hopkinton 26, Franklin 27, Natick 28, Milford 30. New York Clipper, May 28, 1892, p. 183.

    On the road, circuses: Harper Bros.', Maynard MA June 1, Marlboro 2, Hendson 3, Clinton 4, Worcester 5, 6. New York Clipper, June 4, 1892, p. 195.

    On the road, circuses: Harper Bros., Ware, Mass. June 11, Palmer 13, Indian Orchard 14, Springfield, 15, Westfield 16, Chicopee 17, Holyoke 18. New York Clipper, June 11, 1892, p. 214.

    . . . Demora . . . Nellie Rice and Muro and Plalts(?) are said to be making hits with Harper Bros.' Show. New York Clipper, July 9, 1892, p. 276.

    On the road, circuses: Harper Bros., Lowell MA July 13. New York Clipper, July 16, 1892, p. 296.

    Lowell, Massachusetts. Harper Bros.' Circus came July 13 and T. K. Burk's Circus 14 both showing to big business. New York Clipper, July 23, 1892, p. 312.

    Robert Stickney has returned from the Harper Bros.' Circus. Mr. Stickney is now at the West End Training Academy, this city [New York], breaking a troupe of Shetland ponies. Mr. Stickney has added to his troupe of trained animals the somersault dog, Bob. New York Clipper, September 10, 1892, p. 422.

    Scribner & Smith's. The management have purchased the majority of the Harper Bros.' outfit. New York Clipper, December 3, 1892, p. 624.

1893:

    Wanted, for Harper Bros.' European Circus, Museum, Menagerie and Wild West Shows, people in all branches of the circus business. Also concert people. Would like to hear from boss canvas man, also animal man. Address P. N. Harper, Worcester, Mass. P.S. Wanted, ten bill posters, agent that is not afraid of paste. New York Clipper, January 14, 1893, p. 731.

    Harper Bros. are going to add a menagerie and Wild West . . . next season. . . . winter quarters . . . Shrewsbury, Mass. . . . people engaged: . . . Prof. Del Monte and wife, D. J. Harper, Kid Nelson, . . . Avery and ??? have been engaged for Harper Bros. Circus. New York Clipper, February 4, 1893, p. 766.

    Avery and King have been engaged for Harper Bros. Circus. New York Clipper, February 4, 1893, p. 766.

    Charles E.(?) Darling has signed with Harper Bros. European Circus and Menagerie as contracting agent for this season. New York Clipper, March 4, 1893, p. 832.

    Harper Bros. Circus is said to be in a bad way. Salaries are reported in arrears, and the entire outfit is in a demoralized condition. At Granville, N.Y. last week a hotel proprietor gave the performers their food and helped them out of town. The tent was left behind, having been badly town during a severe wind storm. New York Clipper, July 29, 1893, p. 328.

1894:

    Wanted, for Harper Bros.' Big Railroad Shows, performers in all branches of the circus business. Also freaks, sideshow people, drivers, canvas men, train men, chandelier man, concert people, and a good band . . . a good, sober, reliable boss canvas man. P. N. Harper, Worcester, Mass. P.S. Would sell sideshow privilege to responsible party. New York Clipper, April 21, 1894, p. 111.

    Call. People engaged with Harper Bros.' European Circus report on lot at Worcester, Mass., Monday, May 11(?). Show opens same day. P.S. Can use another good act, also rider with stock. Address P. N. Harper, Worcester, Mass. New York Clipper, May 12, 1894, p. 159.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Harr Bros. - 1930   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1929-1930

    Harr Bros. Greater Combined Shows, Wild West and Menagerie, using two ring and elevated stage. Shetland stallions, dogs, monkeys, goats, trick mules, etc. Elephant Major, Dynamite and Gunpowder, mule acts; Harper Bros. dancing horses and dancing girls; Howe-Cooks gymnastics on bicycles, wire riggings, teeth work and carrying perch; Robert and May Morris, acrobats and balancers; the Aerial Maginleys, Aerial Mohlers, Alsips; funny clowns. The side show is under the direction of Mr. & Mrs. J. J. Holmes. Motorized show, parade every day. Harr Bros. Greater Combined Show is under the management of Delmar Harridge. . . . Moulton Weekly Tribune (Moulton, IA), May 1, 1930, n.p.n.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Harrington's - 1900

    Harrington's Combined Shows. Wm. Harrington, advance. Billboard, May 1, 1900.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Harrington's Nickle Plate Show   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1932-34

• An article on the 1932-34 Harrington's Nickle Plate show is in Bandwagon, July-August, 2001, Vol. 45, No. 4, pp. 16-25.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Harris & Anderson - 1893

    On the road, circuses: Harris & Anderson's, Braym?r MO July 26, Ludlow 27. New York Clipper, July 29, 1893, p. 329.

    Card to the public. In the last issue of Clipper I notice under the heading of canvas shows the roster of one Harris & Anderson ___ under the title of "New Nickel Plate Shows." Lest some may be misled I desire to state that I never had a partner, and further, there is but one "New Nickel Plate Show" and I created it eleven years ago . . . "New Nickel Plate Shows," which is my exclusive property . . . W. H. Harris, manager and owner of the only New Nickel Plate Shows. New York Clipper, July 29, 1893, p. 339.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Charles N. Harris - 1910   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1912-1924

    Buddy, the only performing American bison in existence, star performer of the Charles N. Harris' Circus and Trained Animal Show, which has winter quarters in Schuylerville, made a dash for freedom Friday afternnon, having a couple of hours to himself in an 80 acre field, was finally captured by Mr. Harris, proprietor, who affected a clever toss of the lariat. Elizabethtown Post (Elizabethtown, NY), December 29, 1910, p. 1.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

John A. Harris - 1916   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1916

    Robert Taylor, formerly general agent of the LaMont Brothers, Wheeler Brothers and the Haag shows, is now general agent for the John A. Harris Mighty Shows. Business through Illinois has been good when the weather was favorable. The show travels in fifteen wagons, and carries ten head of ring stock, including Sultana, the menage horse, and Prince Ivan, the statue horse. A troupe of Candian black bears is also carried. The Aerial Renos, the Great Weaver, Mlle. Sylvia, Bob Nelson and Upsidedown Leonard are in the big show, and M. D. Arnold and wife are handling the sideshow. The street parade is given daily. Billboard, August 5, 1916, p. 35.

Show had winter quarters in Cicero, Indiana. Bandwagon, August, 1956, p. 8.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Sig. Harris - 1895, 1912

1895: Roster of Sig. Harris' World United Shows now touring Texas. Sig. Harris, proprietor and manager; Prof. De Witt . . . Mamie St. Clair. We carry a 75ft. top with 30ft. middle piece and a juvenile band of six pieces, under the leadership of Master John Barns, a twelve year old musical prodigy. New York Clipper, January 26, 1895, p. 751.

1912: Old Sig. Harris Show - Sig Harris, prop. and mgr.; C. C. Harris, treas.; C. A. Brown, general agent; George Zenedo, equestrian director; Harry Phelps, musical director; C. Behn/Rehn(?), supt. canvas. Show opens at Como, Tex., March 22. Billboard, March 23, 1912.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

W. H. Harris Nickle Plate Shows - 1884-87, 1889, 1890, 1893, 1896, 1900, 1902

• Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1883-1904

1884:

    The W. H. Harris' New Nickel Plate Shows will exhibit at Bismark, Friday, June 13. Mr. Harris has built a new show after his own plans and ideas, and from new material. He will introduce features that will be new, novel and pleasing, among which may be mentioned Dora, the Feejee Island cannibal; "Gypsy," the only umbrella-eared elephant; the largest den of lions. The only male and female Sampson, pulling against elephants and horses, etc. . . . Bismark Weekly Tribune (Bismark, ND), June 6, 1884, p. 8.

    A rumor reaches us that the Harris Nickel Plate Circus collapsed at Coldwater, Mich., last week, and that some of the small people are looking for their salary. This show started out from the Pacific slope, and had played mostly in the Far West. New York Clipper, October 4, 1884, p. 455.

    W. H. Harris of Nickel-Plate Circus fame writes from Chicago, Ill., to say that the Nickel-Plate Circus does not owe performers or anybody else a dollar. New York Clipper, October 11, 1884, p. 471.

1885:

    For W. H. Harris' Nickel-Plate Show the following people are engaged so far: Dave Castello, wife and two brothers; the Four Quinetts; Walter, Harry and Chas. Morosco; Chas. Harding, George Scott, Samuel Dock, William Maximiliano, Dan White, Gus Lee, Harry Howard and wife, Madam Fullers, Frank Howard, wife and child and Prof. Mackay. H. H. Hart is leader of the band. Dr. Joseph H. Hansen is the general business agent and J. J. Showles, contracting agent. Herman Stevnes has charge of the outside privileges. The route will be through Northern Michigan going into Canada the last of June. New York Clipper, April 4, 1885, p. 36.

    Lew Nichols will manage the sideshow and be principal orator with W. H. Harris' Nickel-Plate Show. New York Clipper, April 11, 1885, p. 56.

    B. F. Allen and Millie Warren of the Harris Nickel-Plate Show were married at Arcadia Mines, N. S., July 25. The Harris people are reported to have done well through Nova Scotia. New York Clipper, August 8, 1885, p. 328.

    W. H. Harris' Nickel Plate Shows, Circus, Museum, Menagerie, at Winnipeg, September 3 and 4. Best one ring circus in America. 30 circus celebrities, 6 funny clowns, Gypsey, umbrella-eared elephant, den of lions, only tattooed lady. Manitoba Daily Free Press (Winnipeg, Canada), September 2, 1885, n.p.n.

Article on the 1885 W. H. Harris show is online in Bandwagon, May-Jun 1971 (scroll down or use find).

1886:

    The official staff for W. H. Harris' Nickle-Plate Circus for next Summer: W. H. Harris, sole proprietor; J. W. Randolph, general agent and railroad contractor; Chas. H. Brooks, contractor; A. S. Kohlund, director of publications; O. B. Stevens, car No. 1 and 12 men; A. C. Williams, car No. 2 with 8 men; C. F. Kohlund, excursion agent. The show has been enlarged and will require fifteen cars and two advertising cars. Among engagements already made are: Mlle. Cordelia, bareback principal; Mons. and Mlle. Le Strange(?), human butterflies; the Knowltons, Fred W. Hall and the Camel girl. The human butterflies and the Camel girl will be the features. The entire menagerie is now at Gore's Museum, St. Paul, Minn., where it will remain for the Winter. New York Clipper, January 16, 1886, p. 692.

    W. H. Harris, proprietor of the Nickle-Plate Circus writes: I have engaged the following people for my circus: the Four Costellos (Dave, George, Willie(?) and Ada); the Four Gregories (C. J., James, George and Delia); the Knowltons, Mons. and Madam Josephs, the Stanley Bros., Fred Hall, Mme. Cordelia, Chas. Morosco and Helene Devere. Bareback principal riders, Mme. Cordelia and Dave Costello. Sideshow: John W. Krepps, manager, and the following curiosities: Madame DeVere, bearded lady; George Robinson, Canadian giant; the Indiana fat boy; Allie Beach, Albino, and a German orchestra. The feature of the Nickel-Plate will be the Camel girl and the Human Butterflies. Paul C. Blum is the general agent; Charles H. Brooks, contracting agent, E. R. Richards, treasurer and acting manager. The show will open in St. Paul in Apri. New York Clipper, March 13, 1886, p. 830.

    Fred Hall, contortionist and horizontal bar performer of this city, leaves to join W. H. Harris' Nickel Plate circus, which opens at St. Paul, Minn., April 12, He will do a "double turn." Elkhart Sentinel (Elkhart, IN), March 27, 1886, n.p.n.

    April 30th, W. H. Harris will be here with his Nickel Plate Circus. Amon the many sensations is the Camel Girl, pronounced by scientists the most wonderful freak of nature, a young lady with the features of a woman but the body of a camel. On exhibition in the main canvas at no separate price of admission, together with the den of lions and tigers, the big umbrella eared elephant, "Gipsy," and the ring performance. Freeborn County Standard (Albert Lea, MN), April 14, 1886, p. 1.

    The camel girl at the circus was a fraud, being nothing more than at young woman whose knees turned backward instead of forward. The circus did not draw many people from the country and comparatively few in the city took any interest. The tent was not a large one, and the performance, not so extensive or varied as the big circuses, was very good and gave satisfaction. The menagerie was a limited affair, and the side show was the thinnest kind of a snide. . . . Freeborn County Standard (Albert Lea, MN), May 5, 1886, n.p.n.

    From A. S. Kohland, treasurer and acting manager of Harris' Nickel-Plate Circus, we learn that show "did not strand at Columbus, Neb., but did, at that point, abandon its California tour on account of the eleven days' delay to its advertising car caused by the strike. They returned to Omaha and closed there, showing two weeks. Mr. Harris owes no one a dollar and paid all salaries and claims in full." Mr. K. adds, "The show will re-organize and be on the road by June 1." New York Clipper, June 5, 1886, p. 184.

    George Wilson, who signs himself "attache of the show," writes: "Harris' Nickel-Plate Show lies stranded at Mayfield, Ky. All the performers and working people are destitute of money and food. . . . " New York Clipper, October 16, 1886, p. 491.

    Sheriff's sale of show property at Mayfield, Kentucky, Oct. 22. Suit in favor of W. H. Harris against Bingley & Stevens Bros.' Creston Shows. Will sell at public auction on above named day ten carloads of circus property, consisting of animal cages, horses, harness, sleeping car, wardrobe, tents, seats, etc. James T. Wilson, Sheriff. New York Clipper, October 16, 1886, p. 494.

1887:

    Harris' Nickel-Plate Show. The company includes Dave Costello, Ed Howe, Jack Leonard . . . the Nelsons, M. Jeffreys, Mrs. W. H. Harris, Chas. Morosco, Jack Nelson, Frank Sparks, Joe Belmont, Sam Bennett, the Sparks and the Costello Bros. New York Clipper, September 24, 1887, p. 441.

1888:

    W. H. Harris' Nickel Plate Shows will close the season Dec. 29. Most of the company have been in the employ of Mr. Harris for the past four years. the list includes Dan, George, David and William Castello, John Quigley, Sam Bennett, Frank H. Sparks, Fields and Donnelly, Randall Bros., John Beers, John Connors, Claude West, John Coakley, William Collins . . . Mme. Jeffries, H. J. Pritchard, Geo. St. Elmo. New York Clipper, December 29, 1888, p. 675.

1889:

    Roster of W. H. Harris' New Nickel Plate Shows: W. H. Harris (sole proprietor and manager), O. H. Gould (treasurer), Dan Castello, Capt. J. Wenzel, Henry Wenzel, Al. Parker, W. F. Smith, John Miller, Jas. O'Rourke, Wm. Miles, J. Rourke, Sam Kohn, Jos. Belmont, Chas. Howitt, Mrs. Chas. Howlitt, Albion Bros., John Beers, Sam Bennett, Lillie Harris, Callie Harris, theBennetts, Frank Sparks, Dan Costello, Arthur Westfall, Wm. McKay, Ed. Green, J. Drummond, Geo. Belding, John Dugan, Hal. Barnes and W. B. Jenkins. New York Clipper, April 13, 1889, p. 81.

    Notes from W. H. Harris Nickel Plate Show. Wm. Batchellor, the leaper, is now with us. Brandon and Kennard are doing a new act. They are getting out lithographs for it. Misses Lillie and Callie are doing splendid under Uncle Dan Castello's direction. Arthur Westfall, our agent, came back to look at the new advance boat recently purchased. The boat will be in charge of E. J. Green, with W. S. McRoy, Al. Booth and Ed. Gallagher; billposters: Billy Jenkins, lithographer, and Harry Stone, programmer. New York Clipper, September 7, 1889, p. 427.

    Notes from the W. H. Harris Nickel Plate Circus. Clarence Robinson, son of James Robinson, joined Sept. 14. Chas. Hewitt, barrel kicker and four horse rider, joined Oct. 1. Present roster: W. H. Harris, sole proprietor; O. Gould, treasurer; Frank M. Sparks, equestrian director; Clarence Robinson, Harry McDonald, Chas. Kennard, Harry Brandon, Edwin Kennard, John Beers, Callie and Lillie Harris, Mrs. W. H. Harris, Hugh George, Jos. Oliver, Wm. Jenkins, Prof. Al. Parker with a band of twelve mouth pieces, and A. Westfall in advance, with six billposters. New York Clipper, October 12, 1889, p. 513.

    Notes from the Nickel Plate Circus. We close the season at New Orleans, La., Dec. 7. Mr. Harris will Winter at New Orleans. Bernard Brandon and Kennard and Chas. Howitt go to San Francisco. Frank H. Sparks will spend the Winter at his home, Easton, Pa. A. Westfall, our advance agent, paid us a visit Nov. 4. James Burke, the lion king, joined us, and is performing the lions. . . . New York Clipper, November 23, 1889, p. 615.

1890:

    Among the recent features engaged for Harris' Circus may be mentioned Kennard, Brandon and Kennard in "The Trunk Mystery," their second season with the show. New York Clipper, February 8, 1890, p. 791.

    The Clipper has received, through the courtesy of treasurer ___, W. H. Harris' interesting volume, "500 Ways to Get Rich." It is presented as a souvenir of the Harris Nickel Plate Circus, and is a written book of nearly 200(?) pages. New York Clipper, March 8, 1890, p. 861.

    New Orleans, Louisiana. W. H. Harris' Circus opened here to excellent business, and will, undoubtedly, entertain crowded tents during the show's engagement South. Manager Harris has an exceptionally strong combination, and, though a low priced one, as far as admission fee goes, it gives a show which many large circuses would feel proud of. The Nickel Plate entertainment opens with eight equestrians on white steeds, among whom are Nellie and Pollie Harris, who at once won admirers by their riding. After which Master Frankie Harris(eleven years of age) proved himself to be a wonderful bareback rider, and later appeared as a tumbler. . . . The horses exhibited by Manager Harris are undoubtedly well educated. The leapers and tumblers were nimble, and the show, as a whole, gave satisfaction. Arthur Westfall is general business manager for manager Harris. New York Clipper, March 22, 1890, p. 23.

    New Orleans, Louisiana. Harris' Nickel Plate Shows are doing a wonderful business for this season of the year, and Master Frankie Harris continues to win admirers by his daring bareback riding. New York Clipper, March 29, 1890, p. 39.

    Notes from Harris' Nickle Plate Circus. If there is anything that proves the old adage, that "noting succeeds like success," it may be said to be accomplished in the triumph of Harris' Nickle Plate Circus at New Orleans. . . . W. H. Harris, our popular and affable proprietor and manager, is a manager in the truest sense of the word. He manages to pay them promptly and fully, and he manages to fill his treasury by his thorough knowledge of the public. He has now closed an engagement here of six weeks, phenomenal in all respects. We have . . . Lillie(?) and Carrie Harris, Frank H. Sparks . . . Frank Sparks is the equestrian manager. New York Clipper, April 26, 1890, p. 103.

    Notes from W. H. Harris' Nickel Plate Show. We have entered upon our third week here to splendid business, and the prospects bid fair for a lengthy summer season. Dave Castello joined last week, and is riding a wonderful hurdle act. . . . Ed. Willis is still hustling on the outside. Prof. Will Church and his band have resigned . . . In spite of the new __ft. middle piece, it keeps the boys moving to find seats for the multitudes, and oftimes the big door is closed. Gold watches have got to be the rage, and every week one can generally see one or two new ones around the show. New York Clipper, June 21, 1890, p. 231.

    Notes from Harris' Nickel Plate Show. In spite of inclement weather, the ___ are crowded nightly. On June __ manager Harris tendered the children of Father Sullivan's school, Chicago, a benefit, which was highly appreciated. Frank H.(?) Sparks, equestrian manager, in breaking a new trick pony, which he will soon have working in the ring. . . . New York Clipper, June 28, 1890, p. 243.

    Notes from W. H. Harris' Nickel Plate Shows. Saturday night, July 12, completed our ___th performance at Chicago, and business has been exceedingly good. Prospects bid fair for quite a lengthy season yet. Manager Harris has arranged for the erection of a four story and basement(?) brick barn, to be built in the rear of his residence at Chicago. The upper stories will be devoted exclusively to the storage of stock, cages and paraphernalia, while the first floor will contain an arena, in which ring stock will be broken in during the Winter the months. Uncle Dan Costello was a welcome visitor last week, and for several nights assumed his former position in the ring. . . . O. F. Gould, our popular treasurer, is back from Eaton rapids, Mich., whre he had been enjoying a short vacation with friends and relatives. New York Clipper, July 19, 1890, p. 294.

    W. ?. Ament closed with W. H. Harris' Nickle Plate Circus Aug __. New York Clipper, August 16, 1890, p. 355.

    Harris' Nickel Plate Shows are still doing a big business, and will remain in Chicago at least six weeks longer - a record of seventeen weeks in Chicago. Mr. Harris will travel by boats to New Orleans, playing there about six weeks. Cooney Bowers has been promoted to general agent, Mr. Jenkins having charge of the paper. Ed. Willis, our lecturer, will leave Sept. 1 . . . New York Clipper, August 23, 1890, p. 373.

    Notes from Harris' Nickel Plate Shows. We leave Chicago early in October, going direct to Cairo, Ill. Business at Chicago is great. . . . Prof. Blitz, as stated in the last Clipper, left for Creston, Ia. . . . The Harris Shows will steam down the Mississippi in a new boat. The advance brigade of five(?) will leave Chicago in about two weeks. New York Clipper, September 13, 1890, p. 420.

    W. H. Harris, proprietor and manager of Harris' Nickel Plate Circus, was as happy as a lark when he surveyed his circus tent at Chicago, Sept. 6, crowded with thousands of patrons. He was happier still when ___ Supreme Chancellor H. C. Berry, of the Knights of Pythias, stepped within the circle of sawdust, and, making a neat little speech, presented Dave Castello (hurdle rider), O. F. Gould (treasurer) and Frank H. Sparks (equestrian director) each with a diamond studded charm. The presentation was made on behalf of Alpine Lodge, K. of P., of which the three are members. They were about to leave Chicago, and the occasion was chosen by their brother Knights to emphasize the esteem in which they are held. De Molay Lodge participated in the proceeding. New York Clipper, October 4, 1890, 468.

    On the Road, Circuses and Miscellaneous: Harris' Nickel Plate, Newport, La., Nov 26 . . . New York Clipper, November 29, 1890, 595.

    On the Road, Circuses and Miscellaneous: Harris' Nickel Plate, New Orleans, La. Dec. 1-7. New York Clipper, December 6, 1890, p. 611.

    Harris' Nickel Plate Shows closed their ten month's season Dec. 14. Mr. Harris and his family will winter at New Orleans. O. F. Gould, treasurer, has gone to his home Eaton Rapids, Mich. Cooney Bowers, agent, will rest at Cincinnati, and Frank Sparks, equestrian director, remains at New Orleans, to break in a five pony act and a new six horse act for the coming season. Kennard, Branon and Kennard play the Texas circuit. John Beers (contortionist) goes with French's New Sensation. Frank Miller, four horse and hurdle rider, goes to his home at Kansas City. Geo. W. La Rosa returns to Long Island, N. Y. The others of the company remain at New Orleans for the present. The show opens again in March next, and will travel by rail, Mr. Harris having disposed of all his steamboat interests. New York Clipper, December 27, 1890, p. 661.

• Information on the 1893 Harris' Nickel Plate show is in Bandwagon, May-June, 1994, Vol. 38, No. 3, pp. 36-37.

1893: The Harris Nickel Plate Circus performed in Denton, Texas on Sept. 19th, 1893. They were also here on March 20, 1893. My Great-Grandfather, Oscar Gould was the treasurer for this circus. - from Mike Cochran, Denton, Texas

1896: The following have been engaged for W. H. Harris' Nickle Plate Shows: Mannie Forepaugh, bareback principal and hurdle act; the Merediths, aerialists, and Hines and Colby, perch and double somersault act. New York Clipper, January 18, 1896, p. 725.

1900:

    W. H. Harris' Nickel Plate Shows showed in Newport, Ky., May 7. The afternoon attendance was large, but the evening people were turned away in crowds. Among those with the shows are: W. H. Harris, proprietor and manager; Chas. C. Wilson, general agent; Clem. Kerr, press agent and treasurer; Col. Jas. Keenan, inside tickets; Frank Shafer, privileges; Al. Armor and Dan Castello, equestrian directors; T. Cooney, leader of the band; Bob Abrams, boss hostler; Claude Meredith, side shows; John Watson, trainmaster; Col. Thomas Powers, the well-known lion tamer; Jas. O'Rourke, elephant trainer; Albert Allen, boss canvasman, sides shows, and Harry Arlington, boss porter. Billboard, May 12, 1900, p. 5.

    For a short time during the evening performance of the show at Newport, Kentucky, May 7, it looked as if all kinds of trouble was brewing. The circus was playing in capacity, and people were being turned away in crowds, when a fight started between some white and colored circus employees, in which the tough element of the town, who were refused admittance tot he show, took a hand and bombarded the tents with stones. Just as a small-sized riot was impending, a mad dog, a big Newfoundland, made its appearance and created additional disturbance. The police finally disposed of the mad dog and scattered the rioters, but the concert at the close of the circus had to be dispensed with, and the management refunded the money to all those who had purchased tickets. George Peck has one of the nicest, cleanest sideshows on the road, and is getting all kinds of money with it. Billboard, May 19, 1900, p. 5.

    Performers with the show: St. Leon Family, acrobats; Emma Latue, slack wire; the Smiths, flying trapeze; Al Orton, bareback; the Conklins, limber-limb acrobats; Barney Shay, clown; Pete Jenkins and Claude Orton. Billboard, May 21, 1900, p. 5.

    This is what the Roanoke (Vt.) Evening World has to day of the Harris Nickle Plate Show, the best popular-priced circus on the road, and always a favorite in Roanoke, arrived this moringin, and pitched its tents on Jefferson street. At 10:30 the parade took place, and was a most creditable affair, witnessed by great crowds all along the street. The tent was filled at 2 o'clock when the show opened, and the verdict of all is that it is better than ever, and worth double the money. Harris makes a specialty of trained horses and ponies, and has the veteran Dan Costello, horse trainer, with the show. There were forty-four acts in all, two going on simultaneously in the big ten ring. They include Elsa St. Leon, the champion hurdle rider; the St. Leon family, the great acrobats, six in number; the Conklings, the champion contortionists. There were a number of daring trapeze act. Capers, trained horses, and a good clown. It is an all right show. Clem Kerr is the press agent . . . Billboard, June 16, 1900.

• 1902: While the Harris Nickel Plate show matinee was going on at Sigourney, Iowa, June 12, 1902, a tornado leveled the big top, injuring 95 persons. Bandwagon, August, 1942, Vol 1, No. 9, p. 1.

• See an article on this show online in Bandwagon, October 1942 (scroll down).

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Harris Bros. - 1924

• In 1924 Floyd and Howard King used the Harris Bros. title on their show. Bandwagon, May-June, 1977, p. 5.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Great Harris Bros. - 1938

    The famous Harris Bros. Circus returns to Middleburgh for two performances July 1. Henry Harris, known as the King of jesters started a small wagon show in 1888. Continuously on the road for 50 years, the Harris name has continued and the ownership has always remained in the family. Abner Harris, grandson of the original owner, is now at the helm and has enlarged the show each year. For the past 37 years, the show has toured the west and southwest. The program includes Rhoda Royal, equestrian director; Danny McPride and James Thomas, clowns; Mary Miller, queen of the silver thread; the Brock and Lake families; Andy Colleno, Buck Sells, western screen star, surrounded by his Hollywood Ranch Wild West. Tiger Tagerson's Athletes is a feature, as is Gentry's horses, ponies and dogs. Esther Henry and her performing elephants and the Rockland Zuavas. A large collection of wild and domestic animals comprises the menagerie. Schoharie Republican (Schoharie, NY), June 30, 1938, p. 6.

    Financial disaster overtook the Great Harris brothers' three-ring circus Thursday evening in Hanover, Pennsylvania. Former owners re-possesed the trucks and automobiles used to transport the circus. Empty trucks of the Great American Shows, Inc., arrived in Hanover presumable to remove the menagerie and performing animals. R. M. Brydon, manager of the circus, said that good crowds attended performances at Willow Beach park in Hanover Thursday. Gettysburg Times (Gettysburg, PA), August 5, 1938, p. 1.

• An article on the 1938 Harris Bros. show is in Bandwagon, November-December, 1984, Vol. 28, No. 6, pp. 28-32.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Harrison & Pickett's Dog and Pony Show

• Information on the 1897 Harrison & Pickett show is in Bandwagon, July-August, 1997, Vol. 41, No. 4, pp. 42-43.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

O. P. Hart's National Circus - 1876

    The National Circus and Museum is announced to take the road about May 1, 1876, under the management of O. P. Hart, who advertises that he would like to hear from the people who traveled with the Keystone party in 1873. The privileges connected with the show are to let, and talent of all kinds wanted. Address O. P. Hart, Hazleton, Pa. New York Clipper, December 25, 1875, pp. 311, 312.

    William Manson has been engaged as advance agent with O. P. Hart's National Circus and Museum for the coming season. New York Clipper, February 26, 1876, p. 383.

    All parties engaged with the Great Moral National Circus will please report at Hazleton, Pa., May 15. Mr. Driesbach has secured the candy privilege and also arranged to board forty people on the lot. Sideshow privilege still for sale. [Advertisement] New York Clipper, April 22, 1876, p. 31.

    O. P. Hart's National Circus closed for the season at Shamokin, Pa., June 14, owing to bad business. New York Clipper, July 8, 1876, p. 118.

    O. P. Hart's Circus collapsed some time ago in Hazelton, Pa., and H. F. Nichols returned to this city. [New York City] Other members of the company have reorganized under the title of the London Pavilion Show, with Davis the band-leader and De Bella(?) as managers. They are "backed" by a resident of that section, who furnishes horses and wagons for transportation and some capital. New York Clipper, July 29, 1876, p. 143.

    The London Pavilion Show will take a Southern tour during the Fall and Winter season, traveling by wagon. They exhibited at Halifax, Pa., July 29, Duncannon 31, Bloomfield, Aug. 1, Roseberry 2, Landsberg 3, Caritain 4, Mechanicsburg 5. Performers are wanted, especially those with Carrington's Southern Show last season. C. Hamilton Davis, manager. J. D. Clark, general agent. New York Clipper, August 12, 1876, p. 159.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Hart, France & Co. - 1888-89   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1888

1888:

    Roster of Hart, France & Co.'s Show: Hart, France & Co., proprietors; H. Hart, business manager; F. France, treasurer; Harry C. Warden, manager; Fred C. Ladelle, equestrian director. Performers: Fred C. Ladelle, Cameo and Tipp, La George Bros., Sig. Chas. Nevada, Chas. Gonzales, Master J. S. Hogan, Happy Joe Sawyer, Martin and Lacy, Mons. Rengaud (Reugaud?), Chris. Donigan. A band of eight mouth pieces, under the leadership of Prof. Le Mors, with the following musicians: W. M. Pyles, J. W. Long, J. C. Cummings, W. C. Harrington, Geo. W. Long, F. C. Adderly, C. H. France, F. C. Meibers and E. A. Dailey. The show exhibits under a 85 ft. round top canvas, with a 35 ft. middle piece, and makes two, three and four days stands in Indiana, Michigan and Ohio. Frank Leae (Leao?) is in advance with two assistants. W. S. Cox has charge of the canvas, with ten assistants. New York Clipper, May 26, 1888, p. 169.

    Hart, France & Co.’s circus opened at Greencastle, Ind., to a packed canvas, notwithstanding a heavy rain storm struck it at the opening. . . . Cameo and Tipp have just added a fine double trapeze act, which made quite an impression. The band played for the G.A.R. parade free at Greencastle, Ind. on decoration Day. The spectre in white appears regularly, consequently the boys are happy. New York Clipper, June 9, 1888, p. 203.

    Findlay, Ohio. An attachment served on Hart, France & Co.'s "Fifteen Cent Circus," at Lima, prevented them from filling dates in this city July 26-28. New York Clipper, August 4, 1888, p. 327.

1889:

    Hart, France & Co.'s Show is now organized and will open its second season May 11, at Decatur, Ind. Roster: H. H. Hart and F. F. France, sole proprietors and managers; Joe E. Sawyer, assistant manager; Mons. La Delle, equestrian director; F. France, in advance with three billposters; T. Rose, master of canvas with eight assistants; L. Dibble, master of stock with eight assistants; H. Staley, manager of candy stand and reserved seat privilege, and Prof. Ed. Daley's band of eight musicians. Performers: Mons. La Delle with his trick donkey, Harry Orville, Prof. Treat's canine paradox, De Le Voix Bros., Joe E. Sawyer, Mumford Bros., Clifford and Leon, Viola Leon, Mlle. La Delle, May Orville and Mlle. Gillette. Concert people: Geo. Phillips, C. Clifford, Tony West. The show travels by wagon, using seven baggage, three passenger, one band, two buggies and thirty head of horses. Tents: 90ft. round top with 35ft. middle piece, dressing room, two horse tents and two cook tents. The show will make one, two and three day stands in Indiana, Ohio and Michigan, at twenty-five cents. New York Clipper, May 11, 1889, p. 138.

    The Hart, France & Co. Show went to pieces after struggling hard for three weeks, leaving people destitute at Frankford, Ind. New York Clipper, September 7, 1889, p. 427.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Hart & Schofield Indian Show

• Show listed in Chindahl's History of the Circus in America, circa 1885.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Hartzell's Circus Royal - 1899

    Hartzell's Circus Royal, at Spring Lake Park. The circus has toured the country with success for a number of seasons, and has made hits in Canada, British Columbia, Mexico and Cuba. Trenton Evening Times (Trenton, NJ), July 1, 1899, p. 9.

    The Hartzell Circus Royal Company at Spring Lake Park is made up of nine acts, practically a circus on a stage. A feature of the show is Professor Caffrey's troupe of educated dogs. Trenton Times (Trenton, NJ), August 8, 1899, n.p.n.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Harvey's Circus - 1889

    Wanted for Harvey's 25 Cent Circus, people in all branches of the business (except riders), must do two or more turns. Also song-and-dance team and musical team. Those doubling in brass preferred. Address George Harvey, Batesville, Ark. New York Clipper, January 5, 1889, p. 695.

    Harvey's Circus opens at Batesville, Ark., March 25(?). New York Clipper, March 23, 1889, p. 29.

    John E. Brennan, clown, closed May 11 at Springfield, Mo., with Harvey's Southern Circus. New York Clipper, June 15, 1889, p. 225.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Harvey-Golden Show - 1890

    Bob Wallace, of the Harvey-Golden Pavilion Show, is suffering from a sore throat. The Clarks, Chas. and Annie, have been discharged for cause, and Minnie Adams and Chas. Hull have taken their places. George Harvey was presented with a solitaire diamond pin by the company last week. New York Clipper, October 6, 1888, p. 476.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Harvey, Sully & Neville - 1890

    On the Road, Circuses: Harvey, Sully & Neville’s, Houston(?), Ala., June 12, Russellville 13, Bell Green 14. New York Clipper, June 14, 1890, p. 210.

    Harvey, Sully & Neville's Show are doing a fine business through the South. All of the company are reported well and contented. New York Clipper, July 19, 1890, p. 294.

    Harvey, Scully and Neville have dissolved partnership. Mr. Neville will remain in the South. Mr. Harvey has gone to Florence, Ala. to fit up a show . . . New York Clipper, August 16, 1890, p. 357.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Hatch, Meredith & Tedrow - 1899

    Mike Rixford joined Hatch, Merdeith & Tedrow's Circus at Nelsonville, Ohio, for the season. New York Clipper, May 21, 1898, p. 196.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Hawaiian Circus - 1851

    We observe that the Sandwich Islanders are progressing rapidly in the way of places of public amusement. The Times announces that the "affairs of the Hawaiian Circus Company are progressing rapidly, and the managers, Messrs. Groom & Wescott, are confident that, unless something unforseen transpires to prevent it, they will be enabled to open some time during next week." Alton Telegraph, February 21, 1851, p. 1.

Hawaiian Circus - 1896

    The Hawaiian circus under the management of Price and Burns will be open within a couple of weeks. Five horses are in training and the tent is being made here in Honolulu. When the performances are in progress the tent will be lighted by electricity. Hawaiian Gazette (Honolulu, HI), March 20, 1896, p. 5.

    Prof. J. W. Price, of the Hawaiian Circus, writes that he has secured the following talent for the circus now showing: Gonzalus, the horse trainer, and his family of four artists; Mildred Kingsley, wire walker and song and dance artist; Bob Scott, clown, and George Leonard, loop walker. Hawaiian Gazette (Honolulu, HI), May 8, 1896, p. 7.

    Wilfred Burns, of the Price & Burns Hawaiian Circus, is having an addition put to the tent, also a portable stage built, 12x20 feet, to enable the comedians brought by Prof. Price from the coast to put on their specialties and comedies in the latest American style. Hawaiian Gazette (Honolulu, HI), May 12, 1896, p. 5.

    [Hilo] The Hawaiian circus is showing in town this week. The Gonzales family have given several creditable performances at Spreckels' hall during the past two weeks, but have not met with great financial success. Hawaiian Gazette (Honolulu, HI), July 28, 1896, n.p.n.

    [Hilo] The Hawaiian circus has not claimed packed houses during this week's performances, and the trick to which the manager resorted for drawing a crowded tent for their farewell performance was anything but commendable. The directors of the concert for the benefit of the Haili Church would certainly have sent out their notices of postponement if they had entertained any notion of "defering their concert on account of the farewell performance of the Hawaiian circus," and Messrs Price and Burns deserve a censure for having appended such a notice to their posters. Hawaiian Gazette (Honolulu, HI), August 7, 1896, p. 3.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Hawkins & Green's Dog and Pony Show

• Information on the 1898 Hawkins & Green Dog and Pony show is in Bandwagon, September-October, 1998, Vol. 42, No. 5, pp. 37-38.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Hawkins & Loomis Dog and Pony Show

• Information on the 1897 Hawkins & Loomis show, owners John Hawkins and Arthur Loomis, is in Bandwagon, September-October, 1997, Vol. 41, No. 5, pp. 29-31.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Bud Hawkins'   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1936

• An article on the 1936 Bud Hawkins' Trained Animal Circus is in Bandwagon, July-August, 1988, Vol. 32, No. 4, pp. 16-19.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Harry Hawks' Wild West - 1884

    Harry Hawks' Wild West Show, which consisted in part of some of the Indians who were with Dr. Carver's Show up to the time of its ___ were about to take the train from Cincinnati to Hamilton, Ohio, June 12, when the balloonist of the company attached the baggage and effects of the concern, and the troupe went to pieces. The attachment was placed on an alleged . . . Dr. Carver's Wild West Show is to be organized by W. C. Coup. New York Clipper, June 21, 1884, p. 222.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Hawley's - 1884

    A parade yesterday morning was a fitting precursor of the excellent show furnished by Hawley's San Francisco circus company on lot 212 on South Salina street. The large crowds which filled the tents yesterday afternoon and evening were sent home delighted. The leading attraction was the aerial performance of Maud Oswald on the rings and rope. A clever dog circus, acrobatic acts of Johnson, Parilla and Edwards, and the singing and dancing of Jennie Miaco and the Brennans were features. Nelson Curry, horizontal bar performer, Prof. George Blair, ventriloquist, Johnny Saunders, with a team of donkeys, Capt. George Laible, Dutch comedian, and Charles Mauritius, clown were among the participants in the ring performance. A pantomime, "The Village Barber," concluded the entertainment. The circus willr emian two weeks. Commencing tonight the grounds will be illuminated by electric lights. Syracuse Standard (Syracuse, NY), June 3, 1884, n.p.n.

Hawley & Martell - 1885

    Jersey City, New Jersey. Hawley & Martell's Show, formerly Hawley & Ryan, came to grief on Union Hill Sunday 9. They wanted to show on the Sabbath, and did. The result was that ___ were arrested and placed under bail to await the action of the grand jury. They found bail, and immediately returned to the circus, and the performance was continued throughout the afternoon and evening. Martell was doing his act when arrested. New York Clipper, August 15, 1885, p. 347.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Hawthorne Circus - 1978

• John Cuneo's Hawthorne Circus was out of Libertyville, Illinois. Bandwagon, January-February, 1979, p. 18.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Col. Hayward's - 1879, 1880-81

1879:

    Frank J. Pilling has joined the "Col. Hayward & Yankee Robinson Brand-new Show" as business manager. The show opens in Pana, Ill., 20. New York Clipper, June 21, 1879, p. 103.

    Circus performers wanted. Male and female riders, female gymnasts, clowns, contortionist, and people in every branch of the business. Sideshow privilege to let. Address Col. Hayward's Circus and Menagerie, Ed. T. Basye, manager. Maj. Morris(?), general agent, Pana, Ill. [Advertisement] New York Clipper, August 2, 1879, p. 147.

1880:

    Col. Hayward's Great World's Circus and Roman Hippodrome for season of 1880. Reorganized and refitted. Wanted performers in all branches of the profession, male and female, clowns, etc. Equestrians with their own stock perferred. Also a uniformed band, concert people and sideshow attractions. Travel by rail. Balloon aeronaut wanted. Address J. R. W. Hennessey, manager. Great World's Circus and Roman Hippodrome, Pana, Ill. New York Clipper, April 3, 1880, p. 15.

    Happy Jack Lawton, clown, who is spending a few days with his brother in St. Louis, Mo., will travel this season with Col. Hayward's Circus and Hippodrome, which starts from Pana, Ill, May 1. New York Clipper, April 17, 1880, p. 27.

    Colonel Hayward's Roman Hippodrome and Circus will be here May 27th. Cambridge City Tribune (Cambridge, IN), May 20, 1880, n.p.n.

    Col. Hayward's Great World's Circus and Roman Hippodrome is advertised for Piqua for Monday, the 7th inst. Miami Helmet (Piqua, OH), June 3, 1800, n.p.n.

    A heavy gale at North Vernon, with a rain storm, blew the hippodrome canvas and one tent of Hayward's circus to the ground. The Colonel suffered $1,000 damages. Albion New Era (Albion, IN), June 10, 1880, p. 1.

    Hayward's Circus and Hippodrome may be looked for in Piqua, O., June 7, Union 8, Newcastle, Ind., 9, Anderson 10, Kokomo 11, Crown Point 12. Blitz's Dime Exhibition is with this show. New York Clipper, June 12, 1880, p. 91.

    Col. Hayward's Circus and Roman Hippodrome has ceased to travel, and we are informed that salaries have not been paid. Francois R. Blitz left June 12 to join Robert Stickney's Circus, the sideshow privileges of which Mr. Blitz is to control. New York Clipper, June 26, 1880, p. 111.

1881:

    Bloomington Leader: Col. Hayward, the irrepressible show struck crank of Pana, Ill., is arranging to organize another circus this season. He keeps a hotel at Pana, at which he boards a horde of professional dead-beats through the winter, and they assist him in spending his money in the summer. Bloomington had a sample of Hayward's shows once, and show goers are still ill. Decatur Daily Republican (Decatur, IL), March 18, 1881, n.p.n.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Heath's Dog & Pony Show - 1897

    A crowd of people attended the performance of Heath's dog and pony show last evening . . . Among the features was the performance given by Prof. Adell, who also made a very efficient ringmaster, and his troupe of educated dogs and ponies. Prof. Charles Coons and his orchestra of 10 pieces. William T. Nelligan(?), fun maker. George Gardiner did four turns - balancing and swing trapeze, slack wire, Japanese perch pole and tumbling. Charles Davis, manager. Their last exhibition will be given this evening, after which they will play several Mohawk Valley towns, after which they will make a tour of the Eastern States. Charles W. Austin, old time circus man, is now boss canvasman and manager of transportation. Utica Daily Union (Utica, NY), May 1, 1897, p. 4.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Heber Bros. Circus and Wild West - 1909, 1912-14, 1918   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1880, 1908-1917

1909: Heber Bros.' Greater Shows: Ben, George, Rol. and R. C. Heber, proprietors; R. C. and R. F. Heber, managers; Ben C. Heber, general agent; R. C. Heber, contractor; A. R. Heber, local contractor; Gean Wilson, special agent; Thos. Johnson, checker-up; Bud Wilson, manager side show; Hippodrome Jack, Charlie Thompson and Billy Barnum, billposters; Millard Cook, privilege man; Alex Forepaugh and Charlie Fox, lithographers and banner men; Bud Wilson, program man; Jack Cleaver and Will Warmack, cooks. Billboard, March 20, 1909, p. 80.

1912:

    Heber Bros.' Greater Show - Reginald C. Heber, mgr.; R. E. Heber, treas.; Benj. C. Heber, general agent; Rollo H. Heber, equestrian director; George Talmage, supt. privileges; R. Franklin Heber, musical director; A. R. Heber, supt. reserved seat tickets; Arthur Laughrey, supt. canvas; George T. Heber, trainmaster; Smiley Hitchcock, boss hostler; Jack Richardson, supt. Commissary dept.; Fred. Watts, supt. lights; Walter Larimer, supt. properties; Milton Harris, supt. ring stock; James R. Ramsey, mgr. advertising wagon No. 1; Frank Watters, mgr. advertising wagon No. 2; Bill Bowers, mgr. advertising wagon No. 3; A. W. Henderson, announcer. Show opens at Columbus, O., May 2. Billboard, March 23, 1912.

    Notes from the Heber Bros. Circus and Wild West Show. We are doing a gilt-edged business matinees and nights, packed to the doors in all kinds of weather. We have not lost a show yet, presidental year notwithstanding. New York Clipper, June 15, 1912, p. 11.

1913:

    Heber Bros.' Greater Show - Reginald C. Heber, manager; R. F. Heber, assistant manager; A. R. Heber, treasurer; Z. Harrison, secretary; R. E. Heber, auditor; Benj. C. Heber, general agent; Frank Myers, advance press agent; Bill Morris, sideshow manager; Rollo H. Heber, equestrian director; Reg. Heber, general superintendent; Willis Brown, superintendent privileges; Reginald Franklin, musical director; Robt. Fox, superintendent reserved seat tickets; Red Williams, superintendent canvas; Geo. T. Heber, master of transportation; Ed Taylor, boss hostler; Jos. Cole, superintendent commissary department; Bill Rowe, superintendent lights; Earl Mead, superintendent props; Earl Baker, superintendent ring stock; John Walters, superintendent stock; Warner Buxton, 24-hour agent; Jas. Young, superintendent animals; Jas. R. Ramsey, manager advertising car No. 1; Fred Watts, manager advertising car No. 2; Bill Merkle, manager advertising car No. 3; Raymond Shannon, checker-up; Arthur Mackey, announcer. Show opens at Columbus, Ohio, April 28. Billboard, March 22, 1913.

    Heber Bros. Circus and Wild West have just finished eighteen weeks of good business. Wednesday, Aug. 27, was Harter's Day at Sweetser, Ind., the birthplace of Walter Harter, trapezist, and while the town is small, we did a good business. Stories were told about Walter when he was a youngster and his "Kid" show and how he used to separate the grown-ups from their nickels to visit his barn theatre. Ed Barlow is superintendent of the draft stock. Plans are nearly complete for the Indoor Circus, on rails, playing opera houses the latter part of October. Benj. C. Heber, general advance, uses an automobile for his advance work almost exclusively. . . . New York Clipper, September 20, 1913, p. 23.

1914: Heber Bros.' Greater Shows. Reginald C. Heber, manager; R. F. Heber, asst. manager; E. R. McKinney, treasurer; H. Harrison, secretary; Louis Johnson, auditor; Benj. C. Heber, general agent; Robt. B. Congdon, special agent; Francis McKinney, contracting press agent; Andy Anderson, manager sideshow; Rollo H. Heber, equestrian director; Jas. Ingram, general supt.; Jesse L. White, supt. privileges; Reginald Franklin, musican director; Daniel Murphy, supt. reserved seat tickets; Earl Mead, supt. canvas; Geo. T. Heber, master of transportation; Joe Adams, boss hostler; Fred Glover, supt. commissary dept.; Harry Ross, supt. lights; Earl Parker, supt. props; John Rafferty, supt. ring stock; Peter Owens, supt. stock; Dick Joyce, supt. working crew; Earl Edwards, 24-hour agent; R. E. Graves, boss carpenter; Wm. Bryce, supt. animals; Jas. Fields, blacksmith; Philip J. Strauss, manager advance car; Fred Norris, checker-up; Lesile Warren, legal adjuster; Al Davis, announcer. Show opens at Columbus, Ohio. Billboard, March 28, 1914, p. 48.

1918: Winter quarters. Heber Bros.' Greater Shows, Benj. Heber, proprietor; 312 E. 17th ave., Columbus, O. Billboard, January 12, 1918, p. 55.

• An article on the Heber Bros. shows and the Heber family is in Bandwagon, May-June, 2002, Vol. 46, No. 3, pp. 4-14.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Hecker & Werick's - 1896

    Notes from H. F. Hecker & L. Werrick's Combined Shows. We opened in May to large business. Roster: H. F. Hecker, manager; L. Werick, treasurer; Clem Savage, equestrian director; Al Hemmings, canvas boss; H. Troy, properties; R. B. Marterson, band leader; Harry Reolo, L. Ludwick, Edmund Werick, Earnest Foster . . . De Laine Bros. Clem Savage is a hit with his hand balancing act. New York Clipper, May 23, 1896, p. 180.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Heffron's Great Eastern - 1889-1890   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1889-1890

1889:

    People engaged for the Great Eastern Circus under the management of John E. Heffron: Harry and May Moran, Adair Bros. . . . William Burk, W. S. Wheeler, John Livingston, Alfred Trewalla, Howard Eberly, Mary Baxter; Charles Kelly, boss canvasman with fifteen assistants. The show travels by rail, and opens at Newport, Ky., April 22. New York Clipper, March 30, 1889, p. 39.

    Dr. Wheeler Comedy Co. closed its season at Franklin, Ky., April 13. Binny and Bliss, Elder and Newston, and Dr. Wheeler join Heffron’s Great Eastern Show, at Newport, Ky., 22, for the season. New York Clipper, April 27, 1889, p. 107.

    The Heffron Great Eastern Show played to good business at Newport, Ky., week of April 22. . . . The concert people are Lillian Floyd, Elder and Newton, and the three Dashingtons. W. S. Wheeler has charge of the concert. New York Clipper, May 11, 1889, p. 138.

    Master Lowande, the boy rider, and W. H. Hopson joined Heffron's Great Eastern Show May 10. New York Clipper, May 25, 1889, p. 175.

    Heffron's Great Eastern Circus opened their season May 20, with a week's engagement at Terre Haute, Ind. The roster: Binne [or Finne] and Bliss, Adiar Bros., the Ashtons, W. S. Wheeler, Dashington Bros., Prof. Eberly, Lavan Bros., Master Alvin Dashington and others. New York Clipper, June 8, 1889, p. 207.

    Heffron's Great Eastern Circus. Wanted for long engagement, Indians, cowboys, wild west specialties, gymnast, acrobats, trained horses, dogs, ponies, and all circus attachments; musicians and concert people, or band of six mouthpieces. Address John E. Heffron, Charleston, S.C. Season opens at Charleston, November 4. New York Clipper, October 12, 1889, p. 527.

    Charleston, South Carolina. The paraphernalia for Heffron's Great Eastern Circus has arrived, and he expects to open about the middle of November, instead of December, as previously reported. New York Clipper, November 2, 1889, p. 569.

    The following people have been engaged for Heffron's Great Eastern Circus: W. H. Batchelor, J. H. Shields, Master Artie Shields, Larne Bros., Ed. Billings, Melvin and Trover, Dashington Bros., Julian Tybell and wife, Julia and Maud Floyd, Otto Sereben, Prof. Charles Ortman [Oatman?] and Duran and Rogan. New York Clipper, November 16, 1889, p. 599.

1890:

    Wanted, for Heffron's Great Eastern Circus. Long engagement, sure salary, performers, also people for all branches of the circus business, and concert people. Would also like to hear from a few first class musicians. John E. Heffron, proprietor and manager, Thomasville, Ga. New York Clipper, January 4, 1890, p. 721.

    Pete and Gussie Rogan closed with Heffron's Great Eastern Circus at Tampa, Fla., last week, after a very satisfactory season. They will rest at their home, Racine, Wis., until Feb. 3, and then open with a combination until the circus season opens. New York Clipper, January 18, 1890, p. 749.

    Notes from Heffron's Great Eastern Circus. we opened our season at Jacksonville, Fla., April ?. . . . New York Clipper, April 26, 1890, p. 103.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Harry Heike's - 1888

    Roster of Harry Heike's Eastern Circus. Business staff: Harry Heike, manager; Fred Paulsen, equestrian director; Charles Heike, agent; John Ryan, treasurer, and John Fitzgerald. Performers: Oscar Avolo, William Hearne, Charley Fayette . . . W. Watson, Zelvina, Dollie Avolo. The troupe opened its season April 24 at Armonsdale, Kan. New York Clipper, May 5, 1888, p. 123.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Helmer & Mann's - 1884   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1884 (Note: may be a variety show under canvas)

    Helmer & Mann's Grand Allied Pavilion Show. Now on their tour through the West. Exhibiting under an elegant canvas opera house seating 2,000 people. D. S. Helmer, German comedian; Nat Harts & John Sparks, kings of musical comedy; Dave Aldrich, acrobat and contortionist; I. J. Helmer, Ethiopian comedian; Gilbert and Belding, trapeze and aerial artists; Miss Bertie Selden, vocalist; Miss Ella Burdette, song and dance artist; D. C. Mann, banjo soloist; Prof. Chas. Locey's brass band; Geo. Wood's orchestra. . . . Helmer & Mann, sole proprietors; H. A. Mann, business manager; J. A. Bramble, contracting agent. P.S. Managers of summer restorts, watering places and gardens who desire a strong attraction for one week, address until July 1, Helmer & Mann, Kalamazoo, Mich., or as per route. [Advertisement] New York Clipper, June 21, 1884, p. 220.

    Helmer & Mann's Pavilion Show recently sailed on the steamer Champlain from the Straits of Mackinaw for Milwaukee, Wis. Encountering a heavy gale, the boat was put into a safe harbor, where the passengers were detained three days. During this period Helmer & Mann's people did much to while away the time in a gay manner, to the enjoyment of the voyagers and the denizens of the lake village in the vicinity. The show is now in Wisconsin, playing, as reported, to good business. New York Clipper, July 26, 1884, p. 297.

    Helmer & Mann's Pavilion Show was obligated to close at Wauconda, Ill., Sept. 18(?), by reason of a cyclone which wrecked the outfit. Harry A. Mann, manager, was knocked senseless by a falling pole, but was not seriously injured. It was so near the close of the tenting season that Mr. Mann deemed it advisable to close, so he paid all salaries in full and would up. New York Clipper, October 11, 1884, p. 469.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Hemmings, Cooper & Whitby's - 1868, 1870   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1868-1870

• 1868: online at:
Clipper, March 28,   Clipper, May 9,   Clipper, July 18 (scroll down)
Clipper, September 19 (scroll down)

• 1868, Hemmings, Cooper & Whitby's Menagerie and Circus was in Kansas in late August, early September, 1870. The show had four lady equestriennes, 34 male performers, 16 dens of animals and elephants. The Hemmings and Whitby families contributed heavily to the performance. More information on the show is in Bandwagon, July-August, 1987, Vol. 31, No. 4, pp. 36-37.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Henderson & Allen - 1892   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1892

    On the road, circuses: Henderson & Allen's, Cascade, IA April 30, Miles May 2, . . . Monticello 4, anamosa 5, McClairsville 6, Oxford Junction 7. New York Clipper, April 30, 1892, p. 119.

    On the road, circuses: Henderson & Allen's, . . . McClairesville 6, Oxford Junction 7, . . . Toledo Ia. 11, Ames 12, Nevada 13, Perry 14. New York Clipper, May 7, 1892, p. 135.

    On the road, circuses: Henderson & Allen's, Toledo Ia. May 11, Ames 12, Nevada 13, Perry 14, . . . New York Clipper, May 15, 1892, p. 151.

    On the road, circuses: Henderson & Allen's, Webster City IA May 18 . . . Mason City 20, Waverly 21, . . . Albert Lea, Minn. 25, Northwood 26, Greene 27, Algoma 28. New York Clipper, May 21, 1892, p. 167.

    On the road, circuses: Henderson & Allen, Northwood 26, Greene 27, Algoma 28, Eagle Grove 30, Iowa Falls 31, Cedar Falls June 1, Waterloo 2, Independence 3, Vinton 4. New York Clipper, May 28, 1892, p. 183.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Hendricks Bros. - 1994, 1996, 1998

1994: Owner Bob Childress took his show through the Carolinas, George and Florida in October and November of 1994. Bandwagon, March-April, 1995, p. 10.